高考年模拟英语分类汇编阅读理解之故事类 256页

‎10年高考【2003-2012】6年模 拟【2007-2012】‎ 英语汇编：阅读理解之故事类 ‎2012年高考题 ‎1.【2012全国新课标】‎ C ‎ About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things.‎ We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene, setting up trees at the edge of a winding path. Very soon, bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was wheeled into position. The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby. Since it was hot in the studio, it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path. A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.‎ The next scene was a complete contrast (对比). The way it was filmed was quite unusual. Pictures in front taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen (幕). An actor and actress stood of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water’s edge on an island. By a simple trick like this, palm trees, sandy beaches, and blue, clear skies had been brought into the studio!‎ Since it was our turn next, we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us. For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!‎ ‎【文章大意】‎ 本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者作为一次群众演员的经历。‎ ‎64. Who is the author?‎ A. A cameraman.‎ B. A film director.‎ C. A crowd-scene actor.‎ D. A workman for scene setting.‎ ‎【答案】C 【解析】根据文章中的第一段“About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things.”可知C正确。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查细节理解。‎ ‎65. What made the author feel cold?‎ A. The heavy snowfall.‎ B. The man-made scene.‎ C. The low temperature.‎ D. The film being shown.‎ ‎【答案】B 【解析】根据文章中的“A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.”可知：这里的picture即是the man-made scene。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查细节理解。‎ ‎66. What would happen in the "three minutes" mentioned in the last paragraph?‎ A. A new scene would be filmed.‎ B. More stars would act in the film.‎ C. The author would leave the studio.‎ D. The next scene would be prepared.‎ ‎【答案】A 【解析】根据文章中的“For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!”可知A正确。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查判断推理。‎ ‎2.【2012全国I】‎ B ‎ About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things.‎ We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene, setting up trees at the edge of a winding path. Very soon, bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was wheeled into position. The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby. Since it was hot in the studio, it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path. A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.‎ The next scene was a complete contrast (对比). The way it was filmed was quite unusual. Pictures in front taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen (幕). An actor and actress stood of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water’s edge on an island. By a simple trick like this, palm trees, sandy beaches, and blue, clear skies had been brought into the studio!‎ Since it was our turn next, we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us. For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!‎ ‎【文章大意】‎ 本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者作为一次群众演员的经历。‎ ‎60. Who is the author?‎ A. A cameraman.‎ B. A film director.‎ C. A crowd-scene actor.‎ D. A workman for scene setting.‎ ‎【答案】C 【解析】根据文章中的第一段“About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things.”可知C正确。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查细节理解。‎ ‎61. What made the author feel cold?‎ A. The heavy snowfall.‎ B. The man-made scene.‎ C. The low temperature.‎ D. The film being shown.‎ ‎【答案】B 【解析】根据文章中的“A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.”可知：这里的picture即是the man-made scene。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查细节理解。‎ ‎62. What would happen in the "three minutes" mentioned in the last paragraph?‎ A. A new scene would be filmed.‎ B. More stars would act in the film.‎ C. The author would leave the studio.‎ D. The next scene would be prepared.‎ ‎【答案】A 【解析】根据文章中的“For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!”可知A正确。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查判断推理。‎ ‎3.【2012陕西卷】‎ B Three Boys and a Dad Brad closed the door slowly as Sue left home to visit her mother. Expecting a whole day to relax, he was thinking whether to read the newspaper or watch his favourite TV talk show on his first day off in months. “This will be like a walk in the park,” he’d told his wife. “I’ll look after the kids, and you can go visit your mom.”‎ Things started well, but just after eight o’clock, his three little “good kids”—Mike, Randy, and Alex—came down the stairs in their night clothes and shouted “breakfast, daddy.” When food had not appeared within thirty seconds, Randy began using his spoon on Alex’s head as if it were a drum. Alex started to shout loudly in time to the beat（节拍）. Mike chanted “Where’s my toast, where’s my toast” in the background. Brad realized his newspaper would have to wait for a few seconds.‎ Life became worse after breakfast. Mike wore Randy’s underwear on his head. Randy locked himself in the bathroom, while Alex shouted again because he was going to wet his pants. Nobody could find clean socks, although they were before their very eyes. Someone named “Not Me” had spilled a whole glass of orange juice into the basket of clean clothes. Brad knew the talk show had already started.‎ By ten o’clock, things were out of control. Alex was wondering why the fish in the jar refused his bread and butter. Mike was trying to show off his talent by decorating the kitchen wall with his colour pencils. Randy, thankfully, appeared to be reading quietly in the family room，but closer examination showed that he was eating apple jam straight from the bottle with his hands. Brad realised that the talk show was over and reading would be impossible.‎ At exactly 11:17, Brad called the daycare centre (日托所）.“I suddenly have to go into work and my wife’s away. Can I bring the boys over in a few minutes?” The answer was obviously “yes” because Brad was smiling.‎ ‎49. When his wife left home. Brad expected to .‎ A. go out for a walk in the park ‎ B. watch TV talk show with his children C. enjoy his first day off work ‎ D. read the newspaper to his children ‎50. Which of the following did Randy do? ‎ A. Drawing on the wall B. Eating apple jam C. Feeding the fish. D. Reading in a room ‎51.Why did Brad ask the daycare centre for help?‎ A. Because he wanted to clean up his house.‎ B. Because he suddenly had to go to his office C. Because he found it hard to manage his boys home.‎ D. Because he had to take his wife back ‎52. This text is developed .‎ A. by space B. by comparison C. by process D. by time ‎【要点综述】母亲回娘家去照顾外婆了，留下父亲照看三个淘气的小家伙，此时，家里的一切都乱套了……‎ ‎49.【答案与解析】C 推理判断题。根据第一自然段的第二句可知本题选C。‎ ‎50.【答案与解析】B 事实细节题。根据第四自然段的倒数第二句可知本题选B。‎ ‎51.【答案与解析】C 推理判断题。通读全文可知Brad打电话给日托所的原因是他照顾不了三个淘气的小家伙，选C。‎ ‎52.【答案与解析】D 篇章结构题。通读本文可知本文是按时间顺序进行描述的，故选D。‎ ‎4.【2012四川卷】‎ C I left university with a good degree in English Literature, but no sense of what I wanted to do. Over the next six years, I was treading water, just trying to earn an income. I tried journalism, but I didn’t think I was any good, then finance, which I hated. Finally, I got a job as a rights assistant at a famous publisher. I loved working with books, although the job that I did was dull.‎ ‎ I had enough savings to take a year off work, and I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel. Attending a Novel Writing MA course gave me the structure I needed to write my first 55,000 words. ‎ ‎ It takes confidence to make a new start — there’s a dark period in-between where you’re neither one thing nor the other. You’re out for dinner and people ask what you do, and you’re too ashamed to say, “Well, I’m writing a novel, but I’m not quite sure if I’m going to get there.” My confidence dived. Believing my novel could not be published, I put it aside.‎ ‎ Then I met an agent（代理商）who said I should send my novel out to agents. So, I did and, to ‎ my surprise, got some wonderful feedback. I felt a little hope that I might actually become a published writer and, after signing with an agent, I finished the second half of the novel.‎ ‎ The next problem was finding a publisher. After two-and-a-half years of no income, just waiting and wondering, a publisher offered me a book deal — that publisher turned out to be the one I once worked for.‎ ‎ It feels like an unbelievable stroke of luck — of fate, really. When you set out to do something different, there’s no end in sight, so to find myself in a position where I now have my own name on a contract（合同）of the publisher — to be a published writer — is unbelievably rewarding（有回报的）.‎ ‎49. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 mean?‎ A. I was waiting for good fortune.‎ B. I was trying to find an admirable job.‎ C. I was being aimless about a suitable job.‎ D. I was doing several jobs for more pay at a time.‎ ‎50. The author decided to write a novel ______ .‎ A. to finish the writing course B. to realize her own dream C. to satisfy readers’ wish ‎ D. to earn more money ‎51. How did the writer feel halfway with the novel?‎ A. Disturbed. B. Ashamed. C. Confident. D. Uncertain.‎ ‎52. What does the author mainly want to tell readers in the last paragraph?‎ A. It pays to stick to one’s goal.‎ B. Hard work can lead to success.‎ C. She feels like being unexpectedly lucky.‎ D. There is no end in sight when starting to do something.‎ ‎【本文要点】文章叙述了作者从英语文学专业毕业之后，几经周折，最终幸运地找到自己喜爱的写书这门职业的事情。‎ ‎49. C 推理判断题。根据前后文“but no sense of what I wanted to do”“just trying to earn an income. I tried journalism, …then finance, which I hated. Finally, I got a job…”可知作者对于找怎样的一份适合自己的工作这件事漫无目的。故选C。‎ ‎50. B 细节理解题。根据第二段话“I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel”可知作者决定写小说的目的只是满足自己内心深处的愿望，实现自己的梦想。故答案为B。‎ ‎51. D 推理判断题。根据文章第三段话“It takes confidence to make a new start”“ My confidence dived”“ Believing my novel could not be published, I put it aside”及本段叙述了作者回答别人问题时提到“I’m writing a novel, but I’m not quite sure if I’m going to get there”可知，此时他的感觉应该是还不完全确定他现在是否还要继续写他的小说。故答案选D。‎ ‎52. A 推理判断题。本段作者表达他刚刚开始时“there’s no end in sight”到后来的“an unbelievable stroke of luck” “to be a published writer — is unbelievably rewarding（有回报的）”是想要告诉读者，坚持自己的目标是值得的，总会碰到运气的降临。B项“刻苦努力是成功之路”，不符合文章意思。C、D项停留于文章表面意思。故答案为A。‎ ‎5.【2012重庆卷】‎ A One of my wonderful memories is about a Christmas gift. Unlike other gifts, it came without wrap(包装).‎ On September 11th. 1958. Mum gave birth to Richard. After she brought him home from hospital, she put him in my lap, saying. "I promised you a gift, and here it is. " What an honor! I turned four a month earlier and none of my friends had such a baby doll of their own. I played with it day and night. I sang to it. I told it stories. 1 told it over and over how much I loved it!‎ One morning, however, I found its bed empty. My doll was gone! I cried for it. Mum wept and told me that the poor little thing had been sent to a hospital. It had a fever. For several days, I heard Mum and Dad whispering such words as "hopeless", "pitiful", and "dying", which sounded ominous.‎ Christmas was coming. "Don’t expect any presents this year." Dad said, pointing at the socks I hung in the living room. "If your baby brother lives, that'll be Christmas enough. " As he spoke, his eyes filled with tears. I'd never seen him cry before.‎ The phone rang early on Christmas morning. Dad jumped out of bed to answer it. From my bedroom I heard him say. "What? He's all right?" He hung up and shouted upstairs. " The hospital said we can bring Richard home!" "Thank God.'" I heard Mum cry.‎ From the upstairs window, I watched my parents rush out to the car. I had never seen them happy. And I was also full of joy. What a wonderful day! My baby doll would be home. I downstairs. My sacks still hung there flat. But I knew they were not empty; they were filled with love!‎ ‎【考点】记叙文——日常生活类 ‎【文章大意】短文介绍了作者深爱的小弟弟因病住院，情况不容乐观。在圣诞节即将来临之际，全家人正在为此感到悲伤难过时，来自医院的电话给全家人带来了好消息，作者的弟弟康复了，作者认为这是圣诞节最为特别的礼物。‎ ‎56. what happened to the author on September 11 1958 ?‎ A He got a baby brother ‎ B He got a Christmas gift ‎ C He became four years old ‎ D He received a doll ‎ ‎56.【答案】A ‎【试题解析】根据短文第2段开头可知，作者的母亲在1958年9月11日生了一个男孩，也就是作者得到了一个小弟弟。因此，正确答案为A选项。‎ ‎【难度】较易 ‎57.What does the underlined word “ominous” in Paragraph 3 probably mean？‎ A. Impossible.‎ B. Boring C. Difficult D. Fearful ‎57.【答案】D ‎【试题解析】根据短文第3段，划线词前面提到“‘hopeless’, ‘pitiful’，and ‘dying’”。由此可猜测D选项的词义与划线词一致。因此，正确答案为D选项。 ‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎58. Which word can best describe the feeling of the father when Christmas was coming?‎ A. Excitement.‎ B. Happiness.‎ C. Sadness.‎ D. Disappointment.‎ ‎58【答案】C ‎【试题解析】根据短文，在圣诞节即将来临之际，作者的弟弟仍然在住院而且情况不容乐观，为此，作者的父亲感到悲伤。因此，正确答案为C选项。‎ ‎【难度】容易 ‎59. What is the passage mainly about ?‎ A A sad Christmas day ‎ B Life with a lovely baby ‎ C. A special Christmas gift.‎ D. Memories of a happy family ‎59.【答案】C ‎【试题解析】作者以一个特别的圣诞礼物为中心线索来展开故事情节，因此，最佳标题应该是“A special Christmas gift.”。因此，正确答案为C选项。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎6.【2012辽宁卷】‎ C ‎ If Confucius（孔子）were still alive today and could celebrate his September 28 birthday with a big cake, there would be a lot of candles. IIe’d need a fan or a strong wind to help him put them out. ‎ ‎ While many people in China will remember Confucius on his special day, few people in the United States will give him a passing thought. It’s nothing personal. Most Americans don’t even remember the birthdays of their own national heroes. ‎ ‎ But this doesn’t mean that Americans don’t care about Confucius. In many ways he has become a bridge that foreigners must cross if they want to reach a deeper understanding of China. ‎ ‎ In the past two decades, the Chinese studies programs have gained huge popularity in Western universities. More recently, the Chinese government has set up Confucius Institutes in more than 80 countries. These schools teach both Chinese language and culture. The main courses of Chinese culture usually included Chinese art, history and philosophy（哲学）. Some social scientists suggest that Westerners should take advantages of the ancient Chinese wisdom to make up for the drawbacks of Westerners philosophy. Students in the United States, at the same time, are racing to learn Chinese. So they will be ready for life in a world where China is an equal power with the United States. Businessmen who hope to make money in China are reading books about Confucius to understand their Chinese customers. ‎ ‎ So the old thinker’s ideas are still alive and well. ‎ ‎ Today China attracts the West more than ever, and it will need more teachers to introduce Confucius and Chinese culture to the West. ‎ ‎ As for the old thinker, he will not soon be forgotten by people in the West, even if his birthday is. ‎ ‎64. The opening paragraph is mainly intended to ________‎ A. . provide some key facts about Confucius B. attract the readers’ interest in the subject C. show great respect for the ancient thinker D. prove the popularity of modern birthday celebrations ‎65. We can learn from Paragraph 4 that American students______‎ A. have a great interest in studying Chinese B. take an active part in Chinese competitions C. try to get high scores in Chinese exams D. fight for a chance to learn Chinese ‎66. What is the best title for the passge?‎ A. Forgotten Wisdom in ‎America B. Huge Fans of the Chinese Language C. Chinese Culture for Westerners D. Old Thinker with a Big Future ‎67. The passage is likely to appear in ___________. ‎ A. a biography B. a history paper C. a newspaper D. a philosophy textbook ‎【考点】日常生活类—记叙文 ‎【文章大意】本文阐述了西方学生学习中国的文化的现象，并告诉我们中国古代伟大的思想家—孔子的思想仍然受到人们的追捧。‎ ‎64.【答案】B ‎【试题解析】目的意图题。第一段选说如果孔子仍然活着并能庆祝生日的话，将会有很多的蜡烛，他需要一个扇子或很大的风才能吹灭，是为了吸引读者的注意力，让读者继续读下去。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎65.【答案】A ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第四段第一句“In the past two decades, the Chinese studies programs have gained huge popularity in Western universities.”和第四句中的“are racing to learn Chinese可知，美国学生对中国文化很感兴趣。‎ ‎【难度】中等 ‎66.【答案】D ‎【试题解析】主旨大意题。本文主要向我们介绍了孔子思想对西方的影响，以用将来可能产生的影响，所以选D。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎67.【答案】C ‎【试题解析】文章出处题。本文向我们介绍了孔子思想对西方的影响，以用将来可能产生的影响，应该是出自报纸，所以选C。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎【长难句解析】‎ ‎7.【2012浙江卷】‎ D As a young boy, I sometimes traveled the country roads with my dad. He was a rural mill carrier, and on Saturdays he would ask me to go with him. Driving through the countryside was ‎ always an adventure: There were animals to see, people to visit, and chocolate cookies if you knew where to stop, and Dad did.‎ In the spring, Dad delivered boxes full of baby chickens, and when 1 was a boy it was such a fun to stick your finger 'through one of the holes of the boxes and let the baby birds peck on your fingers.‎ On Dad' s final day of work, it took him well into the evening to complete his rounds because at least one member from each family was waiting at their mailbox to thank him for his friendship and his years of service. "Two hundred and nineteen mailboxes on my route." he used to say, "and a story at every one. " One lady had no mailbox, so Dad took the mail in to her every day because she was nearly blind. Once inside, he read her mail and helped her pay her bills.‎ Mailboxes were sometimes used for things other than mail. One note left in a mailbox read. "Nat, take these eggs to Marian; she's baking a cake and doesn't have any eggs. " Mailboxes might be buried in the snow, or broken, or lying on the groom:. bat the mail was always delivered On cold days Dad might find one of his customers waiting for him with a cup of hot chocolate. A young wrote letters but had no stamps, so she left a few button on the envelope in the mailbox; Dad paid for the stamps. One businessman used to leave large amounts of cash in his mailbox for Dad to take to the bank. Once, the amount came to 8 32,000.‎ A dozen years ago, when I traveled back to my hometown on the sad occasion of Dad’s death, the mailboxes along the way reminded me of some of his stories. I thought I knew them all, but that wasn't the case.‎ As I drove home, I noticed two lamp poles, one on each side of the street. When my dad was around, those poles supported wooden boxes about four feet off the ground. One box was painted green and the other was red, and each had a long narrow hole at the top with white lettering: SANTA CLAUS, NORTH POLE. For years children had dropped letters to Santa through those holes.‎ I made a turn at the comer and drove past the post office and across the railroad tracks to our house. Mom and I were sitting at the kitchen table when I heard footsteps. There, at the door, stood Frank Townsend, Dad's postmaster and great friend for many years. So we all sat down at the table and began to tell stories.‎ At one point Frank looked at me with tears in his eyes. " What are we going to do about the letters this Christmas?" he asked. "The letters?" 'I guess you never knew. " "Knew what?"‎ ‎" Remember, when you were a kid and you used to put your letters to Santa in those green and red boxes on Main Street? It was your dad who answered all those letters every year. "‎ I just sat there with tears in my eyes. It wasn’t hard for me to imagine Dad sitting at the old table in our basement reading those letters and answering each one. I have since spoken with several of the people who received Christmas letters during their childhood, and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their homes and families.‎ For me, just knowing that story about my father was the gift of a lifetime.‎ ‎55. It can be inferred from the passage that the writer regarded his travels with Dad us_____.‎ A. great chances to help other people B. happy occasions to play with baby chickens C. exciting experience* with a lot of fun D. good opportunities to enjoy chocolate cookies ‎56. The writer provides the detail about the businessman to show that_____.‎ A. Dad had a strong sense of duty B. Dad was an honest and reliable man C. Dad had a strong sense of honor D. Dad was a kind and generous man ‎57. According to the passage, which of the following impressed the writer most?‎ A. Dad read letters for a blind lady for years.‎ B. Dad paid for the stamps for a young girl.‎ C. Dad delivered some eggs to Marian.‎ D. Dad answered children's Christmas letters every year.‎ ‎58. The method the writer uses to develop Paragraph 4 is______.‎ A. offering analyses B. providing explanations C. giving examples D. making comparisons ‎59. What surprised the children most when they received letters in reply from Santa Claus every year?‎ A. Santa Claus lived alone in the cold North Pole.‎ B. Santa Claus answered all their letters every year.‎ C. Santa Claus had unique mailboxes for the children.‎ D. Santa Claus had so much information about their families.‎ ‎60. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?‎ A. The Mail B. Christmas Letters C Special Mailboxes D. Memorable Travels ‎【考点】日常生活类—记叙文 ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了邮递员爸爸的简单、丰富而又充实、有趣的邮递生活，尤其是给孩子们回复给圣诞老人的邮件更是感人至深。‎ ‎55.【答案】C ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。根据文章的前两段作者和父亲一起大家经历的所见所闻所感，可知那些是愉快的经历，故答案Ｃ符合文意。‎ ‎56.【答案】B ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。商人把那么多钱放在邮箱里托付给爸爸存入银行，可见爸爸是一个诚实的、可以信赖的人，故答案Ｂ符合文意。‎ ‎57.【答案】D ‎【试题解析推理判断题。根据文章最后几段对父亲给孩子们回复圣诞老人的回信的回忆的大段描述，可以推断出答案Ｄ符合文意。‎ ‎58.【答案】C ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第四段的整体理解，可知本段主要用了举例的写作手段，故答案C符合文意。‎ ‎59.【答案】D ‎【试题解析】细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段最后一句：and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their homes and families.可知答案Ｄ符合文意。‎ ‎60.【答案】A ‎【试题解析】文章标题题。根据文章的整体理解，本文主要讲的是邮递员爸爸的简单而又朴实的邮递生活，故答案Ａ符合文意。本题可用排除法。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎【长难句解析】On Dad' s final day of work, it took him well into the evening to complete his rounds because at least one member from each family was waiting at their mailbox to thank him for his friendship and his years of service. "预计今年秋季开课，一系列有两所大学的的老师开发的课程将通过一个全新S 60 million项目在网上免费提供，众所周知为：edX。Beginning也句子主语a number of courses逻辑上构成主谓关系，用现在分词作状语。Known as，过去分词作后置定语，修饰program，表被动、完成的概念。‎ ‎8.【2012江苏卷】‎ D Franz Kafka wrote that "a book must be the ax (斧子) for the frozen sea inside us. " I once shared this sentence with a class of seventh graders, and it didn't seem to require any explanation.‎ We’d just finished John Steinbeck's novel Of Mice and Men. When we read the end together out loud in class, my toughest boy, a star basketball player, wept a little, and so did I. "Are you crying?" one girl asked, as she got out of her chair to take a closer look. "I am," I told her, "and the funny thing is I've read it many times. "‎ But they understood. When George shoots Lennie, the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen. In my 14 years of teaching in a New York City public middle school, I've taught kids with imprisoned parents, abusive parents, irresponsible parents; kids who are parents themselves; kids who are homeless; kids who grew up in violent neighborhoods. They understand, more than I ever will, the novel's terrible logic—the giving way of dreams to fate (命运).‎ For the last seven years, I have worked as a reading enrichment teacher, reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight. I originally proposed this idea to my headmaster after learning that a former excellent student of mine had transferred out of a selective high school--one that often attracts the literary-minded children of Manhattan's upper classes—into a less competitive setting. The daughter of immigrants, with a father in prison, she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates. I thought additional "cultural capital" could help students like her develop better in high school, where they would unavoidably meet, perhaps for the first time, students who came from homes lined with bookshelves, whose parents had earned Ph. D.'s.‎ Along with Of Mice and Men, my groups read: Sounder, The Red Pony, Lord of the Flies, Romeo and Juliet and Macbeth. The students didn't always read from the expected point of view. About The Red Pony, one student said, "it’s about being a man, it’s about manliness. " I had never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth, nor had I heard Lady Macbeth's soliloquies (独白)read as raps (说唱) , but both made sense; the interpretations were playful, but serious. Once introduced to Steinbeck's writing, one boy went on to read The Grapes of Wrath and told me repeatedly how amazing it was that "all these people hate each other, and they're all white. " His historical view was broadening, his sense of his own country deepening. Year after year former students visited and told me how prepared they had felt in their first year in college as a result of the classes.‎ Year after year, however, we are increasing the number of practice tests. We are trying to teach students to read increasingly complex texts, not for emotional punch (碰撞) but for text complexity. Yet, we cannot enrich (充实) the minds of our students by testing them on texts that ‎ ignore their hearts. We are teaching them that words do no. amaze but confuse. We mav succeed in raising test scores, but we will fail to teach that reading can be transformative and that it belongs to them.‎ ‎66. The underlined words in Paragraph 1 probably mean that a book helps to________‎ A. realize our dreams B. give support to our life '‎ C. smooth away difficulties D. awake our emolions ‎67. Why were the students able to understand the novel Of Mice and Men?‎ A. Because they spent much time reading it.‎ B. Because they had read the novel before.‎ C. Because they came from a public school. ,‎ D. Because they had similar life experiences.‎ ‎68. The girl left the selective high school possibly because_______.‎ A. she was a literary-minded girl B. her parents were immigrants C. she couldn't fit in with her class D. her father was then in prison ‎69. To the author's surprise, the students read the novels ________.‎ A. creatively B. passively C. repeatedly D. carelessly ‎70. The author writes the passage mainly to________.‎ A. introduce classic works of literature B. advocate teaching literature to touch the heart C. argue for equality among high school students D. defend the current testing system ‎【考点】日常生活类—夹斜夹议 ‎【文章大意】本文主要介绍作者讲述在自己教学生涯中，在文学课上，如何教学生文学阅读的亲身体验，可以美化他们的心灵。‎ ‎66.【答案】D ‎【试题解析】句意理解题。这句话运用了明喻和暗喻的修辞手法，“一本书就是能融化我们冰冻着的内心的一把斧子”，这是表面意思，即指一本书能够唤醒我们内心深处的情感，引起共鸣之意。故选D项。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎67【答案】D ‎【试题解析】细节理解题。根据第三段“But they understood. When George shoots Lennie, the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen”可知，D项正确。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎68.【答案】C ‎【试题解析】细节理解题。根据第四段“The daughter of immigrants, with a father in prison, she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates”可知C项正确。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎69.【答案】A ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第五段第四句“I have never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth, nor had I heard Lady Macbeth’s soliloquies read as raps, but both made sense; the interpretations were playful, but serious.”可推断作者对孩子阅读小说的创造力感到惊讶，字里行间流露出自豪，故A项正确。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎70.【答案】B ‎【试题解析】主旨大意题。纵观全文，主要介绍了作者讲述在自己教学生涯中，教学生文学阅读的亲身体验，故B项正确。‎ ‎【难度】较难 ‎【长难句解析】‎ ‎1. When we read the end together out loud in class, my toughest boy, a star basketball player, wept a little, and so did I. ‎ When 引导的时间状语从句，后面是so 引导的句型，表示“…和前面的主语也一样。”‎ ‎2. When George shoots Lennie, the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen.‎ 本句是when 引导的时间状语， 主句中是that 引导的表语从句， realize 引导的宾语从句。‎ ‎3. For the last seven years, I have worked as a reading enrichment teacher, reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight.‎ 本句reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight. 为I 的伴随状语。‎ ‎10.【2012天津卷】‎ B Barditch‎ ‎High School‎ decided to an All-School Reunion. Over 450 people came to the event. There were tours of the old school building and a picnic at Confederate‎ ‎Park. Several former teachers were on hands to tell stories about the old days. Ms. Mabel Yates, the English teacher for fifty years, was wheeled to the Park.‎ Some eyes rolled and there were a few low groans(嘟囔声)when Ms.Yates was about to speak. Many started looking at their watches and coming up with excuses to be anywhere instead of preparing to listen to a lecture from and old woman who had few kind words for her students and made them work harder than all the other teachers combined.‎ Then Ms. Yates started to speak:‎ ‎“I can’t tell you how pleased I am to be here. I haven’t seen many of you since your graduation, but I have followed your careers and enjoyed your victories as well as crying for your tragedies. I have a large collection of newspaper photographs of my students. Although I haven’t appeared in person, I have attended your college graduations, weddings and even the birth your children, in my imagination.”‎ Ms. Yates paused and started crying a bit. Then she continued:‎ ‎“It was my belief that if I pushed you as hard as I could, some of you would succeed to please me and others would succeed to annoy me. Regardless of our motives, I can see that you have all been successful in you chosen path.”‎ ‎“There is no greater comfort for an educator than to see the end result of his or her years of work. You have all been a great source of pleasure and pride for me and I want you to know I love you all from the bottom of my heart.”‎ There was a silence over the crowd for a few seconds and then someone started clapping. Tee clapping turned into cheering, then into a deafening roar(呼喊). Lawyers, truck drivers, bankers and models were rubbing their eyes or crying openly with no shame all because of the words from a long forgotten English teacher from their hometown.‎ ‎41. What activity was organized for the school reunion?‎ ‎ A. Sightseeing in the park. B. A picnic on the school playground.‎ ‎ C. Telling stories about past events. D. Graduates’ reports in the old building.‎ ‎42. What can be inferred from Paragraph 2? ‎ ‎ A. Some graduates were too busy to listen to Ms. Yates’ speech.‎ ‎ B. Many graduates disliked Ms. Yates’ ways of teaching.‎ ‎ C. Some people got tired from the reunion activities.‎ ‎ D. Most people had little interest in the reunion.‎ ‎43. We can learn from Ms. Yates’ speech that she _____________.‎ ‎ A. kept track of her students’ progress B. gave her students advice on their careers ‎ C. attended her students’ college graduationsD. went to her students’ wedding ceremonies ‎44. What was Ms.Yates’ belief in teaching teenagers?‎ ‎ A. Teachers’ knowledge is the key to students’ achievements.‎ ‎ B. Pressure on students from teachers should be reduced.‎ ‎ C. Hard-pushed students are more likely to succeed.‎ ‎ D. Students’ respect is the best reward for teachers.‎ ‎45. Which of the following can best describe Ms. Yates?‎ ‎ A. Reliable and devoted. B. Tough and generous. ‎ ‎ C. Proud but patient. D. Strict but caring.‎ ‎【答案】41---45 CBACD ‎11.【2012北京卷】‎ B Peanuts to This Proudly reading my words, I glanced around the room, only to find my classmates bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes. Confused, I glanced toward my stone-faced teacher. Having no choice, I slowly raised the report I had slaved over, hoping to hide myself. “What could be causing everyone to act this way?”‎ Quickly, I flashed back to the day Miss Lancelot gave me the task. This was the first real talk I received in my new school. It seemed simple: go on the Internet and find information about a man named George Washington. Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country, I had never heard of that name before. As I searched the name of this fellow, it became evident that there were two people bearing the same name who looked completely different! One invented hundreds of uses for peanuts, while the other led some sort of army across America. I stared at the screen, wondering which one my teacher meant. I called my grandfather for a golden piece of advice; flip (掷) a coin. Heads—the commander, and tails—the peanuts guy. Ah! Tails, my report would be about the great man who invented peanut butter, George Washington Carver.‎ Weeks later, standing before this unfriendly mass, I was totally lost. Oh well, I lowered the paper and sat down at my desk, burning to find out what I had done wrong. As a classmate began his report, it all became clear, “My report is on George Washington, the man who started the American Revolution.” The whole world became quite! How could I know that she meant that George Washington?‎ Obviously, my grade was awful. Heartbroken but fearless, I decided to turn this around. I talked to Miss Lancelot, but she insisted: No re-dos; no new grade. I felt that the punishment was ‎ not justified, and I believed I deserved a second chance. Consequently, I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year. Ten months later, that chance unfolded as I found myself sitting in the headmaster’s office with my grandfather, now having an entirely different conversation. I smiled and flashed back to the embarrassing moment at the beginning of the year as the headmaster informed me of my option to skip the sixth grade. Justice is sweet!‎ ‎60. What did the author’s classmates think about his report?‎ A. Controversial. B. Ridiculous.‎ C. Boring. D. Puzzling.‎ ‎61. Why was the author confused about the task?‎ A. He was unfamiliar with American history.‎ B. He followed the advice and flipped a coin.‎ C. He forgot his teacher’s instruction.‎ D. He was new at the school.‎ ‎62. The underlined word “burning” in Para. 3 probably means _______.‎ A. annoyed B. ashamed C. ready D. eager ‎63. In the end, the author turned things around _______.‎ A. by redoing his task B. through his own efforts ‎ C. with the help of his grandfather ‎ D. under the guidance of his headmaster ‎【解析】‎ ‎60.B B. ridiculous 可笑的。第一段中only to find my classmates bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes.‎ ‎61.A 第二段中 Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country, I had never heard of that name before.‎ ‎62.D I lowed down the paper and sat down at my desk,我不知道发生了什么，所以在我发言后，希望知道为什么大家如此反应的原因，即eager to find out what I had done wrong.‎ ‎63.B 第四段中Consequently, I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year.‎ ‎12.【2012福建卷】‎ B篇 At exactly eleven Sir Percival knocked and entered, with anxiety and worry in every line of his face. This meeting would decide his future life，and he obviously knew it.‎ ‎"You may wonder, Sir Percival,’’ said Laura calmly, “if I am going to ask to be released (免除）from my promise to many you. I am not going to ask this. I respect my father's wishes too much.“ His face relaxed a little, but one of his feet kept beating the carpet. ‎ ‎"No, if we are going to withdraw.(退出）from our planned marriage, it will be because of your wish, not mine.‎ ‎“Mine?” he said in great surprise. “What reason could I have for withdrawing?’‎ ‎"A reason that is very hard to tell you," she answered. "There is a change in me. ” His face went so pale that even his lips lost their color. He turned his head to one side. "What change?" he asked, trying to appear calm.‎ ‎“ When the promise was made two years ago, ” she said, 44 my love did not belong to anyone. Will you forgive me, Sir Percival, if I tell you that it now belongs to another person?”‎ ‎“I wish you to understand, “ Laura continued, “that I will never see this person again, and that if you leave me, you only allow mc to remain a single woman for the rest of my life. All I ask is that you forgive mc and keep my secret."‎ ‎‘I will do both those things, “ he said. Then he looked at Laura, as if he was waiting to hear more. "I think I have said enough to give you reason to withdraw from our marriage, “ she added quietly. “ No. You have said enough to make it the dearest wish of my life to marry you, “ he said.‎ ‎60. How did Percival feel during his meeting with Laura?‎ A. Angry. B. Calm. C. Nervous. D. Excited.‎ ‎61. We can learn from the passage that .‎ A. Laura had once promised to marry Percival B. Laura's father wished to end her marriage C. Percival had been married to Laura for two years D. Percival asked to be released from the marriage ‎62. The passage is probably taken out of .‎ A. a novel B. a report C. a diary D. an essay ‎【考点】小说节选——记叙类 ‎【文章大意】本文是一部小说的节选，讲述的是一位女士和一位男士已经在父母的安排下订婚， 但是男士自己感觉心里对婚姻有一些不敢肯定，于是晚上来找女士谈话，最后对婚姻男士说出了自己的心里话，并做出肯定的回答。‎ ‎60. 【答案】C ‎ ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第三段His face relaxed a little, but one of his feet kept beating the carpet.可知当时Percival看到Laura的时候非常的紧张nervous。‎ ‎61. 【答案】A ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第二段中的be released from my promise to marry you可推知他们两个曾经有过婚约，A项正确。‎ ‎62. 【答案】A ‎【试题解析】推理判断题。根据文章的开头和结尾很显然这是一部小说的节选片段，A项最合理。‎ ‎【难度】一般 ‎【长难句解析】‎ At exactly eleven Sir Percival knocked and entered, with anxiety and worry in every line of his face.‎ 在11点整，Percival先生敲响门并进入房间，脸上带着一种焦虑和担心。‎ 本句中含有with的复合结构做伴随状语。‎ ‎13.【2012湖南卷】‎ A ‎         What makes a gift special? Is it the price you see on the gift receipt? Or is it the look on the recipient’s face when they receive it that determines the true value? What gift is worth the most? ‎ ‎        This Christmas I was debating what to give my father. My dad is a hard person to buy for because he never wants anything. I pulled out my phone to read a text message from my mom saying that we were leaving for Christmas shopping for him when I came across a message on my phone that I had locked. The message was from my father. My eyes fell on a photo of a flower taken in Wyoming, and underneath a poem by William Blake. The flower, a lone dandelion standing against the bright blue sky, inspired me. My dad had been reciting those words to me since I was a kid. That may even be the reason why I love writing. I decided that those words would be my gift to my father. ‎ ‎        I called back. I told my mom to go without me and that I already created my gift. I sent the photo of the cream-colored flower to my computer and typed the poem on top of it. As I was arranging the details another poem came to mind. The poem was written by Edgar Allan Poe; my dad recited it as much as he did the other. I typed that out as well and searched online for a background to the words of it. The poem was focused around dreaming, and after searching I found the perfect picture. The image was painted with blues and greens and purples, twisting together to create the theme and wonder of a dream. As I watched both poems passing through the printer, the white paper coloring with words that shaped my childhood, I felt that this was a gift that my father would truly appreciate. ‎ ‎        Christmas soon arrived. The minute I saw the look on my dad’s face as he unwrapped those swirling black letters carefully placed in a cheap frame, I knew I had given the perfect gift. ‎ ‎ 56. The idea for a special gift began to form when the author was ____.     A. doing shopping     B. having a debate     C. reading a message     D. leaving for Wyoming 57. The author’s inspiration for the gift came from ____.     A. a photo of a flower     B. a story about a kid     C. a call from the mother     D. a text about Christmas 58. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 3 refers to a poem by ____.     A. the father     B. the author     C. William Blake     D. Edgar Allan Poe 59. The author made the gift by ____.     A. searching for the poems online     B. drawing the background by hand     C. painting the letters in three colors     D. matching the words with pictures 60. What is the main purpose of the passage?     A. To show how to design images for gifts.‎ ‎     B. To suggest making gifts from one’s heart.     C. To explain how computers help create gifts.     D. To describe the gifts the author has received. 参考答案：CADDB 答案详解： 56. 细节判断题。从第二段可以看出，debate时还觉得很难决定；而有了这个主意时还没去shop，从下一段更清楚，我取消了shop；leave for Wyoming不在问题之内。 57. 细节判断题。从提问中的inspiration可定位到第二段的inspire可知答案。 58. 代词指代题。常识可知，代词it指代其前最近的名词，可得出答案。 59. 归纳题。从第三段内容可知。 60. 主旨大意题。推测题。从第一段可知本文写作目的:告诉我们礼物的哪方面最珍贵，而我的例子说明了是送礼人的“心”最好。‎ ‎14.【2012湖北卷】‎ B When my brother and I were young, my mom would take us on Transportation Days. ‎ It goes like this: You can’t take any means of transportation more than once. We would start from home, walking two blocks to the rail station. We’d take the train into the city center, then a bus, switching to the tram, then maybe a taxi. We always considered taking a horse carriage in the historic district, but we didn’t like the way the horses were treated, so we never did. At the end of the day, we took the subway to our closest station, where Mom’s friend was waiting to give us a ride home—our first car ride of the day.‎ The good thing about Transportation Days is not only that Mom taught us how to get around. She was born to be multimodal (多方式的). She understood that depending on cars only was a failure of imagination and, above all, a failure of confidence—the product of a childhood not spent exploring subway tunnels. ‎ Once you learn the route map and step with certainty over the gap between the train and the platform, nothing is frightening anymore. New cities are just light-rail lines to be explored. And your personal car, if you have one, becomes just one more tool in the toolbox—and often an inadequate one, limiting both your mobility and your wallet.‎ On Transportation Days, we might stop for lunch on Chestnut Street or buy a new book or toy, but the transportation was the point. First, it was exciting enough to watch the world speed by from the train window. As I got older, my mom helped me unlock the mysteries that would otherwise have paralyzed my first attempts to do it myself: How do I know where to get off? How do I know how much it costs? How do I know when I need tickets, and where to get them? What track, what line, which direction, where’s the stop, and will I get wet when we go under the river?‎ I’m writing this right now on an airplane, a means we didn’t try on our Transportation Days and, we now know, the dirtiest and most polluting of them all. ‎ My flight routed me through Philadelphia. My multimodal mom met me for dinner in the airport. She took a train to meet me. ‎ ‎55. Which was forbidden by Mom on Transportation Days?‎ ‎ A. Having a car ride. ‎ B. Taking the train twice.‎ C. Buying more than one toy.‎ D. Touring the historic district.‎ ‎56. According to the writer, what was the greatest benefit of her Transportation Days?‎ A. Building confidence in herself.‎ B. Reducing her use of private cars.‎ C. Developing her sense of direction.‎ ‎ D. Giving her knowledge about vehicles.‎ ‎57. The underlined word “paralyzed” (in Para. 5) is closest in meaning to “_______”.‎ A. displayed B. justified C. ignored D. ruined ‎58. Which means of transportation does the writer probably disapprove of?‎ A. Airplane.‎ B. Subway. ‎ C. Tram.‎ D. Car.‎ ‎【文章大意】我和我弟弟小时，在交通运输日，母亲总带着我们乘坐火车、公共汽车、出租车等，让我们感受到了自信与快乐。‎ ‎55.B【命题立意】细节理解题。难度中等。‎ ‎【解题思路】根据第二段第一句中“You can’t take any means of transportation more than once.”可知母亲禁止乘坐两次火车，故B项正确。‎ ‎56.A【命题立意】细节理解题。难度中等。‎ ‎【解题思路】根据第三段第二句中“…above all, a failure of cnfidence— the product of a childhood …”可知，作者认为最大的受益在于增强自信，故A项正确。‎ ‎57.D【命题立意】词义猜测题。难度中等。‎ ‎【解题思路】根据语境可知，该句意为：当我长大时，我母亲帮我解密了可能使我无法作自我首次尝试的秘密。D项意为“毁灭”，符合语境，故D项正确；A项意为“陈列”，B项意为“证明……是正当的”，C项意为“不理睬”，都与语境不符。‎ ‎58.A【命题立意】细节理解题。难度中等。‎ ‎【解题思路】根据最后一段第一句中“…a means we didn’t try on …the dirtiest and most polluting of them all.”可知，作者不赞同飞机，故A项正确。‎ ‎15.【2012江西卷】‎ A Mark and his brother Jason both were looking at the shining new computer enviously. Jason was determined not to go against their father’s wishes but Mark was more adventurous than his brother. He loved experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father.‎ ‎“Dad will be really mad if he finds out you’ve been playing with his new computer.” Jason said, “He told us not to touch it.”‎ ‎“He won’t find out.” Mark said, “I’ll just have a quick look and shut it down.”‎ Mark had been scolded before for touching his father’s equipment. But his curiosity was difficult to control and this new computer really puzzled him.‎ ‎“It was a strange-looking machine –one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked. “It’s an experimental model,” his father had explained, “so don’t touch it under any circumstances.” But his warning only served to make Mark more curious. Without any further thought, Mark turned on the power switch. The computer burst into life and seconds later, the screen turned into colors, shifting and changing and then two big white words appeared in the center of the screen: “SPACE TRANSPORTER.”‎ ‎“Yes!” Mark cried excitedly, “It’s a computer game. I knew it! Dad’s only been pretending to work. He’s really been playing games instead.” A new message appeared on the screen:‎ ‎“ENTER NAMES VOYAGER 1: …‎ VOYAGER 2: …”‎ Mark’s fingers flew across the keyboard as he typed in both of their names.‎ ‎“INPUT ACCEPTED. START TRANSPORT PROGRAM. AUTO-RETRIEVE INITIATED（自动回收程序已启动）.”‎ The screen turned even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume.‎ ‎“I think we’d better shut it off, Mark,” Jason yelled, reaching for the power switch. He was really frightened.‎ But his hand never reached the switch. A single beam of dazzling white light burst out of the computer screen, wrapping the boys in its glow (光芒), until they themselves seemed to be glowing. Then it died down just as suddenly as it had burst into life. And the boys were no longer there. On the screen, the letters changed.‎ ‎“TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL. DESTINATION: MARS. RETRIEVE DATE: 2025.”‎ ‎56．Why did Mark touch the computer against his father’s warning?‎ ‎ A．He wanted to take a voyage. B．He wanted to practice his skill ‎ C．He was so much attracted by it. D．He was eager to do an experiment.‎ ‎57．Where did the boy’s father most likely work?‎ ‎ A．In an electronic factory. B．In a computer company.‎ ‎ C．In a scientific research center. D．In an information processing center.‎ ‎58．Mark thought “SPACE TRANSPORTER” on the screen was the name of .‎ ‎ A．a computer game B．a company website ‎ C．a software producer D．an astronomy program ‎59．Why did Jason want to shut off the computer?‎ ‎ A．He was afraid of being scolded. ‎ B．He didn’t like the loud noise and light.‎ ‎ C．He didn’t want to play games any more. ‎ D．He was afraid something dangerous might happen.‎ ‎60．What happened to the boys at the end of the story?‎ ‎ A．They were blown into the air. B．They were sent to another planet.‎ ‎ C．They were hidden in the strong light. D．They were carried away to another country ‎56题　　答案：C　　考点：细节理解 ‎　　根据第五段第三句"But his father’s warning only served to make Mark more curious .Without any further thought, Mark turned on the power switch""但是他爸爸的警告仅仅使得Mark更加好奇。没有再考虑，Mark打开了开关"，选择C。‎ ‎　　57题　　答案：C　　考点：细节推断 ‎　　解析:由第一段最后一句"He loved experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father"，"他喜欢实验并且他的目标是成为像他爸爸一样的科学家。”以及第五段第一句 “ one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked.”“一个他爸爸从他工作的实验室买回家的”选择C ‎　　58题　　答案：A　　考点：细节理解 由第六段"It’s a computer game. I knew it！.""它是电脑游戏。我知道！”选择A　　‎ ‎59题　　答案：D　　考点：细节推断 由倒数第三段"The screen turned even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume.""频幕甚至变得更亮，一个噪音音量突然增大"，以及倒数第二段"He was really frightened.""他真的非常害怕"判断出D选项。‎ ‎　　60题:　　考点：推断题　　答案：D ‎　由最后一段"TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL. DESTINATION（目的地）: MARS.RETRIEVE DATE:2025.” "运输成功。目的地：火星。恢复时间：2025."选择D。‎ ‎16.【2012山东卷】‎ A The Pacific island nation of Nauru used to be a beautiful place. Now it is an ecological disaster area. Nauru’s heartbreaking story could have one good consequence — other countries might learn from its mistakes. ‎ For thousands of years, Polynesian people lived the remote island of Nauru, far from western civilization. The first European to arrive was John Fearn in 1798. He was the British captain of the Hunter, a whaling ship. He called the island Pleasant Island. ‎ However, because it was very remote, Nauru had little communication with Europeans at first. The whaling ships and other traders began to visit, bringing guns and alcohol. These elements destroyed the social balance of the twelve family groups on the island. A ten-year civil war started, which reduced the population from 1,400 to 900. ‎ Nauru’s real troubles began in 1899 when a British mining company discovered phosphate (磷酸盐)on the island. In fact, it found that the island of Nauru was nearly all phosphate, which a very important fertilizer for farming. The company began mining the phosphate. ‎ A phosphate mine is not a hole in the ground; it is a strip mine. When a company strip-mines, it removes the top layer of soil. Then it takes away the material it wants. Strip mining totally destroys the land. Gradually, the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon. ‎ In 1968, Nauru became one of the richest countries in the world. Every year the government received millions and millions of dollars for its phosphate. ‎ Unfortunately, the leaders invested the money unwisely and lost millions of dollars. In addition, they used millions more dollars for personal expenses. Soon people realized that they had a terrible problem — their phosphate was running out. Ninety percent of their island was destroyed and they had nothing. By 2000, Nauru was financially ruined. Experts say that it would take approximately $433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island. This will probably never happen. ‎ ‎56. What might be the author’s purpose in writing the text? A. To seek help for Nauru’s problems.‎ B. To give a warning to other countries C. To show the importance of money D. To tell a heartbreaking story of a war.‎ ‎57. What was Nauru like before the Europeans came? A. Rich and powerful B. Modern and open C. Peaceful and attractive D. Greedy and aggressive ‎58. The ecological disaster in Nauru resulted from _______. ‎ A. soil pollution B. phosphate overmining C. farming activity D. whale hunting ‎ ‎59. Which of the following was a cause of Nauru’s financial problem? A. Its leaders misused the money B. It spent too much repairing the island ‎ C. Its phosphate mining cost much money D. It lost millions of dollars in the civil war.‎ ‎60. What can we learn about Nauru from the last paragraph? A. The ecological damage is difficult to repair. B. The leaders will take the experts’ words seriously. C. The island was abandoned by the Nauruans D. The phosphate mines were destroyed ‎ ‎【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。太平洋岛国瑙鲁曾经是一个美丽富饶的海岛，但是，由于内战和岛上磷酸盐矿的过度开采，很快使之成为一个生态灾难的贫瘠的海岛。作者写这一骇人听闻的故事，旨在提醒其他国家要引以为戒。‎ ‎56.【答案】B ‎【解析】根据第一段Nauru’s heartbreak story could have one good consequence—other countries might learn from its mistakes.可知，作者认为瑙鲁的故事可以让其他国家从他们的错误中学到一些东西，作者的目的是警示其他国家。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查作者写作意图。‎ ‎57.【答案】C ‎【解析】根据第二段中的…lived on the remote island of Nauru和第五段最后一句中的Gradually, the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon可知，瑙鲁以前是一个平静美丽的小岛。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查细节理解。‎ ‎58.【答案】B ‎【解析】瑙鲁岛上的生态灾难是因为对磷酸盐的过度开采。由第五段中的Strip-mining totally destroy the island和Gradually, the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon可知B正确。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查细节理解。‎ ‎59.【答案】A ‎【解析】由第七段中的Unfortunately, the leaders invested the money unwisely and lost millions ‎ of dollar可知，领导人投资的不明智，加上还要把更多的钱用在个人消费上，所以导致了财政问题。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查细节理解。‎ ‎60.【答案】A ‎【解析】根据文中最后一段的“Experts say that it would take approximately $433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island. This will probably never happen. ”可知，瑙鲁的生态灾难几乎很难恢复。所以A正确。‎ ‎【考点定位】考查判断推理。‎ ‎17.【2012安徽卷】‎ D ‎ In Asia, there are special competitions where kites have complex designs and are fitted with instruments that make musical sounds as the wind blows through them. Although all kites have a similar structure （结构）, they are widely different in size and shape. Kite-fighting competitions are also held, in which competitions us their kites to attack and bring down their opponents’（对手）kites or cut their strings（线）.‎ ‎ For more than 15 years, the Big Wind Kite Factory has been giving kite-making and kite flying classes for the children on an island in Hawaii. In its kite-making lessons, students can make kites in as little as 20 minutes! Children as young as four years old can learn how to fly a kite. Jonathan Socher and his wife Daphne started the kite factory in 1980. their kites are made of nylon（尼龙）.Their designs are Hawaiian themes created by Daphne. The designs are cut out of the nylon with a hot knife that seals the edges and then fastened directly onto the kite. ‎ ‎ The kite that is used to give lessons is regular diamond kite with a rainbow pattern. The difference between this kite and the ones they make during the lessons is that it is a two-string controllable kite. Big Wind employees fly the kite and for a few minutes show students how pulling on one line and then on the other controls the direction the kite goes in. Then the controls are given to the students.‎ ‎ Jonathan insists that it is not necessary to make a huge impressive kite to have fun making and flying kites. Even the simplest structure can work, and can give hours of fun. Go on, give it a try!‎ ‎68. Which of the following is true according to the text?‎ ‎ A. A hot knife is used to iron the nylon.‎ B. Children never fly kites on their own in flying lessons.‎ C. Kite strings must not be cut in kite-fighting competitions.‎ D. Daphne designs kites for the Big Wind Kite Factory.‎ Daphne是这个工厂Big Wind Kite Factory的老板。‎ ‎69. What is different about the kite used for flying lessons?‎ A. It has two strings. B. It is simple in design C. It has a rainbow pattern. D. It is shaped like a diamond.‎ ‎70.According to Jonathan ,what do you need to have fun with kites?‎ ‎ A. A large kite. B Any type of kite.‎ ‎ C. A complex structure. D. A kite that impresses others.‎ ‎71.What is mainly described in the text?‎ ‎ A . A kite factory B. Kite-flying lessons.‎ ‎ C .Special competitions. D .The kite-making Process.‎ ‎【答案】DABA ‎2011年高考题 ‎1.（2011·江苏卷）D Shay asked, “Do you think they’ll let me play?” Shay’s father knew that most of the boys would not want someone like Shay on their team, but the father also understood that if his son, ‎ mentally and physically disabled, were allowed to play, it would give him a much-needed sense of belonging and some confidence.‎ Shay’s father approached one of the boys on the field and asked if Shay could play, not expecting much. The boy looked around and said, “We’re losing by six runs (分) and the game is in the eighth inning (局).I guess he can be on our team and we’ll try to put him in to bat in the final inning.‎ Shay struggled over to the team’s bench and put on a team shirt with a broad smile and his father had a small tear in his eye and warmth in heart. The boys saw the father’s joy at his son being accepted.‎ In the bottom of the eighth inning, Shay’s team scored a few runs but was still behind by three. In the top of the final inning, Shay put on a glove and played in the field. Even though no hits came his way, he was obviously joyful just to be in the game and on the field. In the bottom of the final inning, Shay’s team scored again. Now, Shay was scheduled to be next at bat. Would they let Shay bat and give away their chance to win the game?‎ Surprisingly, Shay was given the bat. Everyone knew that a hit was almost impossible. The first pitch (投) came and Shay missed. The pitcher again again took a few steps forward to throw the ball softly towards Shay. As the pitch came in , Shay swung at the ball and hit a slow ground ball right back to the pitcher.‎ The pitcher could have easily thrown he ball to the first baseman and Shay would have been out and that would have been the end of the game .Instead, the pitcher threw the ball right over the head of the first baseman, beyond the reach of all teammates, The audience and the players from both teams started screaming,“Shay, run to first! ”Never in his life had Shay ever run that far but made it to first base, wide-eyed and shocked..‎ Everyone should, “Run to second!” Catching his breath, Shay awkwardly ran towards second.By the time Shay rounded towards second base, the smallest guy on their team,who had a chance to be the hero for his team fir the first time,could have thrown the ball to the second baseman, but he understood the pitcher’s intentions and he too intentionally threw the ball high and far over the third baseman’s head.‎ All were screaming，“Shay，Shay，Shay，all the way Shay.” Shay reached third base when one opposing player ran to help him and shouted, “Shay, run to third.” As Shay rounded third, all were on their feet, crying,“Shay, run home！”Shay ran to home, stepped on the home base and was cheered as the hero who the who won the game for his team.‎ That day, the boys from both teams helped bring a piece true love and humanity into this world. Shay didn’t make it to another summer and died that winter, having never forgotten being the hero and making his father so happy and coming home and seeing his mother tearfully hug her little hero of the day!‎ ‎66.Not expecting much, Shay’s father still asked the boy if Shay could play, mainly because the father _________.‎ A. noticed some of the boys on the field were heisting B. guessed his presence would affect the boy’s decision C. learned some of the boys on the field knew Shay well D. understood Shay did need a feeling of being accepted ‎67. In the bottom of the final inning Shay was given the bat because the boys _________.‎ A. believed they were sure to win the game B. would like to help Shay enjoy the game C. found Shay was so eager to be a winner D. fell forced to give Shay another chance ‎68. The smallest boy threw the ball high and far over the third baseman’s head, probably because that boy ________.‎ A. was obviously aware of the pitcher’s purpose B. looked forward to winning the game for his team C. failed to throw the ball to the second baseman D. saw that Shay already reached second base ‎69. Which of the following has nothing to do with Shay’s becoming the hero for his team?‎ A. The pitcher did not throw the ball to the first baseman.‎ B. The audience and the players from both teams cheered for him.‎ C. The opposing players failed to stop his running to home.‎ D. One of the opposing players ran to help him.‎ ‎70. What to you think is the theme of the story?‎ A. True human nature could be realized in the way we treat each other.‎ B. Everyone has his own strength even if mentally or physically disabled.‎ C. Everyone can develop his team spirit in sports and please his parents.‎ D. The results of the game should not be the only concern of the players.‎ ‎66. D 推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句可以推断，Shay的父亲理解儿子的心情，虽然身患残疾，但儿子希望得到别人的认可和接受，这种归属感会让儿子感到自信和乐观。‎ ‎67. B 推理判断题。根据文章的整体内容，特别是最后一段第一句可推断，这些打棒球的小男孩都十分善良，他们希望成全Shay，让他感受到体育运动带来的快乐，所以在最后一局，他们把球棒传到了Shay手中。‎ ‎68. A 细节理解题。根据倒数第三段最后一句可知，最小的男孩理解了投手的意图，所以故意把球扔得又高又远。‎ ‎69. C 推理判断题。为了成全身患残疾的Shay，球队双方进行了善意地欺骗，故意屡屡失手，共同制造了一个特殊的“英雄”，让Shay在人世间不多的日子里感到了快乐。显然C项与文章内容及主题不符。‎ ‎70. A 主旨大意题。文章讲述了一个关于爱的故事，一个关于人性的话题，人性是善的，在我们对待彼此的方式方法上，我们的人性充分显示出来。‎ ‎2.（2011·江西卷）A ‎“Mum, what does it mean when someone tells you that they have a skeleton（骨骼）in the closet（衣橱）?” Jessica asked. “A skeleton in the closet?” her mother paused thoughtfully. “Well, it’s something that you would rather not have anyone else know about. For example, if in the past, someone in Dad’s family had been arrested for stealing a horse, it would be ‘a skeleton in his family’s closet’. He really wouldn’t want any neighbor to know about it.”‎ ‎“Why pick on my family?” Jessica’s father said with anger. “Your family history isn’t so good, you know. Wasn’t your great-great-grandfather a prisoner who was transported to Australia for his crimes?” “Yes, but people these days say that you are not a real Australian unless your ancestors arrived as prisoners.” “Gosh, sorry I asked. I think I understand now,” Jessica cut iin before things grew worse.‎ After dinner, the house was very quiet. Jessica’s parents were still quite angry with each other. Her mother was ironing clothes and every now and then she glared at her husband, who hid ‎ behind his newspaper pretending to read. When she finished, she gathered the freshly pressed clothes in her arms and walked to Jessica’s closet. Just as she opened the door and reached in to hang a skirt, a bony arm stuck out from the dark depths and a bundle of white bones fell to the floor. Jessica’s mother sank in a faint（晕倒）, waking only when Jessica put a cold, wet cloth on her forehead. She looked up to see the worried faces of her husband and daughter.‎ ‎“What happened? Where am I?” she asked. “You just destroyed the school’s skeleton, Mum,” explained Jessica. “I brought it home to help me with my health project. I meant to tell you, but it seemed that as soon as I mentioned skeletons and closets, it caused a problem between you and Dad.” Jessica looked in amazement as her parents began to laugh madly. “They’re both crazy,” she thought.‎ ‎56. According to Jessica’s mother, “a skeleton in the close” means ______.‎ ‎ A. a family honor B. a family secret C. a family story D. a family treasure ‎57. What can we learn about some Australians’ ancestors form Paragraph 2?‎ ‎ A. They were brought to Australia as prisoners.‎ ‎ B. They were the earliest people living in Australia.‎ ‎ C. They were involved in some crimes in Australia.‎ ‎ D. They were not regarded as criminals in their days.‎ ‎58. Jessica’s mother fell down into a faint because she was ______.‎ ‎ A. knocked B. frightened C. injured D. surprised ‎59. Why did Jessica bring a skeleton home?‎ ‎ A. She was curious about it. B. She planned to keep it for fun.‎ ‎ C. She needed it for her school task. D. She intended to scare her parents.‎ ‎60. Jessica’s parents laughed madly at the end of the story probably because ______.‎ ‎ A. they were crazy B. they were over excited ‎ C. they realized their misunderstanding D. they both thought they had won the quarrel ‎56题 答案：B 考点：语义猜测 根据第一段母亲所说的话“it’s something that you would rather not have anyone else to know about”“它是一件你不希望其他人所知道的事情”，选择B。‎ ‎57题 答案：A 考点：细节推断 解析:由第二段”Yes，but people these days say that you are not a real Australian unless your ancestors arrived as prisoners”，“如今的人们说如果你的祖先不是以囚犯的身份到达澳大利亚的话，那么你就不是一个真正的澳大利亚人。”选择A ‎58题 答案：B 考点：细节理解 由第三段“Just as she opened the door and reached in to hang a skirt, a bony arm stuck out from the dark depths and a bundle of white bones fell to the floor.”“正当她打开门伸进手去挂短裙的时候，一只骨头胳膊从暗处伸出来然后一堆骨头摔倒了地板上。”得出妈妈因该是被吓晕的。‎ ‎59题 答案：C 考点：细节理解 由最后一段“I brought it home to help me with my health project.”“我把它带回家是为了帮我搞定我的健康课题”，project此处有“学校的科研习作项目, 课题”之意判断出C选项。‎ ‎60题:‎ 考点：推断题 答案：C 结合全文理解，开头讲述了Jessica的一个提问“Mum, what does it mean when someone tells you that they have a skeleton（骨骼）in the closet（衣橱）?”引出了父母之间的争论，之后妈妈被孩子藏在衣橱中的用来完成学校课题的骷髅吓晕过去，最后Jessica解释时说，“I meant to tell you, but it seemed that as soon as I mentioned skeletons and closets, it caused a problem between you and Dad.”即本想告诉妈妈衣橱里的骷髅的情况，可是每当提到骷髅和衣橱的问题后却总会让父母之间有摩擦，然而最后真相大白，Jessica的父母都意识到了这是一个误会，故而狂笑。故而选择C ‎3.（2011·陕西卷）C In early autumn I applied for applied for admission to college. I wanted to go nowhere but to Cornell University,but my mother fought strongly againsnst it. When she saw me studying a photograph of my father on the sports ground of Cornell,she tore it up.‎ ‎“You can’t say it’s not a great university,just because Papa went there.”‎ ‎“That’s not it at all.And it is a top university.”She was still holding the pieces in her hand. “But we can’t afford to send you to college.”‎ ‎“I wouldn’t dream of asking you for money.Do you want me to get a job to help suppont you and Papa?Things aren’t that bad,are they?”‎ ‎“No,”she said. “I don’t expect you to help support us.”‎ Father borrowed money form his rich cousins to start a small jewellery shop,His chief customers were his old college friends.To get new customers,my mother had to help.She picked up a long-forgotten membership in the local league of women,so that she cound get to know more people. Whether those people would turn into customers was another question. I knew that my Parents had to wait for quite a long time before their small investment (投资) could show returns.What’s more ,they had not wanted enough to be roch and successful ；otherwise they cound not possibly have managed their lives so badly.‎ I was torn between the desave to help them and change,their lives,and the determinstion not to repeat their mistakes.I had a strong belief in my power to go what I wanted.After months of hard study I won a full college scholarship（奖学金）.My father could hardly contain his pride in me,and my mother eventually gave in before my success.‎ ‎53.The author was not allowed to go to Cornell University mainly because【D】‎ A. his father grduated from the university B. his mother did not thinks it a great university C. his parents needed him to help support the family D. his parents did not have enough money for him ‎54.The father srarted his small shop with the money from .【C】‎ A.a local league B.his university C.his relatives D.his college friends ‎55.Why did the mother renew her membership in the league? 【A】‎ A.To help with her husband’s business B.To raise money for her son C.To meet her long-forgotten friends D.To better manage her life ‎56.According to the text,what was the author determined to do in that autumn? 【C】‎ A. To get a well-paid job for himself B. To improve relations with his mother C. To go to his dream university D. To carry on with his father’s business ‎4.（2011·安徽卷）C They are the sort of friends who are so close they trust each other with their lives. If one falls, the other is there to catch him.‎ They are Wellman, whose legs were permanently injured nine years ago in a rock-climbing accident, and Corbett, an experienced rock climber. Together, they climbed up Half Dome, the famous 2,000-foot rock in the Yosemite National Park, through one of the most difficult routes(路线). ‎ During the climb, Corbett took the lead, hit in the metal spikes（尖状物）that guided the ropes and climbed up. Then, after Wellman pulled himself up the rope, Corbett went down to remove the spikes and climbed up again. This process was repeated time and again, inch by inch, for 13 days. Wellman’s job was not easy either. He got himself up the rope through upper body strength alone. In all, Wellman figured that he had done 5,000 pull-ups up the rope on the climb. ‎ However, when the two men first met, they never talked about climbing. “He knew that was how I got injured.” Wellman said. Until one day Wellman decided that he wanted to climb again and they started training.‎ Their climb of Half Dome was not all smooth. At one point, pieces of rock gave way, and Corbett dropped down quickly. Wellman locked their rope in place, stopping the fall at 20 feet. His quick action probably saved his friend’s life.‎ ‎“Your partner can save your life — you can save your partner’s life,” Wellman said as the pair received congratulations from friends. “There are real close ties.” ‎ ‎【文章大意】在现实生活中，不管作什么事情，人人互助就能克服任何困难，甚至挽救生命。Wellman和Corbett的经历恰好印证了这个道理。‎ ‎64. Which of the following was a challenge for Corbett in climbing Half Dome?‎ A. To climb up to remove the spikes. B. To climb it twice C. To do 5,000 pull-ups up the rope. D. To lock the rope in place.‎ ‎【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章可知，C项和D项是Wellman所为，因此排除。根据第六段可知，Corbett在攀爬之中掉了下去，是Wellman及时固定住缆绳阻止住他下落，他得再次攀爬上去，对他来说这是个最大的挑战，因此选择B项。‎ ‎65. Why did the two men never talk about climbing when they first met?‎ A. Corbett was poorly trained.‎ B. Wellman had lost interest in climbing.‎ C. Corbett didn’t want to hurt Wellman.‎ D. Wellman hadn’t decided whether to climb again.‎ ‎【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据句子when the two men first met, they never talked about climbing. “He knew that was how I got injured.” Wellman said和…Wellman, whose legs were permanently injured nine years ago in a rock-climbing accident可知，他们没有谈论攀岩是因为Corbett不想伤害Wellman这个残疾人的自尊。A、B、D项没有提及。‎ ‎66. What do we know about Wellman?‎ A. He climbed Half Dome by himself.‎ B. He was disabled in a traffic accident.‎ C. He stopped rock-climbing for some time.‎ D. He was saved by Corbett during the climb.‎ ‎【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第五段可知，Wellman过了一段时间才决定再次攀岩，于是他们二人共同训练，因此C项正确。A项课文中没有提及；B项错在in a traffic accident，应为in a rock-climbing accident；D项错误，应为Wellman挽救了Corbett的生命。‎ ‎67. The main idea of the text is that .‎ A. two heads are better than one B. friendship is precious in life C. the disabled should never give up ‎ D. a man can be destroyed but cannot be defeated ‎【解析】选B。主旨大意题。通读全文可知，Wellman和Corbett通过在攀岩活动中互相帮助，战胜困难，甚至挽救生命的事迹，歌颂了友谊之珍贵，文末的There are real close ties也能说明C项正确。A项意为“一人不敌二人计”。‎ ‎5.（2011·重庆卷）A There was a gardener who looked after his garden with great care. To water his flowers, he used two buckers. One was a shiny and new bucket. The other was a very old and dilapidated one, which had seen many years of service, but was now past its best.‎ Every morning, the gardener would fill up the two buckets. Then he would carry them along the path, one on each side, to the flowerbeds. The new bucket was very proud of itself. It could carry a full bucket of water without a single drop spilled (溢出). The old bucket felt very ashamed because of its holes: before it reached the flowerbeds, much water had leaked along the path.‎ Sometimes the new bucket would say, “See how capable I am! How good it is that the gardener has me to water the flowers every day! I don't know why he still bothers with you. What a waste of space you are!”‎ And all that the old bucket could say was, “I know I’m not very useful, but I can only do my best. I’m happy that the gardener still finds a little bit of use in me, at least.”‎ One day, the gardener heard that kind or conversation. After watering the flowers as usual, he said, “You both have done your work very well. Now I am going to carry you back. I want you to look carefully along the path.”‎ Then the two buckets did so. All along the path, they noticed, on the side where the new bucket was carried, there was just bare (光秃秃的) earth; on the onther side where the old bucket was carried, there was a joyous row of wild flowers, leading all the way to the garden.‎ ‎56. What does the underlined word “dilapidated” probably mean?‎ A. Dirty B. Dark C. Worn-out D. Plain-looking.‎ ‎57. What was the old bucket ashamed of?‎ A. His past. B. His aging.‎ C. His manner. D. His leaking.‎ ‎58. The new bucket made conversations with the old one mainly to ‎ A. laugth at the old one B. take pity on the old one C. show off its beautiful looks D. praise the gardener’s kindness ‎59. Why was the old bucket still kept by the gardener?‎ A. Because it was used to keep a balance B. Because it stayed in its besr condition C. Because it was taken as a treasure D. Because it had its own function ‎【答案】CDAD ‎6.（2011·天津卷) B ‎ In the fall of 1985. I was a bright-eyed ghl heading off to Howard University, aiming at a legal career and dreaming of sitting on a Supreme Court bench somewhere. Twenty-one years later I am later I am still a bright-eyed dreamer and one with quite a different tale to tell.‎ ‎ My grandma, an amazing woman, graduated from college an the age of 65. She was the first in our family to reach that goal. But one year after I started college, she developed cancer. I made the choice to withdraw from college to care for her. It meant that school and my personal dream would have to wait.‎ ‎ Then I got married with another dream: building my family with a combination of adopt and biological children. In 1999, we adopted our first son. To lay eyes on him was fantastic---and very emotional. A year later came our second adopted boy. Then followed son No. 3. In 2003, I gave birth to another boy.‎ ‎ You can imagine how fully occupied I became, raising four boys under the age of 81. Our home was a complete zoo---a joyous zoo. Not surprising, I never did make it back to college full-time. But I never gave up on the dream either. I had only one choice: to find a way. That meant talking as few as one class each semester.‎ ‎ The hardest part was feeling guilty about the time I spent away from the boys. They often wanted me to stay home with them. There certainly were times I wanted to quit, But I knew I should set an example for them to follow through the rest of their lives.‎ In 2007, I graduated from the University of North Carolina. It took me over 21 years to get my college degree！‎ I am not special, just single-minded. It always struck me that when you’re looking at a big challenge from the outside it looks huge, but when you’re in the midst of it, it just seems normal. Everything you want won’t arrive in your life on one day. It’s a process. Remember；little steps add up to big dreams.‎ ‎41. When the author went to Howard University, her dream was tobe ‎ A. a writer B. a teacher C. a judge D. a doctor ‎42. Why did the author quit school in her second year of college?‎ A. She wanted to study by herself.‎ B. She fell in love and got married.‎ C. She suffered from a serious illness.‎ D. She decided to look after her grandma. ‎ 36. ‎ What can we learn about the author from Paragraphs 4 and 5?‎ A. She was buy yet happy with her family life.‎ B. She ignored her guilty feeling for her sons.‎ C. She wanted to remain a full-time housewife.‎ D. She was too confused to make a correct choice.‎ 44. What dose the author mostly want to tell us in the last paragraph?‎ A. Failure is the mother of success.‎ B. Little by little ,one goes far.‎ C. Every coin has two sides.‎ D. Well begun ,half done.‎ ‎45.Which of the following can best describe the author ?‎ A. Caring and determine.‎ B. Honest and responsible.‎ C. Ambitious and sensitive .‎ D. Innocent and single-minded.‎ ‎【答案】CDABA ‎7. A（2011·全国卷新课标卷)‎ When milk arrived on the doorstep When I was a boy growing up in New Jersey in the 1960s, we had a milkman delivering milk to our doorstep. His name was Mr. Basille. He wore a white cap and drove a white truck. As a 5-year-old boy, I couldn’t take my eyes off the coin changer fixed to his belt. He noticed this one day during a delivery and gave me a quarter out of his coin changer.‎ Of course, he delivered more than milk. There was cheese, eggs and so on. If we needed to change our order, my mother would pen a note—“Please add a bottle of buttermilk next delivery”—and place it in the box along with the empty bottles. And then, the buttermilk would magically（魔术般）appear.‎ All of this was about more than convenience. There existed a close relationship between families and their milkmen. Mr. Basille even had a key to our house, for those times when it was so cold outside that we put the box indoors, so that the milk wouldn't freeze. And I remember Mr. Basille from time to time taking a break at our kitchen table, having a cup of tea and telling stories about his delivery.‎ There is sadly no home milk delivery today. Big companies allowed the production of cheaper milk thus making it difficult for milkmen to compete (竞争). Besides, milk is for sale everywhere, and it may just not have been practiced to have a delivery service.‎ Recently, an old milk box in the countryside I saw brought back my childhood memories. 1 took it home and planted it on the back porch (门廊). Every so often my son's friends will ask what it is. So I start telling stories of my boyhood, and of the milkman who brought us friendship along with his milk.‎ ‎56. Mr. Basille gave the boy a quarter out of his coin changer .‎ A. to show his magical power ‎ B. to pay for the delivery C. to satisfy his curiosity ‎ D. to please his mother ‎57. What can be inferred from the fact that the milkman had the key to the boy's house? ‎ A. He wanted to have tea there. ‎ B. He was a respectable person. ‎ C. He was treated as a family member.‎ D. He was fully trusted by the family.‎ ‎ 58. Why does home milk delivery no longer exist?‎ A. Nobody wants to be a milkman now. ‎ B. It has been driven out of the market. ‎ C. Its service is getting poor.‎ D. It is forbidden by law.‎ ‎59. Why did the author bring back home an old milk box?‎ A. He missed the good old days.‎ B. He wanted to tell interesting stories. ‎ C. He needed it for his milk bottles.‎ D. He planted flowers in it.‎ ‎56.C 57.D 58.B 59.A ‎8.（2011·北京卷）A ‎“I Went Skydiving at 84!”‎ As a young girl growing up in the 1930s, I always wanted to fly a plane, but back then it was almost unheard of for a woman to do that. I got a taste of that dream in 2011,when my husband arranged for me to ride in a hot air balloon for my birthday. But the experience turned out to be very dull. Around that time,I told my husband that I wanted to skydive. So when our retirement community（社区）announced that they were having an essay competition and the topic was an experience of a lifetime that you wanted to have, I decided to write about my dream.‎ In the essay, I wrote about my desire to skydive, stating George Brush Sr. did it at age 80. Why not me? I was just 84 and in pretty good health. A year went by and I heard nothing. But then at a community party in late April 2009, they announced that I was one of the winners. I just couldn’t believe it. Inspired by this.I deeided to realize my dream,even though some of my family members and my doctor were against it.‎ On June 11, 2009, nearly 40 of my family and friends gathered in the area close to where I would land while I headed up in the airplane. My instructor, Jay, guided me through the experience. The plane was the noisiest one I had ever been in, but I wasn’t frightened—I was really just looking forward to the experience. When we reached 13,000 feet, Jay instructed me to throw myself out of the plane. When we first hit the air, the wind was so strong that I could hardly breathe. For a second I thought, “What have I gotten myself into?” But then everything got calmer. We were in a free fall for about a minute before Jay opened the parachute（降落伞）, then we just floated downward for about five minutes. Being up in the clouds and looking at the view below was unlike anything I have ever felt—much better than the hot air ballon. I was just enjoying it.‎ Skydiving was really one of the greatest experiences of my life. I hope other people will look at me and realize that you don’t stop living just because you are 84 years old. If there’s something ‎ you want to experience, look into it. If it’s something that is possible, make it happen.‎ ‎56. What happened to the auther in 2001?‎ A. She flew an airplane B. She entered a competition C. She went on a hot air balloon ride D. She moved into a retirement community ‎57. The author mentioned George Bush Sr. in her essay to .‎ A. build up her own reputation B. show her admiration for him C. compare their health conditon D. make her argument persuasive ‎58. How did the author feel immediately after she jumped out of the plane?‎ A. Excited B. Scared C. Nervous D. Regretful ‎59. What did the author enjoy most when she was skydiving?‎ A.The beautiful clouds B. The wonderful view C. The company of Jay D. The one-minute free fall ‎【答案】CDDB ‎9.（2011·湖南卷）B My father was Chief engineer of a merchant ship, which was sunk in Word War II. The book Night of the U-boats told the story.‎ Memories ‎ ‎ In September, 1940, my mother, sister and I went to Swansea, where my father’s ship was getting ready to sail. We brought him a family photograph to be kept with him at all times and keep him sale.‎ ‎ Then I remember my mother lying lace down, sobbing. She had heard from a friend that the ship had been sunk by a torpedo(鱼雷).‎ ‎ I can remember the arrival of the telegram(电报),Which in those days always brought had new. My grandmother opened it. It read, “Safe, Love Ted.” ‎ ‎ My most vivid memory Is being woken and brought down to sit o my father’s knee, his arm in a bandage.‎ ‎ He was judged unfit to return to sea and took a shore job in Glasgow for the rest of the war. For as long as I can remember, he had a weak heart. Mother said it was caused by the torpedoes. He said it was because of the cigarettes. Whichever, he died suddenly in his early 50s.‎ ‎ Ten years later I read Night of the U-bouts and was able to complete the story. ‎ ‎ Torpedo ‎ ‎ One torpedo struck the ship. Father was in the engine room, where the third engineer was killed. He shut down the engines to slow the ship making it easier for it to be abandoned.‎ ‎ By the time he got on deck (甲板) he was alone. Every lifeboat was gone except one which had stuck fast. When he tried to cut it free it swung against the ship, injuring his hand and arm. He had no choice but to jump—still with the photograph in his pocket.‎ ‎ Three days later, he and other survivors were safe in Glasgow. All 23 with him signed the back of the photograph.‎ ‎ In my room is the book and the photograph. Often, glass in hand, I have wondered how I would have dealt with an explosion, a sinking ship, a jump into a vast ocean rind a wait for rescue?‎ ‎ Lest（以免）we forget, I have some more whisky and toast the heroes of the war.‎ ‎61. We can infer that the mother and children went to Swansea ________.‎ A. to meet a friend B. to see the father off C. to take a family photo D. to enjoy the sailing of the ship ‎62. What did the author learn about the father from the telegram?‎ A. he was still alive.‎ B. His knee was broken.‎ C. His ship had been sunk.‎ D. He had arrived in Glasgow.‎ ‎63. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 6 refers to the father’s ________.‎ A. weak heart B. taking a shore job C. failure to return to sea D. injury caused by a torpedo ‎64. What can we know about the author’s father after his ship was attacked?‎ A. He lost his arm B. He repaired the engines.‎ C. He managed to take a lifeboat.‎ D. He was the last to leave the ship.‎ ‎65. What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. A group of forgotten heroes B. A book describing a terrifying battle.‎ C. A ship engineer’s wartime experience.‎ D. A merchant’s memories of a sea rescue.‎ B  记叙文：父亲经历的沉船事件 ‎　　61. S定位，找到Memories下面第一段，讲到父亲会从S起航，我们带给他family photograph目的是be kept with him和keep him safe，推断出我们是去给父亲送行 ‎　　62. telegram定位，找到Memories下面第三段，电报内容：safe，确定A ‎　　63. 父亲说it是由cigarettes引起，母亲说it由torpedoes引起，it 只代前文的week heart ‎　　64. after his ship was attack 定位， 找到Torpedo部分，第二段首句he was alone确定D ‎　　65. 全文主旨，C。其它选项错误原因：A，forgotten heroes在文中都没有涉及；B，terrible battle没有提；D, merchant's memories应该是作者（merchant's child 的mermories）‎ ‎10.（2011·湖北卷）A Honesty, my mum always used to tell me, is the best policy. Of course, this didin’t include her when she told me that if I didn’t eat all my vegetables Father Christmas would find out and wouldn’t give me any presents.‎ But when it comes to medicine, I had assumed it was important to always be honest with my patients. After all, the doctor patient relationship is based on trust, and therefore honesty is essential, Or so I thought.‎ I had just started working in geriatrics(老年病科). Mr. McMahon was brought in when his baby was faound very swollen. I took a medical history from his daughter would accompanied him in the ambulance. She’d been his main carer for years. I stood looking at him as she gave a detailed history. “Has he lost any weight recently?” I asked, “Well, it’s funny you should mention that, but yes.” She said slowly. There was silence for a few moments. “Why? What are you worried about?” she asked, I hesitated. She was obviously very involved in his care and it was only fair that I told her the truth. “Well, we need to prove it’s not cancer.” I said and talked briefly about some of the tests I was going to order.‎ Half an hour later, a nurse called me: “Mr. McMahon’s daughter broke down－she said you told her he had cancer.” My heart sank. By the time I arrived at the ward, my consultant was already there, explaining that we still had to run lots of tests and that it was by no means confirmed that he had cancer. I stood silently at the end of the bed. My consultant was obviously angry with me and as we left Mr. McMahon, she turned to me. “Why on carch did you do that?” she asked to disbelief. I looked at her andbit my hp. “She asked me what I was worried about and I told her.” I said, hanging my head. “And give her more to worry about?” replied my consultant. “You don’t say the word ‘cancer’ until it’s confirmed. Even if you suspect it, think very carefully before you tell people.”‎ As it turned out, it wasn’t cancer. But I did learn that when somecone is stressed and worried about their loved one they’re sometimes selective in what they hear－and as a doctor it’s important to be mindful of this. In being truthful, I’d made the situation worse.‎ ‎51.The purpose of the first two paragraphs is to show that the author .‎ A. misunderstood the doctor-patient relationship B. was anxious to receive Christmas gifts C. regarded honesty as the best policy D. had an unhealthy eating habit ‎52.The author’s consultant was angry with him because .‎ A. he told the daughter what he suspected.‎ B. he delayed running the necessary tests.‎ C. he failed to confirm the parent’s disease.‎ D. he forgot what the consultant had advised.‎ ‎53．The author hung his head (the underlined part in Para.4) because he was feeling . A. guilty B. hurt C. disappointed D. helpless ‎54.What lesson has the author learnt from his experience?‎ A. Learning form parents is necessary.‎ B. Jumping to a conclusion is dangerous.‎ C. Telling the truth may not always be the best solution.‎ D. Selecting pleasant words may not be the perfect policy.‎ ‎【答案】CAAC ‎11.（2011·广东卷）C A year after graduation, I was offered a position teaching a writing class. Teaching was a profession I had never seriously considered, though several of my stories had been published. I accepted the job without hesitation, as it would allow me to wear a tie and go by the name of Mr. Davis. My father went by the same name, and I liked to imagine people getting the two of us confused. “Wait a minute” someone might say, “are you talking about Mr. Davis the retired man, or Mr. Davis the respectable scholar?”‎ The position was offered at the last minute, and I was given two weeks to prepare, a period I spent searching for briefcase (公文包) and standing before my full-length mirror, repeating the words, “Hello, class. I’m Mr. Davis.” Sometimes I would give myself an aggressive voice. Sometimes I would sound experienced. But when the day eventually came, my nerves kicked in and the true Mr. Davis was there. I sounded not like a thoughtful professor, but rather a 12-year-old boy.‎ I arrived in the classroom with paper cards designed in the shape of maple leaves. I had cut them myself out of orange construction paper. I saw nine students along a long table. I handed out the cards, and the students wrote down their names and fastened them to their breast pockets as I required.‎ ‎ “All right then,” I said. “Okey, here we go.” Then I opened my briefcase and realized that I had never thought beyond this moment. I had been thinking that the students would be the first to talk, offering their thoughts and opinions on the events of the day. I had imagined that I would sit at the edge of the desk, overlooking a forests of hands. Every student would yell. “Calm down, you’ll all get your turn. One at a time, one at a time!”‎ A terrible silence ruled the room, and seeing no other opinions, I inspected the students to pull out their notebooks and write a brief essay related to the theme of deep disappointment.‎ ‎36. The author took the job to teach writing because ______.‎ ‎ A. he wanted to be expected ‎ B. he had written some storied ‎ C. he wanted to please his father ‎ D. he had dreamed of being a teacher ‎37. What can we learn about the author from Paragraph 2?‎ ‎ A. He would be aggressive in his first class.‎ ‎ B. He was well-prepared for his first class.‎ ‎ C. He got nervous upon the arrival of his first class.‎ ‎ D. He waited long for the arrival of his first class.‎ ‎38. Before he started his class, the author asked the students to ______.‎ ‎ A. write down their suggestions on the paper cards ‎ B. cut maple leaves out of the construction paper ‎ C. cut some cards out of the construction paper ‎ D. write down their names on the paper cards ‎39. What did the students do when the author started his class?‎ ‎ A. They began to talk.‎ ‎ B. They stayed silent.‎ ‎ C. They raised their hands.‎ ‎ D. They shouted to be heard.‎ ‎40. The author chose the composition topic probably because ______.‎ ‎ A. he got disappointed with his first class ‎ B. he had prepared the topic before class ‎ C. he wanted to calm down the students ‎ D. he thought it was an easy topic ‎【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。作者叙述了自己成为老师所上是第一节课的情景。和自己事先预想的大不一样，这节课竟然很沉闷，这令作者很失望。‎ ‎36. A考查细节理解。根据文章第一段I accepted the job without hesitation, as it would allow me to wear a tie and go by the name of Mr. Davis.可知，我毫不犹豫地接受了这个工作，这表明作者想成为一名老师。所以选A。‎ ‎37. C考查推理判断。根据文章第二段But when the day eventually came, my nerves kicked in and the true Mr. Davis was there. I sounded not like a thoughtful professor, but rather a 12-year-old boy.可知当作者第一次进入课堂的时候，他的声音不像一名有思想的教授倒像一个12岁的小男孩。这表明作者很紧张。故选C。‎ ‎38. D考查细节理解。根据文章第三段I handed out the cards, and the students wrote down their names and fastened them to their breast pockets as I required.可知选D。‎ ‎39. B考查细节理解。根据文章第五段A terrible silence ruled the room, and seeing no other opinions可知，教室里一片沉静，没有学生发表意见。所以选B。‎ ‎40. A 考查推理判断。根据文章的第四段可知，作者想象他的第一节课学生会很积极地发言表达自己的观点，自己只能让学生一次一个地说。可没想到的是自己的第一节课竟然一片寂静，没有人发言。所以作者很失望。故选A。‎ ‎12.（2011·浙江卷）D ‎ It was Saturday . As always, it was a busy one, for “Six days shall you labor and do all your work” was taken seriously back then. Outside,Father and Mr. Patrick next door were busy chopping firewood. Inside their own houses, Mother and Mrs. Patrick were engaged in spring cleaning.‎ ‎ Somehow the boys had slipped away to the back lot with their kites. Now, even at the risk of having Brother caught to beat carpets , they had sent him to the kitchen for string(线). It seemed there was no limit to the heights to which kites would fly today.‎ ‎ My mother looked at the sitting room ,its furniture disorderd for a thorough sweeping, Agun she cast a look toward the window. “Come on, girls ! Let’s take string to the boys and watch them ‎ On the way we met Mrs. Patrick, laughing guiltily as if she were doing something ‎ wrong, together with her girls.‎ ‎ There never was such a day for flying kited! We played all our fresh string into the boys’ kites and they went up higher and higher .We could hardly distinguish the orange-colored spots of the kites. Now and then we slowly pulled one kite back, watching it dancing up and down it the wind, and finally bringing it down to earth , just for the joy of sending it up again.‎ ‎ Even our fathers dropped their tools and joined us. Our mothers took their turn, laughing like schoolgirls. I think we were all beside ourselves. Parents forgot their duty and their dignity; children forgot their everyday fights and little jealousies. “Perhaps it’s like this in the kingdom of heaven,” I thought confusedly.‎ ‎ It was growing dark before we all walked sleepily back to house. I suppose we had some sort of supper. I suppose there must have been a surface tidying-up, for the house on Sunday looked clean and orderly enough. The strange thing was , we didn't mention that day afterward. I flt a little embarrassed .Surely none of the others had been as excited as I. I locked the memory up in that deepest part of me where we keep“the things that cannot be and yet they are.”‎ ‎ The years went on, then one day I was hurrying about my kitchen in a city apartment, trying to get some work out of the way while my three-year-old insistently cried her desire to “go park ,see duck.”‎ ‎ “I can’t go!” I said. “I have this and this to do, and when I’m through I’ll be too tired to walk that for.”‎ ‎ My mother , who was visiting us , looked up from the peas she was shelling ,“It’s a wonderful day,”she offered，“Really warm , yet there’s a fine breczc . Do you remember that day we flew kites?”‎ ‎ I stopped in my dash between stove and sink . The looked door flew open and with it a rush of memories. “Come on.”I told my little girl. “You’re right , it’s too good a day to miss.”‎ ‎ Another decade passed. We were in the aftermath (余波)of a great war. All evening we had been asking our returned soldier, the youngest Patrick Boy, about his experiences as a prisoner of war. He had talked freely , but now for a long time he had been silent . What was he thinking of – what dark and horrible things?‎ ‎ “Say!” A smile slipped out from his lips . “Do you remember --- no, of course you wouldn’t . It probably didn’t make the impression on you as it did on me.”‎ ‎ I hardly dared speak.“Remember what ?”‎ ‎ “I used to think of that day a lot in POW camp(战俘营), when things weren’t too good. Do you remember the day we flew the kites?”‎ ‎56.Mrs. Patrick was laughing guilnly because she thought .‎ A. she was too old to fly kites ‎ B. her husband would make fun of her C. she should have been doing her housework then D. her girls weren’t supposed to play the boy’s game ‎57. By“we were all beside ourselves”, the writer means that they all .‎ ‎ A. felt confused B. went wild with joy ‎ C. looked on D. forgot their fights ‎ ‎58. What did the writer think after the kite-flying?‎ A. The boys must have had more fun than the girls.‎ B. They should have finished their work before playing.‎ C. Her parents should spend more time with them.‎ D. All the others must have forgotten that day.‎ ‎59. Why did the writer finally agree to take her little girl for an outing?‎ A. She suddenly remembered her duty as a mother.‎ B. She was reminded of the day they flew kites.‎ C. She had finished her work in the kitchen.‎ D. She thought it was a great day to play outside.‎ ‎60.The youngest Patrick Boy is mentioned to show that _____ .‎ ‎ A. the writer was not alone in treasuring her fond memories ‎ B. his experience in POW camp threw a shadow over his life ‎ C. childhood friendship means so much to the writer ‎ D. people like him really changed a lot after the war ‎【答案】CBDBA ‎13.（2011·全国II）E ‎ "I didn't hear them call my name," explained Shelley Hennig to Active Teens (AT) as she talked about that exciting moment on national television when she won the honor of Miss Teen USA 2004. "Are you ready?" is what she heard. Then she said, "I shook my head no, and then they said‘yes’ and it was announced again."‎ ‎ It was four days after that life changing moment for the seventeen-year-old high school student from Destrehan, Louisiana----she was still on cloud nine．‎ ‎ "I was so shocked! I never believed that it could actually really happen." Present in the audience（观众）that day were: her mother and father, older brother, her friends, and her dance teacher.‎ Understanding why members of her family and her friends would be there, AT asked why her dance teacher had traveled so far to see her compete（比赛）．"She's always been my role model．I've danced with her since I was six. She's been through so many difficulties and came through them all. I've learned to get over bad life's experiences and learned how to move on because of her."‎ One of those bad life's experiences for Shelley happened three years ago when her brother Brad was killed in a drunk driving accident. He was 18. She found writing helped her get through the rough days. She said, "I write a lot about my brother. I write a lot, a lot, a lot...”‎ As Miss Louisiana Teen, she traveled around the state speaking to teens（青少年）about the dangers of drinking and driving. In her role as Miss Teen USA, Sheiley will continue to speak to youth about safe driving, in addition to many other things to help the youth.‎ When AT asked Miss Teen USA if she had any advice for our readers, she said, "Don't let anyone change you. Hang out with people that make you feel good about yourself. That way, it is easy to be yourself."‎ ‎56. What do the words "on cloud nine" in Paragraph 2 probably mean?‎ ‎ A. frightened B. troubled C. very happy D. very angry ‎57. Shelley takes her dance teacher as a role model mainly because she is_____.‎ ‎ A. determined B. friendly C. strict D. experienced ‎58. How many children did the Hennigs have according to the text?‎ ‎ A. 1．B．2. C. 3．D. 4.‎ ‎59. What did Shelley often do after she became Miss Louisiana Teen?‎ ‎ A. She visited drunken drivers.‎ ‎ B.She gave dance performances.‎ ‎ C. She made speeches on safe driving.‎ ‎ D. She helped other teens with their studies.‎ ‎60. What suggestion does Shelley give to the teens?‎ ‎ A. Be yourself with the support of friends.‎ ‎ B ．Meet friends whenever possible.‎ ‎ C. Go easy on yourself and others.‎ ‎ D. Have a good role model.‎ ‎56----60 CACCA ‎14.（2011·四川卷）A ‎ It’s 5:‎00 in the morning when the alarm (闹钟) rings in my ears. I roll out of bed and walk blindly through the dark into the bathroom. I turn on the light and put on my glasses. The house is still as I walk downstairs while my husband and three kids sleep peacefully. Usually I go for a long run, but today I choose my favorite exercise DVD, Insanity. Sweat pours down my face and into my eyes. My heart races as I face my body to finish each movement. As I near the end of the exercise ,I feel extremely tired, but a smile is of my face. It’s a smile because the DVD is over , but a smile of success from pushing my body to its extreme limit.‎ ‎ Some people enjoy shopping, smoking , food, work, or even chocolate. But I need exercise to get through each day. Some shake heads when they see me run through the town. Others get hurt when I refuse to try just one bite of their grandmother’s chocolate cake. They raise their eyebrows, surprised by my “no thank you,” or by my choice to have a salad. Over the years , I have learned it’s okay to just say “no.” I shouldn’t feel sorry for refusing food that I don’t want to eat.‎ So what drives me to roll out of bed at 5:‎00 a.m.? What gives me the reason to just say to ice cream? Commitment. A commitment to change my life with a way that reduces daily anxiety, increases self –confidence and energy, extends life and above all improves my body shape. This is the point where a smile appears on my face as I look at myself in the mirror or try on my favorite pair of jeans that now fit just right. It’s through commitment and sweat that I can make a difference within myself inside and out.‎ ‎41.Why is there a smile on the author’s face in the morning?‎ A. Because she sees her family sleeping peacefully.‎ B. Because she finishes her favorite exercise ‎ C. Because she enjoys the interesting DVD D. Because she feels a sense of achievement ‎42.Which of the following is true according to Paragraph?‎ A. She doesn’t like others r politely B. She likes to make others surprised ‎ C. Others don’t understand what she dose D. Others try to help her by offering her food ‎43.What does the underlined word “commitment” in the last paragraph mean?‎ A. Good health B. Firm belief C. A strong power D.A regular habit ‎44.Wtat can we learn about the author from the text?‎ A. She acts in a strange way B. She wants to look different from others C. She aims to develop a good body shape D. She has difficult getting along with others ‎【答案】DCBC ‎15.（2011·辽宁卷）A ‎56. Susan got her first driver's license ‎ A. before she got married to Henry ‎ B. when she was twenty years old ‎ C. after she finished high school ‎ D. when she just moved to Maryland ‎57. Susan failed to renew her license the first time in Maryland because ‎ A. she was forbidden to drive by Maryland law ‎ B. she lacked driving experience in Maryland ‎ C. she was to give birth to a baby soon ‎ D. she insisted on signing for herself ‎58. We can infer from the text that in the U.S.‎ ‎ A. American males should serve in the army ‎ B. different states my have different laws ‎ ‎ C. people have to renew their licenses in their home states ‎ D. women should adopt their husbands' family names after marriage ‎【答案】ADB ‎2010年高考题 Passage 1‎ ‎(10·广东A篇)‎ When I was growing up in America, I was ashamed of my mother’s Chinese English. Because of her English, she was often treated unfairly. People in department stores, at banks, and ‎ at restaurants did not take her seriously ,did not give her good service ,pretended not to ‎ Understand her ,or even acted as if they did not hear her .‎ My mother has realized the limitations of her English as well. When I was fifteen, she used to have me call people on phone to pretend I was she . I was forced to ask for information or even to yell at people who had been rude to her. One time I had to call her stockbroker (股票经纪人).I said in an adolescent voice that was not very convincing, “This is Mrs.Tan..”‎ ‎ And my mother was standing beside me ,whispering loudly, “Why he don’t send me cheek already two week lone.”‎ And then , in perfect English I said : “I’m getting rather concerned .You agreed to send the check two weeks ago, but it hasn’t arrived.”‎ Then she talked more loudly. “What he want? I come to New York tell him front of his boss.” And so I turned to the stockbroker again, “I can’t tolerate any more excuse. If I don’t receive the check immediately , I am going to have to speak to your manager when I am in New York next week.”‎ The next week we ended up in New York. While I was sitting there red-faced, my mother, the real Mrs.Tan, was shouting to his boss in her broken English.‎ ‎ When I was a teenager, my mother’s broken English embarrassed me. But now, I see it differently. To me, my mother’s English is perfectly clear, perfectly natural. It is my mother tongue. Her language, as I hear it, is vivid, direct, and full of observation and wisdom. It was the language that helped shape the way I saw things, expressed ideas, and made sense of the world.‎ ‎41.Why was the author’s mother poorly served?‎ ‎ A.She was unable to speak good English.‎ ‎ B.She was often misunderstood.‎ ‎ C.She was not clearly heard.‎ ‎ D.She was not very polite.‎ 答案：A 试题分析：由文中Because of her English, she was often treated unfairly.可知 高考考点：考查事实细节 易错提醒：易错选B ‎42.From Paragorph 2, we know that the author was .‎ ‎ A.good a pretending ‎ B.rude to the stockbroker ‎ C.ready to help her mother ‎ D.unwilling to phone for her mother 答案：D 试题分析：由文中 ‘I was forced to ask for information or even to yell at people who had been rude to her”可知 高考考点：考查故事细节 易错提醒：易错A ‎43.After the author made the phone call, .‎ A.they forgave the stockbroker ‎ B.they failed to get the check ‎ C.they went to New York immediately ‎ D.they spoke to their boss at once 答案：B 试题分析：由文中 “I said in an adolescent voice that was not very convincing” 及 “If I don’t receive the check immediately , I am going to have to speak to your manager when I am in New York next week.”和 “The next week we ended up in New York.” 可推断出答案 高考考点：考查文章分析推测能力 易错提醒：易错选C ‎44.What does the author think of her mother’s English now?‎ ‎ A.It confuses her.‎ ‎ B.It embarrasses her.‎ ‎ C.It helps her understand the world.‎ ‎ D.It helps her tolerate rude people.‎ 答案：C 试题分析：由文中最后一段But now, I see it differently. To me, --------and made sense of the world.‎ 高考考点：考查分析推测能力 ‎45.We can inter from the passage that Chinese English .‎ ‎ A.is clear and natural to non-native speakers ‎ B.is vivid and direct to non-native speakers ‎ C.has a verv bad reputation in ‎America ‎ D.may bring inconvenience in ‎America ‎45. 答案：D 试题分析：由文中作者母亲的经历可以推测出 高考考点：考查文章分析推断能力 Passage 2‎ ‎(10·江苏B篇)‎ It is reported that conservation groups in North America have been arguing about the benefits and dangers of wolves. Some groups believe wolves should be killed. Other people believe wolves must be protected so that they will not disappear from the wilderndss(荒野)‎ ‎ For Killing Wolves ‎ In Alaska，the wolf almost disappeared a few years ago，because hunters were killing hundreds ‎0f them forsport .However．1aws were established to protect the wolves from sportsmen and people who catch the animals for their fur．So the woIf population has greatly increased. Now there are so many wolves that they are destroying their own food supply．‎ ‎ A wolf naturally eats animals in the deer family. People in the wilderness also hunt deer for food．Many of the animals have been destroyed by the very cold winters recently and by changes in the wilderness plant life．When the deer can’t find enough food，they die．‎ ‎ If the wolves continue to kill large numbers of deer，their prey(猎物)will disappear some day．And the wolves will．too．So we must change the cycle of life in the wilderness to balance the ecology．If we killed more wolves，we would save them and their prey from dying out．We’d also save some farm animals．‎ ‎ In another northern state，wolves attack cows and chickens for food．Farmers want the government to send biologists to study the problem．They believe it necessary to kill wolves in some areas and to protect them in places where there is a small woIf population．‎ ‎ Against Killing Wolves ‎ If you had lived long ago，you would have heard many different stories about the dangerous wolf．According to most stories，hungry wolves often kill people for food．Even today，the stories of the“big bad woIf'＂will not disappear．‎ ‎ But the fact is wolves are afraid of people．and they seldom travel in areas where there is a human smell．When wolves eat other animals，they usually kill the very young．or the sick and injured .The strongest survive .No kind of animal would have survived through the centuries if the weak members had lived．And has always been a law of nature.‎ ‎ Although some people say it is good sense to kill wolves，we say it is nonsense!Researchers have found wolves and their prey living in balance．The wolves keep the deer population from becoming too large,and that keeps a balance in the wilderness plant life．‎ ‎ The real problem is that the areas where wolves can live are being used bv people．Even if wilderness land is not used directly for human needs．the wolves can’t always find enough food .So they travel to the nearest source,which is often a farm．Then there is danger．The“big bad wolf”has arrived! And everyone knows what happens next．‎ ‎60．According to the passage，some people in North America favor killing wolves for all the following reasons EXCET that ．‎ A．there are too many wolves ‎ B．they kill large numbers deer C．they attack cows and chickens for food ‎ D．they destroy the wilderness plant life 选D根据文中小标题For killing wolves 第一段第三行“so the wolf population has increased”第三段第一句和第四段第一句话，可知选项D不是原因 ‎61．Some people are against killing wolves because ．‎ A．wolves help to keep the ecological balance in the wildemess B．there is too small a wolf population in the wilderness C．there are too many deer in the wilderness D．wolves are afraid of people and never attack people 选A小标题Against killing wolves 中第三段最后一句 ‎62．According to those against killing wolves，when wolves eat other animals， ．‎ A．they never eat strong and healthy ones B．they always go against the law of nature C．they might help this kind of animals survive in nature D．they disturb the ecological balance in the wilderness 选C 小标题Against killing wolves 中第二段最后两行可知强者生存，弱者淘汰是自然法则 ‎63．The last sentence“And everyone knows what happens next”implies that in such cases ．‎ A．farm animals will be in danger and have to be shipped away B．woIves will kill people and people will in turn kill them C．wolves wilI find enough food sources on famls D．people will leave the areas where wolves can live 选B ‎ 文中最后一段可知狼居住的地方被人类占据，它们就会跑到就近的农场等地吃人，那么人类就会反过来杀死它们 Passage 3‎ ‎(10·全国ⅠE篇)‎ There were smiling children all the way. Charily they knew at what time the train passed their homes and they made it their business to stand along the railway, wave to complete strangers and cheer them up as they rushed towards Penang. Often whole families stood outside their homes and waved and smiled as if those on the trains were their favorite relatives. This is the simple village people of Malaysia. I was moved.‎ ‎ I had always traveled to Malaysia by plane or car, so this was the first time I was on a train. I did not particularly relish the long train journey and had brought along a dozen magazines to read and reread. I looked about the train. There was not one familiar face. I sighed and sat down to read my Economics.‎ ‎ It was not long before the train was across the Causeway and in Malaysia. Johore Baru was just another city like Singapore, so I was tired of looking at the crowds of people as they hurried past. As we went beyond the city, I watched the straight rows of rubber trees and miles and miles of green. Then the first village came into sight, Immediately I came alive; I decided to wave hack.‎ ‎ From then on my journey became interesting. I threw my magazines into the waste basket and decided to join in Malaysian life. Then everything came alive. The mountains seemed to speak to me. Even the trees were smiling. I stared at everything as if I was looking at it for the first time.‎ ‎ The day passed fast and I even forgot to have my lunch until I felt hungry. I looked at my watch and was surprised that it was ‎3:00 pm. Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth. I looked at the people all around me. They all looked beautiful. When my uncle arrived with a smile, I threw my arms around him to give him a warm hug (拥抱). I had never done this before. He seemed surprised and then his weather-beaten face warmed up with a huge smile. We walked arm in arm to his car.‎ ‎ I looked forward to the return journey.‎ ‎71. The author expected the train trip to be ‎ A. adventurous ‎ B. pleasant ‎ C. exciting ‎ D. dull ‎72.What did the author remember most fondly of her train trip?‎ ‎ A. The friendly country people.‎ B. The mountains along the way.‎ C. The crowds of people in the streets.‎ D. The simple lunch served on the train.‎ ‎73.Which of the following words can best take the place of the word“relish”in the second paragraph?‎ ‎ A. choose ‎ B. enjoy ‎ C. prepare for ‎ D. carry on ‎74.Where was the writer going?‎ ‎ A. Johore Baru.‎ ‎ B. The Causeway.‎ ‎ C. Butterworth.‎ ‎ D. Singapore.‎ ‎75.What can we learn from the story?‎ ‎ A. Comfort in traveling by train.‎ ‎ B. Pleasure of living in the country.‎ ‎ C. Reading gives people delight.‎ ‎ D. Smiles brighten people up.‎ 答案：‎ ‎71.选D。根据第二段，作者是第一次坐长途火车，带了很多杂志看，可以看出作者一开始认为坐火车是dull（乏味的）。‎ ‎72.选A。根据第一段，马来西亚人很热情，总会微笑着在站台上对火车里的陌生人挥手，欢迎乘客来到马来西亚。作者很感动。‎ ‎73.选B。参照第71题。作者开始并不享受火车之旅。‎ ‎74.选C。倒数第二段，Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth.火车在Butterworth停下来。‎ ‎75.选D。文章主要讲述作者从看到马来西亚人总会在站台上笑对火车里的陌生人挥手后，心情由无聊、乏味变成高兴。可以看出，微笑能让人提起精神。‎ Passage 4‎ ‎(10·湖北A篇)‎ It was a Sunday and the heavy storm had lasted all night.The morning after the storm,though,was beautiful:blue skies,warm air and a calm,inviting sea touching the shore gently.‎ ‎ My father realised it was a good day for fishing and invited my sister and me to go with him.I was only 14 and fishing had never been my thing, but I decided to go all the same.I’m so glad I did.‎ On the road to the harbour we could see the terrible destruction on the coast,but the harbour itself was in fairly good shape.After all， it was protected by the arms of a bay that had only one tiny channel to the sea.As we got on board,we noticed two big humps(脊背) in the distance.‎ On approaching them,we saw it was a mother whale with her baby.We couldn’t believe it ——there aren’t any whales along the coast here.The storm must have driven them across the ocean into the bay, in which the still water was so badlly polluted that nothing could survive.‎ The little baby whale——actually as big as our boal——was obviously stuck and could not move.The mother dived under the water and came up suddenly,making big whirlpools(漩涡) and waves.”She’s trying to help her baby, but on the wrong side,”my father said.At this point,my father moved our boat in a semicircle to the other side and ,heading the boat towards the baby whale,pushed it gently.With our several gentle pushes the big hump turned over and disappared under water.Then it swam up right beside its mum.They struggled in their desperate attempts to escape but missed the exit and started heading in the wrong direction.We hurried up to the whales and tried to lead them towards the bay channel.Showly,they let us lead them,some-times rising from the water right beside us to breathe——and to give us a trusting look with those huge eyes.Once they hit their first part of clean water flowing straight from the sea,the mum gave us a wave with her tail and off they swam into the distance.‎ In the excitement it had felt like only a few minutes, but we had been with those wonderful animals for almost an hour and a half.That was the simple and lasting beauty of the day,Nearly four decades later ,I still look back fondly to that golden day at sea.‎ ‎51. The author says “I’m so glad I did .”(in Para.2)because __________.‎ A. be witnessed the whole process of fishing B. he enjoyed the beauty of the calm sea C. he experienced the rescue of the whales ‎ D. he spent the weekend with his family ‎52. The harbour survived the storm owing to____________.‎ A. the shape of the harbour ‎ B. the arms of the bay C. the still water in the channel ‎ D. the long coast line ‎53. The mother whale failed to help her baby because__________.‎ A. she had stayed in the polluted water for too long ‎ B. the whirlpools she had made were not big enough ‎ C. she had no other whales around to turn to for help D. the waves pushed her baby in the wrong direction ‎ ‎54.what is the theme of the story?‎ A. Saving lives brings people a sense of happiness B. Fishing provides excitement for children C. It’s necessary to live in harmony with animals ‎ D. It’s vital to protect the environment ‎ 答案：51.C 52.B 53.D 54.A ‎ Passage 5‎ ‎(10·北京A篇)‎ Goldie's Secret ‎ She turned up at the doorstep of my house in Cornwall. No way could I have sent her away. No way, not me anyway. Maybe someone had kicked her out of their car the night before. "We're moving house.'; "No space for her any more with the baby coming." "We never really wanted her, but what could we have done? She was a present." People find all sorts of excuses for abandoning an animal. And she was one of the most beautiful dogs I had ever seen.‎ ‎ I called her Goldie. If I had known what was going to happen I would have given her a more creative name. She was so unsettled during those first few days. She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her. There was nothing I could do to make her happy, it seemed. Heaven knows what had happened to her at her previous owner's. But eventually at the end of the first week she calmed down. Always by my side, whether we were out on one of our long walks or sitting by the fire.‎ ‎ That's why it was such a shock when she pulled away from me one day when we were out for a walk. We were a long way from home, when she started barking and getting very restless. Eventually I couldn't hold her any longer and she raced off down the road towards a farmhouse in the distance as fast as she could.‎ ‎ By the time I reached the farm I was very tired and upset with Goldie. But when I saw her ‎ licking (舔) the four puppies (幼犬) I started to feel sympathy towards them. "We didn't know what had happened to her," said the woman at the door. "I took her for a walk one day, soon after the puppies were born, and she just disappeared." "She must have tried to come back to them and got lost," added a boy from behind her. '‎ ‎ I must admit I do miss Goldie, but I've got Nugget now, and she looks just like her mother. And I've learnt a good lesson: not to judge people.‎ ‎56. How did the author feel about Goldie when Goldie came to the house?‎ ‎ A. Shocked. B. Sympathetic. C. Annoyed. D. Upset.‎ ‎57. In her first few days at the author's house, Goldie .‎ ‎ AI felt worried B. was angry ‎ C. ate a little D. sat by the fire ‎58. Goldie rushed off to a farmhouse one day because she .‎ ‎ A. saw her puppies B. heard familiar barking ‎ C. wanted to leave the author D. found her way to her old home ‎59. The passage is organized in order of  .‎ ‎ A. time B. effectiveness C. importance D. complexity 答案：‎ ‎　　56.B ‎　　情绪推断，较难题。此推断题的难点在于，原文没有直接的形容词表述，要求学生通过具体的描述总结。原文第2段She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her. There was nothing I could do to make her happy, it seemed. Heaven knows what had happened to her at her previous owner's.划线句子表明作者同情被遗弃的小狗，希望帮助它高兴起来。‎ ‎　　57.A ‎　　细节题，较难题。要做对此题主要要排除C项的干扰，原文第2段She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her. hardly ate anything的表述与ate little是不一样的。前者是几乎什么都不吃，后者是吃得少，此错误选项属于"改变否定/肯定的程度"。‎ ‎　　58.D ‎　　原因推断题，简单题，通过原文第4段的描写可得正确答案。‎ ‎　　59.A 问文章的行文结构，简单题，此篇记叙文按照时间顺序发展。‎ Passage 6‎ ‎(10·北京B篇)‎ Open Letter to an Editor ‎ I had an interesting conversation with a reporter recently---one who works for you. In fact, he's one of your best reporters. He wants to leave.‎ ‎ Your reporter gave me a copy of his resume (简历) and photocopies of six stories that he wrote for you. The headlines showed you played them proudly. With great enthusiasm, he talked about how he finds issues (问题), approaches them, and writes about them, which tells me he is one of your best. I'm sure you would hate to lose him. Surprisingly, your reporter is not unhappy. In fact, he told me he really likes his job. He has a great assignment (分工), and said you run a great paper. It would be easy for you to keep him, he said. He knows that the paper values him. He appreciates the responsibility you've given him, takes ownership of his profession, and enjoys his freedom.‎ ‎ So why is he looking for a way out?‎ ‎ He talked to me because he wants his editors to demand so much more of him. He wants to be pushed, challenged, coached to new heights.‎ ‎ The reporter believes that good stories spring from good questions, but his editors usually ask how long the story will be, when it will be in, where it can play, and what the budget is.‎ ‎ He longs for conversations with an editor who will help him turn his good ideas into great ones. He wants someone to get excited about what he's doing and to help him turn his story idea upside down and inside out, exploring the best ways to report it. He wants to be more valuable for your paper. That's what you want for him, too, isn't it?‎ ‎ So your reporter has set me thinking.‎ ‎ Our best hope in keeping our best reporters, copy editors, photographers, artists---everyone--is to work harder to make sure they get the help they are demanding to reach their potential. If we can't do it, they'll find someone who can.‎ ‎60. What does the writer think of the reporter?‎ ‎ A. Optimistic. B. Imaginative. C. Ambitious. D. Proud.‎ ‎61. What does the reporter want most from his editors in their talks?‎ ‎ A. Finding the news value of his stories. B. Giving him financial support.‎ ‎ C. Helping him to find issues. D. Improving his good ideas.‎ ‎62. Who probably wrote the letter?‎ ‎ A. An editor. B. An artist. C. A reporter. D. A reader.‎ ‎63. The letter aims to remind editors that they should __‎ ‎ A. keep their best reporters at all costs B. give more freedom to their reporters C. be aware of their reporters' professional development ‎ D. appreciate their reporters' working styles and attitudes 答案：‎ ‎　　60.C ‎　　判断推理题，难题。原文He wants to be pushed, challenged, coached to new heights..要通过划线处的具体描述总结出ambitious这个词：有抱负的。‎ ‎　　61.D ‎　　细节题，较难题。困难之处在于不好定位原文，故用排除法。从选项中找关键词，逐个排查，得出正确选项D.‎ ‎　　62.A ‎　　推断作者身份，较难题。此类型题目把握方法很简单：文章对象（主编）+人称(our)，不难得出正确答案作者也是主编。‎ ‎　　63.C 考查文章写作目的，较难题。抓住文章结尾是王道：Our best hope Our best hope in keeping our best reporters, copy editors, photographers, artists---everyone--is to work harder to make sure they get the help they are demanding to reach their potential再结合前面60题的答案，不难选出正确答案。‎ Passage 7‎ ‎(10·北京C篇)‎ Pacing and Pausing ‎ Sara tried to befriend her old friend Steve's new wife, but Betty never seemed to have anything to say. While Sara felt Betty didn't hold up her end of the conversation, Betty complained to Steve that Sara never gave her a chance to talk. The problem had to do with expectations about pacing and pausing.‎ ‎ Conversation is a turn-taking game. When our habits are similar, there's no problem. But if our habits are different, you may start to talk before I'm finished or fail to take your turn when I'm finished. That's what was happening with Betty and Sara.‎ ‎ It may not be coincidental that Betty, who expected relatively longer pauses between turns, is British, and Sara, who expected relatively shorter pauses, is American. Betty often felt interrupted by Sara. But Betty herself became an interrupter and found herself doing most of the talking when she met a visitor from Finland. And Sara had a hard time cutting in on some speakers from Latin America or Israel.‎ ‎ The general phenomenon, then, is that the small conversation techniques, like pacing and pausing, lead people to draw conclusions not about conversational style but about personality and abilities. These habitual differences are often the basis for dangerous stereotyping (思维定式). And these social phenomena can have very personal consequences. For example, a woman from the southwestern part of the US went to live in an eastern city to take up a job in personnel. When the Personnel Department got together for meetings, she kept searching for the right time to break in--and never found it. Although back home she was considered outgoing and confident, in Washington she was viewed as shy and retiring. When she was evaluated at the end of the year, she was told to take a training course because of her inability to speak up.‎ ‎ That's why slight differences in conversational style--tiny little things like microseconds of pause-can have a great effect on one's life. The result in this case was a judgment of psychological problems---even in the mind of the woman herself, who really wondered what was wrong with her and registered for assertiveness training.‎ ‎64. What did Sara think of Betty when talking with her?‎ ‎ A. Betty was talkative.‎ ‎ B. Betty was an interrupter.‎ ‎ C. Betty did not take her turn.‎ ‎ D. Betty paid no attention to Sara.‎ ‎65. According to the passage, who are likely to expect the shortest pauses between turns?‎ ‎ A. Americans. B. Israelis. C. The British. D. The Finns.‎ ‎66. We can learn from the passage that __‎ ‎ A. communication breakdown results from short pauses and fast pacing B. women are unfavorably stereotyped in eastern cities of the ‎US ‎ C. one's inability to speak up is culturally determined sometimes D. one should receive training to build up one's confidence ‎67. The underlined word "assertiveness" in the last paragraph probably means __‎ ‎ A. being willing to speak one's mind B. being able to increase one's power C. being ready to make one's own judgment ‎ D. being quick to express one's ideas confidently 答案：‎ ‎　　64.C 细节题，难题。难在弄不清谁是S谁是B，耐心读，动笔划，从第一段得出正确答案并不难：Sara felt Betty didn't hold up her end of the conversation ‎65.B ‎　　细节排序题，难题。还是耐心读，动笔划。S代表美国人，B代表英国人（加起来？），S比B期待谈话间隙时间更短，又在以色列人(Israelis)说话时插不上嘴，故答案选说话嗒嗒嗒嗒的以色列人。‎ ‎　　66.C ‎　　变态细节题，较难题。A不符原文，B无中生有，D无中生有，C关键要理解culturally determined，由文化决定或者受文化影响。‎ ‎　　67.A 词义猜测题，较难。难点在于A选项的干扰作用。原文说那位MM的inability to speak up注意别人认为她没能力，不是说她不愿意。所以D比A好，此处用反义对比方法。‎ Passage 8‎ ‎(10·江西A篇)‎ Andy rode slowly on his way to school, day-dreaming about the fishing trip that his father had promised him. He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of everything else around him.‎ He rode along until a strange sound drew him to the present. He came to a stop and looked curiously up to the heavens. What he saw shocked and terrified him. A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like a black cloud and the buzzing mass seemed to be heading angrily towards him.‎ With no time to waste, Andy sped off in the opposite direction, riding furiously—but without knowing how to escape the swarm. With a rapidly beating heart and his legs pumping furiously, he sped down the rough road. As the bees came closer, his panic increased. Andy knew that he was sensitive to bee stings(蜇). The last sting had landed him in hospital—and that was only one bee sting! He had been forced to stay in bed for two whole days. Suddenly, his father’s words came to him. “When you are in a tight situation, don’t panic. Use your brain and think your way out of it.”‎ On a nearby hill, he could see smoke waving slowly skywards from the chimney of the Nelson family home. “Bees don’t like smoke,” he thought. “They couldn’t get into the house.” Andy raced towards the Nelson house, but the bees were gaining ground. Andy knew he could not reach the house in time. He estimated that the bees would catch up with him soon.‎ Suddenly, out of the corner of his eyes, he spotted a small dam used by Mr. Nelson to irrigate his vegetable garden. Off his bike and into the cool water he lived, disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects. After holding his breath for as long as he could, Andy came up for air and noticed the bees had gone. Dragging himself out of the dam, he struggled up the hilly slope and rang the doorbell. Mrs. Nelson took him inside and rang his mother.‎ ‎“You’ll really need that fishing break to help you recover,” laughed his mother with relief. “Thank goodness you didn’t panic!” But Andy did not hear her. He was dreaming once again of the fish ‎ he would catch tomorrow.‎ 本文讲述了主人公Andy在上学途中遭遇蜂群攻击, 急中生智, 躲入水中避险成功的故事。‎ ‎ 56. Why did Andy fail to notice the swarm of bees earlier?‎ A. He was riding to school.‎ B. He was listening to a strange sound.‎ C. He was going fishing with his father. ‎ D. He was lost in the thought of the fishing trip.‎ 答案：D 考点：细节理解 解析： 题目: 为什么Andy未能早些发现蜂群？‎ A. 他正在骑车去学校 B. 他正在听一个奇怪的声音 C. 他将要和他的父亲去钓鱼 D. 他的思绪沉浸于钓鱼之旅。‎ 从第一段最后一句: He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of everything else around him.可见, Andy正忙于做抓鱼的白日梦, 没有意识到他周围的事情。与D选项, 他的思绪沉浸于钓鱼之旅相符。‎ ‎ 57. Which of the following is NOT mentioned about the swarm of bees in the passage?‎ A. They crowded like a black cloud.‎ B. They shocked and terrified Andy.‎ C. They tried to attack Andy in a mass.‎ D. They made Andy stay in hospital for two days.‎ 答案：D 考点：细节理解 题目: 关于蜂群哪一项文中并没有提到？‎ A. 他们拥挤的像一片乌云 B. 他们吓到了Andy C. 他们想成群攻击Andy D. 他们让Andy在医院住了两天 解析： A. C. 三项的出处均为原文第二段的最后一句: A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like a black cloud and the buzzing mass seemed to be heading angrily towards him.意为, 一大群蜜蜂像乌云一样布满天空而嗡嗡作响的蜂群似乎正怒气冲冲的向他飞来。可见, A. 蜂群像乌云一样, C. 蜜蜂想成群攻击Andy均有提到；B选项的出处为第二段倒数第二句:What he saw shocked and terrified him, Andy看到的景象吓坏了他, 故B选项也有提到。D选项出处为第三段第五句话和第六句话, 但是文中所述是Andy上次被蜜蜂蛰过一次后进了医院住了两天, 选项偷换了概念, 故D选项文章并未提到, 选择D。‎ ‎ 58. How did Andy avoid the bees in the end?‎ A. He asked Mr. Nelson for help.‎ B. He did himself under the water.‎ C. He rushed into the Nelson house.‎ D. He rode off in the opposite direction.‎ 答案：B 考点：细节理解 题目: 最终Andy是如何躲开蜂群的？‎ A. 他向Mr. Nelson求助 B. 他把自己藏在了水下 C. 他冲进了Nelson的房子 D. 他骑向了相反的方向 解析： 出处为第五段第二三句话, Off his bike and into the cool water he dived, disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects. After holding his breath for as long as he could, Andy came up for air and noticed the bees had gone .Andy下了车潜入了水中, 躲开了蜂群, 在屏息了尽可能长的时间后Andy出来发现蜜蜂已经飞走了。故选择B选项。‎ ‎ 59. Which of the following can best describe Andy’s escape from the bees?‎ A. No pains, no gains.‎ B. Once bitten, twice shy.‎ C. Where there is a will, there is a way.‎ D. In time of danger, one’s mind works fast.‎ 答案：D 考点：主旨大意 题目: 以下哪个能最好的描述Andy的蜂群脱险？‎ A. 不劳无获 B. 一朝被蛇咬, 三年怕井绳 C. 有志者. 事竟成 D. 急中生智 解析： 出处, 文章最后一段的第二句, Andy的妈妈说道: Thank goodness you didn't panic, 谢天谢地你没有慌神, 可知情急之下Andy仍然成功想到办法脱险, 再综合A. B. C. D四个选项的意思, 可以判断出D选项。‎ Passage 9‎ ‎(10·辽宁D篇)‎ On May 23,1989, Stefania Follini came out from a cave at Carlsbad‎, ‎New Mexico. She hadn’t seen the sun for eighteen and a half weeks. Stefania was in a research program, and the scientists in the program were studying body rhythms (节奏)。In this experiment Stefania had spent 130 days in a cave, 30 feet in depth.‎ During her time in the cave, Stefania had been completely alone except for two white mice. Her living place had been very comfortable, but there had been nothing to fell her the time. She’d had no clock or watches, no television or radio. There had been no natural light and the temperature had always been kept at ‎21℃‎.‎ The results were very interesting. Stefania had been in the cave for over four months, but she thought she had been there for only two. Her body clock had changed. She hadn't kept to a 24-hour day. She had stayed awake for 20-25 hours and then had slept for 10 hours. She had eaten fewer meals and had lost ‎17lbs in weight as a result! She had also become rather depressed (抑郁).‎ How had she spent her time in the cave? As part of the experiment she'd done some physical and mental tests. She'd recorded her daily activities and the results of the tests on a computer. This computer had been specially programmed for the project. Whenever she was free, she'd played cards, read books and listened to music. She'd also learned French from tapes.‎ ‎ The experiment showed that our body clocks are affected by light and temperature, For ‎ example, the pattern of day and night makes us wake up and go to sleep. However, People are affected in different ways. Some people wake up naturally at ‎5:00 am, but others don't start to wake up till 9:00 or 10;00 am. This affects the whole daily rhythm. As a result, the early risers are at their best in the late morning. The late risers, on the other hand, are tired during the day and only come to life in the afternoon or evening! ‎ ‎68. Stefania stayed in the cave for a long time because___________.‎ A. she was asked to do research on mice B. she wanted to experience loneliness C. she was the subject of a study D. she needed to record her life ‎68. C。细节理解题。根据第一段中Stefania was in a research program和整段的意思，可以排除A、B、D项。 ‎ ‎69. What is a cause for the change of Stefania’s body clock?‎ A. Eating fewer meals. B. Having more hours of sleep C. Lacking physical exercise. D. Getting no natural light.‎ ‎69. D。细节理解题。根据第二段中 She hadn't kept to a 24-hour day. She had stayed awake for 20-25 hours and then had slept for 10 hours.可知答案。 ‎ ‎70. Where does the text probably come from?‎ A. A novel. B. A news story. C. A pet magazine. D. A travel guide ‎70. B。推理判断题。从全文的内容来看，本文主要报道了一个实验及实验得出的结果，所以由此判断本文可能来自于新闻报道，A项小说不可能。因为文章没有小说的特点；C项不正确，本文没有涉及宠物问题；D项不正确，因为本文也没涉及旅游的问题。 ‎ Passage 10‎ ‎(10·全国Ⅱ A篇)‎ When I was six, Dad brought home a dog one day, who was called “Brownie”. My brothers and I all loved Brownie and did different things with her. Ore of us would walk her, another would feed her, then there were baths, playing catch and many other games, Brownie, in return. loved each and every one of us. One thing that most touched my heart was that she would go to whoever was sick and just be with them we always felt better when she was around.‎ One day, as I was getting her food, she chewed up(咬破)one of Dad’s shoes, which had to be thrown away in the end. I knew Dad would be mad and I had to let her know what she did was wrong. When I looked at her and said, ”Bad girl,” she looked down at the ground and then went and hid. I saw a tear in her eyes.‎ Brownie turned out to be more than just our family pet, she went everywhere with us .People would stop and ask if they could pet her. Of course she’d let anyone pet her. She was just the most lovable dog. There were many times when we’d be out walking and a small child would come over and pull pm her hair. she never barked(吠) or tried to get away. Funny thing is she would smile. This frightened people because they thought she was showing her teeth. Far from the truth, she lovely everyone.‎ Now many years have passed since Brownie died of old age. I still miss days when she was with us.‎ ‎41. What would Brownie do when someone was ill in the family?‎ A. Look at them sadly. B. Keep them company.‎ C. Play games with them. D. Touch them gently.‎ ‎42. We can infer from Paragraph 2 that Brownie__________.‎ A. world eat anything when hungry B. felt sorry for her mistake ‎ C. loved playing hide-and-seek D. disliked the author’s dad ‎ ‎43.Why does the author say that Brownie was more than just a family pet?‎ A. She was treated as a member of the family.‎ B. She played games with anyone she liked.‎ C. She was loved by everybody she met.‎ D. She went everywhere with the family.‎ ‎44. Some people got frightened by Brownie when she__________.‎ A. smiled B. barked C. rushed to them D. tried to be funny ‎ ‎45.Which of the following best describes Brownie?‎ A. Shy B. Polite C. Brave D. Caring ‎ ‎ 解析： 这是一篇大家比较熟悉的一个话题：“宠物”。这篇文章文字简单，情节具有生活化的特点。就总体而言，考生能理解和掌握它的大意：说明了宠物惹人喜欢、可爱。‎ 从选材和文字特点方面可以看出，这篇文章通俗易懂，不“偏”不“怪”。如果感觉完形难度偏大的学生在做这道试题时，会相对轻松。‎ ‎41. 答案：B ‎ 考点分析：理解文章具体信息；‎ 解析： 从第一段“she would go to whoever was sick and just be with them”暗示出它的表现方式，选择B,keep them company（陪伴他们）‎ ‎42. 答案：B 考点分析；理解文中的具体信息 解析： 从第二段结尾句“she looked down at the ground and then went and hid. I saw a tear in her eyes”可以推断出它为做错的事感到悲伤 ‎43. 答案：C 考点分析：考查学生的判断和推理能力。‎ 解析： 通过全文的理解，和倒数第二段的提示 “There were many times when….”总有很多时候，可以推断出它为人们所喜爱 ‎44. 答案：A 考点分析：理解文中具体信息，情节推断 解析： 文中 “Funny thing is she would smile. This frightened people because they thought she was showing her teeth.”是解释，有趣的是：“露出牙齿”吓到了大家，其实它是在“笑”‎ ‎45. 答案：D 考点分析：考查学生的概括和判断能力。‎ 解析： 上下文的描写突出love each and everyone，第三段中She was just the most lovable dog都做出了暗示。‎ Passage 11‎ ‎(10·陕西B篇)‎ Brave Frenchman Found Half-way Around the World ‎(NEW YORK) A French tourist highly praised for rescuing a two-year-old girl in Manhattan said he didn’t think twice before diving into the freezing East River.‎ Tuesday’s Daily News said 29-year who left the spot quickly after the rescue last Saturday.‎ He lifted the little girl out of the water after she fell off the bank at the South Street Scaport museum. He handed the girl to her father, David Anderson, who had dive in after him.‎ ‎“I didn’t think at all,” Duret told the Daily News. “It happened very fast. I reacted very fast.”‎ Duret, an engineer on vacation ,was walking with his girlfriend along the pier(码头)when he saw something falling into the water .He thought it was a doll, but realized it was a child when he approached the river. In an instant ,he took off his coat and jumped into the water.‎ When he reached the girl, she appeared lifeless, he said . Fortunately, when she was out of the water, she opened her eyes.‎ Anderson‎ said his daughter slipped off the bank when he was adjusting his camera. An ambulance came later for her, said Duret, who was handed dry clothes from cookers. Duret caught a train with his girlfriend shortly after.‎ The rescue happened on the day before he left for France. Duret said he didn’t realize his tale of heroism he was leaving the next morning .‎ ‎“I don’t really think I’m a hero,” said Duret. “Anyone would do the same ting.”‎ ‎50. Why was Duret in New York? ‎ A. To meet his girlfriend B. To work as an engineer C. To spend his holiday D. To visit the Andersons.‎ ‎51. What did Duret do shortly after the ambulance came? ‎ A. He was interviewed by a newspaper B. He asked his girlfriend for his dry clothes C. He went to the hospital in the ambulance D. He disappeared from the spot quickly ‎52. Who divide after Duret into the river to save the little girl? ‎ A. David Anderson B. A passer-by C. His girlfriend D. a taxi driver.‎ ‎53. When was duet most probably found to be the very hero? ‎ A. The day when he was leaving for home.‎ B. A couple of days after the girl was rescued ‎ C. The first day when he was in New York ‎ D. The same day when he was interviewed.‎ 答案：‎ ‎50.C。【解析】推理判断题。根据第五自然段的首句可知本题选C。‎ ‎51.D。【解析】细节理解题。根据第二自然段的最后一句可知本题选D。‎ ‎52.A。【解析】细节理解题。由第三自然段的首句可知本题选A。‎ ‎53.B。【解析】推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二自然段可以推断出本题选B。‎ Passage 12‎ ‎(10·陕西C篇)‎ The 1900 house ‎ The bowler family was one of more than 400 families who applied to 1900 house, a reality TV shout which took a typical family back a hundred years to se how people lived in the days before ‎ the internet, computer games and even electricity.‎ ‎ The bowler family spent three months in a London home without a telephone, computers, TV, or fast food. The bowlers wore clothes from 1900, are only food available in English at that time, and cooked their meals on a single stove. Paul bowler still went to work every day in a then uniform. The children changed their clothes on the way to and from school and their classmates didn’t know about then unusual home life. Joyce stayed at home, cooking and cleaning like a typical housewife of the time, though everything took three times as long.‎ ‎ So does Joyce think that people’s lives were better in the old days?‎ ‎ “I think people in the old days had just ad many troubles and worries,” Joyce said.‎ And I don’t think their life was better or worse, there were lots of things back then that ‎ I’m happy I don’t have to deal with nowadays, but on the other hand life was simpler.” “We had a lot more time with our family, and it was hard being nice to each other all the time,” eleven-year-old Hilary said.‎ ‎ So what did the Bowler family miss most about modern life while living in the 1900 house?‎ ‎ Paul, 39:” telephone and a hot shower”‎ ‎ Joyce, 44:” a quick cup of tea from a kettle you could just turn on”‎ ‎ Hilary, 11:” rock CD”‎ ‎ Joseph, 9:” hamburger and computer games”‎ ‎54. While the Bowler family was living in 1900 house, _____. ‎ A the mother spent more time on housework ‎ B the two children wore the then clothes for school C they prepared their meals together on a stove ‎ D they ate simple foods they had never seen ‎ ‎55. According to Paragraph 4, what’s Joyce’s opinion about life in 1900? ‎ A There were fewer problems for the family ‎ B Life was simpler but worse than it is now ‎ C There were things she liked and disliked D The family had more time to stay together ‎ ‎56. What would Hilary expect most from modern life in the three months? ‎ A To play computer games B. To make phone calls C To listen to music D. To chat on the Internet ‎ 答案：‎ ‎54.A。【解析】推理判断题。根据第二自然段的最后一句可知本题选A。‎ ‎55.C。【解析】推理判断题。在本自然段中Joyce谈到了她对当时生活的感受，有褒有贬，由此可知本题选C。‎ ‎56.C。【解析】推理判断题。根据Hilary，11：rock CD一句可以推断出她想听音乐，故本题选C。‎ Passage 13‎ ‎(10·上海A篇)‎ The elephant was lying heavily on its side, fast asleep. A few dogs started barking at it. The elephant woke up in a terrible anger: it chased the dogs into the village where they ran for safety.‎ That didn't stop the elephant. It destroyed a dozen houses and injured several people. The villagers were scared and angry. Then someone suggested calling Parbati, the elephant princess.‎ ‎ Parbati Barua's father was a hunter of tigers and an elephant tamer. He taught Parbati to ride an elephant before she could even walk. He also taught her the dangerous art of the elephant round-up -- how to catch wild elephants.‎ ‎ Parbati hasn't always lived in the jungle. After a happy childhood hunting with her father, she was sent to boarding school in the city. But Parbati never got used to being there and many years later she went back to her old fife. "Life in the city is too dull. Catching elephants is an adventure and the excitement lasts for days after the chase," she says.‎ ‎ But Parbati doesn't catch elephants just for fun. "My work," she says, "is to rescue man from the elephants, and to keep the elephants safe from man." And this is exactly what Parbati has been doing for many years. Increasingly, the Indian elephant is angry: for many years, illegal hunters have attacked it and its home in the jungle has been reduced to small pieces of land. It is now fighting back. Whenever wild elephants enter a tea garden or a village, Parbati is called to guide the animals back to the jungle before they can kill.‎ ‎ The work of an elephant tamer also involves love and devotion. A good elephant tamer will spend hours a day singing love songs to a newly captured elephant. "Eventually they grow to love their tamers and never forget them. They are also more loyal than humans," she said, as she climbed up one of her elephants and sat on the giant, happy animal. An elephant princess indeed!‎ ‎65. For Parbati, catching elephants is mainly to .‎ ‎ A. get long lasting excitement B. keep both man and elephants safe ‎ C. send them back to the jungle D. make the angry elephants tame ‎66. Before Parbati studied in a boarding school, .‎ ‎ A. she spent her time hunting with her father ‎ B. she learned how to sing love songs ‎ C. she had already been called an elephant princess ‎ D. she was taught how to hunt tigers ‎67. Indian elephants are getting increasingly angry and they revenge because __________.‎ ‎ A. they are caught and sent for heavy work ‎ ‎ B. illegal hunters capture them and kill them ‎ C. they are attacked and their land gets limited ‎ D. dogs often bark at them and chase them ‎68. The passage starts with an elephant story in order to explain that in India _________. ‎ ‎ A. people easily fall victim to elephants' attacks ‎ ‎ B. the man-elephant relationship is getting worse ‎ C. elephant tamers are in short supply ‎ D. dogs are as powerful as elephants ‎65. B. 本题为归纳概括题。通读全文可知Parbati主要是为了保障大象与人之间的安全而驯象的。 66. A. 通读文章后可知她从小与父亲一起在丛林中度过了她的童年，之后才去寄宿学校的。 67. C. 可从文章第四段直接得出答案。 68. B. 逻辑推理题。‎ Passage 14‎ ‎(10·四川A篇)‎ I grew up in a house where the TV was seldom turned on and with one wall in my bedroom ‎ entirely lined with bookshelves, most of my childhood was spent on books I could get hold of. In fact, I grew up thinking of reading as natural as breathing and books unbelievably powerful in shaping perspectives (观点) by creating worlds we could step into, take part. in. and live in.‎ ‎ With this unshakable belief, I, at. fourteen, decided to become a writer. Here too, reading became useful. Every writer starts off knowing that he has something to say, but being unable to find the right ways to say it. He has to find his own voice by reading widely and discovering which parts of the writers he agrees or disagrees with, or agrees with so strongly that it reshapes his own world. He cannot write without loving to read, because only through reading other people’s writing can one discover what works, what doesn’t and, in the end, together with lots of practice, what voice he has. ‎ Now I am in college, and have come to realize how important it is to read fiction (文学作品)．As a. law student, my reading is in fact limited to subject matter—the volume (量) of what I have to read for classes every week means there is little time to read anything else. Such reading made it all the clearer to me that I live in a very small part in this great place called life. Reading fiction reminds me that there is life beyond my own. It allows me to travel across the high seas and along the Silk Road, all from the comfort of my own armchair, to experience, though secondhand, exciting experiences that I wouldn't necessarily be able to have in my lifetime.‎ ‎41. What can be inferred about the author as a child?w_w w. k#s5_u.c o*m A. He never watched TV.w_w*w.k_s*5_u.c_o m B. He read what he had to.‎ C. He found reading unbelievable.‎ D. He considered reading part of his life. ‎ ‎42. The underlined word "voice" in the second paragraph most probably means “ ”.‎ A. an idea ‎ B. a sound quality C. a way of writing D. a world to write about ‎ ‎43. What effect does reading have on the author?w_w*w.k_s*5_u.c_o m A. It helps him to realize his dream.‎ B. It opens up a wider world for him.‎ C. It makes his college life more interesting.‎ D. It increases his interest in worldwide travel.‎ ‎44. Which of the following can be the best title of this text?w_w w. k#s5_u.c o*m A. Why do I read? ‎ B. How do I read? ‎ C. What do I read? ‎ D. When do I read?‎ 语篇解读：本篇文章是记叙文。作者通过自己的亲身体验，讲述读书使人形成自己的独立观点，读书使人开扩视野的重要作用。‎ ‎41. 答案：D 考点：细节理解题 解析：根据首段第一二句， “I grew up in a house… with one wall in my bedroom entirely lined ‎ with bookshelves….I grew up thinking of reading as natural as breathing”可知作者是在一个以书为伴的环境中长大的，读书像呼吸那样已经成为生活必需。‎ ‎42. 答案：C 考点：词义推测题。‎ 解析：根据文中 “...but being unable to find the right ways to say it. He has to find his own …”可以推断出voice所表达的意思是“写作方式”。‎ ‎43. 答案B 考点：细节理解题 解析：由文章的最后一句：“It allows me to travel across the high seas and along the Silk Road, all from the comfort of my own armchair, to experience, though secondhand, exciting experiences that I wouldn't necessarily be able to have in my lifetime.”可得出答案 ‎44. 答案：A 考点：主旨大意题。‎ 解析：文章作者主要以自己的亲身体验讲述读书的重要性。因此Why do I read?“我为什么读书？”作题目最佳。w_w w. k#s5_u.c o*m Passage 15‎ ‎(10·四川E篇)‎ Fear plays no part in this latest problem．“I’m not afraid I'll lose my children．I won't lose my children. We live together, and nothing, nothing,” she repeats, her voice rising when speaking to John's lawyer, “will stop me from being with my children. A law? Year, right. Don't disturb me when it comes to my children. You are never going to win. If John wants to see them, I cannot stop him. He's their father—I want them to see him! However, his visit in his present condition will disturb the children's stable (稳定的) life．”w_w*w.k_s*5_u.c_o m ‎ John, who has spent much of his time in California recently, has only hired a house for himself in Pennsylvania, according to his lawyer. "If he'd like to stick to a regular life, I'd be more than happy to do that，" Jane says. "The best thing for any child of a divorced (离婚的) parent is a stable life. I want nothing more than for him to set up a stable life for himself, so that he can be part of making our children's lives more stable. "‎ ‎ While matters of money and care won't be settled for weeks, Jane hardly puts her life on hold. Last week the ABC network announced that Jane would return with her own show, Twist of Jane, in which she gives advice to other moms．Jane and her eight children will also return to ABC in a series of Jane Plus 8 specials showing them on various adventures．It’s a rest for Jane．who insists that she needs her new，busy life to provide for her family．“I have to lead such a life．and I’m thankful that I’ve built it to the top where now I can support my children．”she says．‎ ‎ And whether a bellicose(好斗的)dance judge or a bellicose former wife，Jane plans to keep 0n facing attacks on her． “Some people try to knock me down—only to make me more fierce，more protective，more determined to do better，”she says．“Go ahead，take me on．This will just make me stronger．”w_w*w.k_s*5_u.c_o m ‎57. According to Jane in the first paragraph，the low ‎ w_w w. k#s5_u.c o*m A. can’t take her children away from her B. can’t do anything with the case C. will best settle the problem D. will disturb her children ‎58. What does “to do that” refer to in the second paragraph?‎ A. To live with John．‎ B．To hire a house for John．‎ C．To allow John to see the childrenw_w*w.k_s*5_u.c_o m D．To ask John to set up a regular life.‎ ‎59. What does the underlined sentence in the third paragraph mean?‎ ‎ A．Jane’s life is very difficult．‎ ‎ B．Jane continues to live as usual．w_w*w.k_s*5_u.c_o m ‎ C．Jane almost can’t control her lire ‎ D．Jane works very hard to live a happy life．‎ ‎60. Which word can best describe Jane?w_w w. k#s5_u.c o*m A. Proud．‎ B．Fierce．‎ C．Determined．‎ D．Independent 语篇解读：本文为记叙文。主要记叙Jane在和丈夫离婚后下决心面对一切困难，争取孩子的抚养权，并在婚后钱财和孩子抚养等问题短期内难以解决的情况下努力生活的故事。‎ ‎57. 答案：C 考点：细节理解 解析：依据文章第一段第5,6句 “A law? Year, right. Don't disturb me when it comes to my children. You are never going to win.”可知 ‎58. 答案：C 解析：根据上一段的 “If John wants to see them…However, his visit in his present condition …”可知以John现在的状况不适合见孩子们，结合画线词所在句 “if he’d like to stick to a regular life”可以推断出如果John生活稳定了Jane允许他见孩子们。‎ ‎59. 答案：B 考点：考查学生的推断能力 解析：依据第三段首句 “While matters of money and care won't be settled for weeks, Jane hardly puts her life on hold.”此处while引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管钱和抚养的问题在几周内难以解决，……”划线部分因为Jane几乎不让生活受到影响。因此正确答案为B ‎60.答案：C 考点：推理判断题。‎ 解析： Jane面对一切压力，坚决要求孩子的抚养权；钱和孩子的抚养短期内不能解决的情况下，努力克服困难维持生活都表现了她的坚强决心。w_w w. k#s5_u.c o*m Passage 16‎ ‎(10·天津C篇)‎ In the kitchen of my mother’s houses there has always been a wooden stand（木架）with a small notepad（记事本）and a hole for a pencil.‎ I’m looking for paper on which to note down the name of a book I am recommending to my mother. Over forty years since my earliest memories of the kitchen pad and pencil, five houses later, the current paper and pencil look the same as they always did. Surely it can’t be the same pencil? The pad is more modern, but the wooden stand is definitely the original one.‎ ‎“I’m just amazed you still have the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these ‎ year.” I say to her, walking back into the living-room with a sheet of paper and the pencil. “You still use a pencil. Can’t you afford a pen?”‎ My mother replies a little sharply. “It works perfectly well. I’ve always kept the stand in the kitchen. I never knew when I might want to note down an idea, and I was always in the kitchen in these days.”‎ Immediately I can picture her, hair wild, blue housecoat covered in flour, a wooden spoon in one hand, the pencil in the other, her mouth moving silently. My mother smiles and says, “One day I was cooking and watching baby Pauline, and I had a brilliant thought, but the stand was empty. One of the children must have taken the paper. So I just picked up the breadboard and wrote it all down on the back. It turned out to be a real breakthrough for solving the mathematical problem I was working on.”‎ This story—which happened before I was born—reminds me how extraordinary my mother was, and is also a gifted mathematician. I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work. Later, when my mother is in the bathroom, I go into her kitchen and turn over the breadboards. Sure enough, on the back of the smallest one, are some penciled marks I recognize as mathematics. Those symbols have traveled unaffected through fifty years, rooted in the soil of a cheap wooden breadboard, invisible（看不到的）exhibits at every meal.‎ ‎46．Why has the author’s mother always kept the notepad and pencil in the kitchen?‎ A．To leave messages. B．To list her everyday tasks. ‎ C．To note down maths problems. D．To write down a flash of inspiration.‎ ‎46. D. 细节理解题。从I never knew when I might want to note down an idea到下一段的and I had a brilliant thought, but the stand was empty.可知正确答案时D. ‎ ‎47. What is the author’s original opinion about the wooden stand?‎ A. It has great value for the family.‎ B. It needs to be replaced by a better one.‎ C. It brings her back to her lonely childhood.‎ D .It should be passed on to the next generation.‎ ‎47.B. 根据第三段中I’m just amazed you still have the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these year.可推断，作者认为the wooden stand该换成更好的了。‎ ‎48. The author feels embarrassed for . ‎ A. blaming her mother wrongly.‎ B. giving her mother a lot of trouble.‎ C. not making good use of time as her mother did.‎ D. not making any breakthrough in her field.‎ ‎48.C. 细节理解题。最后一段中有I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work. 可知答案。‎ ‎49. What can be inferred from the last paragraph? ‎ A .The mother is successful in her career.‎ B. The family members like traveling.‎ C. The author had little time to play when young.‎ D. The marks on the breadboard have disappeared.‎ ‎49. A. 推理判断题。根据最后一段的第一句This story—which happened before I was born—reminds me how extraordinary my mother was, and is also a gifted mathematician.推断。‎ ‎50. In the author’s mind ,her mother is .‎ A. strange in behavior. B. keen on her research.‎ C. fond of collecting old things. D. careless about her appearance. ‎ ‎50.B. 推理判断题。作者通过a wooden stand（木架）with a small notepad（记事本）and a hole for a pencil描写了一位母亲对事业的执着和热爱，由此可以推断B项正确。‎ Passage 17‎ ‎(10·浙江A篇)‎ When you are little, the whole world feels like a big playground. I was living in Conyers‎, ‎Georgia the summer it all happened. I was a second grader, but my best friend Stephanie was only in the first grade. Both of our parents were at work and most of the time they let us go our own way. ‎ It was a hot afternoon and we decided to have an adventure in Stephanie’s basement. As I opened the basement door, before us lay the biggest room, full of amazing things like guns, dolls, and old clothes. I ran downstairs, and spotted red steel can. It was paint. I looked beyond it and there lay even more paint in bright colors like purple, orange, blue and green. ‎ ‎“Stephanie, I just found us a project for the day. Get some paintbrushes. We are fixing to paint.” She screamed with excitement as I told her of my secret plans and immediately we got to work. We gathered all the brushes we could find and moved all of our materials to my yard. There on the road in front of my house, we painted bit stripes (条纹) of colors across the pavement (人行道). Stripe by stripe, our colors turned into a beautiful rainbow. It was fantastic!‎ The sun was starting to sink. I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car. It was my mother. I couldn’t wait to show her my masterpiece. The car pulled slowly into the driveway and from the look on my mother’s face, I could tell that I was in deep trouble. ‎ My mother shut the car door and walked towards me. Her eyes glaring, she shouted, “What in the world were you thinking? I understood when you made castles out of leaves, and climbed the neighbors’ trees, but this! Come inside right now!” I stood there glaring hack at her for a minute, angry because she had insulted (侮辱) my art. ‎ ‎“Now go clean it up!” Mother and I began cleaning the road. Tears ran down my cheeks as I saw my beautiful rainbow turn into black cement. ‎ Though years have now passed, I still wonder where my rainbow has gone. I wonder if, maybe when I get older, I can find my rainbow and never have to brush it away. I guess we all need sort of rainbow to brighten our lives from time to time and to keep our hopes and dreams colorful. ‎ 本篇文章是一篇记叙文。‎ ‎ 41. What did the writer want to do when his mother came home? ‎ ‎ A. To introduce Stephanie to her. ‎ B. To prevent her from seeing his painting. ‎ ‎ C. To put the materials back in the yard. ‎ D. To show his artwork to her. ‎ 答案：D 解析：细节理解题。根据第四段“I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car. It was my mother. I couldn’t wait to show her my masterpiece.”‎ 可知我当时是很高兴的想把我的杰作给母亲看。所以选择D。‎ ‎42. In his mother’s eyes, the writer_______.‎ ‎ A. was a born artist ‎ B. always caused trouble ‎ C. was a problem solver ‎ D. worked very hard 答案：B 解析：推理判断题。根据第五、六段可以推断出，母亲特别反感作者的一些行为，所以很生气，认为她是一个麻烦制造者。‎ ‎43. The underlined word “rainbow” in the last paragraph refers to ______.‎ ‎ A. the rainbow in the sky ‎ B. the stripes on the pavement ‎ C. something imaginative and fun ‎ D. important lessons learned in childhood ‎ 答案：C 解析：推理判断题。根据最后一段作者的感慨“to keep our hopes and dreams colorful”，可以推断此时作者提到的rainbow不是指自己曾经画过的街道上的彩虹，而是指自己的人生中的彩虹。‎ ‎44. It can be learned from the passage that parents should ________.‎ ‎ A. encourage children to paint ‎ ‎ B. value friendship among children ‎ ‎ C. discover the hidden talent in children ‎ D. protect rather than destroy children’s dreams ‎ 答案：D 解析：推理判断题。从整篇文章开头叙述作者的开心的画彩虹的过程，到后来被母亲要求把街道清洗干净，到最后的感慨，表明作者写作的最终想要表达的目的之一是：父母应该支持孩子的某些创造性的行为，而不是一味的否定。‎ Passage 18‎ ‎(10·浙江E篇)‎ I needed to buy a digital camera, one that was simply good at taking good snaps (快照), maybe occasionally for magazines. Being the cautious type, I fancied a reliable brand. So I went on the net, spent 15 minutes reading product reviews on good websites, wrote down the names of three top recommendations and headed for my nearest big friendly camera store. There in the cupboard was one of the cameras on my list. And it was on special offer. Oh joy. I pointed at it and asked an assistant, “Can I have one of those?” He looked perturbed (不安). “Do you want to try it first?” he said. It didn’t quite sound like a question. “Do I need to?” I replied ,“There is nothing wrong with it？” This made him look a bit insulted and I started to feel bad. “No, no. But you should try it,” he said encouragingly. “Compare it with the others.”‎ ‎ I looked across at the others: shelves of similar cameras placed along the wall, offering a wide range of slightly different prices and discounts, with each company selling a range of models based around the same basic box. With so many models to choose from, it seemed that I would have to spend hours weighing X against Y, always trying to take Z and possibly H ‎ into account at the same time. But when I had finished, I would still have only the same two certainties that I had entered the store with: first, soon after I carried my new camera out of the shop, it would be worth half what I paid for it; and second, my wonderful camera would very quickly be replaced by a new model.‎ But something in the human soul whispers that you can beat these traps by making the right choice, the clever choice, the wise choice. In the end, I agreed to try the model I had chosen. The assistant seemed a sincere man. So I let him take out of my chosen camera from cupboard, show how it took excellent pictures of my fellow shoppers… and when he started to introduce the special features, I interrupted to ask whether I needed to buy a carry-case and a memory card as well.‎ Why do we think that new options(选择) still offer us anything new? Perhaps it is because they offer an opportunity to avoid facing the fact that our real choices in this culture are far more limited than we would like to imagine.‎ 本文是一篇夹叙夹议的文章。‎ ‎57.The shop assistant insisted that the writer should ‎ A. try the camera to see if there was anything wrong with it.‎ B. compare the camera he had chosen with the others.‎ C. get more information about different companies. ‎ D. trust him and stop asking questions.‎ 答案：B 解析：细节理解题。根据第一段作者与推销员之间的对话，可以了解到，推销员一直在劝说作者试一下机器，并且与其他的机器进行比较。故选择B。‎ ‎58. What does the writer mean by “it would be worth half what I paid for it ”(paragraph 2)‎ A. He should get a 50% discount.‎ B. The price of the camera was unreasonably high.‎ C. The quality of the camera was not good.‎ D. The camera would soon fall in value.‎ 答案：D 解析：推理判断题。第二段开头，作者分析了在卖场，自己将会被各种照相机的种类，弄的不知如何选择。但是“But when I had finished, I would still have only the same two certainties that I had entered the store with”，最终我还是必须选择一款，但是无论选择哪一款都会有两个必定的结果：（1）会立马贬值。(2)会很快有新的产品。所以选择D。‎ ‎59. The writer decided to try the model he had chosen because he ‎ A. knew very little about it.‎ B. didn’t trust the shop assistant. ‎ C. wanted to make sure the one he chose would be the best.‎ D. had a special interest in taking pictures of his fellow shoppers.‎ 答案：C 解析：推理判断题。阅读第四段，可知作者经过内心的思量，明白最后还是得做决定，得买一款，所以还是需要作出明智的决定，就是试一下自己最初选择那一款，从而确定自己的选择。‎ ‎60. I t can be inferred from the passage that in the writer’s opinion, .‎ A. people waste too much money on cameras B. cameras have become an important part of our daily life C. we don’t actually need so many choices when buying a product D. famous companies care more about profit than quality 答案：C 解析：推理判断题。最后一段作者分析了人们为什么老是喜欢新的事物，因为旧的事物我们了解了，有局限性，而新的事物会带给我们更多我们没想到的。根据作者在购物的过程中，最终选择了试用自己最初的照相机，所以得出作者的观点是：我们并不需要了解很多新的东西，只要达到自己的最初的要求就行。‎ Passage 19‎ ‎(10·重庆A篇)‎ One morning more than thirty years ago, I entered the Track Kitchen, a restaurant where everyone from the humblest(卑微的) to the most powerful came for breakfast. I noticed an empty chair next to an elderly, unshaven man, who looked somewhat disheveled. He was wearing a worn-out hat and was alone. I asked if I might join him. He agreed quietly and I sat down to have my breakfast.‎ We cautiously began a conversation and spoke about a wide rang of things. We never introduced ourselves. I was concerned that he might have no money and not be able to afford something to eat. So as I rose to go back to the counter and buy a second cup of coffee, I asked,‎ ‎“My I get you something ?”‎ ‎“A coffee would be nice.”‎ Then I bought him a cup of coffee, We talked more, and he accepted another cup of coffee, Finally, I rose to leave, wished him well, and headed for the exit. At the door I met one of my friends. He asked,‎ ‎“How did you get to know Mr. Galbreath?”‎ ‎“Who?”‎ ‎“The man you were sitting with. He is chairman of the Board of Churchill Downs.”‎ I could hardly believe it. I was buying, offering a free breakfast, and feeling pity for one of the world’s richest and most powerful men!‎ My few minutes with Mr. Galbreath changed my life. Now I try to treat everyone with respect, no matter who I think they are, and no matter another human being with kindness and sincerity.‎ ‎56. What does the underlined word “disheveled” mean?‎ A. Unfriendly. B. Untidy. C. Gentle. D. Kind.‎ ‎57. The author bought coffee for the old man because ‎ A. he thought the old man was poor B. he wanted to start a conversation C. he intended to show his politeness D. he would like to thank the old man ‎58. How did the author probably feel after he talked with his friend?‎ A. Proud. B. Pitiful. C. Surprised. D. Regretful ‎59. What is the message mainly expressed in the story?‎ A. We should learn to be generous.‎ B. It is honorable to help those in need.‎ C. People in high positions are not like what we expect.‎ D. We should avoid judging people by their appearances.‎ ‎【语篇解读】本文讲述了“我”在吃早点的时候遇到一个看起来穿着邋遢的老人，并且帮助他买了一杯咖啡，事后得知他是最富有的Mr. Galbreath，旨在告诉我们不要以貌取人。。‎ ‎56. 答案B ‎【解析】猜测词义题。由上文中的I noticed an empty chair next to an elderly, unshaven man何下文中的He was wearing a worn-out hat and was alone.可知disheveled在这儿是指仪容不整，穿着邋遢的意思。所以答案选B项。‎ ‎57. 答案A ‎【解析】细节理解题。根据文中I was concerned that he might have no money and not be able to afford something to eat.可以判断选A项。‎ ‎58. 答案C ‎【解析】推理判断题。根据I could hardly believe it. I was buying, offering a free breakfast, and feeling pity for one of the world’s richest and most powerful men!可知，作者在他朋友告诉他那个老人是Mr. Galbreath之后感到很吃惊。由此判断选C项。‎ ‎59. 答案D ‎【解析】主旨大意题。根据文章最后一句Now I try to treat everyone with respect, no matter who I think they are, and no matter another human being with kindness and sincerity.可知，作者想要表达的是不要以貌取人。由此判断选D项。‎ ‎2009年高考题 Passage 1‎ ‎(09·上海A篇)‎ Even at school there had been an unhealthy competition between George and Richard.‎ ‎ “I’ll be the first millionaire in Coleford!” Richard used to boast.‎ ‎ “And you’ll be sorry you knew me,” George would reply “because I’ll be the best lawyer in town!”‎ George never did become a lawyer and Richard never made any money. Instead both men opened bookshops on opposite sides of Coleford High Street. It was hard to make money from books, which made the competition between them worse.‎ Now with only one bookshop in town, business was better for George. But sometimes he sat in his narrow , old kitchen and gazed out of the dirty window , thinking about his former rival （竞争对手）。Perhaps he missed him?‎ George was very interested in old dictionaries, He’d recently found a collector in Australia who was selling a rare first edition. When the parcel arrived, the book was in perfect condition and George was delighted. But while he was having lunch, George glanced at the photo in the newspaper that the book had been wrapped in. He was astonished—the smiling face was older than he remembered but unmistakable! Trembling, George started reading.‎ ‎ “Bookends have bought ten bookstores from their rivals Dylans. The company, owned by ‎ multi-millionaire Richard Pike, is now the largest bookseller in Australia. ”‎ ‎65. George and Rivhard were at school.‎ A. roommates B. good friends C. competitors D. booksellers ‎66. How did George feel about Richard after his disappearance?‎ A. He envied Richard’s marriage. ‎ B. He thought of Richard from time to time.‎ C. He felt lucky with no rival in town. ‎ D. He was guilty of Richard’s death.‎ ‎67. George got information about Richard from .‎ A. a dictionary collector in Australia ‎ B. the latter’s rivals Dylans C. a rare first edition of a dictionary ‎ D. the wrapping paper of a book ‎68. What happened to George and Richard in the end?‎ A. Both George and Richard became millionaires.‎ B. Both of them realized their original ambitions.‎ C. George established a successful business white Richard was missing.‎ D. Richard became a millionaire while George had no great success.‎ 答案 65.C 66.B 67.D 68.D Passage 2‎ ‎(09·北京A篇)‎ How I Turned to Be Optimistic I began to grow up that winter night when my parents and I were returning from my aunt＇s house, and my mother said that we might soon be leaving for America. We were on the bus then. I was crying, and some people　on the bus were turning around to look at me. I remember that I could not bear the thought of never hearing again the radio program for school children to which I listened every morning.‎ I do not remember myself crying for this reason again. In fact, I think I cried very little when I was saying goodbye to my friends and relatives. When we were leaving I thought about all the places I was going to see—the strange and magical places I had known only from books and pictures. The country I was leaving never to come back was hardly in my head then.‎ The four years that followed taught me the importance of optimism, but the idea did not come to me at once. For the first two years in New York I was really lost—having to study in three schools as a result of family moves. I did not quite know what I was or what I should be. Mother remarried, and things became even more complex for me. Some time passed before my stepfather and I got used to each other. I was often sad, and saw no end to “the hard times. ”‎ My responsibilities in the family increased a lot since I knew English better than everyone else at home. I wrote letters, filled out forms, translated at interviews with Immigration officers, took my grandparents to the doctor and translated there, and even discussed telephone bills with company representatives.‎ From my experiences I have learned one important rule: Almost all common troubles eventually go away! Something good is certain to happen in the end when you do not give up, and just wait a little! I believe that my life will turn out all right, even though it will not be that easy. ‎ ‎56. How did the author get to know America?‎ A. From her relatives B. From her mother C. From Books and pictures D. From radio programs ‎57. Upon leaving for America the author felt . ‎ A. confused B. excited C. worried D. amazed ‎58. For the first two years in New York, the author . ‎ A. often lost her way B. did not think about her future C. studied in three different schools D. got on well with her stepfather ‎59. What can we learn about the author from Paragraph 4?‎ A. She worked as a translator B. She attended a lot of job interviews C. She paid telephone bills for her family D. She helped her family with her English ‎60. The author believes that . ‎ A. her future will be free from troubles B. it is difficult to learn to become patient C. there are more good things than bad things D. good things will happen if one keeps trying 答案 56.C 57.B 58.C 59.D 60.D Passage 3‎ ‎(09·湖北A篇)‎ My grandfather came from Hungary and was the only one in his family who settled down in the United States. The rest of his family remained in Europe. When World War I broke out, he seemed to have become another man, downhearted. Such obvious change was not born out of his welfare, but out of fear: if his only son, my uncle, had to go to war, it would be cousin fighting against cousin. ‎ One day in 1918, my Uncle Milton received his draft notice. My grandparents were very upset. But my mother, at the age of 10, felt on top of the world about her soldier brother going off to war. Realizing how he was regarded by his little sister and all of her friends, my uncle bought them all service pins, which meant that they had a loved one in the service. All the little girls were delighted. ‎ The moment came when my uncle and the other soldiers, without any training but all in uniforms, boarded the train. The band played and the crowd cheered. Although no one noticed, I’m sure my grandmother had a tear in her eye for the only son. The train slowly pulled out, but not about a thousand yards when it suddenly paused. Everyone stared in wonder as the train slowly returned to the station. There was a dead silence before the doors opened and the men started to step out. Someone shouted,” The war is over. ”For a moment, nobody moved, but then the people heard someone bark orders at the soldiers. The men lined up in two lines, walked down the steps, and with the band playing, marched down the street, as returning heroes, to be welcomed home. My mother said it was great day, but she was just a little disappointed that it didn’t last a tiny bit longer. ‎ ‎51. What the grandfather was most worried about was . ‎ A. the spread of the world war B. the safety of his living two cousins C. a drop in his living standards D. his relatives killing each other ‎52. The underlined phrase “draft notice” means “ “‎ A. order for army service B. train ticket for Europe C. letter of rejection D. note of warning ‎53. What did the “service pins”（in Para. 2）stand for in the dyes of the little girls?‎ A. Strength. ‎ B. Courage. ‎ C. Victory. ‎ D. Honor. ‎ ‎54. Which of the following words can best describe the ending of the story?‎ A. Disappointing. ‎ B. Unexpected. ‎ C. Uncertain. ‎ D. Inspiring. ‎ 答案 51.D 52.A 53.D 54.B Passage 4‎ ‎(09·四川B篇)‎ July 21st. 2007 was a typical English summer’s day — it rained for 24 hours ! As usual, I rushed home from work at midday to check on the house. Nothing was amiss. By the time I left work at 5pm. However, the road into our village was flooded. Our house had never been flooded but, as I opened the front door. a wave of waters greeted me. Thank God the kids weren’t wish me, because the house was 5 feet deep in water. We lost everything downstairs. And the plaster had to be torn off the wall’s ceilings pulled down. ‎ At first we tried to push on through. We didn’t want to move the children out of home. so we camped upstairs. We put a sheet of plastic across the floor to protect us from the damp. But after three months, we felt very sick, so we move to a wooden house in a park. The house was small. but at first we were all just delighted to be in a new place. Unfortunately, things took longer than expected and we were there for 10 months. The life there was inconvenient. What surprised me most was how much I missed being part of a community（社区）. We had lived in a friendly village with good neighbors, and I’d never thought how much I，I’d miss that.‎ Although our situation was very bad, it’s difficult to feel too sorry for yourself when you look at what’s happening elsewhere. I watched a news report about floods in Northern India and thought. “We didn’t have a straw hut（茅草房）that was for Christmas. But I can’t wait — I’m going to throw a party for our friends in the village to say thanks for their support. This year, I won’t need any gifts — living away from home for months has made me realize how little we actually need or miss all our possessions. Although we are replacing things, there’s really no rush — we have our home back. and that’s the main thing. ‎ ‎45. What does the underlined word “amiss” in the first paragraph mean ？‎ A. Wrong. B. Missing. C. Right. D. Found ‎46. It can be inferred from the text that the author .‎ A. was sick of staying upstairs B. cared much about her children ‎ C. could not stand living in a wooden house D．did not deal well with her family affairs during the flood ‎47. Why does the author say that they were lucky in the third paragraph ?‎ A. Because her situation was not serious.‎ B. Because many other paces were flooded.‎ C. Because she had been to Northern India.‎ D. Because some others suffered even more.‎ ‎48. What does the author mainly want to express by telling her story?‎ A. She valued human feelings more than before.‎ B. She realized she almost didn’t need possession.‎ C. She found Christmas gifts no longer badly needed.‎ D. She thought her own home was the most important.‎ 答案 45.A 46.B 47.D 48.A Passage 5‎ ‎(09·浙江A篇)‎ I was in a rush as always, but this time it was for an important date I just couldn’t be late for! I found myself at a checkout counter behind an elderly woman seemingly in no hurry as she paid for her groceries. A PhD student with not a lot of money, I had hurried into the store to pick up some flowers. I was in a huge rush, thinking of my upcoming evening. I did not want to be late for this date.‎ We were in Boston, a place not always known for small conversation between strangers. The woman stopped unloading her basket and looked up at me. She smiled. It was a nice smile –warm and reassuring –and I returned her gift by smiling back.‎ ‎“Must be a special lady, whoever it is that will be getting those beautiful flowers,” she said. ‎ ‎ “Yes, she’s special,” I said, and then to my embarrassment, the words kept coming out.‎ ‎“It’s only our second date, but somehow I am just having the feeling she’s ‘the one’. Jokingly, I added, “The only problem is that I can’t figure out why she’d want to date a guy like me.”‎ ‎“Well, I think she’s very lucky to have a boyfriend who brings her such lovely flowers and who is obviously in love with her,” the woman said.” “My husband used to bring me flowers every week –even when times were tough and we didn’t have much money. Those were incredible days; he was very romantic and – of course – I miss him since he’s passed away.”‎ I paid for my flowers as she was gathering up her groceries. There was no doubt in my mind as I walked up to her. I touched her on the shoulder and said, “You were right, you know. These flowers are indeed for a very special lady.” I handed her the flowers and thanked her for such a nice conversation.‎ It took her a moment to realize that I was giving her the flowers I had just purchased. “You have a wonderful evening,” I said. I left her with a big smile and my heart warmed as I saw her smelling the beautiful flowers.‎ I remember being slightly late for my date that night and telling my girlfriend the above story. A couple of years later, when I finally worked up the courage to ask her to marry me, she told me ‎ that this story had helped to seal it for her –that was the night that I won her heart.‎ ‎41．Why was the writer in a hurry that day?‎ A．He was to meet his girlfriend. B．He had to go back to school soon.‎ C．He was delayed by an elderly lady. D．He had to pick up some groceries.‎ ‎42．What does the underlined phrase “her gift”(Paragraph 2) refer to?‎ A．Her words. B．Her smile. C．Her flowers. D．her politeness.‎ ‎43．Why did the writer give his flowers to the elderly lady?‎ A．She told him a nice story. B．She allowed him to pay first.‎ C．She gave him encouragement. D．She liked flowers very much.‎ ‎44．What is the message conveyed in the story?‎ A．Flowers are important for a date. B．Small talk is helpful.‎ C．Love and kindness are rewarding. D．Elderly people deserve respecting.‎ 答案 41.A 42.B 43.C 44.C Passage 6‎ ‎(09·重庆A篇)‎ I was waiting for a phone call from my agent. He had left a message the night before, telling me that my show was to be cancelled. I called him several times, but each time his secretary told me that he was in a meeting and that he would call me later. So I waited and waited, but there was still no call. Three hours passing by, I became more and more impatient. I was certain that my agent didn’t care about my work, and he didn’t care about me. I was overcome with that thought. I started to shout at the phone, “Let me wait, will you? Who do you think you are?”‎ At that time I didn’t realize my wife was looking on. Without showing her surprise, she rushed in, seized the phone, tore off the wires, and shouted at the phone, “Yeah! Who do you think you are? Bad telephone! Bad telephone! ” And she swept it into the wastebasket.‎ I stood watching her, speechless .What on earth?‎ She stepped to the doorway and shouted at the rest of the house, “Now hear this! All objects in this room-if you do anything to upset my husband , out you go!”‎ Then she turned to me, kissed me, and said calmly, “Honey, you just have to learn how to take control.” With that, she left the room.‎ After watching a crazy woman rushing in and out, shouting at everything in sight, I noticed that something in my mood（情绪）had changed. I was laughing. How could I have trouble with that phone? Her antics helped me realize I had been driven crazy by small things. Twenty minutes later my agent did call. I was able to listen to him and talk to him calmly.‎ ‎56. Why did the author shout at the telephone?‎ A. He was mad at the telephone.‎ B. He was angry with his agent.‎ C. He was anxious about his wife.‎ D. He was impatient with the secretary.‎ ‎57. What did the author’s wife do after she heard his shouting?‎ A. She said nothing.‎ B. She shouted at him.‎ C. She called the agent.‎ D. She threw the phone away.‎ ‎58. What made the author laugh?‎ A. His own behavior.‎ B. His wife’s suggestion.‎ C. His changeable feelings.‎ D. His wife’s sweet kiss.‎ ‎59. What does the underlined word “antics” refer to?‎ A. Smart words.‎ B. Unusual actions.‎ C. Surprising looks.‎ D. Anxious feelings.‎ 答案 56.B 57.D 58.A 59.B Passage 7‎ ‎(09·广东A篇)‎ Lisa was running late. Lisa，25，had a lot to do at work，plus visitors on the way: her parents were coming in for Thanksgiving from her hometown. But as she hurried down the subway stairs， she started to feel uncomfortably warn. By the time she got to the platform，Lisa felt weak and tired--maybe it hadn’t been a good idea to give blood the night before，she thought. She rested herself against a post close to the tracks. ‎ Several yards away，Frank，43，and his girlfriend，Jennifer，found a spot close to where the front of the train would stop. They were deep in discussion about a house they were thinking of buying. ‎ But when he heard the scream，followed by someone yelling，“Oh，my God，she fell in!” Frank didn’t hesitate. He jumped down to the tracks and ran some 40 feet toward the body lying on the rails. “No! Not you! ”his girlfriend screamed after him. ‎ She was right to be alarmed. By the time Frank reached Lisa，he could feel the tracks shaking and see the light coming. The train was about 20 seconds from the station. ‎ It was hard to lift her. She was just out. But he managed to raise her the four feet to the platform so that bystanders could hold her by the grins and drag her away from the edge. That was where Lisa briefly regained consciousness，felt herself being pulled along the ground，and saw someone else holding her purse. ‎ Lisa thought she’d been robbed. A woman held her hand and a man gave his shirt to help stop the blood pouring from her head. And she tried to talk but she couldn’t，and that was when she realized how much pain she was in. ‎ Police and fire officials soon arrived，and Frank told the story to an officer. Jennifer said her boyfriend was calm on their 40一minute train ride downtown—just as he had been seconds after the rescue，which made her think about her reaction at the time. “I saw the train coming and 1 was thinking he was going to die，”she explained. ‎ ‎41. What was the most probable cause for Lisa’s weakness?‎ A. She had run a long way. ‎ B. She felt hot in the subway. ‎ C. She had done a 1ot of work. ‎ D. She had donated blood the night before. ‎ ‎42. Why did Jennifer try to stop her boyfriend?‎ A. Because they would miss their train. ‎ B. Because he didn’t see the train coming. ‎ C. Because she was sure Lisa was hard to lift. ‎ D. Because she was afraid the train would kill him. ‎ ‎43. How did Frank save Lisa?‎ A. By lifting her to the platform. ‎ B. By helping her rise to her feet. ‎ C. By pulling her along the ground. ‎ D. By dragging her away from the edge. ‎ ‎44. When did Lisa become conscious again?‎ A. When the train was leaving. ‎ B. After she was back on the platform. ‎ C. After the police and fire officials came. ‎ D. When a man was cleaning the blood from her head. ‎ ‎45. The passage is intended to _____________‎ A. warn us of the danger in the subway B. show US how to save people in the subway C. tell US about a subway rescue D. report a traffic accident 答案 41.D 42.D 43.A 44.B 45.C Passage 8‎ ‎(09·广东B篇)‎ We once had a poster competition in our fifth grade art class. ‎ ‎ “You could win prizes，’’our teacher told US as she wrote the poster information on the blackboard. She passed out sheets of construction paper while continuing，“The first prize is ten dollars. You just have to make sure that the words on the blackboard appear somewhere on your poster. ”‎ We studied the board critically. Some of US looked with one eye and held up certain colors against the blackboard，rocking the sheets to the fight or left while we conjured up our designs. Others twisted their hair around their fingers or chewed their erasers while deep in thought. We had plans for that ten—dollar grand prize，each and every one of US. I'm going to spend mine on candies，one hopeful would announce，while another practiced looking serious，wise and rich. ‎ Everyone in the class made a poster. Some of us used parts of those fancy paper napkins， while others used nothing but colored construction paper. Some of US used big designs，and some of us preferred to gather our art tidily down in one comer of our poster and let the space draw the viewer's attention to it. Some of US would wander past the good students’ desks and then return to our own projects with a growing sense of hopelessness. It was yet another grown-up trick of the soil they seemed especially fond of。making all of US believe we had a fair chance，and then always—always—rewarding the same old winners. ‎ I believe I drew a sailboat，but I can’t say that with any certainty. I made it. I admired it. I determined it to be the very best of all of the posters I had seen，and then I turned it in. ‎ Minutes passed. ‎ No one came along to give me the grand prize，and then someone distracted me，and I ‎ probably never would have thought about that poster again. ‎ I was still sitting at my desk，thinking，What poster? When the teacher gave me an envelope with a ten-dollar bill in it and everyone in the class applauded for me. ‎ ‎46. What was the teacher's requirement for the poster?‎ A. It must appear in time. ‎ B. It must be done in class. ‎ C. It must be done on a construction sheet. ‎ D. It must include the words on the blackboard. ‎ ‎47. The underlined phrase in paragraph 3 most probably means _____________. ‎ A. formed an idea for B. made an outline for C. made some space for D. chose some colors for ‎48. After the teacher’s words，all the students in the class _________. ‎ A. 1ooked very serious B. thought they would be rich C. began to think about their designs D. began to play games ‎49. After seeing the good students’ designs，some students _________. ‎ A. 1oved their own designs more B. thought they had a fair chance C. put their own designs in a comer D. thought they would not win the prize ‎50. We can infer from the passage that the author ______________. ‎ A. enjoyed grown-up tricks very much B. 1oved poster competitions very much C. felt surprised to win the competition D. became wise and rich after the competition 答案 46.D 47.A 48.C 49.D 50.C Passage 9‎ ‎(09·广东C篇)‎ A few years ago I had an “aha!” moment regarding handwriting. ‎ I had in my hand a sheet of paper with handwritten instructions on it for some sort of editorial task. It occurred at first that I did not recognize the handwriting，and then I realized whose it must be. I finally became aware of the fact that I had been working with this colleague for at least a year，maybe two，and yet I did not recognize her handwriting at that point. ‎ It was a very important event in the computerization of life—a sign that the informal. Friendly communication of people working together in an office had changed from notes in pen to instant messages and emails. There was a time when our workdays were filled with little letters，and we recognized one another's handwriting the way we knew voices or faces. ‎ As a child visiting my father’s office，1 was pleased to recognize，in little notes on the desks of his staff，the same handwriting 1 would see at home in the notes he would leave on the fridge—except that those notes were signed “dad” instead of “RFW”. ‎ All this has been on my mind because of the talk about The Rise and Fall of Handwriting，a book by Florey. Sire shows in her book a deep concern about the fall of handwriting and the failure of schools to teach children to write well，but many others argue that people in a digital age can’t be expected to learn to hold a pen. ‎ I don’t buy it. ‎ I don’t want to see anyone cut off from the expressive，personal associations that a pen still promotes better than a digital keyboard does. For many a biographer，part of really getting to know their subjects is learning to read their handwriting. ‎ What some people advocate is teaching one of the many attractive handwritings based on the handwriting of 16th-century Italy. That may sound impossibly grand—as if they want kids to learn to draw by copying classical paintings. However，they have worked in many school systems. ‎ ‎51. Why was the author surprised at not recognizing his colleague’s handwriting?‎ A. He had worked with his colleague long enough. ‎ B. His colleague’s handwriting was SO beautiful. ‎ C. His colleague’s handwriting was SO terrible. ‎ D. He still had a 1ot of Work to do. ‎ ‎52. People working together in an office used to ____________. ‎ A. talk more about handwriting B. take more notes on workdays C. know better one another's handwriting D. communicate better with one another ‎53. The author’s father wrote notes in pen _________. ‎ A. to both his family and his staff B. to his family in small letters C. to his family on the fridge D. to his staff on the desk ‎54. According to the author，handwritten notes _______. ‎ A. are harder to teach in schools B. attract more attention C. are used only between friends D. carry more message ‎55. We can learn from the passage that the author __________. ‎ A. thinks it impossible to teach handwriting B. does not want to lose handwriting C. puts the blame on the computer D. does not agree with Florey 答案 51.A 52.D 53.A 54.D 55.B Passage 10‎ ‎(09·宁夏、海南A篇)‎ I suddenly heard an elephant crying as though frightened Looking down I immediately recognized that something was wrong and ran down to the edge of the near bank There I saw Ma Shwe with her three-month-old calf struggling in the fast-rising water and it was a life-and-death struggle Her calf was floating and screaming with fear Ma Shwe was as near to the far bank as she ‎ could get, holding her whole body against the rushing water and keeping the calf pressed against her huge body . Every now and then the rushing water would sweep the calf a way.‎ There was a sudden rise in the water and the calf was washed clean over the mother’s body and was gone Ma Shwe turned quickly to reach it and pressed the calf with her head and trunk（象鼻）against the rocky bank Then with a huge effort she picked it up in her trunk and tried until she was able to place it on a narrow shelf of rock Just at this moment she fell back into the river If she were carried down it would be certain death I knew as well as she did ,that there was one spot（地点）where she could get up the bank but it was on the other side from where she had put her calf While I was wondering what I could do next I heard the sound of a mother’s love Ma Shwe had crossed the river and got up the bank and was making her way back as fast as she could roaring（吼叫）all the time but to her calf it was music.‎ ‎56．The moment the author got down to the river bank he saw______.‎ A．the calf was about to fall into the river B．Ma Shwe was placing the calf on the rock C．the calf was washed away by the rising water D．Ma Shwe was holding the calf against the rushing water ‎57．How did Ma Shwe manage to save her calf from the fast-flowing water?‎ A．By putting it on a safe spot B．By pressing it against her body C．By taking it away with her D．By carrying it on her back ‎58．How did the calf feel about the mother elephant’s roaring?‎ A．It was a great comfort B．It was a sign of danger C．It was a call for help D．It was a musical note ‎59．What can be the best title for the text?‎ A．A Mother’s Love B．A Brave Act C．A Deadly River D．A Matter of Life and Death 答案 56.D 57.A 58.A 59.A Passage 11‎ ‎(09·湖南A篇)‎ Eddie McKay, a once-forgotten pilot, is a subject of great interest to a group of history students in Canada.‎ It all started when Graham Broad, a professor at the University‎ of ‎Western Ontario, found McKay’s name in a footnote in a book about university history. McKay was included in a list of university alumni （校友） who had served during the First World War, but his name was unfamiliar to Broad, a specialist in military history. Out of curiosity, Broad spent hours at the local archives （档案馆） in a fruitless search for information on McKay. Tired and discouraged, he finally gave up. On his way out, Broad’s glance happened to fall on an exhibiting case showing some old newspapers. His eye was drawn to an old picture of a young man in a rugby uniform. As he read the words beside the picture, he experienced a thrilling realization. “After looking for him all day, there he was, staring up at me out of the exhibiting case,” said Broad. Excited by the find, Broad asked his students to continue his search. They combed old newspapers and other materials ‎ for clues. Gradually, a picture came into view.‎ Captain Alfred Edwin McKay joined the British Royal Flying Corps in 1916. He downed ten enemy planes, outlived his entire squadron （中队） as a WWI flyer, spent some time as a flying instructor in England, then returned to the front, where he was eventually shot down over Belgium and killed in December 1917. But there’s more to his story. “For a brief time in 1916 he was probably the most famous pilot in the world,” says Broad. “He was credited with downing Oswald Boelcke, the most famous German pilot at the time.” Yet, in a letter home, McKay refused to take credit, saying that Boelcke had actually crashed into another German plane.‎ McKay’s war records were destroyed during a World War II air bombing on London — an explanation for why he was all but forgotten.‎ But now, thanks to the efforts of Broad and his students, a marker in McKay’s memory was placed on the university grounds in November 2007. “I found my eyes filling with tears as I read the word ‘deceased’ （阵亡） next to his name,” said Corey Everrett, a student who found a picture of Mckay in his uniform. “This was such a simple example of the fact that he had been a student just like us, but instead of finishing his time at Western, he chose to fight and die for his country.”‎ ‎56. What made Professor Broad continue his search for more information on McKay?‎ A. A uniform of McKay. B. A footnote about McKay.‎ C. A book on McKay. D. A picture of McKay.‎ ‎57. What did the students find out about McKay?‎ A. He trained pilots for some time.‎ B. He lived longer than other pilots.‎ C. He died in the Second World War.‎ D. He was downed by the pilot Boelcke.‎ ‎58. McKay’s flying documents were destroyed in .‎ A. Belgium B. Germany C. Canada D. ‎England ‎59. We can learn from the last paragraph that McKay .‎ A. preferred fight to his study B. went to war before graduation C. left a picture for Corey Everrett D. set an example for his fellow students ‎60. What is the text mainly about?‎ A. The research into war history.‎ B. The finding of a forgotten hero.‎ C. The pilots of the two world wars.‎ D. The importance of military studies.‎ 答案 56.D 57.A 58.D 59.B 60.B Passage 12‎ ‎(09·江苏B篇)‎ It was the first mow of winter -- an exciting day for every, child but not for most tether. Up until now, l had been able to dress myself for recess（课间休息）, but today I would need some help. Miss Finlayson, my kindergarten teacher at Princess Elizabeth School near Hamilton, Ontario, had been through first snow days ,tony times in her long career, but I think struggled still remember this one.‎ I managed to get into my wool snow pants. But I straggled with my jacket because it didn’t fit well. It was a hand-me-down from my brother, and it made me wonder why I had to wear his ugly clothes. At least my hat and matching scarf were mine, and they were quite pretty. Finally it was time to have Miss Finlayson help me with my boots. In her calm, motherly voice she said, "By the end of winter, you will be able to put on own boots. “ I didn’t realize at the time that this was more a statement of hope than of confidence.‎ I handed her my boots and stuck out my foot. Like most children, I expected the adult to do an the work. After mush wiggling and pushing, she managed to get first one into place and then, with a sigh, worked the second one on too.‎ I announced，“They’re on the wrong feet．”With the grace that only experience can bring，she struggled to get the boots off and went through the joyless task of putting them on again．Then I said，“These aren’t my boots．you know．”As she pulled the offending boots from my feet，she still managed to look both helpful and interested．Once they were off．I said，“They are my brother’s boots．My mother makes me wear them，and I hate them!” Somehow，from long years of practice，she managed to act as though I wasn’t an annoying little girl．She pushed and shoved．less gently this time，and the boots were returned to their proper place on my feet．With a great sigh of relief，seeing the end of her struggle with me，she asked，“Now，where are your gloves?’’‎ I looked into her eyes and said．“I didn’t want to lose them．so I put them into the toes of my boots．”‎ ‎60．According to the passage，the little girl got from her brother．‎ A．the wool snow pants and the jacket B．the jacket and the boots C．the jacket and the hat D．the boots and the gloves ‎61．What made it so hard for the teacher to help the little girl put her boots on?‎ A．The gloves in the toes of the boots． B．The slowness of the teacher．‎ C．The wrong size of the boots． D．The unwillingness of the girl．‎ ‎62．It can be inferred that before the little girl finally went out to enjoy the first snow of winter，the teacher had to help her put on her boots ．‎ A．once B．twice C．three times D．four times ‎63．Which of the following sentences from the text BEST indicates that the teacher is very considerate?‎ A．In her calm，motherly voice she said，“By the end of winter，…”（Paragraph 2）‎ B．With the grace that only experience can bring，she struggled to…（Paragraph 4）‎ C．…．she still managed to look both helpful and interested．（Paragraph 4）‎ D．…，she managed to act as though I wasn’t an annoying little girl.（Paragraph 4）‎ 答案 60.B 61.A 62.D 63.D Passage 13‎ ‎(09·江西A篇)‎ Outside her shabby cottage, old Mrs. Tailor was hanging out laundry on a wire line, unaware that some children lay hidden in the leaves of a nearby tree watching her every move. They were determined to find out if she really was a witch.‎ They watched as she took a broomstick to clean the dirt from her stone steps. But, much to their disappointment, she did not mount the broomstick and take flight. Suddenly, the old lady’s ‎ work was interrupted by the cackling of her hen—a signal that an egg had been laid in the warm nest on top of the haystack.‎ The old broomstick was put aside as she hobbled off towards the haystack followed by Sooty, a black cat she had rescued from a fox trap some time back. With only three legs, it was hard for Sooty to keep up with the old lady. The cat provided proof—the children were sure that only a witch could own a black cat with three legs.‎ There, standing on a wooden box, was Mrs. Tailor, stretching out to gather her precious egg. Taking the egg in one of her hands, she began to climb down when, without warning, the box broke and the old lady fell.‎ ‎ “We have to got and help her,” whispered Amy.‎ ‎ “What if it is a trick?” replied Ben.‎ ‎ “Don’t be silly, Ben. If she were a witch, she would have turned us into frogs already,” reasoned Meg. “Come on Amy, let’s go.” The girls climbed down the tree and ran all the way to the haystack.‎ Approaching carefully, they could see a wound on the old lady’s face. She had knocked her head on a stone and her ankle was definitely broken. “Go and get Dad,” Amy yelled to her brother. “Tell him about the accident.”‎ The boys did not need another excuse to leave. They ran as fast as thy could for help, hoping that Mrs. Tailor would not wake and turn the girls into frogs.‎ ‎56. Were the children hiding in the tree?‎ A. They wanted to watch Mrs. Tailor do her housework closely.‎ B. They were playing a hide-and-seek game C. They wanted to find out if the rumors about Mrs. Tailor were true D. They were pretending to be spies ‎57. Mrs. Tailor stopped sweeping when____‎ A. her front steps were clean ‎ B. she noticed the children in the tree C. she was ready to take a flight ‎ D. she heard the hen cackling ‎58. Ben did not rush in help Mrs. Tailor because_____‎ A. he thought that she could be necking them B. he knew that they could not have been in the tree C. he did not the old lady fall down D. he was afraid of the three-legged cat ‎59. Which of these old sayings best suits the story’s lesson for us?‎ A. Make hay while the sun shines.‎ B. Never judge a book by its cover.‎ C. People in glasshouses should not the stones.‎ D. A bird in the hands worth two in the bush.答案 56.C 57.D 58.A 59.B Passage 14‎ ‎(09·山东A篇)‎ A year ago August, Dave Fuss lost his job driving a truck for a small company in west Michigan. His wife, Gerrie, was still working in the local school cafeteria, but work for Dave was ‎ scarce, and the price of everything was rising. The Fusses were at risk of joining the millions of Americans who have lost their homes in recent years. Then Dave and Gerrie received a timely gift—＄7,000，a legacy （遗产） form their neighbors Ish and Arlene Hatch, who died in an accident . “It really made a difference when we were going under financially.” says Dave. ‎ But the Fusses weren’t the only folks in Alto and the neighboring town of Lowell to receive unexpected legacy from the Hatches. Doxens of other families were touched by the Hatches’ generosity. In some cases, it was a few thousand dollars ; in other, it was more than ＄100,000. ‎ It surprised nearly everyone that the Hatches had so much money, more than ＄3 million—they were am elderly couple who lived in an old house on what was left of the family farm . ‎ Children of the Great Depression, Ish and Arlene were known for their habit of saving, They thrived own （喜欢） comparison shopping and would routinely go from store to store, checking prices before making a new purchase . ‎ Through the years, the Hatches paid for local children to attend summer camp when their parents couldn’t afford it. “Ish and Arlene never asked you needed anything,” says their friend Sand Van Weelden, “They could see things they could do go make you happier, and they would do them. ‎ Even more extraordinary was that the Hatches had their farmland distributed. It was the Hatches’ wish that their legacy—a legacy of kindness as much as one of dollars and cent —should enrich the whole community （社区） and Ish and Arlene Hatch’s story . ‎ Neighbors helping neighbors ——that was Ish and Arlene Hatch’s story. ‎ ‎56. According to the text, the Fusses A. were employed by a truck company B. were in financial difficulty C. worked in a school cafeteria D. lost their home ‎ ‎57. Which of the following is true of the Hatches?‎ A. They had their children during the Great Deoression B. They left the family farm to live in an old house C. They gave away their possessions to their neighbors D. They helped their neighbors to find jobs ‎ ‎58. Why would the Hatches routinely go from store?‎ A. They decided to open a store B. They wanted to save money C. They couldn’t afford expensive things D. They wanted to buy gifts for local kids ‎ ‎59. According to Sand Van Weelden, the Hatches were A. understanding B. optimistic C. childlike D. curious ‎ ‎60.What can we learn from the text?‎ A. The community of Alto was poor B. The summer camp was attractive to the parents C. Sandy Van Weelden got a legacy form the Hatches D. The Hatches would like the neighbors to follow their example ‎ 答案 56.B 57.C 58.B 59.A 60.D Passage 15‎ ‎(09·陕西A篇)‎ It was the first snow of winter — an exciting day for every child but not for most teachers. ‎ Up until now, I had been old enough to dress myself, but today would need some help. Miss Finlayson, my kindergarten teacher, had been through brst snow days many times, but I think she may still remember this one. ‎ I managed to get into my wool snow trousers. But I struggled won my jacket because it didn’t fit well. It was a hand-mc-down from my brother, and if made me wonder why I had to wear his ugly clothes, At least my hat and scarf were mine, and they were quite pretty. Finally it was time to have Miss Finlayson help me with my boots（靴子）. ‎ In her calm, motherly voice she said, “By the end of winter, you will all be able to put on your own boots.” I didn’t realize at the at the time that this was more a statement of hope than of confidence（信心）. ‎ I handed her my boots and stuck out my foot. Like most children, I expected grown-ups to do all the work. After much pushing, she managed to get first one into place and then, with a sigh, worked the second one on too. ‎ I announced, “They’re on the wrong feet.”‎ She struggled to get the boots off and went through the joyless task of putting them on again. ‎ ‎ “They’re my brother’s boots, you know,” I said. “I hate them”. ‎ Somehow, from long years of practice, she managed to act as though I wasn’t an annoying（烦人的） little girl, She struggle with me, she asked, “Now, where are your mittens（连指手套）？”‎ I looked into her eyes and said, “I didn’t want to lose them, so I hid them in the toes of my boots. ‎ ‎41. The little girl was more satisfied with her_____.‎ A. trousers B. jacket C. boots D. hat ‎42. Miss Finlayson had difficulty with the girl’s boots mainly because_____.‎ A. the girl got them from her brother B. the girl put something in them C. they were on the wrong feet D. they did not fit the girl well ‎43. Why does the author Miss Finlayson would remember that first snow day?‎ A. Because the little girl was in her brother’s clothes. ‎ B. Because it was the most exciting day of the winter . ‎ C. Because the little girl played a trick on her. ‎ D. Because the little girl wore a pretty scarf. ‎ ‎44. We can learn from the text that Miss Finlayson____.‎ A. was losing confidence in the little girl. ‎ B. gradually lost patience with the little girl. ‎ C. became disappointed with the little girl. ‎ D. was getting bored with the little girl. 答案 41.D 42.B 43.C 44.B Passage 16‎ ‎(08·宁夏、海南、全国ⅠA篇)‎ Last week my youngest son and I visited my father at his new home in Tucson, Arizona．‎ He moved there a few years ago, and I was eager to see his new place and meet his friends．‎ My earliest memories of my father are of a tall, handsome, successful man devoted to his work and family, but uncomfortable with his children．As a child I loved him; as a school girl and young adult I feared him and felt bitter about him．He seemed unhappy with me unless I got ‎ straight A’s and unhappy with my boyfriends if their fathers were not as “successful” as he was．Whenever I went out with him on weekends, I used to struggle to think up things to say, feeling on guard．‎ ‎ On the first day of my visit, we went out with one of my father’s friends for lunch at an outdoor café．We walked along that afternoon, did some shopping, ate on the street table, and laughed over my son’s funny facial expressions．Gone was my father’s critical (挑剔的) air and strict rules．Who was this person I knew as my father, who seemed so friendly and interesting to be around? What had held him back before?‎ The next day my dad pulled out his childhood pictures and told me quite a few stories about his own childhood．Although our times together became easier over the years, I never felt closer to him at that moment. After so many years, I’m at last seeing another side of my father．And in so doing, I’m delighted with my new friend. My dad, in his new home in Arizona, is back to me from where he was．‎ ‎56．Why did the author feel bitter about her father when she was a young adult?‎ A．He was silent most of the time． ‎ B．He was too proud of himself．‎ C．He did not love his children． ‎ D．He expected too much of her．‎ ‎57．When the author went out with her father on weekends, she would feel ．‎ A．nervous B．sorry C．tired D．safe ‎58．What does the author think of her father after her visit to Tucson?‎ A．More critical． B．More talkative．‎ C．Gentle and friendly． D．Strict and hard-working．‎ ‎59．The underlined words “my new friend” in the last paragraph refer to ．‎ A．the author’s son B．the author’s father C．the friend of the author’s father D．the café owner ‎ 答案 56.D 57.A 58.C 59.B Passage 17‎ ‎(08·江苏D篇)‎ It had been some time since Jack had seen the old man. College, career, and life itself got in the way. In fact, Jack moved clear across the country in pursuit of his dreams. There,I n the rush of his busy life, Jack had little time to think about the past and often no time to spend with his wife and son. He was working on his future, and nothing could stop him.‎ Over the phone, his mother told him,“Mr. Belser died last night. The funeral is Wednesday.”Memories flashed through his mind like an old newsreel as he sat quietly remembering his childhood days.‎ ‎“Jack, did you hear me?”‎ ‎“Oh, sorry, Mom. Yes, I heard you. It’s been so long since I thought of him.‎ I’m sorry, but I honestly thought he died years ago,”Jack said.‎ ‎“Well, he didn’t forget you. Every time I saw him he’d ask how you were doing.‎ He’d reminisce(回忆) about the many days you spent over ‘his side of the fence’ as he put it,”Mom told him.‎ ‎“I loved that old house he lived in,”Jack said.‎ ‎“You know, Jack,after your father died, Mr.Belser stepped in to make sure you had a man’s influence in your life,”she said.‎ ‎“He’s the one who taught me carpentry. I wouldn’t be in this business if it weren’t for him.He spent a lot of time teaching me things he thought were important...Mom, I’ll be there for the funeral,”Jack said.‎ Busy as he was,he kept his word.Jack caught the next flight to his hometown.Mr.Belser’s funeral was small and uneventful.He had no children of his own,and most of his relatives had passed away.‎ The night before he had to return home,Jack and his Mom stopped by to see the old house next door one more time,which was exactly as he remembered.Every step held memories.Every picture,every piece of furniture...Jack stopped suddenly.‎ ‎“What’s wrong,Jack?”his Mom asked.‎ ‎“The box is gone,”he said.‎ ‎“What box?”Mom asked.‎ ‎“There was a small gold box that he kept locked on top of his desk.I must have asked him a thousand times what was inside.All he’d ever tell me was ‘the thing I value most’,”Jack said.‎ It was gone.Everything about the house was exactly how Jack remembered it,except for the box.He figured someone from the Belser family had taken it.‎ ‎“Now I’ll never know what was so valuable to him,”Jack said sadly.‎ Returning to his office the next day,he found a package on his desk.The return address caught his attention.‎ ‎“Mr.Harold Belser”it read.‎ Jack tore open the package.There inside was the gold box and an envelope.‎ Jack’s hands shook as he read the note inside.‎ ‎“Upon my death,please forward this box and its contents to Jack Bennett.‎ It’s the thing I valued most in my life.”A small key was taped to the letter.His heart racing,and tears filling his eyes,Jack carefully unlocked the box.There inside he found a beautiful gold pocket watch.Running his fingers slowly over the fine cover,he opened it.‎ Inside he found these words carved:“Jack,thanks for your time!Harold Belser.”‎ ‎“Oh,my God! This is the thing he valued most...”‎ Jack held the watch for a few minutes,then called his assistant and cleared his appointments for the next two days.“Why?”his assistant asked.‎ ‎“I need some time to spend with my son,” he said.‎ ‎66.Why did Jack think Mr.Belser died years ago?‎ A.College and career prevented him from remembering Mr.Belser.‎ B.Jack was too busy with his business and family to think about Mr.Belser.‎ C.Jack was too busy realizing his dreams to think about Mr.Belser.‎ D.His present busy life washed away his childhood memories.‎ ‎67.Jack’s mother told him on the phone about Mr.Belser EXCEPT that .‎ A.Mr.Belser often asked how Jack was doing B.Mr.Belser’s funeral would take place on Wednesday C.Mr.Belser had asked for Jack’s mailing address D.Mr.Belser had pleasant memories of their time together ‎68.Why did Belser send Jack his gold watch?‎ A.Because he was grateful for Jack’s time with him.‎ B.Because he had no children or relatives.‎ C.Because he thought he had to keep his word.‎ D.Because Jack had always wanted it during his childhood.‎ ‎69.Why did Jack say he needed some time to spend with his son?‎ A.He was very tired of his work and wanted to have a good rest.‎ B.He had promised to spare more time to stay with his son.‎ C.He had missed his son and his family for days.‎ D.He came to realize the importance of the time with his family.‎ ‎70.Which of the following is the most suitable title for this passage?‎ A.The Good Old Times B.What He Valued Most C.An Old Gold Watch D.The Lost Childhood Days 答案 66.C 67.C 68.A 69.D 70.B Passage 18‎ ‎(08·北京A篇)‎ Twenty years ago, I drove a taxi for a living. One night I went to pick up a passenger at 2:30 AM. When I arrived to collect, I found the building was dark except for a single light in a ground floor window.‎ I walked to the door and knocked. “Just a minute,” answered a weak, elderly voice. ‎ After a long pause, the door opened. A small woman in her eighties stood before me. By her side was a small suitcase.‎ I took the suitcase to the car, and then returned to help the woman. She took my arm and we walked slowly toward the car.‎ She kept thanking me for my kindness. “It’s nothing,” I told her. “I just try to treat my passengers the way I would want my mother treated.”‎ ‎“Oh, you’re such a good man,”she said. When we got into the taxi, she gave me an address, and then asked, “Could you drive through downtown?”‎ ‎“It’s not the shortest way,” I answered quickly.‎ ‎“Oh, I’m in no hurry,” she said. “I’m on my way to a hospice(临终医院). I don’t have any family left. The doctor says I don’t have very long.”‎ I quietly reached over and shut off the meter(计价器).‎ For the next two hours, we drove through the city. She showed me the building where she had once worked, the neighborhood where she had lived, and the furniture shop that had once been a ballroom where she had gone dancing as a girl.‎ Sometimes she’d ask me to slow down in front of a particular building and would sit staring into the darkness, saying nothing.‎ At dawn, she suddenly said,“I’m tired. Let’s go now.”‎ We drove in silence to the address she had given me.‎ ‎“How much do I owe you?” she asked.‎ ‎“Nothing,” I said.‎ ‎“You have to make a living,” she answered. “Oh, there are other passengers,” I answered.‎ Almost without thinking, I bent and gave her a hug. She held onto me tightly. Our hug ended with her remark, “You gave an old woman a little moment of joy.”‎ ‎56. The old woman chose to ride through the city in order to ______.‎ A. show she was familiar with the city B. see some places for the last time C. let the driver earn more money D. reach the destination on time ‎57. The taxi driver did not charge the old woman because he ______.‎ A. wanted to do her a favor B. shut off the meter by mistake C. had received her payment in advance D. was in a hurry to take other passengers ‎58. What can we learn from the story?‎ A. Giving is always a pleasure.‎ B. People should respect each other.‎ C. An act of kindness can bring people great joy. ‎ D. People should learn to appreciate others’ concern.‎ 答案 56.B 57.A 58.C ‎ Passage 19‎ ‎(08·湖北A篇)‎ Margaret, married with two small children, has been working for the last seven years as a night cleaner, cleaning offices in a big building.‎ She trained as a nurse, but had to give it up when her elder child became seriously ill.“I would have liked to go back to it, but the shifts（工作班次） are all wrong for me, as I have to be home to get the children up and off to school.”‎ So she works as a cleaner instead, from 9 p.m.till ‎6 a.m.five nights a week for just ￡90, before tax and insurance.“It’s better than it was last year, but I still think that people who work ‘unsocial hours’ should get a bit extra.”‎ The hours she’ s chosen to work mean that she sees plenty of the children, but very little of her husband.However, she doesn’t think that puts any pressure on their relationship.‎ Her work isn’t physically very hard, but it’s not exactly pleasant, either.“I do get angry with people who leave their offices like a place for raising pigs.If they realized people like me have to do it, perhaps they’d be a bit more careful.”‎ The fact that she’s working all night doesn’t worry Margaret at all.Unlike some dark buildings at night, the building where she works is fully lit, and the women work in groups of three.“Since I’ve got to be here, I try to enjoy myself—and I usually do, because of the other girls.We all have a good laugh, so the time never drags.”‎ Another challenge Margaret has to face is the reaction of other people when she tells them what she does for a living.“They think you’re a cleaner because you don’t know how to read and write,” said Margaret.“I used to think what my parents would say if they knew what I’d been doing, but I don’t think that way any more.I don’t dislike the work though I can’t say I’m mad ‎ about it.”‎ ‎61.Margaret quit her job as a nurse because _______.‎ ‎ A.she wanted to earn more money to support her family B.she had suffered a lot of mental pressure C.she needed the right time to look after her children D.she felt tired of taking care of patients ‎62.Margaret gets angry with people who work in the office because _______.‎ A.they never clean their offices B.they look down upon cleaners C.they never do their work carefully D.they always make a mess in their offices ‎63.When at work, Margaret feels _______.‎ A.light-hearted because of her fellow workers B.happy because the building is fully lit C.tired because of the heavy workload D.bored because time passes slowly ‎64.The underlined part in the last paragraph implies that Margaret’s parents would _______.‎ ‎ A.help care for her children B.regret what they had said C.show sympathy for her D.feel disappointed in her 答案 61.C 62.D 63.A 64.D Passage 19‎ ‎(08·湖北B篇)‎ Kathy started at my nursery school at the age of three. She settled into the group easily, and would be first on the slide and highest up the climbing frame.She could put on her coat without help and not only fasten her own buttons but other children’s too.‎ She was a lovely child but unfortunately a scratcher.If anyone upset her or stood in her way, her right hand would flash out fast and scratch down the face of her playmates.Children twice her age would fly in fear from her.‎ This must have been very rewarding for Kathy but obviously it had to be stopped.All the usual ways failed and then I remembered an account by G.Atkinson of Highfield School, of how fights in the playground had been stopped.No punishment had been given, but the attacker had been ignored and the victims rewarded.So I decided to try this out on Kathy.‎ With a pocketful of Smarties I followed Kathy around.She was so quick that it was impossible to prevent her scratching, but I was determined to stay within arm’s length all afternoon.‎ All was peaceful but then I saw Kathy’s hand moved and heard the scream.Gently I gathered up the little hurt one in my arms and said “Nice, nice sweetie” and I put a Smartie into her mouth. Kathy opened her mouth, expecting a Smartie and then looked puzzled when she got nothing.‎ Soon came another scream, this time from John.While holding him in my arms, I said, “Look, Kathy, a nice Smartie for John” and put it into John’s mouth.‎ A smile of understanding flashed across Kathy’s face.Minutes later, she came to me and said loudly, “Give me a Smartie! I have hurt my finger!”‎ ‎“No,” I replied, “you’ll get it if someone hurts you.”‎ On purpose, she turned and scratched a nearby boy, Tom, and waited quietly while I ‎ mothered and rewarded him, then she walked away.‎ She has never scratched a child since.‎ Parents who find older children bullying younger brothers and sisters might do well to replace shouting and punishment by rewarding and giving more attention to the injured ones.It’s certainly much easier and more effective.‎ ‎65.From the passage, we know that Kathy is _______.‎ ‎ A.sensitive but slow B.smart but a bit rude ‎ C.independent but selfish D.quick but sort of passive ‎66.Kathy scratched Tom because _______.‎ A.she was angry at Tom, who was in her way ‎ B.she wanted to get a Smartie from the teacher ‎ C.she was in the habit of scratching other children D.she wanted to know if the teacher meant what she had said ‎ ‎67.According to the passage, the underlined word “bullying” is closest in meaning to“_______”.‎ A.helping B.punishing C.hurting D.protecting ‎ ‎68.The writer of this passage aims to recommend an approach to _______.‎ ‎ A.rewarding children’s good behavior B.correcting children’s bad behavior C.punishing badly-behaved children D.praising well-behaved children ‎ 答案 65.B 66.D 67.C 68.B ‎ Passage 20 ‎ ‎(08·湖北C篇)‎ One August afternoon, Richard Allen dropped off his last passenger, Mrs.Carey.Lifting two grocery bags, he followed her across the yard and stood on the step of her house.Glancing up, he saw a large wasp’s（黄蜂） nest under the roof.Allen had heard that wasps can become more likely to sting (sting, sting, stung蜇) in summer.He mentioned this to Mrs.Carey, who had opened the door.‎ ‎“Oh, they don’t bother me,” she said lightly.“I go in and out all the time.”‎ Anxiously, Allen looked at the nest again — to see the wasps flying straight at him.“Hurry!” he shouted to Mrs.Carey.“Get in!”‎ She stepped quickly inside.Allen ran for his minibus.Too late; they were upon him.Just as he jumped aboard, half a dozen red spots showed on his arms, and he felt more on his back and shoulders.‎ As he was driving down the road, Allen felt as if something was burning at the back of his neck, and the “fire” was spreading forward toward his face.An immediate anxiety took hold of him.Allen knew that stings could cause some persons to die.But he had been stung the previous summer and the after-effects soon passed.However, what he didn’t know was that the first sting had turned his body into a time bomb waiting for the next to set off an explosion.‎ Miles from the nearest medical assistance, Allen began to feel his tongue thick and heavy and his heartbeat louder.Most frightening, he felt his breathing more and more difficult.He reached for the radio mike(话筒), trying to call the minibus center, but his words were hardly understandable.Signals were also poor that far out.He knew a rescue team was on 24-hour duty at the Amherst Fire Department’s north station.So his best chance was to make a run for it.‎ Rushing down the mountain, Allen tried not to panic, focusing his mind on each sharp ‎ turn.He was almost through the last of them when he felt sure he was going into shock（休克）.Just then he reached for the radio mike again.‎ ‎“Call fire station,” he shouted, concentrating to form the words.“Emergency.Bee sting.Emergency.There in ten minutes.”‎ ‎“Five-ten,” the center replied.‎ Hold on, Allen thought.Keep your eyes open.Breathe.Keep awake.‎ At last he reached the station.Two firemen ran out.Allen felt their hands grasp him before he hit the ground.You made it, he thought.‎ ‎69.It is mentioned in the passage that wasps are more likely to attack when _______.‎ ‎ A.there are huge noises B.strangers are approaching ‎ C.the air is filled with food smell D.the hottest season comes around ‎70.Allen didn’t know that if stung by wasps again, he would _______.‎ A.have no after-effects B.suffer from sharper pain C.surely lose his life D.become more sensitive ‎71.Allen failed at his first attempt to send his message to the minibus center because _______.‎ A.he was unable to speak clearly B.his radio equipment was poor C.he was in a state of shock D.no one was on duty ‎72.Which would be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A.Allen, A Helpless Driver B.Wasps, Bloody Killers C.A Race Against Death D.War Against Wasps 答案 69.D 70.C 71.A 72.C Passage 21‎ ‎(08·陕西A篇)‎ They say there are three ways to experience the Grand Canyon：on foot, on mules(骡子) or by air. We chose the first. Up early, my husband and I and our three children couldn’t wait to get started. We decided to walk along a lovely path named Bright‎ Angel ‎Trail. ‎ As we set out, I was shocked at how narrow the path was. And I couldn’t help noticing that the other tourists weren’t like us. They had heavy backpacks, water bottles, and hats. But as usual we were dressed.As the sun rose higher, Arizona’s famous heat seemed to roast(烘烤)us. There was no shade and our legs were aching. We decided to go back, with the girl on my back and the boys far behind. By the time we finally got back,our legs were like jelly.‎ The next day, after we’d had a long rest and a good breakfast, we were ready for another view of the Canyon—by air. After our last walk, this would be the easiest thing in the world.‎ We called to each other excitedly as the plane took off and circled around the Canyon. But the smiles on our faces disappeared as the pilot tossed(翻转)　the plane around, pretending he was going to hit the ground. I shouted, “STOP, TAKE US BACK!” When we finally arrived back on land, once again our legs were like jelly. We hardly spoke as we drove back.‎ As I said, there are three ways to view the Grand Canyon. We never tried the mules, but personally I’d suggest a fourth: buy yourself a good magazine like National Geographic. That way, you can see the Canyon, without fear or tiredness.‎ ‎41. Which of the following is TRUE according to the second paragraph?‎ A. They made a careful preparation before the trip.‎ B. The children were more joyful than their parents.‎ C. Bright‎ Angel ‎Trail was not as lovely as they expected.‎ D. The summer heat prevented them from enjoying the view.‎ ‎42. The underlined expression “our legs were like jelly” probably means .‎ A. we were weak B. we were unhappy ‎ C. we were dissatisfied D. we were disappointed ‎43. Which of the following best describes their Canyon trip by air?‎ A. It proved to be frightening. B. It was more comfortable.‎ C. It turned out to be exciting. D. It made each of them tired.‎ ‎44. We can infer from the passage that .‎ A. experiencing the Canyon on mules would be the best way B. one needs to dress less when visiting the ‎Grand Canyon C. the writer was not serious when she made the suggestion D. the whole family narrowly escaped from the air accident 答案 41.C 42.A 43.A 44.C Passage 22‎ ‎(08·天津E篇)‎ As kids, my friends and I spent a lot of time out in the woods. “The woods” was our part-time address, destination, purpose, and excuse. If I went to a friend’s house and found him not at home, his mother might say, “Oh, he’s out in the woods, ” with a tone(语气) of airy acceptance. It’s similar to the tone people sometimes use nowadays to tell me that someone I’m looking for is on the golf course or at the gym, or even “away from his desk.” For us ten-year-olds, “being out in the woods” was just an excuse to do whatever we feel like for a while.‎ We sometimes told ourselves that what we were doing in the woods was exploring(探索). Exploring was a more popular idea back then than it is today. History seemed to be mostly about explorers. Our explorations, though, seemed to have less system than the historic kind: something usually came up along the way. Say we stayed in the woods, throwing rocks, shooting frogs, picking blackberries, digging in what we were briefly persuaded was an Indian burial mound.‎ Often we got “lost” and had to climb a tree to find out where we were. If you read a story in which someone does that successfully, be skeptical: the topmost branches are usually too skinny to hold weight, and we could never climb high enough to see anything except other trees. There were four or five trees that we visited regularly—tall beeches, easy to climb and comfortable to sit in.‎ It was in a tree, too, that our days of fooling around in the woods came to an end. By then some of us had reached seventh grade and had begun the rough ride of adolescence(青春期). In March, the month when we usually took to the woods again after winter, two friends and I set out to go exploring. We climbed a tree, and all of a sudden it occurred to all three of us at the same time that we really were rather big to be up in a tree. Soon there would be the spring dances on Friday evenings in the high school cafeteria.‎ ‎52. The author and his friends were often out in the woods to _______.‎ ‎ A. spend their free time B. play golf and other sports ‎ C. avoid doing their schoolwork D. keep away from their parents ‎53. What can we infer from Paragraph 2?‎ ‎ A. The activities in the woods were well planned.‎ ‎ B. Human history is not the result of exploration.‎ ‎ C. Exploration should be a systematic activity.‎ ‎ D. The author explored in the woods aimlessly.‎ ‎54. The underlined word “skeptical” in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.‎ ‎ A. calm B. doubtful C. serious D. optimistic ‎55. How does the author feel about his childhood?‎ ‎ A. Happy but short. B. Lonely but memorable.‎ ‎ C. Boring and meaningless. D. Long and unforgettable.‎ 答案 52.A 53.D 54.B 55.A Passage 23‎ ‎(08·浙江D篇)‎ For a while, my neighborhood was taken over by an army of joggers(慢跑者). They were there all the time: early morning, noon, and evening. There were little old ladies in gray sweats, young couples in Adidas shoes, middle-aged men with red faces. “Come on!” My friend Alex encouraged me to join him as he jogged by my house every evening. “You’ll feel great.”‎ ‎ Well, I had nothing against feeling great and if Alex could jog every day, anyone could. So I took up jogging seriously and gave it a good two months of my life, and not a day more. Based on my experience, jogging is the most overvalued form of exercise around, and judging from the number of the people who left our neighborhood jogging army, I’m not alone in my opinion.‎ ‎ First of all, jogging is very hard on the body. Your legs and feet take a real pounding（重击）running down a road for two or three miles. I developed foot, leg, and back problems. Then I read about a nationally famous jogger who died of a heart attack while jogging, and I had something else to worry about. Jogging doesn’t kill hundreds of people, but if you have any physical weaknesses, jogging will surely bring them out, as they did with me.‎ ‎ Secondly, I got no enjoyment out of jogging. Putting one foot in front of the other for forty-five minutes isn’t my idea of fun. Jogging is also a lonely pastime. Some joggers say, “I love being out there with just my thoughts.” Well, my thoughts began to bore me, and most of them were on how much my legs hurt.‎ ‎ And how could I enjoy something that brought me pain? And that wasn’t just the first week;it was practically every day for two months. I never got past the pain level, and pain isn’t fun. What a cruel way to do it! So many other exercises, including walking, lead to almost the same results painlessly, so why jog?‎ ‎ I don’t jog any more, and I don’t think I ever will. I’m walking two miles three times a week at a fast pace, and that feels good. I bicycle to work when the weather is good. I’m getting exercise, and I’m enjoying it at the same time. I could never say the same for jogging, and I’ve found a lot of better ways to stay in shape.‎ ‎52. From the first paragraph, we learn that in the writer’s neighborhood ______.‎ A. jogging became very popular ‎ B. people jogged only during the daytime C. Alex organized an army of joggers D. jogging provided a chance to get together ‎53. The underlined word “them”(Paragraph 3) most probably refers to _____.‎ A. heart attacks B. back problems ‎ C. famous joggers D. physical weaknesses ‎54. What was the writer’s attitude towards jogging in the beginning?‎ A. He felt it was worth a try. B. He was very fond of it.‎ C. He was strongly against it. D. He thought it must be painful.‎ ‎55. Why did the writer give up jogging two months later?‎ A. He disliked doing exercise outside. ‎ B. He found it neither healthy nor interesting.‎ C. He was afraid of having a heart attack.‎ D. He was worried about being left alone.‎ ‎56. From the writer’s experience, we can conclude that______.‎ A. not everyone enjoys jogging B. he is the only person who hates jogging C. nothing other than jogging can help people keep fit D. jogging makes people feel greater than any other sport 答案 53.D 54.A 55.B 56.A Passage 24‎ ‎(08·全国ⅡA篇)‎ There was a story many years ago of a school teacher—Mrs.Thompson.She told the children on the first day that she loved them all the same.But that was a lie.There in the front row was a little boy named Teddy Stoddard.He didn’t play well with the other children and he always needed a bath.She did not like him.‎ Then Mrs.Thompson got to know that Teddy was actually a very good boy before the death of his mother.Mrs.Thompson was ashamed of herself.She felt even worse when,like all her other students,Teddy brought her a Christmas present too.It was his mother’s perfume(香水).‎ Teddy said,“Mrs.Thompson,today you smell just like my Mom used to.”After the children left she cried for at least an hour.On that very day,she stopped teaching reading,writing and math.Instead,she began to teach children.‎ Mrs.Thompson paid particular attention to Teddy.The boy’s mind seemed to come alive.The more she encouraged him,the faster he improved.By the end of the sixth grade,Teddy had become one of the smartest children in the class.‎ Six years went by before she got a note from Teddy.He wrote that he had finished high school,third in his class,and she was still the best teacher he ever had in his whole life.He went to college.Mrs.Thompson got two more letters from him with the last one signed.Theodore F.Stoddard,M.D.(医学博士).‎ The story doesn’t end there.On his wedding day,Dr.Stoddard whispered in Mrs.Thompson’s ear,“Thank you,Mrs.Thompson,for believing in me.You made me feel important and showed me that I could make a difference.”‎ Mrs.Thompson,with tears in her eyes,whispered back,“Teddy,you have it all wrong.You were the one who taught me that I could make a difference.I didn’t know how to teach until I met you.”‎ ‎41.What did Mrs.Thompson do on the first day of school?‎ A.She made Teddy feel ashamed.‎ B.She asked the children to play with Teddy.‎ C.She changed Teddy’s seat to the front row.‎ D.She told the class something untrue about herself.‎ ‎42.What did Mrs.Thompson find out about Teddy?‎ A.He often told lies.‎ B.He was good at math.‎ C.He needed motherly care.‎ D.He enjoyed playing with others.‎ ‎43.In what way did Mrs.Thompson change?‎ A.She taught fewer school subjects.‎ B.She became stricter with her students.‎ C.She no longer liked her job as a teacher.‎ D.She cared more about educating students.‎ ‎44.Why did Teddy thank Mrs.Thompson at his wedding?‎ A.She had kept in touch with him.‎ B.She had given him encouragement.‎ C.She had sent him Christmas presents.‎ D.She had taught him how to judge people.‎ 答案 41.D 42.C 43.D 44.B Passage 25‎ ‎(08·上海B篇)‎ Zoe Chambers was a successful PR (Public Relations) consultant and life was going well—she had a great job,a beautiful flat and a busy social life in London.Then one evening in June last year,she received a text message telling her she was out of work.“The first two weeks were the most difficult to live through,”she said.“After everything I’d done for the company,they dismissed me by text!I was so angry and I just didn’t feel like looking for another job.I hated everything about the city and my life.”‎ Then,Zoe received an invitation from an old schoolfriend,Kathy,to come and stay.Kathy and her husband,Huw,had just bought a farm in northwest Wales.Zoe jumped at the chance to spend a weekend away from London,and now,ten months later,she is still on the farm.‎ ‎“The moment I arrived at Kathy’s farm,I loved it and I knew I wanted to stay,”said Zoe.“Everything about my past life suddenly seemed meaningless.”‎ Zoe has been working on the farm since October of last year and says she has no regrets.“It’s a hard life,physically very tiring,”she says.“In London I was stressed and often mentally exhausted.But this is a good,healthy tiredness.Here,all I need to put me in a good mood is a hot bath and one of Kathy’s wonderful dinners.”‎ Zoe says she has never felt bored on the farm.Every day brings a new experience.Kathy has been teaching her how to ride a horse and she has learnt to drive a tractor.Since Christmas,she has been helping with the lambing—watching a lamb being born is unbelievable,she says,“It’s one of the most moving experiences I’ve ever had.I could never go back to city life now.”‎ ‎68.When working as a PR consultant in London,Zoe thought she lived a life.‎ A.satisfying B.tough C.meaningless D.boring ‎69.The most important reason why Zoe went to visit Kathy’s farm is that .‎ A.Zoe lost her job as a PR consultant B.Kathy persuaded her to do so C.Zoe got tired of the city life D.Zoe loved Wales more than London ‎70.How does Zoe feel about the country life according to the passage?‎ A.Tiresome and troublesome.‎ B.Romantic and peaceful.‎ C.Mentally exhausting but healthy.‎ D.Physically tiring but rewarding.‎ ‎71.Which of the following is closest to the main idea of the passage?‎ A.A friend in need is a friend indeed.‎ B.Where there is a will,there is a way.‎ C.A misfortune may turn out a blessing.‎ D.Kill two birds with one stone.‎ 答案 68.A 69.A 70.D 71.C Passage 26‎ ‎(08·重庆A篇)‎ I arrived at my mother’s home for our Monday family dinner.The smells of food flew over from the kitchen.Mother was pulling out quilt(被子) after quilt from the boxes,proudly showing me their beauties.She was preparing for a quilt show at the Elmhurst Church.When we began to fold and put them back into the boxes,I noticed something at the bottom of one box.I pulled it out.“What is this?” I asked.‎ ‎“Oh?” Mom said,“That’s Mama’s quilt.”‎ I spread the quilt.It looked as if a group of school children had pieced it together;irregular designs,childish pictures,a crooked line on the right.‎ ‎“Grandmother made this?” I said,surprised.My grandmother was a master at making quilts.This certainly didn’t look like any of the quilts she had made.‎ ‎“Yes,right before she died.I brought it home with me last year and made some changes,” she said.“I’m still working on it.See,this is what I’ve done so far.”‎ I looked at it more closely.She had made straight a crooked line.At the center of the quilt,she had stitched(缝) a piece of cloth with these words:“My mother made many quilts.She didn’t get all lines straight.But I think this is beautiful.I want to see it finished.Her last quilt.”‎ ‎“Ooh,this is so nice,Mom,”I said.It occurred to me that by completing my grandmother’s quilt,my mother was honoring her own mother.I realized,too,that I held in my hands a family treasure.It started with the loving hands of one woman,and continued with the loving hands of another.”‎ ‎56.Why did the author go to her mother’s home?‎ A.To see her mother’s quilts.‎ B.To help prepare for a show.‎ C.To get together for the family dinner.‎ D.To discuss her grandmother’s life.‎ ‎57.The author was surprised because .‎ A.the quilt looked very strange B.her grandmother liked the quilt C.the quilt was the best she had seen D.her mother had made some changes ‎58.The underlined word “crooked” in the passage most probably means .‎ A.unfinished B.broken C.bent D.unusual ‎59.Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?‎ A.A Quilt Show B.Mother’s Home C.A Monday Dinner D.Grandmother’s Quilt 答案 56.C 57.A 58.C 59.D ‎ Passage 27 ‎ ‎(08·四川E篇)‎ At a certain time in our lives we consider every place as the possible sites(地点)for a house.I have thus searched the country within a dozen miles of where I live.In imagination I have bought all the farms,one after another,and I knew their prices.‎ The nearest thing that I came to actual ownership was when I bought the Hollowell place.But before the owner completed the sale with me,his wife changed her mind and wished to keep it,and he offered me additional dollars to return the farm to him.However,I let him keep the additional dollars and sold him the farm for just what I gave for it.‎ The real attractions of the Hollowell farm to me were its position,being about two miles from the village,half a mile from the nearest neighbor,bounded(相邻)on one side by the river,and separated from the highway by a wide field.The poor condition of the house and fences showed that it hadn’t been used for some time.I remembered from my earliest trip up the river that the house used to be hidden behind a forest area,and I was in a hurry to buy it before the owner finished getting out some rocks, cutting down the apple trees,and clearing away some young trees which had grown up in the fields.I wanted to buy it before the owner made any more improvements.But it turned out as I have said.‎ I was not really troubled by the loss.I had always had a garden,but I don’t think I was ready for a large farm.I believe that as long as possible it is better to live free and uncommitted(无牵挂的).It makes but little difference whether you own a farm or not.‎ ‎51.What do we know about the author?‎ A.He wanted to buy the oldest farm near where he lived.‎ B.He made a study of many farms before buying.‎ C.He made money by buying and selling farms.‎ D.He had the money to buy the best farm in the country.‎ ‎52.Why did the author decide to buy the Hollowell place?‎ A.It was of good market value. B.It was next to the highway.‎ C.It was in a good position. D.It was behind a nice garden.‎ ‎53.Why did the author want to buy the farm in a hurry?‎ A.He was afraid the owner might change his mind.‎ B.He hoped to enlarge the forest on the farm.‎ C.He wanted to keep the farm as it was.‎ D.He was eager to become a farm owner.‎ ‎54.The underlined words“the loss”in the last paragraph refer to .‎ A.the money the author lost in buying the farm B.the sale of the garden in the Hollowell place C.the removal of the trees around the house D.the failure to possess the Hollowell place ‎55.What does the author believe as important in life?‎ A.To own a farm. B.To satisfy his needs.‎ C.To be free from worries. D.To live in the countryside.‎ 答案 51.B 52.C 53.C 54.D 55.C Passage 28‎ ‎(07·山东A篇)‎ A month after Hurricace Katrina, I returned home in New Orleans. There lay my house, ‎ reduced to waist-high rains, smelly and dirty. ‎ Before the trip, I’d had my car fixed. When the office employee of the garage was writing up ‎ the bill, she noticed my Louisiana license plate. “You from New Orleans?” she asked. I said I was, ‎ ‎“No charge.” She said, and firmly shock her head when I reached for my wallet. The next day I ‎ went for a haircut, and the same thing happened. ‎ As my wife was studying in Florida, we decided to move there and tried to find a rental house that we could afford while also paying off a mortgage（抵押贷款）on our ruined house. We looked at many places, but none was satisfactory. We’d began to accept that we’d have to live in extremely reduced circumstances for a while, when I got a very curious e-mail from a James Kemmedy in California. He’d read some pieces I’d written about our sufferings for state, the online magazine and wanted to give us (“no conditions attached”) a new house across the lake from New Orleans. It sounded a good to her return, but I replied, thinking him for his exceptional generosity, then we to go back. Then the University of Florida offered to let him house to me. While he want to England on his one year, paid leave. The rent was rather reasonable. I mentioned the poet’s offer to James Kemdedy, and the next day he sent a check covering our entire rent for eight months. Throughout this painful experience , the kindness of strangers back my faith in humanity .It’s almost worth losing you wordy possessions to be reminded that people really when given had a channel. ‎ ‎56．The garage employee’s attitude toward the author was that of ___.‎ A．unconcern B．sympathy C．doubt D．tolerance ‎ ‎57．What do we know about James Kemnedy? ‎ A．He was a written of an online magazine. ‎ B．He was a poet at the University of Florida ‎ C．He offered the author a new house free of charge. ‎ D．He learned about the author’s sufferings. ‎ ‎58．It can be inferred from the text that ___. ‎ A．the author’s family was in financial difficulty ‎ B．rents were comparatively reasonable despite the disaster ‎ C．houses were difficult to find in the hurricane0stricken area ‎ D．the mortgage on the ruined house was paid off by the bank ‎ ‎59．The author learned from his experience that ___. ‎ A．worldly possessions can be given up when necessary ‎ B．generosity should be encouraged in some cases ‎ C．people benefit from their sad stories ‎ D．human beings are kind after all. ‎ 答案 56.B 57.C 58.A 59.D Passage 29‎ ‎(07·全国ⅡA篇)‎ Growing up in Philadelphia, Lieberman started cooking with his stay-at-home dad when he was seven. His food-loving family had two kitchens, and he quickly learned what was the best way to bake his cakes. Lieberman improved his kitchen skills greatly during a year abroad before college, learning from a cook in Italy and studying local specialties（地方特色菜）in Germany, Spain and France. At Yale, he was known for throwing dinner parties, single-handedly frying and baking while mixing drinks for dozens of friends. Just for fun, he and some friends decided to tape a show named Campus Cuisine about his cooking. Lieberman was a real college student showing his classmates how to do things like make drinks out of dining-hall fruit. That helped the show become very popular among the students. They would stop Lieberman after classes to ask for his advice on cooking. Tapes of the show were passed around, with which his name went beyond the school and finally to the Food Network.‎ Food Network producer Flay hopes the young cook will find a place on the network television. He says Lieberman’s charisma is key. “Food TV isn’t about food anymore,” says Flay. “It’s about your personality（个性）and finding a way to keep people’s eyeballs on your show.”‎ But Lieberman isn’t putting all his eggs in one basket. After taping the first season of the new show, Lieberman was back in his own small kitchen preparing sandwiches. An airline company（航空公司）was looking for someone to come up with a tasteful, inexpensive and easy-to-make menu to serve on its flights, Lieberman got the job.‎ ‎41.We can learn from the text that Lieberman’s family ____. A. have relatives in Europe B. love cooking at home C. often hold parties D. own a restaurant ‎42.The Food Network got to know Lieberman ____. A. at one of his parties B. from his teachers C. through his taped show D. on a television program ‎43.What does the word “charisma” underlined in the text refer to? A. A natural ability to attract others. B. A way to show one’s achievement. C. Lieberman’s after-class interest. D. Lieberman’s fine cooking skill.‎ ‎44.Why did the airline company give Lieberman the job? A. He could prepare meals in a small kitchen. ‎ B. He was famous for his shows on Food TV. C. He was good at using eggs to make sandwiches. D. He could cook cheap, delicious and simple meals.‎ ‎45.What can we learn about Lieberman from the text? A. He is clever but lonely. B. he is friendly and ‎ active. C. He enjoys traveling around. D. He often changes his menus.‎ 答案 41. B 42.C 43.A 44.D 45.B Passage 30‎ ‎(07·全国ⅡC篇)‎ Odland remembers like it was yesterday working in an expensive French restaurant in Denver. The ice cream he was serving fell onto the white dress of a rich and important woman.‎ Thirty years have passed, but Odland can’t get the memory out of his mind, nor the woman’s kind reaction（反应）. She was shocked, regained calmness and, in a kind voice, told the young Odland. “It’s OK. It wasn’t your fault.” When she left the restaurant, she also left the future Fortune 500 CEO（总裁）with a life lesson: You can tell a lot about a person by the way he or she treats the waiter.‎ Odland isn’t the only CEO to have made this discovery. Rather, it seems to be one of those few laws of the land that every CEO learns on the way up. It’s hard to get a dozen CEO’s to agree about anything, but most agree with the Waiter Rule. They say how others treat the CEO says nothing. But how others treat the waiter is like a window into the soul.‎ Watch out for anyone who pulls out the power card to say something like, “I could but this place and fire you,” or “I know the owner and I could have you fired.” Those who say such things have shown more about their character（人品）than about their wealth and power.‎ The CEO who came up with it, or at least first wrote it down, is Raytheon CEO Bill Swanson. He wrote a best-selling book called Swanson’s Unwritten Rules of Management.‎ ‎“A person who is nice to you but rude to the waiter, or to others, is not a nice person,” Swanson says. “I will never offer a job to the person who is sweet to the boss but turns rude to someone cleaning the tables.”‎ ‎49.What happened after Odland dropped the ice cream onto the woman’s dress? A. He was fired. B. He was blamed. C. The woman comforted him. D. The woman left the restaurant at once.‎ ‎50.Odland leaned one of his life lessons from ____. A. his experience as a waiter. B. the advice given by the CEOs C. an article in Fortune D. an interesting best-selling book ‎51.According to the text, most CEOs have the same opinion about ____. A. Fortune 500 companies B. the Management Rules C. Swanson’s book D. the Waiter Rule ‎52.From the text we can learn that ____. A. one should be nicer to important people ‎ B. CEOs often show their power before others C. one should respect others no matter who they are D. CEOs often have meals in expensive restaurants 答案 49.C 50.A 51.D 52.C Passage 31‎ ‎(07·北京C篇)‎ Lying in the sun on a rock,the cougar(美洲豹)saw Jeb and his son,Tom before they saw it.Jeb put his bag down quickly and pulled his jacket open with both hands,making himself look ‎ big to the cougar,It worked.The cougar hesitated,ready to attack Jeb,but ready to forget the whole thing,too.‎ Jeb let go of his kacked,grasped Tom and held him across his body,making a cross.Now the cougar’s enemy looked even bigger,and it rose up,ready to move away,but unfortunately Tom got scared and struggled free of Jeb.‎ ‎“Tom,no”shouted his father.‎ But Tom brokd and ran and that’s the last thing you do with a cougar.The second Tom broke free,Jeb threw himself on the cougar,just as it jumped from the rock.They hit each other in mid-air and both fell,The cougar was on Jeb in a flash,fotgeiting about Tomm,which was what Jeb wanted.‎ Cougars are not as big as most people think and a determined manstands a chance,even with just his fists.As the cougar’s claws(爪子)got into his left shoulder,Jeb swung his fist at its eyes and hit hard.The animal howled（吼叫）and put its head back.Jeb followed up with his other fist.Then out of the corner of his eye.Jeb saw Tom.The boy was running back to help his father.‎ ‎“Knife,Tom,”shouted Jeb.‎ The boy ran to his father’s bag,while Jeb strated shouting as well as hitting,to keep the cougar’s attention away from Tom.Tom got the knife and ran over to Jeb.The cougar was moving its head in and out,trying to find a way through the wall Jeb was making out of his arms.Tom swung with the knife,into the cougar’s back.It howled horribly and ran off into the mountains.‎ The whole fight had taken about thirty seconds.‎ ‎63.Why did Jeb pull his jacket open when he saw the cougar?‎ A. To get ready to fight B. To frighten it away C. To protect the boy D. To cool down ‎64.What do we know about cougars?‎ A. They are afraid of noises B. They hesitate before they hit C. They are bigger than we think D. They like to attack running people ‎65.How didi Jeb try to hold the cougar’s attention?‎ A. By keeping shouting and hitting B. By makding a wall out of his arms C. By throwing himself on the cougar D. By swinging his fists at the cougar’s eyes ‎66.Which of the following happened first?‎ A. The cougar jumped from the rock B. Tom struggled free of his father C. Jeb asked Tom to get the knife D. Jeb held Tom across his body 答案 63.B 64.D 65.A 66.D Passage 32‎ ‎(07·江苏E篇)‎ Some people bring out the best in you in a way that you might never have fully realized on your own. My mom was one of those people.‎ My father died when I was nine months old, making my mom a single mother at the age of eighteen. While I was growing up, we lived a very hard life. We had little money, but my mom gave me a lot of love. Each night, she sat me on her lap and spoke the words that would change my life, “Kemmons, you are certain to be a great man and you can do anything in life if you work hard enough to get it.”‎ At fourteen, I was hit by a car and the doctors said I would never walk again. Every day, my mother spoke to me in her gentle, loving voice, telling me that no matter what those doctors said, I could walk again if I wanted to badly enough. She drove that message so deep into my heart that I finally believed her. A year later, I returned to school — walking on my own!‎ When the Great Depression (大萧条) hit, my mom lost her job. Then I left school to support the both of us. At that moment, I was determined never to be poor again.‎ Over the years, I experienced various levels of business success. But the real turning point occurred on a vacation I took with my wife and five kids in 1951. I was dissatisfied with the second-class hotels available for families and was angry that they charged an extra $2 for each child. That was too expensive for the average American family. I told my wife that I was going to open a motel (汽车旅馆) for families that would never charge extra for children. There were plenty of doubters at that time.‎ Not surprisingly, mom was one of my strongest supporters. She worked behind the desk and even designed the room style. As in any business, we experienced a lot of challenges. But with my mother’s words deeply rooted in my soul, I never doubted we would succeed. Fifteen years later, we had the largest hotel system in the world — Holiday Inn. In 1979 my company had 1,759 inns in more than fifty countries with an income of $ 1 billion a year.‎ You may not have started out life in the best situation. But if you can find a task in life worth working for and believe in yourself, nothing can stop you.‎ ‎71. What Kemmons’ mom often told him during his childhood was ______.‎ ‎ A. caring B. moving C. encouraging D. interesting ‎72. According to the author, who played the most important role in making him walk back to school again?‎ ‎ A. Doctors. B. Nurses. C. Friends. D. Mom.‎ ‎73. What caused Kemmons to start a motel by himself?‎ ‎ A. His terrible experience in the hotel.‎ ‎ B. His previous business success of various levels.‎ ‎ C. His mom’s support.‎ ‎ D. His wife’s suggestion.‎ ‎74. Which of the following best describes Kemmons’ mother?‎ ‎ A. Modest, helpful, and hard-working.‎ ‎ B. Loving, supportive and strong-willed.‎ ‎ C. Careful, helpful and beautiful.‎ ‎ D. Strict, sensitive and supportive.‎ ‎75. Which of the following led to Kemmons’ success according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Self-confidence, hard work, higher education and a poor family.‎ ‎ B. Mom’s encouragement, clear goals, self-confidence and hard work.‎ ‎ C. Clear goals, mom’s encouragement, a poor family and higher education.‎ ‎ D. Mom’s encouragement, a poor family, higher education and opportunities. ‎ 答案 71.C 72.D 73.A 74.B 75.B Passage 33‎ ‎(07·重庆A篇)‎ The very wealthy English Baron Fitzgerald had only one child, a son, who understandably was the apple of his eye. His wife died when the child was in his early teens. So Fitzgerald devoted himself to fathering the kid. Unfortunately the son died in his late teens. ‎ Meanwhile, Fitzgerald's wealth greatly increased. He spent a lot on art works of the masters. Later Fitzgerald himself became seriously ill. Before his death, he had carefully prepared his will as to how his wealth would be settled-to sell his entire collection at an auction(拍卖）. ‎ Because of the large quantity and high quality of his collection, a huge crowd of possible buyers gathered for the auction. Many of them were museum directors and private collectors eager to bid（出价）. Before the auction, the art works were shown, among which was a painting of Fitzgerald's son by an unknown artist. Because of its poor quality, it received little attention. ‎ When it was time for the auction, the auctioneer gaveled（敲槌）the crowd to attention. First the lawyer read from Fitzgerald's will that the first art work to be auctioned was the painting of his son. ‎ The poor-quality painting didn't receive any bidders. . . except one-the old servant who had served the son and loved him, and who for emotional reasons offered the only bid. ‎ As soon as the servant bought the painting for less than one English pound, the auctioneer stopped the bidding and asked the lawyer to read again from the will. The crowd became quiet, and the lawyer read from the will: “Whoever buys the painting of my son gets all my collection. ”Then the auction was over. ‎ ‎56. The English Baron Fitzgerald was __________.‎ A. a museum director B. a master of art ‎ C. an art collector D. an art dealer ‎ ‎57. Why did the old servant bid for the painting of Fitzgerald's son? ‎ A. He was devoted to the family. B. He saw that no one bid for it. ‎ C. He knew the content of the will. D. He found it cheap for him to buy. ‎ ‎58. Fitzgerald's will showed __________. ‎ A. his desire to fool the bidders ‎ B. his invaluable love for his son ‎ C. his sadness at the death of his son ‎ D. his regret of having no children to take over his wealth ‎ 答案 56.C 57.A 58.B Passage 34‎ ‎(07·辽宁D篇)‎ All her life, my mother wanted busy children. It was very important that her house should remain at all times clean and tidy.‎ You could turn your hack for a moment in my mother’ s house, leave a half-written letter on the dining room table, a magazine open on the chair, and turn around to find that my mother had ‎ put it back where it belonged,” as she explained.‎ My wife, on one of her first visits to my mother’ s house, placed a packet of biscuits on an end table and went to the kitchen to fetch a drink. When she returned, she found the packet had been removed. Confused (疑惑的), she set down her drink and went back to the kitchen for more biscuits, only to return to find that her drink had disappeared. Up to then she had guessed that everyone in my family held onto their drinks, so as not to make water rings on the end tables. Now she knows better.‎ These disappearances had a confusing effect on our family. We were all inclined to(有```的倾向)forgetfulness. And it was common for one of us, upon returning from the bathroom, to find that every sigh of his work in progress had disappeared suddenly. “Do you remember what I was doing was a question frequently asked, but rarely answered.‎ Now my sister has developed a second-hand love of clean windows, and my brother does the cleaning in his house, perhaps to avoid having to be the one to hit his feet. I try not to think about it too much, but I have at this later time started to dust the furniture once a week ‎68. Which of the following is TRUE about my mother?‎ A. She enjoyed removing others drinks.‎ B. She became more and more forgetful.‎ C. She preferred to do everything by herself.‎ D. She wanted to keep her house in good order.‎ ‎69. Sly wife could not find her biscuits and drink in my mother’ a house because A. she had already finished them B. my mother had taken them away C. she forgot where she had left them D. someone in my family was holding them ‎70. The underlined part in the fifth paragraph suggests that my sister _______‎ A. is happy to clean windows B. loves to dean used windows C. is fond of clean used windows D. likes clean windows as my mother did ‎ ‎71. This passage mainly tells us that _______‎ A. my mother often made us confused B. my family members had a poor memory C. my mother helped us to form a good habit D. my wife was surprised when she visited my mother.‎ 答案 68.D 69.B 70.D 71.C Passage 35‎ ‎(07·浙江E篇)‎ I began working in journalism(新闻工作)when I was eight. It was my mother’s idea. She wanted me to “make something” of myself, and decided I had better start young if I was to have any chance of keeping up with the competition.‎ With my load of magazines I headed toward Belleville Avenue. The crowds were there. There were two gas stations on the corner of Belleville and Union. For several hours I made myself highly visible, making sure everyone could see me and the heavy black letters on the bag that said ‎ THE SATURDAY EVENING POST. When it was suppertime, I walked back home.‎ ‎“ How many did you sell, my boy?” my mother asked.‎ ‎“ None.”‎ ‎“ Where did you go?”‎ ‎“ The corner of Belleville and Union Avenues.”‎ ‎“ What did you do?”‎ ‎“ Stood on the corner waiting for somebody to buy a Saturday Evening Post.”‎ ‎“ You just stood there?”‎ ‎“ Didn’t sell a single one.”‎ ‎“ My God, Russell!”‎ Uncle Allen put in, “ Well, I’ve decided to take the Post.” I handed him a copy and he paid me a nickle(五分镍币). It was the first nickle I earned.‎ Afterwards my mother taught me how to be a salesman. I would have to ring doorbells, address adults with self-confidence(自信), and persuade them by saying that no one, no matter how poor, could afford to be without the Saturday Evening Post in the home.‎ One day, I told my mother I’d changed my mind. I didn’t want to make a success in the magazine business.‎ ‎“ If you think you can change your mind like this,” she replied, “ you’ll become a good-for-nothing.” She insisted that, as soon as school was over, I should start ringing doorbells, selling magazines. Whenever I said no, she would scold me.‎ My mother and I had fought this battle almost as long as I could remember. My mother, dissatisfied with my father’s plain workman’s life, determined that I would not grow up like him and his people. But never did she expect that, forty years later, such a successful journalist as me would go back to her husband’s people for true life and love.‎ ‎56. Why did the boy start his job young?‎ ‎ A. He wanted to be famous in the future.‎ ‎ B. The job was quite easy for him.‎ ‎ C. His mother had high hopes for him.‎ ‎ D. The competiton for the job was fierce.‎ ‎57. From the dialogue between the boy and his mother, we learn that the mother was _______.‎ ‎ A. excited B. interested C. ashamed D. disappointed ‎ ‎58. What did the mother do when the boy wanted to give up?‎ ‎ A. She forced him to continue. B. She punished him.‎ ‎ C. She gave him some money. D. She changed her plan.‎ ‎59. What does the underlined phrase “this battle”(last paragraph) refer to?‎ ‎ A. The war between the boy’s parents.‎ ‎ B. The arguing between the boy and his mother.‎ ‎ C. The quarrel between the boy and his customers.‎ ‎ D. The fight between the boy and his father.‎ ‎60. What is the text mainly about?‎ ‎ A. The early life of a journalist.‎ ‎ B. The early success of a journalist.‎ ‎ C. The happy childhood of the writer.‎ ‎ D. The important role of the writer in his family.‎ 答案 56.C 57.D 58.A 59.B 60.A Passage 36‎ ‎(07·湖北A篇)‎ Karen,grown up in a very traditional family in the western United States,maintained high moral(道德的) standars throughout her youth..In 1984,at the age of 23,she married Bill.They were blessed with two children,a boy and a girl.‎ By 1991 their love had deepened,and they were happy.Later that year,Bill developed a white spot on his tongue.He visited a doctor.‎ One day shortly after that,Bill called Karen to sit beside him.He said with tears in his eyes that he loved her and wanted to live forever with her.The doctor suspected that he had been infected with HIV,the virus that leads to AIDS.‎ The family was tested.Bill and Karen’s results were positive.Bill had become infected before he met Katen;then he passed the virns on to Karen.The children’s results were negative.Within three years,Bill was dead.“I don’t know how to express what it is like to watch the once handsome man you love and intend to live with forever dying slowly.I cried many nights.He died three months short of ten years of our marriage,”says Karen.Though a doctor told Karen that she would soon follow her husband into death,she is still alive.The infection has progressed to the early stages of AIDS.‎ Karen is but one of about 30 million people now living with HIV/AIDS,a figure larger than the combined populations of Australia.Ireland and Paraguay.According to one UN report,Africa has 21 million of these victims.By the turn of the century that number could reach 40 million and the disease will bring on the greatest disaster in human history.Of the wold’s sexually active adults aged 15 to 49,‎1 in 100 has already been infected with HIV.Of these,only ‎1 in 10 realizes that he or she is infected.In some parts of Africa,25 percent of the adults are infected.‎ Since the beginning of the spread of AIDS in 1981,about 11.7 million people have died of it.It is roughly calculated that in 1997 alone,about 2,3 million people died of it.Nevertheless,there are fresh reasons for optimism in the battle against AIDS.During the past few years,there has been a drop in new AIDS cases in wealthy nations.In addition,promising drugs hold out hope of better health and longer life.‎ ‎61.By telling the story of Karen,the author intends to .‎ A.were people against high risk behaviors B.stress the importance of medical tests C.express sympathy for AIDS victims D.show the consequences of AIDS ‎62.The underlined part in Paragraph 1 most probably means “ ”.‎ A.were lucky in having B.were asked to adopt C.regretted having D.gave birth to ‎63.Bill was suspected of being infected with HIV after .‎ A.he got married to Karen B.the family members were tested C.Karen persuaded him to see the doctor D.he found something wrong with his tongue ‎64.It can be concluded from the passage that .‎ A.promising drugs will soon stop AIDS B.the spread of AIDS could be controlled C.it is hopeless to win the battle against AIDS D.the death rate of AIDS patients has been reduced 答案 61.D 62.A 63.D 64.B Passage 37‎ ‎(07·江西A篇)‎ I first went to Harrow in the summer term. The school had the biggest swimming pool I had ever seen. It was a good joke to come up behind a naked boy, and push him into the pool. I made quite a habit of this with boys of my own size or less.‎ One day I saw a boy wrapped in a towel on the side of the pool. He was no bigger than I was, so I thought him a fair game. Coming secretly behind,I pushed him in, holding on to his towel so that it would not get wet, I was surprised to see an angry face come out from the water, and a being of great strength masking its way by face strokes (猛力地划)to the shore. I fled, but in vain. He overtok me, seized me violently, and threw me into the deepest part of ther pool. I soon climbed out on the other side, and found myself surrounded by a crowd of younger boys.“Do you know what you have done?”they said,“It’s Amery; he is in Grade Six. He is champion at gym,he has got his football honor.”‎ I was frightened and felt ashamed. How could I tell his position when be was wrapped in a bath towel and so small.”He didn’t seem pleased at all, so I added in a most brilliant word,“My father, who is a great man, is also small.”At this be laughed, and after some general words about my rude behavior and how I had better be careful in the future, signified the incident was closed.‎ ‎56.The writer thought Amery“a fair game”because the boy .‎ ‎ A.looked like an animal B.was fond of games C.was of similar size D.was good at sports ‎57.The writer felt“ashamed” because .‎ ‎ A.he was laughted at by other boys ‎ B.Amery turned out to be in the same grade C.he pushed Amery hard and hurt him ‎ D.he played a joke on an outstanding athlete ‎58.By saying “My father, who is a great man, is also small”, the write .‎ ‎ A.tried to please Amery B.challenged Amery C.threatened Amery D.admired his father ‎59.Which of the following is TRUE?‎ ‎ A.The writer could run faster than Amery. ‎ B.The writer liked playing on boys of all sizes.‎ C.Amery was a student in Grade Four.‎ D.Amery forgave the writer for his rude behavior.‎ 答案 56.C 57.D 58.A 59.D Passage 38‎ ‎(07·四川B篇)‎ Jim suffered heart problems. In conversation he expressed little joy and it seemed that his life ‎ was drawing to a close.‎ When his heart problems led to operation, Jim went through it successfully, and a full recovery was expected. Within days, however, his heart was not beating properly. Jim was rushed back to operation, but nothing was found to explain the cause of his illness. He died on the operating table on the day before his 48th birthday.‎ Dr. Bruce Smoller, a psychologist (心理学家), had had many conversations with him, and the more he learned, the stranger he realized Jim's case was. When Jim was a child, his father, a teacher, suffered a heart attack and stayed home to recover. One morning Jim asked his father to look over his homework, promising to come home from school at noon to pick it up. His father agreed, but when Jim returned his father had died. Jim's father was 48.‎ ‎"I think all his life Jim believed he killed his father," Dr. Smoller says. "He felt that if he had not asked him to look at his homework, his father would have lived. Jim had been troubled by the idea. The operation was the trial (判决) he had expected for forty years. " Smoller believes that Jim willed himself not to live to the age of 48.‎ ‎ Jim's case shows the powerful role that attitude (态度) plays in physical health, and that childhood experiences produce far-reaching effect on the health of grown-ups. Although most cases are less direct than Jim's, studies show that childhood events, besides genes, may well cause such midlife diseases as cancer, heart disease and mental illness.‎ ‎59. Jim was sent back to operation because ________.‎ A. his heart didn't work well B. he expected a full recovery ‎ C. his life was drawing to a close D. the first one wasn't well performed ‎60. What made Dr. Smoller feel strange about Jim's case?‎ A. Jim died at a young age. ‎ B. Jim died on the operating table.‎ C. Both Jim and his father died of the same disease. ‎ D. Jim's death is closely connected with his father's.‎ ‎61. From Smoller's words, we can infer that ________. ‎ ‎ A. Jim's father cared little about his study ‎ B. Smoller agreed that Jim did kill his father ‎ C. Jim thought he would be punished some day ‎ D. Smoller believed Jim wouldn't live to the age of 48‎ 答案 59.A 60.D 61.C Passage 39‎ ‎(07·四川E篇)‎ I entered high school having read hundreds of books. But I was not a good reader. Merely bookish, I lacked a point of view when I read. Rather, I read in order to get a point of view. I searched books for good expressions and sayings, pieces of information, ideas, themes—anything to enrich my thought and make me feel educated. When one of my teachers suggested to his sleepy tenth-grade English class that a person could not have a "complicated (复杂的) idea" until he had read at least two thousand books, I heard the words without recognizing either its irony (嘲讽) or its very complicated truth. I merely determined to make a list of all the books I had ever read. Strict with myself, I included only once a title I might have read several times. ( How, after all, could one read a book more than once?) And I included only those books over a hundred ‎ pages in length. ( Could anything shorter be a book?)‎ There was yet another high school list I made. One day I came across a newspaper article about an English professor at a nearby state college. The article had a list of the "hundred most important books of Western Civilization. " "More than anything else in my life," the professor told the reporter with finality , " these books have made me all that I am . " That was the kind of words I couldn’t ignore (忽视). I kept the list for the several months it took me to read all of the titles. Most books, of course, I hardly understood. While reading Plato's The Republic, for example, I needed to keep looking at the introduction of the book to remind myself what the text was about. However, with the special patience and superstition (迷信) of a schoolboy, I looked at every word of the text. And by me time I reached the last word, pleased, I persuaded myself that I had read The Republic, and seriously crossed Plato off my list.‎ ‎71. On heating the teacher's suggestion of reading, the writer thought________. ‎ A. one must read as many books as possible ‎ B. a student should not have a complicated idea ‎ C. it was impossible for one to read two thousand books ‎ D. students ought to make a list of the books they had read ‎72. While at high school, the writer________. ‎ ‎ A. had plans for reading B. learned to educate himself ‎ C. only read books over 100 pages D. read only one book several times ‎73. The underlined phrase "with finality" probably means ‎ A. firmly B. clearly C. proudly D. pleasantly ‎74. The writer's purpose in mentioning The Republic is to________. ‎ ‎ A. explain why it was included in the list ‎ B. describe why he seriously crossed it off the list ‎ C. show that he read the books blindly though they were hard to understand ‎ D. prove that he understood most of it because he had looked at every word ‎75. The writer provides two book lists to ________. ‎ ‎ A. show how he developed his point of view ‎ B. tell his reading experience at high school C. introduce the two persons' reading methods ‎ D. explain that he read many books at high school 答案 71.A 72.A 73.A 74.C 75.B Passage 40‎ ‎(06·全国ⅠB篇)‎ Many years ago, when I was fresh out of school and working in Denver, I was driving to my parents’ home in Missouri for Christmas. I stopped at a gas station(加油站) about 50 miles from Oklahoma City, where I was planning to stop and visit a friend. While I was standing in line at the cash register(收款台), I said hello to an older couple who were also paying for gas.‎ I took off, but had gone only a few miles when black smoke poured from the back of my car. I stopped and wondered what I should do. A car pulled up behind me. It was the couple I had spoken to at the gas station. They said they would take me to my friend’s. We chatted on the way into the city, and when I got out of the car, the husband gave me his business card.‎ I wrote him and his wife a thank-you note for helping me. Soon afterward, I received a ‎ Christ-mas present from them. Their note that came with it said that helping me had made their holidays meaningful.‎ Years later, I drove to a meeting in a nearby town in the morning. In late afternoon I returned to my car and found that I’d left the lights on all day, and the battery(电池) was dead. Then I noticed that the Friendly Ford dealership－a shop selling cars－was right next door. I walked over and found two salesmen in the showroom.‎ ‎“Just how friendly is Friendly Ford?” I asked and explained my trouble. They quickly drove a pickup truck to my car and started it. They would accept no payment, so when I got home, I wrote them a note to say thanks. I received a letter back from one of the salesmen. No one had ever taken the time to write him and say thank you, and it meant a lot, he said.‎ ‎“Thank you”－two powerful words. They’re easy to say and mean so much.‎ ‎60．The author planned to stop at Oklahoma City _______. ‎ A．to visit a friend B．to see his parents C．to pay or the cash register D．to have more gas for his car ‎61．The words “took off ” underlined in Paragraph 2 mean “________”.‎ A．turned off B．moved off C．put up D．set up ‎ ‎62．What happened when the author found smoke coming out of his car? ‎ A．He had it pulled back to the gas station. ‎ B．The couple sent him a business card. ‎ C．The couple offered to help him. ‎ D．He called his friend for help.‎ ‎63．The battery of the author’s car was dead because _______. ‎ A．something went wrong with the lights B．the meeting lasted a whole day C．he forgot to turn off the lights D．he drove too long a distance ‎64．By telling his own experiences, the author tries to show _______. ‎ A．how to write a thank-you letter B．how to deal with car problems C．the kind-heartedness of older people D．the importance of expressing thanks 答案 60.A 61.B 62.C 63.C 64.D Passage 41‎ ‎(06·全国ⅡA篇)‎ My friend, Emma Daniels, spent the summer of 1974 traveling in Israel. During her month-long stay in Jerusalem she often went to a café called Chocolate Soup. It was run by two men, one of whom—Alex—used to live in Montreal. One morning when Emma went in for coffee, while chatting with her new friend Alex, she mentioned that she had just finished the book she ‎ was reading and had nothing else to read. Alex said he had a wonderful book she might like, and that he’d be happy to lend it to her. As he lived just above the café, he quickly ran up to get it. The book he handed to Emma just minutes later was Markings, a book by a former Secretary—General of the United Nations (UN).‎ Emma had never read it, nor had she ever bought a copy. But , when she opened it up, she was floored to see her own name and address inside the cover in her own handwriting(笔迹). It turned out that the summer before, at a concert back in Montreal, Emma had met a Californian who was in town visiting friends. They decided to exchange(交换)addresses, but neither of them had any paper. The man opened up a book he was carrying in his backpack(背包) and asked Emma to write her name and address inside. When he returned to California, he left the book behind in Montreal, and his friend Alex kept it. When Alex later moved to Jerusalem, he took the book along.‎ ‎41．Alex lent Emma the book, Markings, .‎ ‎ A．to show his friendliness to her ‎ B．to show his interest in reading ‎ C．to tell her about the importance of the UN ‎ D．to let her write her name and address inside ‎42．How did Emma feel the moment she opened the book?‎ ‎ A．Pleased. B．Satisfied. C．Worried. D．Surprised.‎ ‎43．We can learn from the text that the Californian .‎ ‎ A．met Emma at a concert ‎ B．invited Emma to a concert ‎ C．introduced Emma to his friend ‎ D．left Emma his backpack ‎44．Who was supposed to be the first owner of the book?‎ ‎ A．An official of the UN.‎ ‎ B．A coffee shop owner.‎ ‎ C．A friend of the author’s.‎ ‎ D．Alex’s friend from California.‎ 答案 41.A 42.D 43.A 44.D Passage 42‎ ‎(06·全国ⅡC篇)‎ When I learned that my 71-year-old mother was playing Scrabble — a word game — against herself, I knew I had to do something. My husband suggested we give her a computer to play against. ‎ I wasn’t sure my mother was ready for it After all, it had taken 15 years to persuade her to buy an electric cooker. Even so, we packed up our old computer and delivered it to my parents’ home . And so began my mother’s adventure in the world of computers.‎ It also marked the beginning of an unusual teaching task for me. I’ve taught people of all ages, but I never thought I would be teaching my mother how to do anything. She has been the one teach-‎ ing me all my life: to cook and sew: to enjoy the good times and put up with the bad. Now it was my turn to give something back.‎ It wasn’t easy at the beginning. There was so much to explain and to introduce. Slowly but surely, my mother caught on, making notes in a little notebook. After a few months of Scrabble and other games, I decided it was time to introduce her to word processing（文字处理）This proved to be a bigger challenge（挑战）to her, so I gave her some homework I asked her to write me a letter, using different letter types, colors and spaces.‎ ‎“Are you this demanding with your kindergarten pupils?” she asked.‎ ‎“No, of course not, ” I said. “They already know how to use a computer.”‎ My mother isn’t the only one experiencing a fast personal growth period. Thanks to the computer, my father has finally got over his phone allergy（过敏反应）. For as long as I can remember, any time I called, my mother would answer. Dad and I have had more phone conversations in the last two months than we’ve had in the past 20 years.‎ ‎49．What does the author do?‎ ‎ A．She is a cook. B．She is a teacher.‎ ‎ C．She is a housewife. D．She is a computer engineer.‎ ‎50．The author decided to give her mother a computer .‎ ‎ A．to let her have more chances to write letters ‎ B．to support her in doing her homework ‎ C．to help her through the bad times ‎ D．to make her life more enjoyable ‎ ‎51．The author asked her mother to write her a letter .‎ ‎ A．because her mother had stopped using the telephone ‎ B．because she wanted to keep in touch with her mother ‎ C．so that her mother could practice what she had learned ‎ D．so that her mother could be free from housework ‎ ‎52．After the computer was brought home, the author’s father .‎ ‎ A．lost interest in cooking ‎ B．took more phone calls ‎ C．played more games ‎ D．began to use it ‎ 答案 49.B 50.D 51.C 52.B Passage 43‎ ‎(06·北京B篇)‎ I was 9 years old when I found out my father was ill. It was 1994, but I can remember my mother’s words as if it were yesterday: “Kerrel, I don’t want you to take food from your father, because he has AIDS. Be very careful when you are around him.”‎ AIDS wasn’t something we talked about in my country when I was growing up. From then on, I knew that this would be a family secret. My parents were not together anymore, and my dad lived alone. For a while, he could take care of himself. But when I was 12, his condition worsened. My father’s other children lived far away, so it fell to me to look after him.‎ We couldn’t afford all the necessary medication for him, and because Dad was unable to work, I had no money for school supplies and often couldn’t even buy food for dinner. I would sit in class feeling completely lost, the teacher’s words muffled as I tried to figure out how I was going to manage.‎ I did not share my burden (负担) with anyone. I had seen how people reacted to AIDS. Kids laughed at classmates who had parents with the disease. And even adults could be cruel. When my father was moved to the hospital, the nurses would leave his food on the bedside table even though he was too weak to feed himself.‎ I had known that he was going to die, but after so many years of keeping his condition a secret. I was completely unprepared when he reached his final days. Sad and hopeless, I called a woman at the nonprofit National AIDS Support. That day, she kept me on the phone for hours. I was so lucky to find someone who cared. She saved my life.‎ I was 15 when my father died. He took his secret away with him, having never spoken about AIDS to anyone, even me. He didn’t want to call attention to AIDS. I do.‎ ‎60. What does Kerrel tell us about her father?‎ ‎ A. He had stayed in the hospital since he fell ill.‎ ‎ B. He depended on the nurses in his final days.‎ ‎ C. He worked hard to pay for his medication.‎ ‎ D. He told no one about his disease.‎ ‎61. What can we learn from the underlined sentence?‎ ‎ A. Kerrel couldn’t understand her teacher.‎ ‎ B. Kerrel had special difficulty in hearing.‎ ‎ C. Kerrel was too troubled to focus on the lesson.‎ ‎ D. Kerrel was too tired to bear her teacher’s words.‎ ‎62. Why did Kerrel keep her father’s disease a secret?‎ ‎ A. She was afraid of being looked down upon.‎ ‎ B. She thought it was shameful to have AIDS.‎ ‎ C. She found no one willing to listen to her.‎ ‎ D. She wanted to obey her mother.‎ ‎63. Why did Kerrel write the passage?‎ ‎ A. To tell people about the sufferings of her father.‎ ‎ B. To show how little people knew about AIDS.‎ ‎ C. To draw people’s attention to AIDS.‎ ‎ D. To remembered her father.‎ 答案 60.D 61.C 62.A 63.C Passage 44‎ ‎(06·广东A篇)‎ Scientific experiments can sometimes go wrong and when they do the results may range from the disastrous to the troubling. One such experiment took place in South America about fifty years ago. Whether its final consequences will cause serious damage or nothing more than a small trouble still remains to be seen.‎ ‎ The story began in 1956 when an American scientist working in Brazil decided to solve the problem of increasing the productivity of that country's bees. He imported a very active type of African bee from Tanzania and mated (交配) it with the more easy-going native variety to produce a new kind of bees. The new bees worked harder and produced twice as much honey. It ‎ seemed that Professor Kerr, for that was the scientist's name, had a total success on his hands.‎ ‎ Then things began to go wrong. For some reason as yet unseen, but perhaps as a result of something in their environment, the new bees began to develop extremely attacking personalities. They became bad-tempered and easy to be angry, attacked the native bees and drove them from their living places.‎ ‎ But worse was to follow. Having taken over the countryside, the new bees, with their dangerous stings (叮) , began to attack its neighbours -- cats, dogs, horses, chickens and finally man himself. A long period of terror began that has so far killed a great number of animals and about 150 human beings.‎ ‎ This would have been bad enough if the bees had stayed in Brazil. But now they are on the move, heading northwards in countless millions towards Central and North America, and moving at the alarming speed of 200 miles a year. The countries that lie in their path are naturally worried because it looks as if nothing can be done to stop them.‎ ‎56. The results of the South American experiment .‎ ‎ A. have caused a serious trouble ‎ B. have proved to be wrong ‎ C. are not yet certain ‎ D. are not important ‎57. The experiment mentioned in this passage was designed to .‎ ‎ A. increase the amount of honey in ‎Brazil ‎ B. make Brazilian bees more easy-going ‎ C. increase the number of bees in ‎Brazil ‎ D. make African bees less active ‎58. Which of the following may be the cause of the new bees' attacking personalities?‎ ‎ A. Their production of honey.‎ ‎ B. Their hard work.‎ ‎ C. Their living environment.‎ ‎ D. Their bad temper.‎ ‎59. The last paragraph implies that .‎ ‎ A. the bees have been driven to Central and ‎North America ‎ B. the bees may bring about trouble in more countries ‎ C. the bees must be stopped from moving north ‎ D. the bees prefer to live in ‎Brazil 答案 56.C 57.A 58.C 59.B Passage 45‎ ‎(06·广东B篇)‎ He's an old cobbler (修鞋匠) with a shop in the Marais, a historic area in Paris. When I took him my shoes, he at first told me: “I haven't time. Take them to the other fellow on the main street ; he'll fix them for you right away.”‎ ‎ But I'd had my eye on his shop for a long time. Just looking at his bench loaded with tools and pieces of leather, I knew he was a skilled craftsman (手艺人). “No,” I replied, “the other fellow can't do it well.”‎ ‎ “The other fellow” was one of those shopkeepers who fix shoes and make keys ‎ “while-U-wait” -- without knowing much about mending shoes or making keys. They work carelessly, andwhen they have finished sewing back a sandal strap (鞋带) you might as well just throw away the pair.‎ ‎ My man saw I wouldn't give in, and he smiled. He wiped his hands on his blue apron ( 围裙), looked at my shoes, had me write my name on one shoe with a piece of chalk and said, “Come back in a week.”‎ ‎ I was about to leave when he took a pair of soft leather boots off a shelf.‎ ‎ “See what I can do?” he said with pride. “Only three of us in Paris can do this kind of work.. ”‎ ‎ When I got back out into the street, the world seemed brand-new to me. He was something out of an ancient legend, this old craftsman with his way of speaking familiarly, his very strange, dusty felt hat, his funny accent from who-knows-where and, above all, his pride in his craft.‎ ‎ These are times when nothing is important but the bottom line, when you can do things any old, way as long as it “pays”, when, in short, people look on work as a path to ever-increasing consumption (消费) rather than a way to realize their own abilities. In such a period it is a rare comfort to find a cobbler who gets his greatest satisfaction from pride in a job well done.‎ ‎60. Which of the following is true about the old cobbler.'?‎ ‎ A. He was equipped with the best repairing tools.‎ ‎ B. He was the only cobbler in the Marais.‎ ‎ C. He was proud of his skills.‎ ‎ D. He was a native Parisian.‎ ‎61. The sentence “He was something out of an ancient legend.” ( paragraph 7 ) implies that ‎ ‎ A. nowadays you can hardly find anyone like him ‎ B. it was difficult to communicate with this man ‎ C. the man was very strange ‎ D. the man was too old ‎62. According to the author, many people work just to .‎ ‎ A. realize their abilities ‎ B. gain happiness ‎ C. make money ‎ D. gain respect ‎63. This story wants to tell us that .‎ ‎ A. craftsmen make a lot of money ‎ B. whatever you do, do it well ‎ C. craftsmen need self-respect ‎ D. people are born equal 答案 60.C 61.A 62.C 63.B Passage 46‎ ‎(06·重庆A篇)‎ When I was in the third grade, I was picked to be the princess(公主)in the school play. For weeks my mother had helped me practice my lines. But once onstage, every word disappeared from my head. Then my teacher told me she had written a narrator’s(解说者的) part for the play, and asked me to change roles. Though I didn’t tell my mother what had happened that day, she ‎ sensed my unhappiness and asked if I wanted to take a walk in the yard.‎ It was a lovely spring day .We could see dandelions(蒲公英)popping through the grass in bunches, as if a painter had touched our landscape with bits of gold. I watched my mother carelessly bend down by one of the bunches. “I think I am going to dig up all these weeds,” she said. “From now on, we’ll have only roses in this garden.”‎ ‎“But I like dandelions,” I protested. “All flowers are beautiful—even dandelions!”‎ My mother looked at me seriously. “ Yes, every flower gives pleasure in its own way, doesn’t it?” she asked thoughtfully. I nodded. “And that is true of people, too,” she added.‎ When I realized that she had guessed my pain, I started to cry and told her the truth.‎ ‎ “But you will be a beautiful narrator,” she said, reminding me of how much I loved to read stories aloud to her.‎ Over the next few weeks, with her continuous encouragement, I learned to take pride in the role. The big day finally came. A few minutes before the play, my teacher came over to me. “Your mother asked me to give this to you,” she said, handing me a dandelion. After the play, I took home the flower, laughing that I was perhaps the only person who would keep such a weed.‎ ‎56．The girl did not play the role of the princess mainly because .‎ ‎ A．she felt nervous on the stage ‎ B．she lost her interest in that role ‎ C．she preferred the role of the narrator ‎ D．she had difficulty memorizing her words ‎57．Why did the mother suggest a walk in the garden?‎ ‎ A．To remove the dandelions ‎ B．To enjoy the garden scene.‎ ‎ C．To have a talk with her daughter.‎ ‎ D．To help her daughter with the play.‎ ‎58．What is the main idea of the story?‎ ‎ A．Everybody can find his or her own way to success.‎ ‎ B．Everybody has his or her own value in the world.‎ ‎ C．Everybody should learn to play different roles.‎ ‎ D．Everybody has some unforgettable memory.‎ 答案 56.A 57.C 58.B Passage 47‎ ‎(06·江苏A篇)‎ The Marches were a happy family . Poverty, hard work, and even the fact that Father March was away with the Union armies could not down the spirits of Meg , Jo, Beth , Amy , and Marmee , as the March girls called their mother .‎ The March sisters tried to be good but had their share of faults . Pretty Meg was often displeased with the schoolchildren she taught ; boyish Jo was easy to become angry ; golden-haired schoolgirl Amy liked to show up ; but Beth , who kept the house , was loving and gentle always .‎ The happy days passed and darkness came when a telegram arrived for Mrs . March . “Your husband is very ill,” it said , “come at once.” The girls tried to be brave when their mother left for the front . They waited and prayed . Little Beth got scarlet fever (猩红热)when she was taking ‎ care of a sick neighbor . She became very ill but began to recover by the time Marnee was back . When Father came home from the front and at that joyful Christmas dinner they were once more all together .‎ Three years later the March girls had grown into young womanhood . Meg became Mrs .Brooke , and after a few family troubles got used to her new state happily . Jo had found pleasure in her literary efforts . Amy had grown into a young lady with a talent for design and an even greater one for society . But Beth had never fully regained her health , and her family watched her with love and anxiety .‎ Amy was asked to go and stay in Europe with a relative of the Mareches’ . Jo went to New York and became successful in her writing and had the satisfaction of seeing her work published there .But at home the bitterest blow was yet to fall . Beth had known for some time that she couldn’t live much longer to be with her family , and in the springtime she died .‎ News came from Europe that Amy and Laurie , the grandson of a wealthy neighbor , had planned to be married soon. Now Jo became ever more successful in her writing and got married to Professor Bhaer , and soon afterwards founded a school for boys .‎ And so the little women had grown up and lived happily with their children , enjoying the harvest of love and goodness that they had devoted all their lives to .‎ ‎56．The members of the March family were Father March , Mrs, March and their .‎ ‎ A．four daughters B．five daughters ‎ ‎ C．son and four daughters D．son and five daughters ‎ ‎57．Who was the most successful in career (事业) among the March girls ?‎ ‎ A．Jo. B．Beth . C．Amy . D．Meg .‎ ‎58．Which of the following would be the best title for the passage ?‎ ‎ A．The March Family . B．The March Parents .‎ ‎ C．The March Girls . D．The March Relatives .‎ ‎59．It can be inferred from the passage that the March family had .‎ ‎ A．both happiness and sadness B．wealthy neighbors ‎ ‎ C．more girls than boys D．a lot of rich relatives ‎ 答案 56.A 57.A 58.C 59.A Passage 48‎ ‎(06·江西A篇)‎ The incident took place on Sunday，the 25th Of June．On that particular day，a south wind had been gusting(劲吹) on and off all morning．It was not strong enough to cause us any concern，so we carried on our daily work not suspecdng what was about to happon．‎ ‎ The storm gaveus very little warnning．Black clouds loomed over the distant horizon(地平线) so suddenly that we were taken by surprise．Even then，we were not really worried，as the clouds seemed to be moving over our house and towards the distant moountains．Then，just as the clouds had moved inland，the wind suddenly swung around in a full circle and we were facing a major storm．‎ ‎ Instantly，we were busily preaparing for the worst． The whole family had experienced such a storm before and evelyone remembered the damage it had caused to stock and crops．There was very little we could do about tbe corps.‎ But we needcd to protect the animals in case the river flooded again．My older brother called his sheep-dog and began driving our small flock of sheep to higher ground above river．If the river flooded，they should be safe there．‎ ‎ In the meantime，my father was mending a shed roof that had partly fallen down after many years of fine service．If the tin flew off，it could damage the house． My younger brother began hurriedly carrying firewood under the shelter．My job was to help Mum board up the windows．If the storm developde into a cyclone(旋风)，the boalds would protect the glass.‎ ‎ Thc storm raged for four hours，pouring more rain on us than we had seen in the last five years．As expectcd the river borke its banks and came slowly up towards the house and the stock．‎ ‎ Then，jnst as we were beginning to lose hope，the storm stopped as suddenly as it had begun．The animals were safe，and the roof was still nailed on． “All，s weU that ends well,"Said my mother.‎ ‎ 56．When the black clouds appeared suddenly in the distance.‎ A．the family were surprised ‎ B．they were extremely worried C. they were preparing fOr the worst ‎ D．they faced the storm bravely ‎ ‎57．“There was very little we could do about the crops" indicates that ．‎ A．little damage would be done to the crops ‎ B．they had everything ready for the crops C．they felt unablet to protect the crops ‎ D．the crops should be safe enough there ‎58．The underlined word"stock" in the third paragraph refers to ．‎ ‎ A.money owned by the family ‎ B．goods for sale ‎ C．suppplies for family use ‎ D．farm animals ．‎ ‎59．It can be inferred from what the mother said that——·‎ A．they had no damage at all ‎ B．everything went beyond their expectation C. everything was under control ‎ D．the family could have suffered a greater loss 答案 56.A 57.C 58.D 59.D Passage 49‎ ‎(06·江西B篇)‎ ‎ Buster Brown waw a thief-and a good one，too，he thought． He’d never been caught by the police because he never took chances． He was always Prepared for any unforeseen event or emergency.‎ ‎ Confidently，he stood outside the house Of his intended victim(受害者)and read the sign On the front gate of the house．“Don't worry about the dog—be aware of the owner!”it said．Buster smiled and found his way in．‎ ‎ The house looked quite normal outside，but inside it was very exotic with fascinatig objects on display．As he began putting them into his bag，a dog came into the room．It stopped when it saw Buster，then wagged its tail madly adn went over to．‎ him，licking his outstretched hand． "Good boy，”Buater whispered． “What a great guard dog you are—trying to lick me to death.”‎ ‎ Satisifed he'd made friends with the dog，Bluster bggan tO wander round the house，choosing items to put in his bag．His skilled eye picked out only the best antiques(古董)：a pair of silver candleholders，a silver tea-and-coffee ervice，etc．．His new friend，the dog，sat and watched，as if wondering what was happening．‎ ‎ “Well，boy，”Buster whispered，finally．“That might do．Any more and I won't be able to carry it!”He swung the heavy bag onto his shoulders, just as the lights came on, nearly blinding him. He shielded his eyes with his hand.‎ ‎ "You're a very silly person," the figure in the doorway said, his voice dry em dust. As the man came closer,Buster could see he was well dressed. His face seemed familiar, but Buster couldn't quite place where he had seen him hafore.‎ ‎ "You should have taken more notice of the sign outside," the man rasped. "I knew about this attempted robbery last week and I also know you will end up behind bars for 20 years. Fancy trying to rob the house of the world's greatest fortune-teller!"‎ ‎60. Why was Buster so confident?‎ ‎ A. He was not afraid of dogs. ‎ B. He knew the owner of the house lived alone]‎ ‎ C. He had never been caught by the police. ‎ D. The house had no security alarm.‎ ‎61. Which of the definitions is closest in me&ting to the word "exotic" in the third paragraph?‎ ‎ A. Messy and untidy. B. Rich and expensive.‎ ‎ C. Comfortable and calming. D. Foreign and unusual.‎ ‎62. How did Buster decide which objects tff take7‎ ‎ A. He took those that were easy to carry in his bag.‎ ‎ B. He took only the best antiques.‎ ‎ C. He took those that he knew he could sell easily.‎ ‎ D. He looked for silver objects.‎ ‎63. What punishment waits for Buster Brown?‎ ‎ A. A prison sentence with hard labour. B. A long prison sentence.‎ ‎ C. A heavy fine. D. Community service for 20 years.‎ 答案 60.C 61.D 62.B 63.B Passage 50‎ ‎(06·湖北C篇)‎ The young boy saw me, or rather, he saw the car and quickly ran up to me, eager to sell his bunches (串) of bananas and bags of peanuts. Though he appeared to be about twelve, he seemed to have already known the bitterness of life. "Banana 300 naira. Peanuts 200 naira"‎ ‎ He said in a low voice. I bargained him down to 200 total for the fruit and nuts. When he agreed, I handed him a 500 naira bill He didn't have change, so I told him not to worry.‎ ‎ He .said thanks and smiled a row of perfect teeth.‎ ‎ When, two weeks later, I saw the boy again, I was more aware of my position in a society where it's not that uncommon to see a little boy who should be in school standing on the comer selling fruit in the burning sun. My parents had raised me to be aware of the advantage we had been afforded and the responsibility it brought to us.‎ ‎ I pulled over and rolled down my window. He had a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts ready. I waved them away. “What's up”. I asked him. “I...I don't have money to buy books for school.” I reached into my pocket and handed him two fresh 500 naira bills.‎ ‎ "Will this help?” I asked. He looked around nervously before taking the money. One thousand naira was a lot of money to someone whose family probably made about 5,000 naira or less each year. "Thank you, sir," he said. 'Thank you very much.”‎ ‎ When driving home, I wondered if my little friend actually used the money for school-books. What if he's a cheat (骗子)? And then I wondered why I did it Did I do it to make myself feel better? Was I using him? Later, I realized that I didn't know his name or the least bit about him, nor did I think to ask.‎ ‎ Over the next six months, I was busy working in a news agency in northern Nigeria. Sometime after I returned, I went out for a drive When I was about to pull over, the boy suddenly appeared by my window with a big smile ready on his face ‎ "oh, gosh! Long time."‎ ‎ "Are you in school now?” I asked.‎ ‎ He nodded.‎ ‎ "That's good," I said. A silence fell as we looked at each other, and then I realized what he wanted. "Here," I held out a 500 naira bill. "Take this.” He shook his head and stepped back as if hurt. "What's wrong?” I asked. "It's a gift"‎ ‎ He shook his head again and brought his hand from behind his back. HIS face shone with sweat (汗水)。 He dropped a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts in the front seat before he said, "I've been waiting to give these to you."‎ ‎64. What was the author's first impression of the boy?‎ ‎ A. He seemed to be poor and greedy. ‎ B. He seemed to have suffered a lot ‎ C. He seemed younger than his age. ‎ D. He seemed good at bargaining ‎65. The second time the author met the boy, the boy________.‎ ‎ A. told him his purpose of selling fruit and nuts ‎ B. wanted to express his thanks ‎ C. asked him for money for his schoolbooks ‎ D. tried to take advantage of him ‎66. Why did the author give his money to the boy?‎ ‎ A. Because he had enough money to do that.‎ ‎ B. Because he had learnt to help others since childhood.‎ ‎ C. Because he held a higher position in the society.‎ ‎ D. Because he had been asked by the news agency to do so.‎ ‎67. Which of the following best describes the boy?‎ ‎ A. Brave and polite. B. Kind and smart ‎ C. Honest and thankful. D. Shy and nervous.‎ 答案 64.B 65.A 66.B 67.C Passage 51‎ ‎(06·四川A篇)‎ I was the middle child of three, but there was a gap of five years on either side, and I hardly saw my father before I was eight. For this and other reasons I was somewhat lonely. I had the onely child’s habit of making up stories and holding conversations with imaginary persons, and I think from the very start my literary ambitions（文学志向） were mixed up with the feeling of being isolated（孤独） and undervalued. I knew that I had a natural ability with words and a power of facing unpleasant facts, and I felt that this created a sort of private world in which I could get my own back for my failure in everyday life.     However, the quantity of serious writing which I produced all through my childhood would not add up to half a dozen pages. I wrote my first poem at the age of four or five, my mother taking it down to dictation. I cannot remember anything about it except that it was about a tiger and the tiger had “chair-like teeth” - a good enough expression. At eleven, when the war of 1914-18 broke out, I wrote a poem which was printed in the local(地方的) newspaper, as was another, two years later, on the death of Kitchener. From time to time, when I was a bit older, I wrote bad and usually unfinished “nature poems”. I also, about twice, attempted a short story which was a failure. That was the total of the would-be serious work that I actually set down on paper during all those years.‎ ‎56.The underlined word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to       .‎ A. the quantity of serious writing B. the writer’s first poem C. the writer’s childhood D. the tiger in the poem ‎57.From the text, we learn that as a little boy the writer     .‎ A. had no playmates B. showed his gift for writing C. put out lots of poems and stories D. got his first poem published in 1916‎ ‎58.What can be inferred about the writer?‎ A. He was least favoured in his family.‎ B. He had much difficulty in talking with others.‎ C. He had an unhappy childhood for lack of care.‎ D. His loneliness resulted in his interest in writing.‎ 答案 56.B 57.B 58.D Passage 52‎ ‎(06·陕西B篇)‎ LONDON Thursday Just Read—Eddy missed his girlfriend so made he flew back to Britain from Austrahe to propose(求婚)　to her.The pooblem is she did the same in the opposite diffion.‎ He and Anna crea manaed to miss each other when the the same airporr waiting room in Singaoore at he same time to wait for connecting mghrs.‎ Anna,heartbrok,when she arrived at Eddy’s Sydney flat lind he had flow to London,told times,“It was as though someone was playing a cruel joke on. ”‎ ‎“He is the most romantic person I have ever known.I think our problem is that we are both quite impulsive(冲动的)people.We are always trying to surprise each other.”‎ After an 11,000-mile flight across gome,she wa greeted by Eddy’s astonished roommate asking what she was doing.‎ Eddy,a 27-year-old enginee taken year off to travel round Austr be he was missing Anna,a 26-year sece,so much he got a job on a Syd (工地)and started savir for a surprase.‎ He then flew bome no and went to her flat armed with engegerment(订婚)　ring,wine ‎ and thougens.‎ ‎“I really miseed Anna and I’d been thinking about her all the come I was so excited when she phoned me flom Ausrralia,”he said.‎ Eddy then asked Anna to marry him on tbe phone .“I didn’t know whether to laugh or cry but I accepted,”she said.‎ Anna was given a tour of Sydney by Eddy’s friends before going back home.Eddy and to stav in Britain for two weeks beean a could not change his ticket.‎ ‎45.What does the last sentence of the first paragraph tell us?‎ A.Anna flew to Britain from Australia to marry him.‎ B.Anna flew to Australia from Britain to marry him.‎ C.Anna flew to Britain from Australia to propose to him.‎ D.Anna flew to Australia from Britain to propose to him.‎ ‎46.The underlined word“miss”in paragraph 2 most probably means_______.‎ A.escape from B.fail to understand C.fail to meet D.long to see ‎ ‎47.Eddy got a job on a Sydney building site because he________.‎ A.wanted to travel round Australia ‎ B.needed monev to pay his daily cost C.was an engineer at this building site D.hoped to make money from this job ‎48.Which of the following is TRUE about Eddy and Anna according to the text?‎ A.Eddy proposed to Anna on the phone and Anna accepted.‎ B.Anna stayed in Australia waiting for Eddy’s arrival.‎ C.Anna bad a good time touring Sydney with Dddy.‎ D.Eddy met Anna in the airport waiting room by chance.‎ 答案 45.C 46.A 47.B 48.A Passage 53‎ ‎(05·全国ⅠE篇)‎ ‎“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind, or at least known i: exactly; tab-stops: ‎105.0pt ‎189.0pt 273.0pn my neighborhood. One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1. ‎25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door. Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned(剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available(可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake. Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out to be even more perfect for tomatoes. The daily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing(施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves. Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw(缩回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June, but they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light. Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about th painful at tomorrow. 71. What ate the requirements for the healthy growth of roses? A. A lot of care and the right soil. B. Frequent pruning and fertilizing. C. Tomato plants grown alongside. D. Cages placed around the roots. 72. The writer planted the tomato because ______. A. it cost only $1. 25 B. the soil was just right for it C. there was room for it in the garden D. the roses’ branches needed to be covered 73. This year the writer’s roses were ______. ‎ ‎ A. removed from the rose bed B. picked along with the tomatoes C. mostly damaged by too much sunlight D. largely hidden under the tomato plant 74. By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ______. A. show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes B. show the hardship of growing the roses C. express her liking for the roses D. express her care for the tomatoes 75. In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ______. A. the roses cost the writer little money B. the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes C. someone will help the writer make the decision D. the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes 答案 71.A 72.C 73.D 74.A 75.B Passage 54‎ ‎(05·全国ⅡA篇)‎ Every year on my birthday, from the time I turned 12, a white gardenia was delivered to my house. No card came with it Calls to the flower-shop were not helpful at all. After a while I stopped trying to discover the sender’s name and just delighted in the beautiful white flower in soft pink paper.‎ But I never stopped imagining who the giver might be. Some of my happiest moments were spent daydreaming about the sender. My mother encouraged these imaginings. She’d ask me if there was someone for whom I had done special kindness. Perhaps it was the old man across the street whose mail I’d delivered during the winter. As a girl, though, I had more fun imagining that it might be a boy I had run into.‎ One month before my graduation, my father died. I felt so sad that I became completely uninterested in my upcoming graduation dance, and I didn’t care if I had a new dress or not. But my mother, in her own sadness, would not let me miss any of those things. She wanted her children to feel loved and lovable. In truth, my mother wanted her children to see themselves much like the gar-denia-lovely, strong and perfect with perhaps a bit of mystery(神秘)‎ My mother died ten days after I was married. I was 22. That was the year the gardenia stopped coming.‎ ‎41． Which of the following would be the best title for the text?‎ ‎ A．A childhood Dream.‎ B．A Mother’s Love.‎ ‎ C．A Graduation Party.‎ D．A Special Birthday.‎ ‎42．The mother insisted that her daughter go to the graduation dance because _________.‎ ‎ A．she could take care of things herself B．she hoped she would find a boyfriend ‎ C．she wanted her to be happy and strong D．she thought education was most important ‎43．Who was the sender of the flower?‎ ‎ A．A boy the writer had run into.‎ B．One of the writer’s neighbors.‎ ‎ C．One of the writer’s classmates. ‎ D．The writer’s mother.‎ 答案 41.A 42.B 43.C Passage 55‎ ‎(05·全国ⅡC篇)‎ Taiwan police cannot decide whether to treat it as an extremely eleven act of stealing or an even elev-ecer cheat (诈骗). Either way , it could be the perfect crime (犯罪), because the criminals are birds—horning pigeons ! ‎ The crime begins with a telephone message to the owner of a stolen car : if you want the car back, pay up then, the car owner is directed to a park, told where to find a bird cage and how to attach money to the neck of the pigeon inside . Carrying the money in a tiny bag , the pigeon flies off .‎ There have been at least four such pigeon pick-ups in Changwa. What at first seemed like the work of a clever stay-at-home car thief, however , may in fact be the work of an even lazier and more inventive criminal mind—one that avoid (避免)not only collecting money but going out to steal the car in the first place . Police officer Chen says that the criminal probably has pulled a double trick: he gets money for things he cannot possibly return . Instead of stealing cars , he lets someone else do it and then waits for the car-owner to place an ad (启事) in the newspaper asking for help .‎ The theory is supported by the fact that , so far , none of the stolen cars have been returned . Also, the amount of money demanded-under 3,000 Taiwanese dollars –seems too little for a car worth many times more .‎ Demands for pigeon-delivered money stopped as soon as the press reported the story. And even if they start again, Chen holds little hope of catching the criminal . “We have more important things to do, ” he said .‎ ‎49．After the car owner received a phone call. He ‎ ‎ A．went to a certain pigeon and put some money in the bag it carried ‎ B．gave the money to the thief and had his car back in a park ‎ C．sent some money to the thief by mail ‎ D．told the press about it ‎ ‎50．The “lazier and more inventive” criminal refers to .‎ ‎ A．the car thief who stays at home B．one of those who put the ads in the paper ‎ C．one of the policemen in Changwa D．the owner of the pigeons ‎ ‎51．The writer mentions the fact that “none of the stolen cars have been returned” to show .‎ ‎ A．how easily people get fooled by criminals ‎ B．what Chen thinks might be correct ‎ C．the thief is extremely clever ‎ D．the money paid is too little ‎52．The underlined word “they” in the last paragraph refers to .‎ ‎ A．criminals B．pigeons C．the stolen cars D．demands for money ‎ ‎53．We may infer from the text that the criminal knows how to reach the car owners because .‎ ‎ A．he reads the ads in the newspaper B．he lives in the same neighborhood ‎ C．he has seen the car owners in the park D．he has trained the pigeons to follow them ‎ 答案 49.D 50.C 51.A 52.C 53.D Passage 56‎ ‎(05·北京A篇)‎ Chances I really love my job because I enjoy working with small children and like the challenges and awards from the job. I also think my work is important. There was a time when I thought I would never have that sort of career（职业）.‎ I wasn’t an excellent student because I didn’t do much schoolwork. In my final term I started thinking what I might do and found I didn’t have much to offer. I just accepted that I wasn’t the type to have a career.‎ I then found myself a job. Looking after two little girls, It wasn’t too bad at first. But the problems began when I agreed to live in, so that I would be there if my boss had to go out for business in the evening. We agreed that if I had to work extra hours one week, she’d give me time off the next. But unfortunately, it didn’t often work out. I was getting extremely tired and fed up, because I had too many late nights and early mornings with the children.‎ One Sunday, I was in the park with the children, and met Megan who used to go to school with me, I told her about my situation. She suggested that I should do a course and get a qualification（资格证书）if I wanted to work with children. I didn’t think I would be accepted because I didn’t take many exams in school. She persuaded me to phone the local college and they were really helpful. My experience counted for a lot and I got on a part – time course. I had to leave my job with the family, and got work helping out at a kindergarten.‎ Now I’ve got a full – time job there. I shall always be thankful to Megan. I wish I had known earlier that you could have a career, even if you aren’t top of the class at school.‎ ‎56．What is the author’s present job?‎ ‎ A．Working part – time in a college.‎ ‎ B．Taking care of children for a family.‎ ‎ C．Helping children with their schoolwork.‎ ‎ D．Looking after children at a kindergarten.‎ ‎57．When staying with the two girls’ family, the author .‎ ‎ A．was paid for extra work B．often worked long hours ‎ C．got much help from her boss D．took a day off every other week ‎58．Why did the author leave her first job?‎ ‎ A．She found a full – time job.‎ ‎ B．She was fed up with children.‎ ‎ C．She decided to attend a part – time course.‎ ‎ D．She needed a rest after working extra hours.‎ ‎59．What has the author learned from her own experiences?‎ ‎ A．Less successful students can still have a career.‎ ‎ B．Qualifications are necessary for a career.‎ ‎ C．Hard work makes an excellent student.‎ ‎ D．One must choose the job she likes.‎ 答案 56.D 57.B 58.C 59.A Passage 57‎ ‎(05·天津C篇)‎ The house was quiet at 5 am and Tim' s mother was asleep. Only the sound of the big freezer broke the quiet. He' d dreamt of the cave last night. The purring (轻微颤动声) of the freezer had been the sea. ‎ Tim pulled on a sweater and put some apples into his schoolbag. It was too early for breakfast. He' d eat after he' d been through the cave, sitting on the rocks and staring at the sea.‎ He wished he had a proper pack. His schoolbag would have to do. What else? Sandwiches-‎ but his mother might wake up if he started pulling out bread for sandwiches, she' d want to know why he had to leave so early. He settled for some biscuits, and left a note stuck to the table:‎ Gone to Michael' s. Back tonight, Tim.‎ The sky was high and soft and light outside, though the sun still wasn't up. Even the highway up the hill was quiet as he made his way down the street. The wind from the sea was fresh and sweet.‎ The sand hills still breathed heat from yesterday' s sun, though the top of the sand was cool. He ran down to the beach impatiently, but there was no one, just dry sand dancing in the early wind and seabirds marching up and down watching the waves.‎ The light changed suddenly. The first rays of sunlight stretched (延伸) across the sea. The sun was pushing its way over the edge of the world.‎ Over the first rocks, along to the point. Tim glanced back. The beach was still empty. The sun sailed higher in the sky.‎ He could see the cave now, even darker in the morning light. The sand turned silver then dark gold as the water flowed away from it. He had to force himself to go closer. Why was it so much more mysterious (神秘的) now? But it would be silly to go back now after so much trouble. He needn't go in all the way...‎ ‎43. What did Tim do at the beginning of the story?‎ A. He left the house quietly.‎ B. He had breakfast at home.‎ C. He left a note on the freezer.‎ D. He put a sweater in his schoolbag.‎ ‎44. "He settled for some biscuits” ( in Paragraph 3 ) means that Tim_______.‎ A. had to leave the biscuits on the table B. liked biscuits better than sandwiches C. had to take biscuits instead of sandwiches ‎ D. could only find some biscuits in the kitchen ‎45. What made it possible for Tim to see the entry to the cave?‎ A. The height of the first rocks.‎ B. The ups and downs of the waves.‎ C. The change in the position of the sun.‎ D. The vast stretch of the sunlit beach.‎ ‎46. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the story?‎ A. The sea looked like a piece of gold.‎ B. Seabirds flew away when Tim arrived.‎ C. Tim was the only person on the beach.‎ D. The sky got dark as Tim reached the cave.‎ ‎47.In the story, Tim' s mood (心情) changed from_________.‎ A. loneliness to craziness B. anxiousness to excitement C. helplessness to happiness D. eagerness to nervousness 答案 43.A 44.C 45.C 46.C 47.D Passage 58‎ ‎(05·上海B篇)‎ ‎“Come in, Kim. Have a seat, please,” said Bill Williams, the manager. “this was Kim's first experience with an assessment. After only six months he was due for a raise if this assessment was satisfactory.‎ ‎“Kim,” began Bill Williams, “I am very pleased with the quality of your work. I have nothing but praise for your devotion and your hard work. My only concern is that you are not active enough in putting forward your suggestions.”‎ ‎“But,” replied Kim, “I have always completed every assignment you have given me. Mr. Williams.”‎ ‎“I know that, Kim. And please, call me Bill. But what I expect is for you to think independently and introduce new ideas. I need more input from you—more feedback on how things are going. I don’t need a “yes man”. You never tell me what you think. You just smile as though everything is fine.”‎ ‎“But,” said Kim, “I feel that since you are my superior, it would be presumptuous of me to tell you what to do.” ‎ ‎“I’m not asking you to tell me what to do, but what you think we could do. To make suggestions, I employed you because I respect your experience in this field, but you are not communicating your thoughts to me.”‎ ‎“Yes. I see. I’m not accustomed to this, but I will try to do as you say…Bill.”‎ ‎“Good, then, I expect to hear more from you at staff meetings or at any other time you want to discuss an idea with me.”‎ ‎“Yes, of course. Thank you, Mr. Will…Bill.”‎ ‎69. Kim is the sort of employee who_______.‎ ‎ A. does not speak out his own ideas B. is not devoted to the job ‎ C. laughs too much over work D. can not finish his work on time ‎70. The word “presumptuous” in the middle of the passage is closest in meaning to “_____”.‎ ‎ A. full of respect B. too confident and rude ‎ C. lacking in experience D. too shy and quiet 答案 69.A 70.B Passage 59‎ ‎(05·重庆A篇)‎ My parents were in a huge argument, and 1 was really upset about it. I didn't know who I should talk with about how I was feeling. So I asked Mom to allow me to stay the night at my best friend's house. Though I knew I wouldn't tell her about my parents’ situation, I was looking forward to gelling out of the house. I was in the middle of packing up my things when suddenly the power went out in the neighborhood. Mom came to tell me that I should stay with my grandpa until the power came back on.‎ I was really disappointed because I felt that we did not have much to talk about. But I knew he would be frightened alone in the dark. I went to his room and told him that I'd stay with him until the power was restored. He was quite happy and said, "Great opportunity. "‎ ‎"What is?" I asked.‎ ‎"To talk, you and I ” he said. "To hold a private little meeting about what we’re going to do with your mom and dad, and what we're going to do with ourselves now that we're in the situation we are in. "‎ ‎"But we can't do anything about it. Grandpa," I said, surprised that here was someone with whom I could share my feelings and someone who was in the same " boat" as I was.‎ And that's how the most unbelievable friendship between my grandfather and me started. Sitting Acre in the dark, we talked about our feelings and fears of life — from how fast things change, to how they sometimes don't change fast enough. That night, because the power went out, I found a new friend, with whom I could safely talk about all my fears and pains, whatever they may be-Suddenly, the lights all came back on. "Well," he said, " I guess that means you'll want to go now. I really like our talk. I hope the power will go out every few nights!"‎ ‎56.1 wished to get out of the house because ____‎ A. I was angry about my parents' quarrel ‎ B. I found nobody to share my feelings with ‎ C. I wanted to escape from the dark house ‎ D. I planned to tell my friend about my trouble ‎57. Grandpa was happy to see me because _____.‎ A. he could discuss the problem with me ‎ B. he had not seen me for a long lime ‎ C. he was afraid of darkness ‎ D. he felt quite lonely ‎58. What can be inferred from the passage? ‎ A. The grandchild was eager to leave. ‎ B. They would have more chats. ‎ C. The lights would go out again. ‎ D. It would no longer be dark.‎ 答案 56.A 57.A 58.B Passage 60‎ ‎(05·浙江A篇)‎ Compassion is a desire within us to help others. With effort, we can translate compassion into actions. An experience last weekend showed me this is true. I work part-time in a supermarket across from a building for the elderly. These old people are out main customers, and it’s not hard to lose patience over their slowness. But last Sunday, one aged gentleman appeared to teach me a valuable lesson. This untidy man walked up to my register（收款机）with a box of biscuits. He said he was out of cash (现金), had just moved into his room, and had nothing in his cupboards. He asked if we could let him have the food on trust. He promised to repay me the next day.‎ I couldn’t help staring at him. I wondered what kind of person he had been ten or twenty years before, and what he would be like if luck had gone his way. I had a hurt in my heart for this kind of human soul, all alone in the world. I told him that I was sorry, but store rules didn’t allow me to do so. I felt stupid and unkind saying this, but I valued my job.‎ Just then, another man, standing behind the first, spoke up. If anything, he looked more pitiable. “Change it to me, ” was all he said.‎ What I had been feeling was pity. Pity is soft and safe and easy. Compassion, on the other hand, is caring in action. I thanked the second man but told him that was not allowed either. Then I reached into my pocket and paid for the biscuits myself. I reached into my pocket because these two men had reached into my heart and taught me compassion.‎ ‎41. The aged gentleman who wanted to buy the biscuits_________ .‎ A．promised to obey the store rules ‎ B．forgot to take any money with him C．hoped to have the food first and pay later ‎ D．could not afford anything more expensive ‎42. Which of the following best describes the old gentleman?‎ A．kind and lucky B．poor and lonely ‎ C．friendly and helpful D．hurt and disappointed ‎43. The writer acted upon the store rules because_________ .‎ A．he wanted to keep his present job ‎ B．he felt no pity for the old gentleman C．he considered the old man dishonest ‎ D．he expected someone else to pay for the old man ‎44. What does the writer learn from his experience?‎ A．Wealth is more important than anything else ‎ B．Helping others is easier said than done C．Experience is better gained through practice ‎ D．Obeying the rules means more than compassion.‎ 答案 41.C 42.B 43.A 44.B Passage 61‎ ‎(05·浙江C篇)‎ In the course of working my way through school, I took many jobs I would rather forget. But none of these jobs was as dreadful as my job in an apple plant. The work was hard; the pay was poor; and, most of all, the working conditions were terrible.‎ First of all, the job made huge demands on my strength. For then hours a night, I took boxes that rolled down a metal track and piled them onto a truck. Each box contained twelve heavy bottles of apple juice. I once figured out that I was lifting an average of twelve tons of apple juice every night.‎ I would not have minded the difficulty of the work so much if the pay had not been so poor. I was paid the lowest wage of that time—two dollars an hour. Because of the low pay, I felt eager to get as much as possible. I usually worked twelve hours a night but did not take home much more than $ ‎100 a week.‎ But even more than the low pay, what made me unhappy was the working conditions. During work I was limited to two ten-minute breaks and an unpaid half hour for lunch. Most of my time was spent outside loading trucks with those heavy boxes in near-zero-degree temperatures. The steel floors of the trucks were like ice, which made my feet feel like stone. And after the production line shut down at night and most people left, I had to spend two hours alone cleaning the floor.‎ I stayed on the job for five months, all the while hating the difficulty of the work, the poor money, and the conditions under which I worked. By the time I left, I was determined never to go back there again. ‎ ‎49. Why did the writer have to take many jobs at that time?‎ A．To pay for his schooling B．To save for his future C．To support his family D．To gain some experience ‎50. The following facts describe the terrible working conditions of the plant EXCEPT_________.‎ A．loading boxes in the freezing cold B．having limited time for breaks C．working and studying at the same time D．getting no pay for lunch time ‎51. What is the subject discussed in the text?‎ A．The writer’s unhappy school life B．The writer’s eagerness to earn money C．The writer’s experience as a full-time worker D．The writer’s hard work in an apple plant ‎52. How is the text organized?‎ A．Topic—Argument—Explanation ‎ B．Opinion—Discussion--Description C．Main idea—Comparison—Supporting examples ‎ D．Introduction—Supporting examples—Conclusion ‎ 答案 49.A 50.C 51.D 52.D Passage 62‎ ‎(05·福建B篇)‎ Three months after the government stopped issuing（发放）or renewing permits for Internet cafes because of security（安全）concerns, some cafe owners are having financial（经济的）concerns of their own.‎ The permits were stopped suddenly three months ago by the government until new safeguards could be put in place to prevent misuse of the information superhighway, but for cafe owners it’s a business breakdown with no fix in sight.‎ ‎“I handed in a request to open up an Internet café and received the conditions,” said the businessman Obeidallah. “I rented a place in the Sharafiah district at SR45,000 and prepared the place with equipment that cost me more than SR100,000. When I went to the local government after finishing everything, I was surprised to find that they’d stopped issuing permits for Internet cafes.”‎ Having an Internet cafe without Internet is much like having a coffee shop without coffee. “I’m avoiding closing the place, but it’s been more than three months with the situation ongoing as it is.” Obeidallah said. “Who will bear the losses caused by the permit issue?”‎ The decision took many cafe owners by surprise. “I asked to open an Internet café, and I was handed a list of all the things that were needed to follow through, such as a sign for the place, filling out forms,” said Hassan Al-Harbi.‎ ‎“I did all that was asked and rented a place. And after the Haj vacation I went to the local government and they surprised me, saying that there are new rules that forbid the issuing of any more Internet cafe permits and that one can’t even renew his permit. I’ve lost more than SR80,000,” Al-harbi added.‎ As for the government, officials say a method to deal with it is on the way. But security concerns come before profit（盈利）.‎ ‎60．The government stopped issuing or renewing permits for Internet cafes .‎ ‎ A．to prevent misuse of new safeguards in Internet cafes ‎ B．to make cafe owners earn less profit from their business ‎ C．to stop the use of the information superhighway on Internet ‎ D．to make sure of the proper use of the information superhighway ‎61．The government’s decision led to the fact that many cafe owners .‎ ‎ A．suffered heavy financial losses B．asked to open up Internet cafes ‎ C．continued to operate Internet cafes D．asked the government for payment ‎62．The underlined phrase in the last paragraph “on the way” means .‎ ‎ A．to be studied B．to be put into practice ‎ C．to be changed D．to be improved ‎63．The cafe owners found the government’s decision .‎ ‎ A．surprising and unacceptable B．understandable and acceptable ‎ C．reasonable but surprising D．surprising but acceptable 答案 60.D 61.B 62.C 63.D Passage 63‎ ‎(05·江西A篇)‎ He wishes the holiday season would end already . His back aches , his red suit feels like a spacesuit , his cheeks have gone tight from smiling for 12 hours —and still the kids keep coming and coming , like ants at a picnic . As Christmas becomes more commercialized (商业化) across the U. S. and Canada , so must Santas . As the holiday begins earlier each year , so must its spokesmen .‎ The questions from children these days are harder than ever . Now, with thousands of children expecting a father or mother serving in Iraq or Afghanistan , the questions are as heart-breaking as they are unanswerable . For example , “Can you please bring Daddy home from the war in time for Christmas morning ?”‎ Santas also have a pretty good chance of getting sued (指控). A professional Santa Claus in Canada told a story : A Santa had a girl on his knee , and he commented , “You have nice eyes and nice hair .” The girl later said it was sexual harassment (骚扰) . When a Santa feels anxious , he often shows it in the same ways ordinary people do : The Santas were always seen to hang around at the dinner table when the show ended . Many of them just sleep in bed for several days and don’t see other children again .‎ ‎56．In the first paragraph , “spokesmen” refers to .‎ ‎ A．businessmen B．political leaders ‎ ‎ C．organisers of the activities D．Santa Clauses ‎ ‎57．The passage implies that the job of Santa Claus is .‎ ‎ A．well-paid B．very hard C．worth doing D．dangerous ‎ ‎58．According to the third paragraph, Santas may sometimes be blamed for .‎ ‎ A．doing something against the law B．hanging around the dinner table ‎ ‎ C．being lazy and sleeping in bed for days D．not playing their roles as expected ‎ ‎59．What would be the best title for the passage ?‎ ‎ A．Christmas : Not a Good Festival for Santas ‎ ‎ B．Is Santa Claus Really Alive ?‎ ‎ C．A Christmas Story ‎ ‎ D．What Does Santa Claus Do for Children ?‎ 答案 56.D 57.B 58.A 59.A Passage 64‎ ‎(05·湖北B篇)‎ At one time no one could travel on an English road faster than four miles an hour. That was the law until 1896. A man had to walk in front of a car which could not go faster than the man. At night the man had to carry a red lamp.‎ ‎ Once Charles Rolls brought a car from France to England ,but he wanted to drive faster than four miles an hour .In order to have no trouble with the police ,he had a talk with some of the police officers ,who ordered their policemen to look the other way when the car came along the road. This was a good plan in the country ,but not so easy to follow in the busy streets of London.‎ ‎ One night Rolls and some friends started from London on their journey to Cambridge. One of ‎ the men walked in front with the red lamp , but he walked as fast as he could .The police became very interested in walls and shop-fronts when they heard the car ,and not one of them saw it .‎ ‎ They reached a hill ;but what a waste of time it was to drive down the hill at four miles an hour! Rolls was getting ready to jump into the car; but then he noticed a policeman who was not looking the other way. The slow car reached him.‎ ‎ “Good evening,” said the policeman ,looking at the car.‎ ‎ “Good evening,” said Rolls ,holding the lamp.‎ ‎ “One of these horseless things,” said the policeman ,looking at it with interest.‎ ‎ “Yes,” said Rolls, and waited.‎ ‎ “I’ve often wanted a ride in one ; but of course policemen can’t buy things like that.” He turned and looked hopefully in Rolls’s face.‎ ‎ “Jump in ,” said Rolls.‎ ‎ “Thanks ,” said the policeman ,and did so . “Now ,”he said ,sitting down, “you can let it go just as you like down this hill. There isn’t another policeman on this road for a mile and a half.”‎ ‎60．The policemen were told “to look the other way” (the underlined part in Paragraph 2) so that ‎ .‎ ‎ A．they could watch the car coming from the other direction ‎ B．the car could go faster than four miles an hour ‎ C．they could make sure no one was in the way ‎ D．the car would not hit them on the road ‎61．In what way did the policemen carry out the order from their officers?‎ ‎ A．They greeted Rolls when the car came along.‎ ‎ B．They walked in front of the car with a red lamp.‎ ‎ C．They pretended to be attracted by something else.‎ ‎ D．They stood on duty every 1.5 miles along the road.‎ ‎62．The policeman who said “Good evening” to Rolls wanted to .‎ ‎ A．teach Rolls a lesson B．take a free ride home ‎ C．have a talk with Rolls D．have a car ride experience ‎63．After the policeman jumped into the car ,Rolls .‎ ‎ A．dared not drive the car faster than he was allowed to ‎ ‎ B．could drive as fast as he wished within a certain distance ‎ C．could drive on any road he liked for the rest of the journey ‎ D．drove his car as fast as he could down the hill to Cambridge 答案 60.B 61.C 62.D 63.B Passage 65‎ ‎(05·湖南A篇)‎ We were on tour a few summers ago, driving through Chicago, when right outside of the city, we got pulled over. A middle-aged policeman came up to the car and was really being troublesome at first. Lecturing us, he said, "You were speeding. Where are you going in such a hurry?" Our guitarist, Tim, told him that we were on our way to Wisconsin to play a show. His way towards us totally changed. He asked, "Oh, so you boys are in a band (乐队)?" We told him that we were. He then asked all the usual broad questions about the type of music we played, and how long we had been at it. Suddenly, he stopped and said, "Tim, you want to get out of this ticket,‎ ‎ don't you?" Tim said, "Yes." So the officer asked him to step out of the car. The rest of us, inside the car, didn't know what to think as we watched the policeman talk to Tim. Next thing we knew, the policeman was putting Tim in the back of the police car he had parked in front of us. With that, he threw the car into reverse(倒车), stopping a few feet in back of our car. Now we suddenly felt frightened. We didn't know if we were all going to prison, or if the policeman was going to sell Tim on the black market or something. All of a sudden, the pollen's voice came over in a loudspeaker. He said, "Ladies and gentlemen, for the first time ever, we have Tim here singing on Route 90.” Turns out, the policeman had told Tim that the only way he was getting out of the ticket was if he sang part of one of our songs over the loudspeaker in the police car. Seconds later, Tim started screaming into the receiver. The policeman enjoyed the performance, and sent us on our way without a ticket.‎ ‎56. The policeman stopped the boys to ______.‎ ‎ A. put them into prison B. give them a ticket ‎ C. enjoy their performance D. ask some band questions ‎ ‎57. The policeman became friendly to the boys when ha knew they ____‎ ‎ A. had long been at the band B. played the music he loved ‎ C. were driving for a show D. promised into a performance ‎ ‎58. The boys probably felt ______ when they drove off.‎ ‎ A, joyful B. calm C. nervous D. frightened ‎ 答案 56.B 57.C 58.A ‎【2004广东卷】A I fell in love with England because it was quaint (古雅)—all those little houses, looking terribly old-fashioned but nice, like dolls’ houses. I loved the countryside and the pubs, and I loved London. I’ve slightly changed my mind after seventeen years because I think it’s an ugly town now.‎ Things have changed. For everybody, England meant gentlemen, fair play, and good manners. The fair play is going, unfortunately, and so are the gentlemanly attitudes and good manners—people shut doors heavily in your face and politeness is disappearing.‎ I regret that there are so few comfortable meeting places. You’re forced to live indoors. In Paris I go out much more, to restaurants and nightclubs. To meet friends here it usually has to be in a pub, and it can be difficult to go there alone as a woman. The cafes are not terribly nice.‎ As a woman, I feel unsafe here. I spend a bomb on taxis because I will not take public transport after 10 p. m. I used to use it, but now I’m afraid.‎ The idea of family seems to be more or less non-existent in England. My family is well united and that’s typically French. In Middlesex I had a neighbour who is 82 now. His family only lived two miles away, but I took him to France for Christmas once because he was always alone.‎ ‎56. The writer doesn’t like London because she ______.‎ ‎ A. is not used to the life there now ‎ B. has lived there for seventeen years ‎ C. prefers to live in an old-fashioned house ‎ D. has to be polite to everyone she meets there ‎57. Where do people usually meet their friends in England?‎ ‎ A. In a cafe. B. In a restaurant. C. In a nightclub. D. In a pub. ‎ ‎58. The underlined part “it” (in Para. 4) refers to______.‎ ‎ A. a taxi B. the money C. a bomb D. public transport ‎ ‎59. The writer took her neighbour to France for Christmas because he ______.‎ A. felt lonely in England B. had never been to France C. was from a typical French family D. didn't like the British idea of family ‎【答案】‎55C  ‎56A  57D  58D  59A ‎【2004湖南卷】E One of Britain's bravest women told yesterday how she helped to catch suspected (可疑的) police killer David Bieber -- and was thanked with flowers by the police. It was also said that she could be in line for a share of up to ￡30,000 reward money.‎ Vicki Brown, 30, played a very important role in ending the nationwide manhunt. Vicki, who has worked at the Royal Hotel for four years, told of her terrible experience when she had to steal into Bieber's bedroom and to watch him secretly. Then she waited alone for three hours while armed police prepared to storm the building.‎ ‎ She said: "I was very nervous. But when I opened the hotel door and saw 20 armed policemen lined up in the car park I was so glad they were there.”‎ The alarm had been raised because Vicki became suspicious (怀疑) of the guest who checked in at 3 pm the day before New Year's Eve with little luggage and wearing sunglasses and a hat pulled down over his face. She said: "He didn't seem to want to talk too much and make any eye contact (接触)." Vicki, the only employee on duty, called her bosses Margaret, 64, and husband Stan McKale, 65, who phoned the police at 11 pm.‎ Officers from Northumbria Police called Vicki at the hotel in Dunston, Gateshead, at about 11:30 pm to make sure that this was the wanted man. Then they kept in touch by phoning Vicki every 15 minutes.‎ ‎"It was about ten past two in the morning when the phone went again and a policeman said ‘Would you go and make yourself known to the armed officers outside?'. My heart missed a beat."‎ Vicki quietly showed eight armed officers through passages and staircases to the top floor room and handed over the key.‎ ‎"I realized that my bedroom window overlooks that part of the hotel, so I went to watch. I could not see into the man's room, but I could see the passage. The police kept shouting at the man to come out with his hands showing. Then suddenly he must have come out because they shouted for him to lie down while he was handcuffed (带上手铐)。‎ ‎71. The underlined phrase "be in line for" ( paragraph 1 ) means __‎ ‎ A. get B. be paid C. ask for D. own ‎72. Vicki became suspicious of David Bieber because __________.‎ A. the police called her ‎ B. he looked very strange ‎ C. he came to the hotel with little luggage ‎ D. he came to the hotel the day before New Year's Eve ‎73. Vicki’s heart missed a beat because _________.‎ A. the phone went again B. she would be famous ‎ C. the policemen had already arrived D. she saw 20 policemen in the car park ‎74. David Bieber was most probably handcuffed in ________.‎ ‎ A. the passage B. the man's room C. Vicki's bedroom D. the top floor room ‎75. The whole event probably lasted about _______ hours from the moment Bieber came to the hotel to the arrival of some armed officers.‎ ‎ A. 6 B. ‎8 ‎ C. 11 D. 14‎ ‎【答案】71---75 ABCAC ‎【2004上海卷】(A)‎ ‎ For almost two months Dominic York, a 23-year-old hairdresser, wandered about hospitals all night, wearing a white coat and pretending he was a doctor. Yesterday he proudly claimed in court that despite his complete lack of medical experience or qualifications, he had saved several people’s lives. He had even been allowed to assist a surgeon during an emergency operation on a patient who was about to die on something she had swallowed.‎ ‎ “I watched one of those TV dramas about a hospital and suddenly I felt like playing one of the roles myself. So I put on a white jacket and a stethoscope(听诊器)and walked around one of the biggest hospital in London. At first I just watched. Once you learn how doctors talk to patients, nurses and others doctors, it’s easy to take people in,” he said.‎ ‎ One of the patients he treated was Laura Kennan. She had been knocked down by a car and fainted. When she came to in hospital, York was standing over her.‎ ‎ “He looked very professional. He told me his name was Doctor Simon. Then he gave me some sort of injection,” she said. And then he suddenly cleared off when a nurse asked who he was. She didn’t think there was anything wrong. “I would never have realized he was a fake if a policewoman hadn’t showed me his photograph a week later. When the policewoman told me who he really was, I could hardly believe my cars.”‎ ‎ Judge Raymond Adams told York that he was. “ shocked and horrified” that he got away with his deceiving for so long, and then sentenced him to eighteen months in a special prison for criminal with mental disorders.‎ ‎“I can only hope that this will not lead to further problems. After all, you will have considerable opportunity to study the behaviour of the psychiatrists(精神科医生)who will look after you while you are there. If you try to persuade people that you yourself are a psychiatrist after you are set free, I shall make sure that you are given a much longer sentence.” Judge Adams warned York.‎ ‎75. York was proud of the fact that ___________.‎ ‎ A. a surgeon let him watch an operation.‎ ‎ B. he could perform some duties of a doctor ‎ C. he had cheated doctors for so long ‎ D. people thought he could become a real doctor ‎76. York learned how to behave like a doctor by __________.‎ ‎ A. watching other doctors work B. talking to doctors and nurses ‎ C. getting some training and experience D. observing doctors while he was a patient ‎77. Why was Laura Kennan in hospital?‎ ‎ A. She had swallowed something and almost died.‎ ‎ B. She had to have and emergency operation.‎ ‎ C. She had been injured in a road accident.‎ ‎ D. She had lost consciousness while driving.‎ ‎78. The judge’s remark implied that York would be more severely punished if he _________.‎ ‎ A. pretended to be a psychiatrist B. tried to get away from prison ‎ C. was proud of what he had done D. studied the behaviour of the psychiatrist ‎ ‎【答案】75—78 BACA ‎【2004江苏卷】A ‎ He was the baby with no name. Found and taken from the north Atlantic 6 days after the ‎ sinking of the Titanic in 1912, his tiny body so moved the salvage (救援) workers that they called him “our baby.” In their home port of Halifax, Nova Scotia, people collected money for a headstone in front of the baby's grave (墓), carved with the words: “To the memory of an unknown child.” He has rested there ever since.‎ ‎ But history has a way of uncovering its secrets. On Nov. 5, this year, three members of a family from Finland arrived at Halifax and laid fresh flowers at the grave. “This is our baby,” says Magda Schleifer, 68, a banker. She grew up hearing stories about a great-aunt named Maria Panula,42, who had sailed on the Titanic for America to be reunited with her husband. According to the information Mrs. Schleifer had gathered, Panula gave up her seat on a lifeboat to search for her five children -- including a 13-month-old boy named Eino from whom she had become separated during the final minutes of the crossing. "We thought they were all lost in the sea," says Schleifer.‎ ‎ Now, using teeth and bone pieces taken from the baby's grave, scientists have compared the DNA from the Unknown Child with those collected from members of five families who lost relatives on the Titanic and never recovered the bodies. The result of the test points only to one possible person: young Eino. Now, the family sees: no need for a new grave. "He belongs to the people of Halifax," says Schleifer. "They've taken care of him for 90 years."‎ ‎ Adapted from People, November 25, 2002‎ ‎56. The baby travelled on the Titanic with his___________.‎ ‎ A. mother B. parents C. aunt D. relatives ‎57. What is probably the boy's last name?‎ ‎ A. Schleiferi B. Eino. C. Magda. D. Panula.‎ ‎58. Some members of the family went to Halifax and put flowers at the child's grave on Nov. 5__.‎ ‎ A. 1912 B. ‎1954 ‎ C. 2002 D. 2004‎ ‎59. This text is mainly about how______________.‎ ‎ A. the unknown baby's body was taken from the north Atlantic ‎ B. the unknown baby was buried in Halifax, Nova Scotia ‎ C. people found out who the unknown baby was ‎ D. people took care of the unknown baby for 90 years ‎【答案】56．A 57．D 58．C 59．C ‎【2004全国卷】A My teenage son Karl became withdrawn after his father died . As a single parent . I tried to do my best to talk to him . But the more I tried , the more he pulled away . When his report card arrived during his junior year , it said that he had been absent 95 times from classes and had six falling grades for the year . At this rate he would never graduate . I sent him to the school adviser , and I even begged him . Nothing worked .‎ One night I felt so powerless that I got down on my knees and pleaded for help . “Please God ,I can’t do anything more for my son . I’m at the end of my rope . I’m giving the whole thing up to you .”‎ I was at work when I got a phone call . A man introduced himself as the headmaster . “I want to talk to you about Karl’s absences .” Before he could say another word , I choked up and all my disappointment and sadness over Karl came pouring out into the ears of this stranger . “I love ‎ my son but I just don’t know what to do . I’ve tried everything to get Karl to go back to school and nothing has worked . It’s out of my hands . “For a moment there was silence on the other end of the line . The headmaster seriously said , “Thank you for your time”, and hung up .‎ Karl’s next report card showed a marked improvement in his grades . Finally , he even made the honor roll .In his fourth year , I attended a parent-teacher meeting with Karl . I noticed that his teachers were astonished at the way he had turned himself around . On our way home , he said , “Mum, remember that call from the headmaster last year ?” I nodded . “That was me . I thought I’d play a joke but when I heard what you said , it really hit me how much I was hurting you . That’s when I knew I had to make you proud .”‎ ‎56．By saying “Karl became withdrawn”, the author means that the boy changed entirely and .‎ ‎ A．preferred to stay alone at home B．lost interest in his studies ‎ ‎ C．refused to talk to others D．began to dislike his mother ‎ ‎57．There was silence on the other end of the line because .‎ ‎ A．the speaker was too moved to say anything to the mother ‎ ‎ B．the speaker waited for the mother to finish speaking ‎ ‎ C．the speaker didn’t want the mother to recognize his voice ‎ ‎ D．the speaker was unable to interrupt the mother ‎ ‎58．The sentence “…he even made the honor roll” means that “ ”.‎ ‎ A．he was even on the list to be praised at the parent-teacher meeting ‎ ‎ B．he was even on the list of students who made progress in grades ‎ ‎ C．he was even on the list of students who had turned themselves around ‎ ‎ D．he was even on the list of the best students at school ‎ ‎59．What is the main idea of this passage ?‎ ‎ A．Children in single-parent families often have mental problems .‎ ‎ B．Mother’s love plays an important role in teenagers’ life .‎ ‎ C．Being understood by parents is very important to teenagers .‎ ‎ D．School education doesn’t work without full support from parents .‎ ‎【答案】56—59CADB ‎【2003上海卷】(B)‎ Martha had been working for Miller Laboratories for two years ,but she was not happy there . Nothing significant had happened in the way of promotions or salary increases . Martha felt that her supervisor , a younger and less experienced person than she , did not like her . In fact , the supervisor often said unpleasant things to her .     One day , while talking with her friend Maria , she mentioned how discouraged she was . Maria gave her the name of a cousin of hers who was director of Human Resources Department for a large chemical company . Martha called him the next day and set up an interview on her lunch hour .     During the interview . Mr. Petri said , “You’re just the kind of person we need here . You’re being wasted in your other job . Give me a call in a day or two . I’m sure we can find a place for you in our organization .” Martha was so happy she almost danced out of the building .     That afternoon , Ruth Kenny , her supervisor , saw that Martha had come in ten minutes late from her lunch hour and she said . “Oh , so you finally decided to come back to work today ?” This was the last straw . She could not take another insult . Besides , Mr. Petri was right :she was ‎ being wasted in this job . “Look ,” she said angrily , “if you don’t like the way I work , I don’t need to stay here , I’ll go where I’m appreciated ! Good-bye!” She took up her things and stormed out of the office . That night she called Maria and told her what had happened and then asked Maria , “What do you think?”     “Well,” said Maria carefully, “are you sure about the other job?”     “Well, not exactly , but …”Maria continued, “Will you be able to get a recommendation from Ms .Kenny if you need one ?” “A recommendation?…from Ms.Kenny ?” hesitated Martha, in a worried tone.     “Martha,I hope you didn’t burn your bridges,”Maria said.“I think I would have handled it differently.” 78．Martha is unhappy in her job because________.          　A．she has not advanced               　B．the work in not significant 　C．her supervisor is younger than she   　D．there is too much work with little payment 79．Which of the following statements is NOT true?  A．At her supervisor’s criticism , Martha lost her temper.  B．Mr. Petri felt Martha was not valued in her present job.  C．Martha’s interview with the director was on her lunch hour.  D．Martha got the name of the director through her cousin. 80．The phrase “ the last straw” in the middle of the passage probably refers to________.  A．the last opportunity  B．the straw that saves Martha’s life  C．the last reminder   D．the final unpleasant thing 81．What does Maria think of Martha’s decision?  A．Martha has handled the matter properly .  B．Martha shouldn’t have set the bridge on fire.  C．Martha should have found a new job before leaving.  D．Martha shouldn’t have lost her temper with her supervisor.‎ ‎【答案】78.A     79.D 80.D    81.C  ‎ ‎【2003北京春卷】A Last summer I went through a training program and became a literacy volunteer（扫盲志愿者）. The training I received, though excellent, did not tell me how it was to work with a real student, however. When I began to discover what other people’s lives were like because they could not read, I realized the true importance of reading.‎ My first student Marie was a 44-year-old single mother of three. In the first lesson, I found out she walked two miles to the nearest supermarket twice a week because she didn’s know which bus to take. When I told her I would get her a bus schedule（时刻表）,she told me it would not help because she could not read it. She said she also had difficulty once she got to the supermarket because she couldn’t always remember what she needed. Since she did not know words, she could not write out a shopping list. Also, she could only recognize items by sight, so if the product had a different label(标识), she would not recognize it as the product she wanted.‎ As we worked together, learning how to read built Marie’s self-confidence(自信心), which encouraged her to continue in her studies. She began to make rapid progress and was even able to take the bus to the supermarket. After this successful trip, she reported how self-confident she felt. At the end of the program, she began helping her youngest son, Tony, a shy first grader, with his reading. She sat with him before he went to sleep and together they would read bedtime stories. When his eyes became wide with excitement as she read, pride was written all over her face, and she began to see how her own hard work in learning to read paid off. As she described this experience, I was proud of myself as well. I found that helping Marie to build her selfconfidence was more rewarding than anything I had ever done before.‎ As a literacy volunteer, I learned a great deal about teaching and helping others. In fact, I may have learned more from the experience than Marie did.‎ ‎56．What did the author do last summer?‎ ‎ A．She worked in the supermarket.‎ ‎ B．She helped someone to learn to read.‎ ‎ C．She gave single mothers the help they needed.‎ ‎ D．She went to a training program to help a literacy volunteer.‎ ‎57．Why didn’t Marie go to the supermarket by bus at first?‎ ‎ A．Because she liked to walk to the supermarket.‎ ‎ B．Because she lived far away from the bus stop.‎ ‎ C．Because she couldn’t afford the bus ticket.‎ ‎ D．Because she couldn’t find the right bus.‎ ‎58．How did Marie use to find the goods she wanted in the supermarket?‎ ‎ A．She knew where the goods were in the supermarket.‎ ‎ B．She asked others to take her to the right place.‎ ‎ C．She managed to find the goods by their looks.‎ ‎ D．She remembered the names of the goods.‎ ‎59．Which of the following statements is true about Marie?‎ ‎ A．Marie could do things she had not been able to do before.‎ ‎ B．Marie was able to read stories with the help of her son.‎ ‎ C．Marie decided to continue her studies in school ‎ D．Marie paid for her own lessons.‎ ‎【答案】56．B 57．D 58．C 59．A ‎6年模拟【2007-2012】‎ 英语汇编：阅读理解之故事类 ‎2012年模拟题 ‎【2012四川德阳高中高三一诊】The singer, Mick Jagger, of the Rolling Stones sings a song that tells people they can’t always get what they want but if we try sometimes we can get what we need. The past years in my life my parents have told me this saying many times. I’ve always complained about the quote(引语). Although over time I have told myself to learn from it.‎ ‎ This year my girlfriend flew off to college in West Palm, Florida. This has been a killer for ‎ me because I haven’t been able to see her and she is having a rough time in school. The last two months have been hard but we are working through it. I have been trying to get my dad to buy me a plane ticket to go down there. My dad told me if I brought him some money he would help me pay for the ticket. I started to complain to him because I had no way of getting any money to give him. I spent several days and nights thinking of ways to earn money to go see my girlfriend. I finally came to the conclusion that I would get a job and work hard to earn some money to give to my dad. I applied to Safeway and I ended up getting the job.‎ ‎ I have been working at Safeway for about a month now and work hard to earn money to go see my girlfriend. The other day my mom had surprised me and told me that she asked her boss if she could use their business miles(旅费) to buy me a ticket down to Florida for two weeks. I was very thankful and told her I would help pay for anything that I have to. The thought of me working hard and getting a job showed my mom that I really cared and was trying my best to be a successful person. I believe that you can’t always get what you want but if you try sometimes, you get what you need.‎ ‎1．The author’s parents often told him the saying quoted from the song because .‎ ‎ A．He liked to complain to them about his life ‎ B．They expected him to learn from the singer ‎ C．He always wanted to get everything he wanted ‎ D．They tried to educate him to do things for himself ‎2．What does the world “killer” underlined in the second paragraph refer to?‎ ‎ A．Something that is quite troublesome. B．Something that is very difficult.‎ ‎ C．A person who kills purposely. D．A person who treats women very badly.‎ ‎3．What can we infer from the passage?‎ ‎ A．The author was lazy and unwilling to work hard.‎ ‎ B．The author’s father was too mean to give him money.‎ ‎ C．The author’s actual action won support from his mother.‎ ‎ D．The author was unable to tear himself away from his girl friend.‎ ‎4．By writing the passage, the author tries to show .‎ ‎ A．we can do nothing without money ‎ B．fathers are strict while mothers are kind ‎ C．it’s hard for parents to bring up their children ‎ D．we should try to rely on ourselves for everything ‎ 作者的父亲总是引用歌词教育作者，凡事要靠自己的努力，作者就只凭借自己的努力满足了打动父母，如愿以偿的拿到了去看女朋友的票。‎ ‎1. D推理判断题。由作者在第一段最后的“I’ve always complained about the quote(引语). Although over time I have told myself to learn from it.”尽管作者总是抱怨，但自己也承认学从中学到了东西，这正是父母引用的目的所在。‎ ‎2. A考查词义猜测。由下文的解释“because I haven’t been able to see her and she is having a rough time in school.”可以看出，女朋友离开去上大学了，自己感觉很孤独，再加上女友在学校“having a rough time”，由此可以看出，这正是上文所说的killer，一些使人烦恼的事情。‎ ‎3. C推理判断题。当作者提出让父母出钱买票去看女友的时候，父亲的答复是：作者得出钱，即：“if I brought him some money he would help me pay for the ticket.”后来作者找了份工作(ended up getting the job），并努力赚钱买票(work hard to earn money to go see my girlfriend.‎ ‎），正是作者的实际行动感动了作者的妈妈，从而“asked her boss if she could use their business miles(旅费) to buy me a ticket down to Florida for two weeks.”‎ ‎4. D主旨大意题。作者用开篇用一句歌词引出了主题，只要：只要努力就能得到自己所需要的。中间用自己的一次经历进行了论证，最后一段在回扣：…trying my best to be a successful person.， I believe that you can’t always get what you want but if you try sometimes, you get what you need. ，也就是：we should try to rely on ourselves for everything。‎ ‎【2012·上海春招】 For six hours we shot through the landscape of the Karoo desert in South Africa. Just rocks and sand and baking sun. Knowing our journey was ending, Daniel and I just wanted to ‎ remember all we had seen and done. He used a camera. I used words. I had already finished three ‎ notebooks and was into the fourth, a beautiful leather notebook I'd bought in a market in ‎ Mozambique.‎ ‎ Southern Africa was full of stories. And visions. We were almost drunk on sensations. The roaring of the water at Victoria Falls, the impossible silence of the Okavango Delta in Botswana. And then the other things: dogs in the streets, whole families in Soweto living in one room, a kilometre from clean water.‎ ‎ As we drove towards the setting sun, a quietness fell over us. The road was empty -- we ‎ hadn't seen another car for hours. And as I drove, something caught my eye, something moving ‎ next to me. I glanced in the mirror of the car; I glanced sideways to the right, and that was when I saw them. Next to us, by the side of the road, thirty, forty wild horses were racing the car, a cloud of dust rising behind them -- brown, muscular horses almost close enough to touch them, to smell their hot breath. I didn't know how long they had been there next to us.‎ ‎ I shouted to Dan: "Look!", but he was in a deep sleep, his camera lying useless by his feet.‎ ‎ They raced the car for a few seconds, then disappeared far behind us, a memory of heroic forms in the red landscape. When Daniel woke up an hour later I told him what had happened.‎ ‎ "Wild horses?" he said. "Why didn't you wake me up?"‎ ‎ "I tried. But they were gone after a few seconds."‎ ‎ "Are you sure you didn't dream it?"‎ ‎ "You were the one who was sleeping!"‎ ‎ 'Typical, he said. "The best photos are the ones we never take."‎ ‎ We checked into a dusty hotel and slept the sleep of the dead.‎ ‎1. During their journey in Africa, the two travelers________‎ A. made friends with local residents ‎ B. complained about the poor living conditions C. enjoyed the sunset in the Karoo desert most ‎ D. recorded their experiences in different ways ‎2. What does the phrase "heroic forms" in Paragraph 4 refer to?‎ A. Racing cars. B. Wild horses. C. Eye-catching locals. D. Running dogs.‎ ‎3. What did Daniel think when he woke up and was told what had happened?‎ ‎ A. He always missed out on the best thing. B. He had already taken beautiful pictures.‎ C. A sound sleep was more important. D. The next trip would be better.‎ ‎4. What is 'the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A. How to view wildlife in Africa. B. Running into wildlife in Africa.‎ C. Tourist attractions in southern Africa. D. Possible dangers of travelling in the desert.‎ ‎1.D考查细节理解。根据Daniel and I just wanted to remember all we had seen and done. He used a camera. I used words.可知D正确。‎ ‎2.B考查猜测词义。根据句意内容应该指追汽车的野马。‎ ‎3.A考查细节理解。根据The best photos are the ones we never take.可知A正确。‎ ‎4.B考查主旨要义。文章主要叙述了我们在晚上被一群野马追逐的景观，所以文章的大意是Running into wildlife in Africa.。‎ ‎【2012·潍坊期末】When Boris left school，he could not find a job．He tried hard and pestered(纠缠)his relatives，but they had problems of their Own。He answered advertisements until he could not afford to buy any more stamps. Boris grew annoyed，then depressed，then a little hardened．Still he went on trying and still he failed．He began to think that he had no future at all.‎ ‎ “Why don’t you start your own business?” one of his uncles told him．“The world is a money-locker。You’d better find a way of opening it.”‎ ‎“But what can I do?”‎ ‎“Get out and have a look round,” advised his uncle in a vague sort of way．“See what people want；then give it to them，and they will pay for it.”‎ Boris began to cycle around the town and found a suitable piece of a waste ground in the end. Then he set up his business as a cycle repairer．He worked hard，made friends with his customers and gradually managed to build up his goodwill and profit．A few months later, he found that he had more work than he could deal with by himself．He found a number of empty shops but they were all no good：in the wrong position，too expensive or with some other snag(障碍). But at long last，he managed to find an empty shop on a new estate where there were plenty of customers but no competition.‎ Boris and his assistant taught themselves how to repair scooters and motor-cycles．Slowly but surely the profits increased and the business developed. At last，Boris had managed to open the money-locker and found bank notes and gold Coins inside．‎ ‎1. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage ?‎ A. Goodwill is the key to success． B. The world is a money-locker C．No education, no future D. Difficulty of starting a small business ‎2.Which of the following best describes Boris’job hunting experience?‎ A. Surprising B. Encouraging C. Boring D. Disappointing ‎ ‎3. Boris start his career by . ‎ ‎ A. cycling around the town B. developing a waste ground ‎ C. repairing cycles D. buying empty shops ‎4. Boris finally chose an empty shop on a new estate because .‎ ‎ A. it was not so expensive B. he had a lot of old customers there C. he could make good use of his skills there D. there were good opportunities there ‎5. We can infer from the last paragraph that Boris . ‎ A. still couldn’t make good profits B. set off in a successful career C. found a lot of gold coins by accident D. had great difficulty running his business ‎【答案与解析】主人公Boris毕业后，在寻找工作的过程中屡屡受挫，失望之至，在叔叔的建议下，从修理自行车开始，逐渐走向了成功。‎ ‎1.B 标题判断题。纵观全文可以看出，文章通过主人公求职屡遭拒绝，最后经过调整思路赚得第一桶金，然后把自己的生意越做做大，从而打开了世界这把锁钱的锁的故事，由此可知，B项最能概括全文。‎ ‎2. D 推理判断题。第一段中描述了Boris求职接连失败的感受：Boris grew annoyed，then depressed，then a little hardened．，因此，四个选项中只有disappointing【失望的），符合语境。‎ ‎3. C细节理解题。由倒数第二段的“Then he set up his business as a cycle repairer．”可知答案。‎ ‎4. D 推理判断题。由倒数第二段的“But at long last，he managed to find an empty shop on a new estate where there were plenty of customers but no competition.”可以看出，那里顾客较多、没有竞争，也就是说那里机会好，所以选D。‎ ‎5. B 推理判断题。最后一段前半部分告诉我们他的生意越来越大，利润越来越客观，最后一句对此作了总结，由此可以看出，他的事业取得了成功。‎ ‎ 【2012·西安一次质检】Wherever she goes, Molly leaves her mark. Without saying a word, she speaks to people with her kind eyes. Even when she walks away, she leaves an impression．Molly's mark is a smile, stamped into the ground by the horseshoe at the bottom of her false leg．‎ ‎ A few years ago, Molly was badly attacked by a dog．The dog bit all four or Molly’s legs and left large cuts in her face. Molly's owner, Kate Harris, took her to an animal hospital．Doctors there were able to save Molly’s life, but soon one of her legs became very infected(感染). ‎ ‎ At first, doctors thought Molly would have to be put to sleep．But Molly changed their minds. This pony, doctors noticed, shifted her weight, and rested her good leg from time to time. Doctors knew t hat Molly had amazing intelligence, and that she wanted to live. ‎ ‎ Several doctors operated on Molly, and removed her infected leg. A false leg was made for her. The leg was a hollow cast with a pole at the bottom for balance. Doctors gave Molly a special horseshoe at the bottom of the leg. This horseshoe she had had a stamp of a smile face in it! ‎ ‎ After the operation, Molly walked around on all four legs, as if nothing had ever happened to her! Now, with every step she takes, she stamps a smile in the dirt．But she leaves her m ark in other ways, too.‎ ‎ Kaye Harris took Molly to the false leg center. There were children there who, like Molly, had artificial arms or legs. They were amazed to see a pony with a false leg. Molly made them smile and gave them hope. Soon, Molly began to visit schools, nursing homes, army bases and hospitals. A book was even written about Molly!‎ ‎1．Molly is the name of a .‎ ‎ A．dog B．horse C．parent D．child ‎2．Which of the following is true according to the text?‎ ‎ A．Molly can speak to people in kind words.‎ ‎ B．Kay Harris took Molly to a children’s hospital after the attack.‎ ‎ C．In the beginning, doctors had planned to end Molly’s life.‎ ‎ D．Molly sometimes leaves smiling marks on people’s faces.‎ ‎3．What is unique about Molly?‎ ‎ A．Molly has a false leg with a horseshoe shaped like a smiling face.‎ ‎ B．Molly ran a race and won the first prize.‎ ‎ C．Molly often visits places such as schools and parks.‎ ‎ D．Molly has become a symbol of hope for people of all ages.‎ ‎4．Which is the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A．A Book on Molly B．A False Leg ‎ C．A successful Operation D．Leaving her Mark ‎【答案与解析】文章介绍了一个名叫Molly的小型马在很小的时候不幸受伤，依靠安装假肢顽强生活下去的故事，给了那些在逆境中的人们以极大的精神鼓舞，引导人们在逆境中保持乐观，看到希望。‎ ‎1.B细节理解题。由倒数第三段的“Doctors gave Molly a special horseshoe at the bottom of the leg”可以看出：医生在Molly腿的底部安装了一个特殊的马蹄铁，可知Molly是一匹马。‎ ‎2. C 细节判断题。由第三段的“At first, doctors thought Molly would have to be put to sleep”可以看出：起初，医生认为Molly会毫无疑问的被以人道方法结束生命。由此可以看出：Ｃ项“In the beginning, doctors had planned to end Molly’s life.”正确。注意选项所说的“end Molly’s life”对应原文的“Molly would have to be put to sleep”。‎ ‎3.A 细节理解题。由文章第一段的“Molly has a false leg with a horseshoe shaped like a smiling face.”(Molly装有一个镶有笑脸形状马蹄铁的假肢）这是因伤致残Molly和他的同类相比特有的东西。故选Ａ。‎ ‎4. D标题判断题。 纵观全文可以看出，文章开篇点题，也就是说，第一句话“Wherever she goes, Molly leaves her mark”就是文章的主题句。下文对此进行了进一步的阐述： Molly's mark is a smile, stamped into the ground by the horseshoe at the bottom of her false leg．然后详细解释了这个假肢的由来，故Ｄ项最能概括全文。其他各项都是文章的细节，不能概括全文。‎ ‎【2012·九江一模】Like any good mother; when Karen found out that another baby was on the way, she did what．she could to help her 3 - year - old son, Michael, prepare for a new baby．They find out that the new baby is going to be a girl, and day after day, night after night, Michael sings to his sister in Mommy's stomach．‎ ‎ Finally, Michael's little sister is born．But she is in serious condition．With alarm in the night, the ambulance rushes the infant to the neonatal (初生的) intensive care unit at St．Mary's Hospital, Knoxville, Tennessee．The days go by．The little girl gets worse．The pediatric (儿科的) specialist tells the parents, “There is very little hope．Be prepared for the worst．”‎ ‎ Karen and her husband contact a local cemetery about a burial plot．They have fixed up a special room in their home for the new baby , but now they plan a funeral．Michael, keeps begging his parents to let him see his sister, "I want to sing to her," he says．‎ ‎ Karen makes up her mind．She will take Michael whether they like it or not．If he doesn’t see his sister now, he may never see her alive．‎ ‎ She dresses him in an oversized suit and marches him into ICU．He looks like a walking laundry basket, but the head nurse recognizes him as a child and shouts, " Get that kid out of here now! No children are allowed．Never disturb patients here．The mother rises up strongly and said?" He is not leaving until he sings to his sister!"‎ ‎ Karen leads Michael to his sister's bedside．He gazes at the tiny infant losing the battle to live． And he begins to sing．In die pure hearted voice of a 3 - year - old, Michael sings: " You are my sunshine, my only sunshine, you make me happy when skies are gray．．．" Instantly the baby girl responds．The pulse rate becomes calm and steady．‎ ‎ The next day, the very next day, the little girl is well enough to go home! Woman's Day magazine called it " the miracle of a brother's song．" The medical staff just called it a miracle．Karen called it a miracle of Gods love!‎ ‎ Never give up on die people you love．‎ ‎1．What may the underlined words "the infant" refer to?‎ ‎ A．The baby． B．Karen． C．Mary． D．Michael ‎2．What do we know about the little sister after she was born?‎ ‎ A．She was driven to St．Mary's shop． B．A doctor came to see her in her house．‎ ‎ C．She was very thin and couldn't speak． D．She was in great danger．‎ ‎3．Why did Karen firmly let little Michael see his sister in ICU?‎ ‎ A．Because he could make his sister alive． ‎ ‎ B．Because his sister would be sent to a far hospital．‎ ‎ C．Because his sister was going to die soon． ‎ ‎ D．Because his father wanted to take him away．‎ ‎4．What do we know about the head nurse?‎ ‎ A．The head nurse was careful． B．The head nurse was rude．‎ ‎ C．The head nurse was responsible． D．The head nurse had no sympathy．‎ ‎5．What is the general idea of the text?‎ ‎ A．A boy' s singing saved his sister' s life．‎ ‎ B．The little girl is well enough to go home．‎ ‎ C．Michael's little sister is born with a serious disease．‎ ‎ D．No children are allowed to enter the intensive care unit．‎ ‎【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了三岁的男孩Michael的妹妹生下来情况非常糟糕，面临着生命危险，在医院的重症监护室里，是Michael的歌声拯救了妹妹的生命，创造了生命的奇迹。‎ ‎.【答案】A ‎【解析】考查词义猜测题。从本段中Michael's little sister is born．But she is in serious condition和the neonatal (初生的) intensive care unit at St．Mary's Hospital看出是“新生儿”。故选A项。‎ ‎2.【答案】D ‎【解析】考查细节理解题。从文章第二段的Michael's little sister is born．But she is in serious condition和The days go by．The little girl gets worse．The pediatric （儿科的） specialist tells the parents, “There is very little hope．Be prepared for the worst．看出答案。‎ ‎3.【答案】C ‎【解析】考查细节理解题。从文章第四段的If he doesn’t see his sister now, he may never see her alive看出答案。‎ ‎4.【答案】C ‎【解析】考查推理题。从文章第五段的Get that kid out of here now! No children are allowed．Never disturb patients here推出答案。‎ ‎5.【答案】A ‎【解析】考查主旨大意题。从全文看出答案。文章是写三岁的男孩Michael的妹妹生下来情况非常糟糕，面临着生命危险，在医院的重症监护室里，是Michael的歌声拯救了妹妹的生命，创造了生命的奇迹。‎ ‎【2012·潍坊期末】A cancer-stricken British teenage said Thursday she had been moved by messages of support from around the world after writing an online“Bucket List” of things she wanted to do before dying.‎ Alice Pyne，l5，created an internet blog in which she described her fight against a cancer of ‎ the white blood cells. “I’ve been fighting cancer for almost four years and now I know that the cancer is gaining on me and it doesn’t look like I’m going to win this one,” she wrote . ‎ For her list，at the site www.alicepyne.blogspot.com, she has included making everyone sign up to be a bone marrow donor(骨髓捐赠者)，swimming with sharks , meeting boy band Take That and getting a purple iPad computer.‎ ‎ Messages of support and offers of help quickly flooded her webpage and it became one of the most talked about subjects on Twitter．‎ ‎ “Oh, dear and I thought that I was just doing a little blog for a few friends!” she wrote after her site attracted huge attention．“Thank you so much for all your lovely messages to me。”‎ Pyne，who lives with her family in the northwest English town of Ulverston, revealed(透露)the management of Take That had arranged for her to see the band after reading her blog. A group of local lawmakers have also joined forces with the Anthony blood cancer charity to encourage people to join its stem cell register. ‎ ‎1．What happened after Alice Pyne wrote her “Bucket List”?‎ ‎ A．People around the world sent messages to support her.‎ ‎ B. People sent gifts to her from all over the world.‎ ‎ C. A lot of people offered to donate bone marrow to her.‎ ‎ D. The media called on people to help her．‎ ‎3．Alice Pyne wrote her “Bucket List” to .‎ ‎ A. catch people’s attention B. say goodbye to a few friends C. give comfort to two terminally ill men D. express her last few wishes ‎4．It can be inferred from the second paragraph that Alice Pyne .‎ A. is unaware of her own conditions ‎ B. is very sad to know that she will die ‎ C. is calm to know that death is approaching ‎ D. is still quite confident in fighting against cancer ‎4．Which of the following is NOT on Alice Pyne’s “Bucket List”?‎ ‎ A．To ask people to donate bone marrow.‎ ‎ B. To get a cool computer．‎ ‎ C. To swim with shark.‎ ‎ D．To meet a boy。 ’‎ ‎5. Take That will arrange to .‎ ‎ A．meet Pyne in person B. help Pyne in any possible way ‎ C. donate money to Pyne D. invite Pyne to join the band ‎【答案与解析】身患癌症的英国少女Alice Pyne 把自己的临终遗愿张贴在网上以后，引起了社会各界的普遍关注，再次阐述了“只要人人都献出一点爱，世界将变成美好的人间”的真谛。‎ ‎1.A 细节理解题。由倒数第三段的“Messages of support and offers of help quickly flooded her webpage and it became one of the most talked about subjects on Twitter．”可以看出帖子发布后，收到了世界各地的支持他的信息。‎ ‎2. D 细节理解题。由第一段的“after writing an online“Bucket List” of things she wanted to do before dying.”可以看出，“Bucket List”表达的就是他最后的愿望。‎ ‎3. C 推理判断题。由该段的“I know that the cancer is gaining on me and it doesn’t look like I’m going to win this one”‎ 对自己的病情和结果进行了平静的叙述，由此可知，C项符合语境。‎ ‎4. D 细节判断题。第四段介绍了“Bucket List”所有的内容，前三项都在里面，但是里面的“boy band Take That”是一个乐队，而不是想见某一个男孩，所以应该排除D。‎ ‎5. A 细节理解题。由倒数第二段的“… revealed(透露)the management of Take That had arranged for her”可以看出，她想见的那家乐队已经安排亲自见她了。故选A。‎ ‎【2012·潍坊三县联考】 I am a strong believer that if a child is raised with approval, he learns to love himself and will be successful in his own way.‎ ‎ Several weeks ago，I was doing homework with my son in the third grade and he kept standing up from his chair to go over the math lines．I kept asking him to sit down, telling him that he would concentrate better. He sat but seconds later, as if he didn’t even notice he was doing it, he got up again．I was getting frustrated, but then it hit me．I started noticing his answers were much quicker and accurate when he stood up．Could he be more intent while standing up？‎ This made me start questioning myself and what I had been raised to believe. I was raised to believe that a quiet, calm child was a sure way to success．This child would have the discipline to study hard, get good grades and become someone important in life．‎ Now those same people perhaps come to realize that their kids are born with their own sets of DNA and personality traits，and all you can do is loving and accepting them．As parents，throughout their growing years and beyond that, we need to be our kids' best cheerleaders，guiding them and helping them find their way.‎ ‎ I have stopped asking my son to sit down and concentrate．Obviously, he is concentrating just in his own way and not mine．We need to learn to accept our kids' ways of doing things．Some way may have worked for me but doesn't mean we need to carry it through generations．There is nothing sweeter than being individual and unique．It makes us free and happy and that's just the way I want my kids to live their own life．‎ ‎1. At the beginning, the author tried to keep his son seated in order to make him________.‎ ‎ A. pay more attention to his study B. keep silent in the room C. finish his homework on time D. get right answers ‎2. Inspired by the case of his son，the author began to doubt________.‎ ‎ A．the importance of parents B．the old form of education C．the relationship between kids and their parents D．the good grades of some kids ‎3. According to the passage, which of the following statements is right?‎ A. We should help kids correct their wrong ways.‎ B. Parents should study their kids’ DNA. ‎ C. Kids should be taught to behave themselves. ‎ D. Parents should love and accept their kids.‎ ‎4. The author has stopped asking his son to sit down because __________.‎ A. he has changed his traditional ideas B. his son wants to be unique C. his son doesn’t follow his advice D. his son’s DNAis different ‎5. Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?‎ A. Study hard and you'll be successful B. Be friendly to your children ‎ C. Children's success in their own style D. Parents' help with their children's study ‎【答案与解析】作者通过辅导孩子写作业的经历意识到用传统的教育方式约束孩子已不再适用，父母应该引导和帮助孩子找到适合他们自身的学习方法，培养独特的个性，进而获得成功。‎ ‎ 1.·A细节理解题。根据第一段的“I kept asking him to sit down，telling him that he would concentrate better．”可知作者让他儿子坐下来是想让他更专心地学习。‎ ‎2.·B推理判断题。结合第三段前两句中的内容可推断作者开始怀疑传统教育。‎ ‎3.·D正误判断题。根据第四段的“…and all you can do is loving and accepting them．”可知父母应该关爱并接受他们的孩子。‎ ‎4.·A推理判断题。第三段是对传统教育的质疑，第四段指出父母应该引导并帮助孩子发现适合他们自己的学习方式，最后一段提到作者不再要求孩子坐下专心学习，由此可推断作者改变了他的传统教育观念。‎ ‎5.·C主旨大意题。文章第一段开门见山地提出了本文的主题，如果孩子得到了认同，就能学会自爱并用自己的方式取得成功，所以C项最能概括文章大意。‎ ‎【2012·九江一模】Yao Ming landed in the U．S．in the summer of 2002, 7 - feet, 6 - inches worth of fancy footwork(花式步伐), armed with a soft shooting touch．He was the top player selected by the Houston Rockets, whose new activities place would soon be promoted by Toyota．The Japanese carmaker had just opened a new plant in China, and the company expects that Yao fans would soon become Corolla fans．‎ ‎ For many Americans, Yao was their understanding to the Chinese economic engine．He was a government project, brought up from a young age in order to show the new China to the world．China fulfilled its promise; since those unforgettable days of 2002, through the Beijing Olympics and beyond, the country has stayed on its path towards superpower figure．Yao, sadly, fell short．‎ ‎ According to an early report from Yahoo! Sports, which was confirmed by several other news organizations, Yao is going to retire．He just couldn’t conquer the injuries．A broken bone in his left foot absenced Yao after just five games last season．A broken foot forced him to miss all of the 2009 -2010 season．In fact, due to foot and knee injuries, Yao played in more than 55 games just once over the past six seasons．‎ ‎ Prior to Yao, players over 74" were usually one - skill person．Manute Bol, at 77" , blocked shots and, during one stretch, acted as a shamed three-pointer．Shawn Bradley, 76" , had skills, but was far too gentle to be a star．Yao, however, could do it all．At his top, in 2006 - 2007, he averaged 25 points per game．His turnaround jumper was unstoppable．His post -passes were usually on the money．（It helps when you can see over everyone．） Yao, who played in just eight seasons, finished his career averaging 19．0 points, and 9．2 rebounds, per game．His Rockets never advanced further than the second round of the playoffs(季后赛)．‎ ‎ Whatever on - court milestones Yao's body never allowed him to achieve, he more than made up for off the court．Yao was so much more than a basketball player．To the Chinese public who admired him, he was a symbol of his home country's possibility．Yao carried the Chinese flag at the Olympic opening ceremonies, soaking in the love of his country．‎ ‎1．Toyota' s purpose of supporting Yao is to _______．‎ ‎ A．let Yaoming make money． B．advertise their cars widely．‎ ‎ C．organize their basketball team． D．let Yaoming drive their cars to games．‎ ‎2．When did China keep on its development to some large countries?‎ ‎ A．Since 2000． B．In 2006． C．In 2007． D．In 2010．‎ ‎3．What can I know in the fourth paragraph?‎ ‎ A．Manute Bol has integrated skills． B．Yaoming has integrated skills．‎ ‎ C．Shawn Bradley has integrated skills． D．Shawn Bradley acted as a shamed three –pointer.‎ ‎4．What can we infer from the fifth paragraph?‎ ‎ A．Yaoming didn't achieve any life goals． B．Yaoming is only a good basketball player．‎ ‎ C．People see the strength of China from Yao． D．Yaoming always holds flags in the game．‎ ‎5．Which one of the following stating orders is right?‎ a．The Japanese carmaker supported Yaoming．‎ b．Yao missed many games due to foot and knee injuries,．‎ c．Yao held the Chinese flag at the Olympic opening．‎ d．Yao Ming went to the U．S．for the first time．‎ ‎ A．c,a,b,d B．d,b,c,a C．c,b,d,a D．d,a,c,b ‎【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了姚明的职业生涯以和他在篮球方面的成就以及对中国经济在世界上地位的提高，都做出了巨大的贡献。‎ ‎1.B考查细节理解题。从第一段的He was the top player selected by the Houston Rockets, whose new activities place would soon be promoted by Toyota．The Japanese carmaker had just opened a new plant in China, and the company expects that Yao fans would soon become Corolla fans．看出答案。‎ ‎2.A考查细节理解题。从第二段的China fulfilled its promise; since those unforgettable days of 2002, through the Beijing Olympics and beyond, the country has stayed on its path towards superpower figure看出答案。‎ ‎3.B考查推理题。从第四段的Yao, however, could do it all．At his top, in 2006 - 2007, he averaged 25 points per game．His turnaround jumper was unstoppable．His post -passes were usually on the money．(It helps when you can see over everyone．) Yao, who played in just eight seasons, finished his career averaging 19．0 points, and 9．2 rebounds, per game．His Rockets never advanced further than the second round of the playoffs（季后赛）．可推出答案。‎ ‎4.C考查推理题。从第五段的To the Chinese public who admired him, he was a symbol of his home country's possibility．Yao carried the Chinese flag at the Olympic opening ceremonies, soaking in the love of his country可推出答案。‎ ‎5.D考查细节理解题。文章第一段写到了Yao Ming went to the U．S．for the first time．和The Japanese carmaker supported Yaoming．，第二段写到了…through the Beijing Olympics；第三段写到了In fact, due to foot and knee injuries, Yao played in more than 55 games just once over the past six seasons。故选D项。‎ ‎【2012·顺义素质展示】The first time I went for a walk around my father-in-law’s neighborhood was garbage day, and I was shocked to see what people were throwing out. ‎ It was back in 1981, and I saw many people gathered in someone’s front yard. As I went nearer to see what was happening I got my first introduction to yard sales. For the few dollars I had in my wallet, I was able to buy a seven-inch black-and-white portable TV. I also bought a flashlight.‎ The following weekend, at another yard sale, I saw a 14-inch color TV being sold for almost nothing. I felt I could not miss the offer and bought it. Now I had two sets and couldn’t wait to see what else I could afford the next weekend.‎ Spring ended, and by then I had accumulated almost every type of electronic equipment I had always wished to have back home.‎ Then this new idea came to mind. I had heard about a man who traveled back home every few months. He drove a truck filled with boxes of new and used stuff that people were sending to ‎ relatives. So I told my father that I would send as many types of items as I could so that he could start his resale business.‎ Every few months I would gather several boxes of American “junk” ––– televisions, toasters, fans, hair dryers, etc. and send them home. As word got out about my father’s “trash” market, people all came to buy these things.‎ Three years later, when I visited my family for the first time since leaving home, I learned that many of the families in our neighborhood had a piece of “trash”. It proved that I had the responsibility to keep people back home up to date with the latest technology you no longer need.‎ ‎1. According to the text, a yard sale is a place where people _______.‎ A. sell their front yards at a low price B. sell unwanted things in their own yards C. gather in someone’s yard to enjoy things D. throw away their trash in someone’s yard ‎2. The author felt he could not miss the offer because _______.‎ A. the second TV set was bigger ‎ B. the second TV set was color TV C. the second TV set was very cheap D. he wanted two TV sets very much ‎3. What did the author think of the “junk” he bought?‎ A. He thought they were valuable.‎ B. He thought they were worth buying.‎ C. He was not surprised to see them thrown away.‎ D. He thought he could sell them for a good price.‎ ‎4. From the passage we can infer that _______.‎ A. The author comes from a poor country B. The author often goes home to sell the “junk”‎ C. The author buys the “junk” only to make profits D. The “junk” is not welcomed in the author’s home country ‎【答案与解析】 作者自接触到庭院销售后，一发而不可收拾。别人弃之不用的东西，却被作者当成宝贝送回了家乡。‎ ‎1．B推理判断题。作者在第二段提到当时首次接触庭院销售，仅用几美元就买了一台电视机和一个手电筒，由此可推测是人们在他们自家的院子里出售不想要的东西的地方。‎ ‎2．C细节理解题。结合第三段前两句的内容可知作者感觉到不能错过这次机会的原因是这台彩电非常便宜，几乎不用花钱。‎ ‎3．A作者态度题。第四段中提到作者搜集了几乎各种类型的电子设备并一直希望把它们带回家，下文中提到运回家的这些“垃圾”深受父老乡亲的喜欢，再结合最后一段最后一句的内容可知作者认为自己购买的这些东西是有用的。‎ ‎4．A推理判断题。作者购买的是庭院销售的廉价物品，运回自己的家乡后深受欢迎，文章最后提到自己有责任让家乡的人跟上最新技术的步伐，由此可推测作者来自一个贫穷的地方。‎ ‎【2012安徽省皖南高三联合测评】‎ I learnt about the Pygmalion effect (皮格玛丽翁效应) when I was 7 years old at Riverdale School in Palmerston North and I copied Melissa Crawford’s answers in a spelling test. Before that I was average at school but after that, because Melissa Crawford was smart, and I got all the right answers, I got put in all the smart kids groups.‎ From then I did really well at school because it was believed by the teachers that I would and I also got grouped with the smart kids. This experience that occurred at my primary school shows just how important the Pygmalion effect is in terms of being around mentors (导师) that expect that you' re going to do well and also being around people who are smart.‎ The Pygmalion effect is one principle you want to use if you want to make money fast. Have mentors that expect you will make money fast and as an extra boost hang around, copy and learn from other people who are also making money fast.‎ Yesterday this site had over 5000 unique visitors and the traffic to it is increasing all the time. A year ago I contacted a group of people who got lots of traffic m their sites and I learnt from them. Truthfully I don’t know if they expected me to start getting decent traffic to websites but 1 imagined they did so they might as well have.‎ So there you have it the Pygmalion effect.‎ P. S. My grammar and spelling are not that great nowadays but that's actually completely irrelevant (不相关的) when it comes to getting lots of visitors to your site.‎ ‎1. When did the author learn about the Pygmalion effect?‎ A . Before he took the spelling test. B. After he cheated in the spelling test.‎ C. When he did badly in exams. D. After he finished primary school.‎ ‎2. The author got grouped with the smart kids because ______.‎ A. he was an average pupil at school B. he did better than expected ‎ C. Melissa Crawford was smart D. he did better than all the others at school ‎3. What does the underlined word “contacted” mean in the passage?‎ A. lost touch with B. made friends with C. got in touch with D. was concerned about ‎4. From the passage we can infer that ______.‎ A. the author was busy-meeting visitors every day ‎ B. there was lots of traffic in his city C. the author opened a website himself ‎ D. the author's grammar was poor at school ‎ 【答案与解析】文章通过自己的经历告诉我们皮革马利翁的神奇力量。‎ ‎1.B细节理解题。根据I copied Melissa Crawford’s answers in a spelling test判断，是在他考试作弊以后。‎ ‎2.B细节理解题。作者原先学习平平，由于考试作弊，成绩出色，所以老师把他列为聪明的学生之中。‎ ‎3.C词义猜测题。根据learn from them判断，该词的意思是“取得联系”。‎ ‎4.C推理判断题。从when it comes to getting lots of visitors to your site看，作者有自己的网站。‎ ‎【永州市2012年高考一模】Before she appeared on the reality show(真人秀) Britain’s Got Talent, Susan Boyle was just an ordinary middle-aged British woman. Now all this is going to change.‎ She lives in a house with her cat Pebbles in a tiny Scottish town. Because of learning difficulties, she doesn’t have much education. But what she does have is a very good voice. As a kid, she sang in church and choirs and school plays. For a living, she sang at local pubs.‎ When she took the stage on April 10th her hair was untidy and her clothes seemed just one step up from rags. The audience laughed at her.‎ But then she opened her mouth. A few bars into the song and the laughing audience went ‎ silent. A beautiful voice was singing I Dreamed a Dream from the musical Les Miserables. Everyone was amazed. At the end of her song, the audience jumped to their feet and applauded wildly.‎ Almost overnight, Susan became a household name. She won fans and millions of admirers. Her online videos have drawn over 85.2 million hits.‎ Susan’s story proved the truth of an old saying: “Never judge the book by its cover.” Susan may look ordinary, and doesn’t have much dress sense, but she can certainly sing.‎ Susan’s fans admire her courage, as much as they do her voice. She has experienced mockery and many disappointments, but her love for music has kept her going, which is worth anyone’s respect.‎ ‎61. According to the passage, Susan Boyle _______.‎ A. is a famous young actress B. became famous after a show C. used to be a good student D. is good at dancing and has millions of admirers ‎62. The underlined phrase “just one step up from” in the third paragraph probably means______.‎ A. far from B. close to C. different from D. the same as ‎63. The audience jumped and applauded wildly because__________.‎ A. her hair was untidy and her clothes seemed just one step up from rags B. she looked very funny C. she sang so well that everyone was amazed D. she made a foolish mistake in the end ‎64. Susan Boyle has many fans now because of _______.‎ A. her beautiful face B. her knowing how to dress C. her good education D. her beautiful voice and courage ‎65. The passage is mainly about___________,‎ A. how to win fans B. how to sing well C. a woman’s sudden success D. a woman’s simple life 语篇导读：本文介绍苏珊·波伊尔在英国著名电视选秀节目“英国达人”一夜成名的故事。61. B. 细节理解题。根据第四段“Almost overnight, Susan became a household name.”可知苏 ‎ 珊·波伊尔在电视选秀节目“英国达人”的一次演出后就一夜成名，故选B项 ‎62. B. 词义猜测题。根据文中的“her hair was untidy”和“The audience laughed at her”可知她的穿着不好，接近于破烂（rags），故选B项。‎ ‎63. C. 细节理解题。根据第三段“A beautiful voice was singing I Dreamed a Dream from the musical Les Miserables. Everyone was amazed. At the end of her song, the audience jumped to their feet and applauded wildly”可知，人们欢呼鼓掌是因为她确实唱得太好了，故选C项。‎ ‎64. D. 逻辑推理题。根据最后一段“Susan’s fans admire her courage, as much as they do her voice…but her love for music has kept her going, which is worth anyone’s respect.”‎ 可知人们是因为她漂亮的歌喉和勇气而迷恋她，故选D项。‎ ‎65. C. 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍“没星相指数”很高的苏珊·波伊尔在电视选秀节目“英国达人”的一次演出后就一夜成名，故选C项。‎ ‎【湖南雅礼中学2012届高三月考试卷四】‎ Chinese media and Internet users on Monday decried（谴责）a lack of morals in society after a toddler was struck twice by two different vans and left bleeding on the road as more than a dozen bystanders did nothing to help the seriously injured girl.‎ The incident, captured by a surveillance camera and aired by Southern Television Guangdong (TVS), showed the two-year-old girl was knocked down and run over by a white van on a narrow market street on the afternoon of Oct. 13, in Foshan City of Guangdong‎ ‎Province.‎ The driver fled the scene of the accident, leaving the girl to bleed on the sidewalk. Over the next six minutes, more than a dozen people walked by the girl, yet not one individual did anything to help her. The girl was then hit a second time by another van before an elderly trash collector came to her aid and brought the attention of the girl’s mother, according to the video and eyewitnesses.‎ Doctors said that the girl, who was put on life support after being hospitalized, remains in a deep coma. The girl's parents, who are migrants living in the city, are now with her.‎ Police said the drivers of both vehicles have been arrested. However, the apathy of the bystanders shown in the video has shocked the public, as Internet forums have seethed with anger, and people are questioning the morality of society.‎ High moral standards were once triumphed as national pride in China where individuals known for selflessly helping others were adored by the public.‎ But in recent years, the perception（观念）of a decline of morals has become a hot topic as profit and materialism are perceived to be affecting society’s values.‎ On Sept. 2. an 88-year-old man in central China collapsed, his face striking the pavement. Yet, no one came to his aid, and he ended up choking to death on the blood from his nose.‎ Some have linked the absence of good Samaritans (模范人物)to a previous case in which a man trying to help an elderly woman who fell was accused of harming her.‎ A strong chorus of opinion on the Internet says laws should exempt（免除）Samaritans from liability（责任）, yet laws themselves cannot solve society’s morality dilemma.‎ Cao Lin‎, a China Youth Daily commentator, said in a signed article published on Monday that the worry of liability should not be an excuse for not helping, and this case exposes the decline of humanity in Chinese society.‎ ‎61. According to the passage, what would happen if someone helped others selflessly in the past?‎ ‎ A. He/she would be condemned by the public.‎ ‎ B. He/she would be awarded by the government.‎ ‎ C. The public would feel proud of him/ her and thus showed love and respect for him/ her ‎ D. He/she would have to worry about liability.‎ ‎62. Which of the following is TRUE about this passage?‎ ‎ A. Nobody helped the girl who was struck twice by two different vans.‎ ‎ B. The toddler died immediately after she was hit a second time.‎ ‎ C. High moral standards were once regarded as national pride in China.‎ ‎ D. Journalists from TVS captured the incident by using a camera.‎ ‎63. In recent years, society’s values is believed to be affected by .‎ ‎ A. people’s perceptions B. profit and materialism ‎ C. the apathy of bystanders D. the morals of society ‎64. According to Cao Lin, what is the fundamental reason for not helping the girl?‎ ‎ A. The worry of liability.‎ ‎ B. Lack of laws that exempt Samaritans from liability.‎ ‎ C. The decline of humanity in society.‎ ‎ D. The other two cases mentioned in the article-the case or an 88-year-old man and the case where a man trying to help an elderly woman who fell was accused or harming her.‎ ‎65. Where is the article most probably taken from?‎ ‎ A. A fashion magazine. B. A news report.‎ ‎ C. A science fiction. D. An education column.‎ 语篇导读：10月13日的广东佛山，一位小女孩在先后被两辆汽车碾压，而过路人视而不见、见死不救。这人义道德何在？‎ ‎61. C. 细节理解题。根据第六段“High moral standards were once triumphed as national pride in China where individuals known for selflessly helping others were adored by the public.”可知在过去，大众会为那些无私助人者感到骄傲，而且爱戴和尊敬他们。由此判断选C项。‎ ‎62. C. 细节理解题。根据第六段“High moral standards were once triumphed as national pride in China where individuals known for selflessly helping others were adored by the public.”可知，崇高的道德标准曾经被中国认为是民族的自豪，故选C项。‎ ‎63. B. 细节理解题。根据第七段“But in recent years, the perception（观念）of a decline of morals has become a hot topic as profit and materialism are perceived to be affecting society’s values.”可知，人们认为今天的社会价值观受到了利润和物质主义的影响，故选B项。‎ ‎64. C. 推理判断题。根据最后一段“Cao Lin… said …that the worry of liability should not be an excuse for not helping, and this case exposes the decline of humanity in Chinese society”可推断人们见死不救的根本原因在于社会人道主义的下滑，故选C项。‎ ‎65. B. 推理判断题。文章第一段提出全文主题，随后围绕此主题进行报道，此符合新闻的写作特点，且根据文中内容的时事性可推断该文是一篇新闻报道，故选B项。‎ ‎2011年联考题 ‎1.【2011·四川成都4月月考】D Violin prodigies (神童), I learned, have come in distinct waves from distinct regions. Most of the great performers of the late 19th and early 20th centuries were born and brought up in Russia and Eastern Europe. I asked Isaac Stern, one of the world’s greatest violinists the reason for this phenomenon. “It is very clear,” he told me. “They were all Jews and Jews at the time were severely oppressed and ill-treated in that part of the world. They were not allowed into the professional fields, but they were allowed to achieve excellence on a concert stage.” As a result, every Jewish parent’s dream was to have a child in the music school because it was a passport to the West.‎ Another element in the emergence of prodigies, I found, is a society that values excellence in a certain field to nurture (培育) talent. Nowadays, the most nurturing societies seem to be in the Far East. “In Japan, a most competitive society, with stronger discipline than ours,” says Isaac Stern, children are ready to test their limits ‎ every day in many fields, including music. When Western music came to Japan after World War II, that music not only became part of their daily lives, but it became a discipline as well. The Koreans and Chinese as we know, are just as highly motivated as the Japanese.‎ That’s a good thing, because even prodigies must work hard. Next to hard work, biological inheritance plays an important role in the making of a prodigy. J. S. Bach, for example, was the top of several generations of musicians, and four of his sons had significant careers in music.‎ ‎53. Jewish parents in Eastern Europe longed for their children to attend music school because ________.‎ A. it would allow them access to a better life in the West B. Jewish children are born with excellent musical talent C. they wanted their children to enter into the professional field D. it would enable the family to get better treatment in their own country（A）‎ ‎54. Nurturing societies as mentioned in the passage refer to societies that ________.‎ A. are highly motivated in the education of music ‎ B. treasure talent and provide opportunities for its full development C. encourage people to compete with each other D. promise talented children high positions（B）‎ ‎55. Which of the following contributes to the emergence of musical prodigies according to the passage?‎ A. a natural gift. B. extensive knowledge of music.‎ C. very early training. D. a prejudice-free society.（A）‎ ‎56. Which of the following titles best summarizes the main idea of the passage?‎ A. Jewish Contribution to Music B. Training of Musicians in the World C. Music and Society D. The Making of Music Prodigies ‎53-56 ABAD ‎2.【2011·四川成都4月月考】E I promised Michael I wouldn’t mention this until the season was over．Now l think it's time．‎ ‎ Early last season, I wrote a column about an art of kindness I had seen Jordan do to a disabled child outside the stadium．After it ran，I got a call from a marl in the western suburbs．He said，“I read what you wrote about Jordan．but I thought I should tell you another thing I saw．”‎ Here it comes, I thought. It always does. Write something nice about a person, and people call you up to say that the person is not so nice.‎ ‎ A few weeks later Jordan and I were talking about something else before a game, and I brought up what the man had said. Was the man right? Had Jordan really been talking to those two boys in that poor and dirty .neighborhood?‎ ‎ "Not two boys," Jordan said. "But four."‎ ‎ And he named them. He said four names. And what did they talk about?‎ ‎ "Everything,” Jordan said. " Anything. I’ve asked to see their grades so that I can check to see if they're paying attention to their study. If it turns out that one or two of them may need teaching, I make sure they get it."‎ ‎ It's just one more part of Michael Jordan's life one more thing that no one knows about, and one more thing Jordan does fight for. The NBA season is over now, and those boys have their memories. So do J! When the expert reviewers begin to tuna against Jordan as they surely will, I'll think about those boys under the streetlight, waiting for the man they know to come. For someone they can depend on.‎ ‎57. The writer wrote this story about Jordan and his young friends because _______‎ ‎ A. he thought highly of Jordan's deeds ‎ B. he hated to see Jordan do something bad ‎ C. he believed it was time to help the disabled ‎ D. he felt sure he needn't keep the promise then ‎58. A man in the western suburbs made a call to_______‎ ‎ A. know why Jordan stopped in a bad area ‎ B. get a chance to become famous himself ‎ C. let the writer know Jordan was not that nice ‎ D. offer an example to show how Jordan helped others ‎59. Jordan talked with the boys because he _______. ‎ ‎ A. needed their support ‎ B. had promised to do so ‎ C. liked to teach them to play basketball ‎ D. wanted to make sure they all studied well ‎60. The text implies that Jordan is _______.‎ ‎ A. an excellent basketball player ‎ B. good at dealing with problems of life ‎ C. always ready to make friends with young people ‎ D. willing to do whatever he can for the good of society ‎【答案】57-60 ACDD ‎3.【2011·河南许昌新乡平顶山第三次调研】B A TAXI driver taught me a million dollar lesson in customer satisfaction and expectation. Inspiring speakers charge thousands of dollars to give his kind of training to corporate directors and staff. It cost me only a ＄12 taxi ride. ‎ I had flown into Dallas just for the purpose of calling on a client. Time was important and my plan included a quick turn – around trip from and back to the airport. A clean taxi pulled up. ‎ The driver rushed to open the passenger door for me and made sure I was comfortably seated before he closed the door. As be got in the driver’s seat, he mentioned that the neatly folded Wall Street Journal next to me for my use. He then showed me several tapes and asked me what type of music I would enjoy.‎ Well! I looked around for a “Candid Camera!” Wouldn’t you? I could not believe the service I was receiving! I took the opportunity to say, “Obviously you take great pride in you work. You must have a story to tell.”‎ ‎“You bet,” he replied, “I used to be in Corporate America. But I got tired of thinking my best would never be good enough. I decided to find my right position in life, somewhere I could feel proud of being the best I could be.‎ I knew I would never be a rocket scientist, but I love driving cars, being of service and feeling like I have done a full day’s work and done it well. I evaluated my personal property and, I ‎ became a taxi driver!‎ One thing I know for sure, to be good in my business I jus have to meet the expectations of my passengers. But, to be GREAT in my business, I have to EXEED the customer’s expectations! I like the sound of being ‘great’ better than just being ‘average’. ”‎ Did I tip him big time? You bet!‎ The taxi driver taught me a great life lesson: Go an extra mile when providing any service to others. And there is no good or bad job you can make any job good.‎ ‎60．What lesson did the author learn from the taxi driver?‎ ‎ A．How to make the best use of time.‎ ‎ B．How to do better in the service business.‎ ‎ C．How to turn an interest into your career.‎ ‎ D．How to become a motivational speaker.‎ ‎61．Why did the author look around for a “Candid Camera”?‎ ‎ A．Because he was afraid he would be photographed in the cab.‎ ‎ B．Because he was worried what the driver could be up to.‎ ‎ C．Because he was amazed by the way the driver was treating him.‎ ‎ D．Because he wasn’t interested in the tapes offered by the driver.‎ ‎62．It can be inferred from the story that .‎ ‎ A．the taxi driver couldn’t accept just being average ‎ B．the author was anxious to get back to meet a client ‎ C．when the author waited for a taxi at the airport, he was not in a rush ‎ D．the taxi driver loved to play his favorite music during rides ‎63．According to the story, the taxi driver .‎ ‎ A．was dissatisfied wit his present job ‎ B．was once often rewarded for being a model worker ‎ C．enjoyed offering his customers more than they expected ‎ D．was forced to become a taxi driver to support his family ‎【答案】BCAC ‎4.【2011·河南许昌新乡平顶山第三次调研】C Each time I see a balloon, my mind flies back to a memory of when I was a six-year-old girl. It was a rainy Sunday and my father had recently died. I asked my mom if Dad had gone to heaven. "Yes, honey. Of course." she said.‎ ‎ "Can we write him a letter?"‎ ‎ She paused, the longest pause of my short life, and answered, "Yes."‎ ‎ My heart jumped. "How? Does the mailman go there?" I asked.‎ ‎ "No, but I have an idea." Mom drove to a party store and returned with a red balloon. I asked her what it was for.‎ ‎ "Just wait, honey. You'll see." Mom told me to write my letter. Eagerly, I got my favorite pen, and poured out my six-year-old heart in the form of blue ink. I wrote about my day, what I learned at school, how Mom was doing, and even about what happened in a story I had read. For a few minutes it was as if Dad were still alive. I gave the letter to Mom. She read it over, and a smile crossed her face.‎ ‎ She made a hole in the corner of the letter where she looped (缠绕) the balloon string. We went ‎ outside and she gave me the balloon. It was still raining.‎ ‎ "Okay, on the count of three, let go. One, two, three."‎ The balloon, carrying my letter, darted upward against the rain. We watched until it was swallowed by the mass of clouds.‎ Later I realized, like the balloon, that Dad had never let his sickness get him down. He was strong. No matter what he suffered, he'd persevere, dart up, and finally transcend (超越) this cold world and his sick body. He rose into sky and became something beautiful. I watched until the balloon disappeared into the gray and white and I prayed that his strength was hereditar. I prayed to be a balloon.‎ ‎64．When the girl asked her mother if they could write to her father, her mother _________.‎ ‎ A．felt it hard to answer B．thought her a creative girl ‎ C．believed it easy to do so D．found it easy to lie ‎65．When the girl was told that she could send a letter to her father, she _________.‎ ‎ A．jumped with joy B．became excited ‎ C．started writing immediately D．was worried that it couldn't be delivered ‎66．In the eyes of the author, what was the rain like?‎ ‎ A．An incurable disease. B．An unforgettable memory.‎ ‎ C．The hard time her father had. D．The failures her father experienced.‎ ‎67．What would be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A．An unforgettable experience B．The strong red balloon ‎ C．Fly to paradise D．A great father ‎【答案】ABCB ‎5.【2011·河南许昌新乡平顶山第三次调研】D THIS was the year the Earth struck back.‎ Earthquakes, heat waves, floods, volcanoes, super typhoons, snow storms, landslides and droughts killed at least a quarter of a million people in 2010 – the deadliest year in more than a generation. More people were killed worldwide by natural disasters this year than have been killed in terrorism attacks in the past 40 years combined.‎ ‎"It just seemed like it was back-to-back and it came in waves," said Craig Fugate, who heads the U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency. It handled a record number of disasters in 2010.‎ And we have ourselves to blame most of the time, scientists and disaster experts say.‎ Even though many catastrophes have the ring of random chance, the hand of man made this a particularly deadly, costly, extreme and weird（古怪的） year for everything from wild weather to earthquakes.‎ Poor construction and development practices conspire to make earthquakes more deadly than they need be. More people live in poverty in vulnerable（脆弱的） buildings in crowded cities. That means that when the ground shakes, the river breaches, or the tropical cyclone hits, more people die.‎ Disasters from the Earth, such as earthquakes and volcanoes "are pretty much constant," said Andreas Schraft, vice president of catastrophic perils for the Geneva-based insurance giant Swiss Re. "All the change that's made is man-made."‎ The January earthquake that killed well more than 220,000 people in Haiti is a perfect example. Port-au-Prince has nearly three times as many people - many of them living in poverty - ‎ and more poorly built shanties than it did 25 years ago. So had the same quake hit in 1985 instead of 2010, total deaths would have probably been in the 80,000 range, said Richard Olson, director of disaster risk reduction at Florida‎ International ‎University.‎ In February, an earthquake that was more than 500 times stronger than the one that struck Haiti hit an area of Chile that was less populated, better constructed, and not as poor. Chile's bigger quake caused fewer than 1,000 deaths.‎ Climate scientists say Earth's climate also is changing, bringing extreme weather, such as heat waves and flooding.‎ In the summer, one weather system caused oppressive heat in Russia, while farther south it caused flooding in Pakistan that inundated 161,200 square kilometers, about the size of Wisconsin. That single heat-and-storm system killed almost 17,000 people, more people than all the worldwide airplane crashes in the past 15 years.‎ Scientists have calculated that the killer Russian heat wave—setting a national record of ‎43.9℃‎—would happen once every 100,000 years without global warming.‎ ‎68．What is responsible for the most human deaths in 2010?‎ A．Natrual disasters. B．Terrorist attacks.‎ ‎ C．Poor buildings. D．Too rapid developrnent.‎ ‎69．According to Andreas Schraft, .‎ A．earthquakes are happening more often because of human beings B．earthquakes are causing more damage because of human beings C．stronger houses should be built to limit storm damage D．Port—au—Prince is now overpopulated ‎70．The main point of the article is to .‎ A．list the natural disasters that occurred in 2010‎ B．give the details of some natural disasters of 2010‎ C．warn that more natural disasters are to strike D．blame humanity for not helping those affected by the disasters ‎【答案】AAC ‎6.【2011·皖南八校第三次联考】E The Mediterranean Sea-Whistling, cheering, waving hands with tears flowing and shouting are the sight I see when the Chinese frigate Xuzhou approaches．The huge Greek ship, containing about 2,200 Chinese from Libya, and the frigate whistle and raise their flags up and down to each other showing respect．"We salute the Chinese frigate in the same way we would a Greek warship," an officer of the Greek ship tells China Daily．‎ After the ship and frigate greet each other, they sail side-by-side for an hour and a half only three hundreds meters apart．A Chinese helicopter flies over the two ships．The frigate Xuzhou, which had been on duty in the Aden Gulf, joined the removing efforts in the waters surrounding Libya．‎ Weijianhua, captain of the Chinese frigate, sends his warm greetings over the radio, thanking Greek crew for their help and support in the removing of Chinese nationals from disordered Libya．Wei also welcomes his fellow Chinese on board on their way back home．“The strong and prosperous motherland is with you when you are experiencing hardship,” Wei greets passengers on board the frigate．‎ On hearing this, a group of people wave their hands toward the frigate, cheering and shouting ‎ "Yes, we feel that we are from a big family and when we meet troubles overseas, we can get help any time," says the 40-aged Cui Qinghua, one of the 300 Chinese construction workers in the central part of Libya．They planned to leave Libya as soon as events became uncontrolled on Feb．16．But Local wrongdoers robbed them and prevented them from fleeing．However, the Chinese embassy tried every means to help them．"Finally we succeeded, and now here we are," says Cui．‎ Cui and other evacuees are halfway to Crete in Greece．The Chinese government has sent seven hired ships from Crete to transport Chinese nationals from Libya．They are all expected to take flights back to China by 10th March．‎ ‎72．The author writes the article to show that __ ___.‎ ‎ A．the Chinese navy is strong enough to protect its overseas citizens ‎ B．the Chinese government is responsible for its nationals ‎ C．Libya is not friendly to the Chinese workers ‎ D．Chinese are proud of their prosperous motherland ‎73．Which of the following statements is NOT true?‎ ‎ A．The Chinese nationals are on a Greek warship．‎ ‎ B．The Chinese nationals met with difficulties before fleeing Libya．‎ ‎ C．The Chinese nationals are leaving Libya for Crete in Greece．‎ ‎ D．A powerful motherland is more important than anything else to its citizens overseas．‎ ‎74．The purpose of China sending the frigate Xuzhou to the Mediterranean Sea is to __ ___.‎ ‎ A．prevent sea robbers from attacking commercial ships ‎ B．pick up the Chinese nationals from ‎Libya ‎ C．greet the Chinese nationals from ‎Libya ‎ D．protect the Greek ship carrying the Chinese nationals from ‎Libya ‎75．From Cui Qinghua's words we know that he felt ______ when he heard the captain of the Chinese frigate．‎ ‎ A．excited and relaxed B．emotional and proud ‎ C．happy and confident D．honest and talkative ‎72.B主旨大意题。通读全文可知答案。‎ ‎73.A 细节判断题。由文章第一段中的二、三两句话可知答案。‎ ‎74.D 综合推理题。由文章前两段内容可推知答案。‎ ‎75.B 细节理解题。由文章第四段内容可知答案。‎ ‎7.【2011·河南省示范性高中五校联考】A After Maggie Doyne graduated from high school, she decided to spend a year traveling the world before starting college. The journey changed her life and the lives of hundreds of orphaned children forever.‎ In 2006, Doyne took a trip in Nepal, Asia. Having grown up in New Jersey, Doyne was shocked to see so many orphaned children living on the streets. She wanted to do something about it. Doyne used her savings to buy an acre of land. Then, she built the kids a home, the Kopila Valley Children's Home.‎ Now, the Do Something foundation is doing something for Doyne. The organization provides resources and support for teens that want to make a difference in the world. On Thursday night, ‎ the foundation named Doyne the $100,000 prize winner of the 2009 Do Something Award. ‎ The Kopila Valley Children's Home officially opened its doors in 2008. Doyne, now 22 years old, cares for 26 kids. She has helped more than 700 other orphans find families. She also runs a program that provides scholarships for needy families to send their children to school. The children learn basic skills such as sewing and cooking. They also grow their own food in their garden and raise farm animals.‎ Doyne admits that she didn't have it all figured out when she first arrived in Nepal. "I just felt that there was something there for me," she said. Her parents were supportive of her. But it was a challenge to convince other adults that an 18-year-old girl could accomplish such a big project. Still, Doyne never gave up on fund raising. In just over a year, she had enough money to build her dream home.‎ ‎"When all the kids are sitting at the table for breakfast, or they're happy and all dancing . . . it's the best feeling in the world." she says.‎ ‎56. After graduation from high school, Doyne determined ______.‎ A. to continue her education in college B. to change the lives of orphaned children C. to tour the world before going to college D. to set up the Kopila Valley Children's Home ‎57. What do we know about the Do Something foundation?‎ A. It is an organization intended for orphans.‎ B. It is an organization set up in Nepal, Asia. ‎ C. It officially opened its doors in 2008.‎ D. It offers Doyne great honor and support. ‎ ‎58. It can be inferred from the passage that______. ‎ A. Doyne overcame great difficulties in building the home B. everything in Nepal worked out as Doyne had expected C. with her parents’ help, Doyne stopped raising funds D. it was easy to persuade adults around to support Doyne ‎ ‎59. Which of the following words can best describe Maggie Doyne? ‎ A. Brave. B. Caring C. Talented D. Cautious ‎【答案】CDAB ‎8.【2011·山东淄博市模拟】A This is a story that happened 15 years ago but it has always stayed with me since then．On the way back from work every evening,more often than not there would be a homeless man standing at the exit of the freeway．He always waved at every car,he was always happy and smiling and sometimes almost dancing．Every day after work when I got there，I would quickly roll down my window and give him the coins．Occasionally the red light would be on for a minute and we would ask each other about our day．His answer would always be the same，“I’m blessed！”．‎ It amazed me that even in his situation of being homeless he was so positive，and his answer would remind me of how blessed I was．A single mother of four amazing kids,with a place to call home and with a job to provide for my kids．Then one day I was called into my boss’s office and was told that I was being laid off due to the economy．Needless to say that on my was home that day I was very sad and upset．I didn’t remember to look for my spare change and keep it ready ‎ like I usually did．I wasn’t feeling the joy as I got off the ramp where the homeless man would be．Yet there he was as alway，as l turned the ramp．He set his eyes on me，while still smiling and waving at others．‎ While I was waiting for the red light to turn，he strolled over to my car．He had a big smile he looked me straight in the eyes and said “today I will give you a dollar”．He then reached into his pocket and pulled out a dollar bill．I was blown away．I burst into tears．I wanted to jump out of my car and hug him！‎ You see that day he gave me more than a dollar bill，he taught me a valuable lesson．No matter what material things are taken from you，no one can take away your choice to be joyful．‎ ‎56．What is the passage mainly concerned？‎ ‎ A．A dollar bill from a homeless person．‎ ‎ B．A blessing coming from a homeless person．‎ ‎ C．A woman who lost her job due to the economy．‎ ‎ D．A homeless man standing at the exit of the freeway．‎ ‎57．From the lst paragraph，we know the homeless man is ．‎ ‎ A．optimistic B．brave C．Iazy D．kind-hearted ‎58．After leaving the boss’s office，the author ．‎ ‎ A．felt relaxed to get rid of the tiring job ‎ B．still felt joyful when coming off the ramp ‎ C．took it for granted that she was fit for her job ‎ D．didn’t put some change aside to give to the man ‎59．The underlined phrase“blown away”in the 3rd paragraph most probably means ．‎ ‎ A．completely defeated B．wholly blown down ‎ C．really amazed D．murdered by gunfire ‎60．It can be inferred from the passage that ．‎ ‎ A．material things are the most important in life ‎ B．people should be encouraged to beg by smiling ‎ C．the author’s ride home that dog was smooth sailing ‎ D．we should wait others’help when faced with challenges ‎【答案】56-60 BADCC ‎9.B【2011·浙江省第二次五校联考】‎ I live in the land of Disney, Hollywood and year-round sun. You may think people in such a splendid, fun-filled place are happier than others. If so, you have some mistaken ideas about the nature of happiness.‎ ‎　　Many intelligent people still equate happiness with fun. The truth is that fun and happiness have little or nothing in common. Fun is what we experience during an act. Happiness is what we experience after an act. It is a deeper, more lasting emotion.‎ ‎　　Going to an amusement park or ball game, watching a movie or television, are fun activities that help us relax, temporarily forget our problems and maybe even laugh. But they do not bring happiness, because their positive effects end when the fun ends.‎ ‎　　I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to play, it is to teach us that happiness has nothing to do with fun. These rich, beautiful individuals have constant access to ‎ glamorous parties, fancy cars, expensive homes, everything that spells “happiness”. But in memoir（回忆录）after memoir, they reveal the unhappiness hidden beneath all their fun: depression, alcoholism, drug addiction, broken marriages, troubled children and profound loneliness.‎ ‎　　Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage, if he’s honest, and he will tell you that he is afraid of making a commitment, for commitment is in fact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun, adventure and excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most distinguishing features.‎ ‎　　Similarly, couples that choose not to have children are deciding in favor of painless fun over painful happiness. They can dine out whenever they want and sleep as late as they can. Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleep or a three-day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to describe raising children.‎ ‎　　Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is one of the most liberating（解放性的）realizations. It liberates time: now we can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to increase our happiness now seems pointless. And it liberates us from envy: we now understand that all those rich and glamorous people we were so sure are happy because they are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.‎ ‎45. We can learn from the passage that____________.‎ A. fun creates long-lasting satisfaction B. fun provides enjoyment while pain leads to happiness C. happiness is lasting whereas fun is short-lived D. fun that is long-standing may lead to happiness ‎46. To the author, the role Hollywood stars will play is to _________.‎ A. write memoir after memoir about their happiness B. tell the public that happiness has nothing to do with fun C. teach people how to enjoy their lives D. bring happiness to the public instead of going to parties ‎47. In the author’s opinion, marriage____________.‎ A. affords greater fun B. leads to raising children C. indicates duty and devotion D. usually ends up in pain ‎48. Which of the following is the best example of “painful happiness”?‎ A. Winning lottery by accident. 　　 B. A bachelor resisting marriage.‎ C. Raising children. 　　 D. Buying some fancy clothes.‎ ‎49. If one gets the meaning of the true sense of happiness, he will____________.‎ A. stop playing games and joking with others B. keep himself with his family C. give a free hand to money D. use his time to increase happiness ‎【答案】45-49 CBCCD ‎ ‎10.B【2011·浙江宁波第二次模拟】‎ An Australian man who has been donating his extremely rare kind of blood for 56 years has saved the lives of more than two million babies.‎ James Harrison has an antibody in his plasma that stops babies dying from Rhesus disease,a ‎ form of severe anaemia. He has en9 enabled countless mothers to give birth to healthy babies, including his own daughter, Tracey, who had a healthy son thanks to her father’s blood.‎ Mr. Harrison has ‘oeen giving blood every few weeks since he was 18 years old and has now racked up a total of 984 donations. When he started donating, his blood was deemed so special that his life was insured for one million Australian dollars.‎ He was also nicknamed the “man with the golden arm” or the “man in two million”. He said:”l’ve never thought about stopping. Never.” He made a pledge to be a donor aged 14 after undergoing major chest surgery in which he needed 13 litres of blood. “I was in hospital for hree months:”1e said. “The blood I received saved my lite so I made a pledge to give blood when I was 18.”‎ Just a:Rer he started donating he was found to have the rare and life-saving antibody in his blood. At the time, thousands of babies in Australia were dying each year of Rhesus disease. Other newborns suffered permanent brain damage because of the condition. The disease creates an incompatibility ‘oetween the motherls blood and her unborn baby’s blood. It stems fiom one having, Rh-positivc blood and the othcr Rh-negative.‎ His blood has since led to the development ofa vaccine called Anti-D. After his blood type was discovered, Mr. Harrison volunteered to undergo a series of’tests to help develop the Anti-D vaccine. “They insured me for a million dollars so I knew my wife Barbara would be taken care of,” he said. “I wasn’t scared. I was glad to help. I had to sign every form going and basically sign my life away.”‎ Mr. Harrison is Rh-negative and was given injections of Rh-positive blood. It was found his plasma could treat the condition and since then it has been given to hundreds of thousands of women. It has also been given to babies after they are born to stop them developing’ the disease. ‎ It is estimated he has helped save 2.2 million babies’ so far. Mr. Harrison is still donating every few weeks now.‎ ‎45. How oldisnes Harrison?‎ A. 56 B. ‎70 C. 74 D. 78‎ ‎46. What does the underlined phrase “two million” refer to?‎ A. babies B. mothers C. dollars D. all of the above ‎47. Why did James decide to donate his blood? Because .‎ A. his daughter asked him to help her son B. he has a golden arm worth a million dollars C. a vaccine called Anti-D is to ‘oe developed D. someone else’s blood saved his life ‎48.The sentence “The disease creates an incompatibility between the mother’s blood and her unborn baby’s blood” (underlined in Paragraph 5) suggests that .‎ A. babies suffer permanent ‘orain damage before born B. the mother and the baby have different types of blood C. Rhesus disease contributes to permanent brain damage D. all the patients have a rare antibody in their blood ‎49. What can we infer from the sixth paragraph?‎ A. Some of the tests to develop the vaccine are dangerous.‎ B. His wife Barbara needed to be taken care of badly then.‎ C. Mr, Harrison was glad to help develop a new vaccine.‎ D. His blood type was accidentally discovered-after tests.‎ ‎【答案】CADBA ‎11.A【2011·辽宁东北育才中学模拟】‎ The Marches were a happy family. Poverty, hard work, and even the fact that Father March was away with the Union armies could not down the spirits of Meg, Jo, Amy, and Marmee, as the March girls called their mother.‎ The March sisters tried to be good but had their share of faults. Pretty Meg was often displeased with the schoolchildren she taught; boyish Jo was easy to become angry; golden-haired schoolgirl Amy liked to show up; but Beth, who kept the house, was loving and gentle always. ‎ ‎ The happy days passed and darkness came when a telegram arrived for Mrs. March. “Your husband is very ill,” it said, “come at once.” The girl tried to be brave when their mother left for the front. They waited and prayed. Little Beth got scarlet fever (猩红热) when she was taking care of the sick neighbor. She became very ill but began to recover by the time Marmee was back. When Father came home from the front and at that joyful Christmas dinner they were once more all together. ‎ ‎ Three years later the March girls had grown into young womanhood. Meg became Mrs. Brooke, and after a few family troubles got used to her new state happily. Jo had found pleasure in her literary efforts. Amy had grown into a young lady with a talent for design and an even greater one for society. But Beth had never fully regained her health, and her family watched her with love and anxiety. ‎ ‎ Amy was asked to go and stay in Europe with a relative of the Marches. Jo went to New York and became successful in her writing and had the satisfaction of seeing her work published there. But at home the bitterest blow was yet to fall. Beth had known for some time that she couldn’t live much longer to be with the family and in the spring time she died. ‎ ‎ News came from Europe that Amy and Laurie, the grandson of a wealthy neighbor, had planned to be married soon. Now Jo became ever more successful in her writing and got married to Professor Bhaer and soon afterwards founded a school for boys. ‎ ‎ And so the little women had grown up and lived happily with their children, enjoying the harvest of love and goodness that they had devoted all their lives to. ‎ ‎56. The members of the March family were Father March, Mrs. March and their _______. ‎ A. four daughters B. five daughters ‎ C. son and four daughters D. son and five daughters ‎57. Who was the most successful in career among the March girls? ‎ A. Jo B. Beth C. Amy D. Meg ‎ ‎58. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage? ‎ A. The march Family B. The March Parents ‎ C. The March Girls D. The March Relatives ‎ ‎59. It can be inferred from the passage that the March family had ______. ‎ A. both happiness and sadness B. wealthy neighbors ‎ C. more girls than boys D. a lot of rich relatives ‎ ‎【答案】56-59: AACA ‎12.C【2011·辽宁东北育才中学模拟】‎ One of Britain’s bravest women told yesterday how she helped to catch suspected police killer David Bieber—and was thanked with flowers by the police. It was also said that she could be in ‎ line for a share of up to ￡ 30 000 reward money.‎ Vicki Brown,30, played a very important role in ending the national manhunt. Vicki, who has worked at the Royal Hotel for four years, told of her terrible experience when she had to steal into Bieber’s bedroom and to watch him secretly. Then she waited alone for three hours while armed police prepared to storm the building.‎ She said, “I was very nervous. But when I opened the hotel door and saw 20 armed policemen lined up in the car park I was so glad they were there.”‎ The alarm had been raised because Vicki became suspicious of the guest who checked in at 3 pm the day before New Year’s Eve with little luggage and wearing sunglasses and a hat pulled down over his face. She said, “He didn’t seem to want to talk too much and make any eye contact.” Vicki, the only employed on duty, called her bosses Margaret, 64, and husband Stan McKale, 65, who phoned the police at 11 pm.‎ Officers from Northumbria Police called Vicki at the hotel in Dunston, Gateshead, at about 11:30 pm to make sure that this was the wanted man. Then they kept in touch by phoning Vicki every 15 minutes.‎ ‎“It was about ten past two in the morning when the phone went again and a policeman said ‘Would you go and make yourself known to the armed officers outside?’ My heart missed a beat.”‎ Vicki quietly showed eight armed officers through passage s and staircases to the top floor room and handed over the key.‎ ‎“I realized that my bedroom window overlooks that part of the hotel, so I went to watch. I could not see into the man’s room, but I could see the passage .The police kept shouting at the man to come out with his hands showing. Then suddenly he must have come out because they shouted for him to lie down while he was handcuffed（戴上手铐）.‎ ‎64. Vicki became suspicious of David Bieber because__________.‎ A. the police called her ‎ B. he looked very strange C. he came to the hotel with little luggage D. he came to the hotel the day before New Year’s Eve ‎65. Vicki’s heart missed a beat because__________.‎ A. the phone went again B. she would be famous C. the policemen had already arrived D. she saw 20 policemen in the car park ‎66. David Bieber was most probably handcuffed in__________. A. the passage B. the man’s room C. Vicki’s bedroom D. the top floor room ‎67. The whole event probably lasted about __________hours from the moment Bieber came to the hotel to the arrival of some armed officers. A.6 B‎.8 ‎C.11 D.14‎ ‎【答案】64-67 BCAC ‎13.【2011·西南师大附中第六次月考】A When I was a child, I often dreamed of the time when I could leave home and escape to the city. We lived on a farm. In the winter especially, we were quite far away from the outside world. As soon as I left school, I packed my bags and moved to the capital. However, I soon discovered ‎ that my life has its problems too.‎ One big disadvantage is money. It costs so much to go out, not to mention basics like food and housing. Another disadvantage is pollution. I suffer from asthma (哮喘), and the air is so serious polluted that I am afraid to go outside. Then there is the problem of traveling round. Although I have a car, I seldom use it because of the traffic jams. One choice is to go by bicycle, but that can be quite dangerous.‎ Of course there are advantages. First, there is so much to do in the city, whatever your tastes in culture or entertainment (娱乐活动). Besides, there are wonderful jobs and greater chances of moving to a more important job or position. Finally, if you like shopping, the variety of goods is very surprising — and , what is more, shops are often only a short walk away.‎ Is life better then, in the city? Perhaps it is, when you are in your teens (十几岁) or twenties. However, as you get older, and especially if you have small children, the peace of the countryside may seem preferable. I certainly hope to move back there soon.‎ 44. What was the writer always thinking about when he was a child?‎ A. Staying on the farm.                B. Leaving home for the city.‎ C. Moving to the countryside.           D. Running away from the school.‎ 45. Which of the following is true about the writer?‎ A. He lives in the city now.        B. He is in good health.‎ C. He prefers driving a car.         D. He is very old now.  ‎ 46. In the passage, the writer tries to __________.‎ A. persuade the reader to live in the city     B. describe his life in the countryside C. show an interest in the outside world      D. express his opinions about the way of life 47. How is the passage mainly developed? ‎ A. By inferring.         B. By listing examples.        ‎ C. By comparing.  D. By giving explanations.‎ ‎【答案】ＢＡＤＣ ‎14.【2011·辽宁锦州市质检二】A I used to believe in the American dream that meant a job, credit, success. I wanted it and worked toward it like everyone else, all of us separately chasing the same thing.‎ One year, through a series of unhappy events, it all fell apart. I found myself homeless and alone. I had my truck and $56. I searched the countryside for some place I could rent for the cheapest possible amount. I came upon a deserted cottage in a small remote valley. I hadn’t been alone for 25 years. I was scared, but I hoped the hard work would distract and heal me. ‎ I found the owner and rented the place for $‎50 a month. The locals knew nothing about me. But slowly they started teaching me the art of being a neighbor. They dropped off blankets, tools and canned deer meat and began sticking around to chat. They would ask if I wanted to meet cousin Albie or go fishing. They started to teach me a belief in a different American dream, not the one of individual achievement but of neighborliness. Men would stop by with wild berries, ice cream, truck parts to see if I needed some. The women on that mountain worked harder than any I'd ever met. They taught me how to store food in the stream and keep it cold and safe. I learned to keep enough for an extra plate for company. ‎ What I had believed in, all those things I thought were necessary for a civilized life, were non-existent in this place．Up on the mountain, my most valuable possessions were my relationships with my neighbors．‎ After four years in that valley, I moved back into town. I saw a lot of people were having a really hard time, losing their jobs and homes. With the help of a real estate broker(房地产经纪人) I chatted up at the grocery store, I managed to rent a big enough house to take in a handful of people. It’s four of us now, but over time I've had nine come in and move on to other places from here. We’d all be in shelters if we hadn't banded together. ‎ The American dream I believe in now is a shared one. It’s not so much about what I can get for myself; it’s about how we can all get by together.‎ ‎56. Before a series of unhappy events happened, the writer ________.‎ A. had a well-paid job B. worked hard for his American dream C. worked hard and liked to share D. felt hopeless about his American dream ‎57. What does the underlined sentence “I learned to．．．” in Paragraph 3 most probably mean?‎ A. The writer learned to run a company.‎ B. The writer learned to share with others.‎ C. The writer learned to keep enough plates.‎ D. The writer learned to save money for his company.‎ ‎58. Why did the writer rent a big house?‎ A. To make some money. B. To show off his wealth.‎ C. To share with those people in need. D. To make friends with his neighbors.‎ ‎59. The writer mainly tells us about ________．‎ A. his unhappy experiences B. the friendly people in the valley C. the change of his living conditions D. his new idea of the American dream ‎【答案】56—59 BBCD ‎15.【2011·重庆主城八区调研】‎ A Suddenly all the lights on that crowded underground train went out. Then it stopped in that dark tunnel(隧道). ‎ We waited. We expected the lights to come on again soon. But nothing happened. Then I began to smell something. Yes, I could smell smoke. So I asked myself, “Is this train on fire?” People around me then began to cry out in fear. “The train is on fire!” they cried. ‎ Then the woman standing next to me suddenly fell on the floor. I realized she was overcome by the smoke. Then I saw flames appearing. “If something does not happen soon,” I said to myself, “I will be burnt alive!” ‎ But as I stood there in the dark in that crowded burning train, I could see no way to escape. I thought, “No one can save me from certain death but God. Only God can make a way for any of us to escape death in this train.” ‎ Before the flames reached me, I found the open door and I climbed out of the train into the dark tunnel. Then as quickly as I could, I ran from the burning train down the tunnel. Now as I ran I could hear hundreds of people that were locked in that burning train, crying out for help. I knew I could do nothing to help them, so I ran on. ‎ Then for two hours I kept walking in that dark train tunnel. At last I saw a light in the distance. I asked myself “Why did God enable me to escape death?” I decided, “God must have a purpose for saving my life. He must want me to help other people experience what He could do for them.”‎ ‎56. What caused the woman next to me to fall?‎ A. The fire. ‎ B. Fear. ‎ C. The smoke. ‎ D. Anxiety.‎ ‎57. The passengers failed to escape because ________.‎ ‎ A. they didn’t find the way out ‎ B. they were too frightened to move ‎ C. the fire and smoke were too much ‎ D. too many people were in their way ‎58. What would the author most possibly do after he saw the exit from the tunnel?‎ ‎ A. Going home. ‎ B. Blaming himself.‎ ‎ C. Calling reporters. ‎ D. Returning to help.‎ ‎59. Between which two paragraphs can the following paragraph be put?‎ I cried, “God, if it is not my time to die, please help me!” Then I heard a noise. It was like a door opening. It was on my right hand side. So in the dark, I at once began to push my way forward to where that noise came from. ‎ ‎ A. Between Paragraph 2 and 3. ‎ B. Between Paragraph 3 and 4.‎ ‎ C. Between Paragraph 4 and 5. ‎ D. Between Paragraph 5 and 6.‎ ‎【答案】CADC ‎16.【2011·江西新余市二模】A That cold January night, I was growing sick of my life in San Francisco. There I was walking home at one in the morning after a tiring practice at the theater. With opening night only a week away, I was still learning my lines. I was having trouble dealing with my part-time job at the bank and my acting at night at the same time. As I walked, I thought seriously about giving up both acting and San Francisco. City life had become too much for me.‎ As I walked down empty streets under tall buildings, I felt very small and cold. I began running, both to keep warm and to keep away from any possible robbers. Very few people were still out except a few sad-looking homeless people under blankets.‎ About a block from my apartment, I heard a sound behind me. I turned quickly, half expecting to see someone with a knife or a gun. The street was empty. All I saw was a shining streetlight. Still, the noise had made me nervous, so I started to run faster. Not until I reached my apartment building and unlocked the door did I realize what the noise had been. It had been my wallet falling to the sidewalk.‎ Suddenly I wasn't cold or tired any more. I ran out of the door and back to where I'd heard the noise. Although I searched the sidewalk anxiously for fifteen minutes, my wallet was nowhere to be found.‎ Just as I was about to give up the search, I heard the garbage truck pull up to the sidewalk next to me. When a voice called from the inside, “Alisa Camacho？” I thought I was dreaming. How could this man know my name？ The door opened, and out jumped a small red-haired man with an amused look in his eyes. “Is this what you're looking for？” he asked, holding up a small square shape.‎ It was nearly ‎3 a.m. by the time I got into bed. I wouldn't get much sleep that night, but I had got my wallet back. I also had got back some enjoyment of city life. I realized that the city couldn't be a bad place as long as people were willing to help each other.‎ ‎56．How did the writer feel when she was walking home after work？‎ A. Cold and sick B. Lucky and hopeful C. Satisfied and cheerful D. Disappointed and helpless ‎57．From the first paragraph, we learn that the writer was busy .‎ A. solving her problem at the bank B. taking part in various city activities C. learning acting in an evening school D. preparing for the first night show ‎58．On her way home the writer .‎ A. lost her wallet unknowingly ‎ B. was stopped by a garbage truck driver C. was robbed of her wallet by a man with a knife D. found some homeless people following her ‎59．In the fifth paragraph, why did the writer say she was dreaming？‎ A. Someone offered to take her back home B. A red-haired man came to see her.‎ C. She heard someone call her name D. Her wallet was found in a garbage truck ‎60．From the text, we can infer that the writer .‎ A. would stop working at night B. would stay on in ‎San Francisco C. would make friends with cleaners. D. would give up her job at the bank ‎【答案】DDACB ‎17.【2011·山东济南市二模】‎ A ‎ When Josephine Cooper was growing up, she learned the importance of charity from her parents. Although they made a modest living for their family of 10, they insisted on sharing with those less fortunate.‎ ‎ Half a century later, Mrs Cooper became a beloved volunteer at the San Diego Food Bank, where she devoted herself to helping others. She organized and ran a distribution center from a church, helping it become the organization’s largest emergeney fooddistribution center in San Diego. She was one of 25 outstanding senior volunteers in the nation selected and invited Washington‎ ‎D.C.‎ to receive the award.‎ ‎ “She was the main person who helped us make that program grow,” said Mike Doody, former director of the Food Bank. “She had a way of getting people to work together and to work hard. She was determined and stubborn, but in a good way. She had a good heart.” People knew her as “Grandma” because of her selflessness and her devotion to helping hungry children and families. “She reminded people of their Grandma.” Doody said.‎ ‎ As a widow with a young child in 1979, Mrs. Cooper was helped through a difficult financial time when the Food Bank provided her with groceries. “She dedicated her life to giving back,” said her daughter, Monica Cooper. It wasn’t unusual for a local church to call Mrs Cooper to ask her to aid a needy family. “She would give people food out of her cupboard. Sometimes we would cook a meal for a frailly living out of their car,” Cooper said.‎ ‎ Although Mrs Cooper was honored to receive the national award for her volunteer work, she said being able to help others was her reward. She died of liver disease and kidney failure, aged 93.‎ ‎56．The underlined word “charity” in Paragraph 1 refers to .‎ ‎ A．offering help B．donating money ‎ C．providing services D．showing sympathy ‎57．The San Diego Food Bank is meant to .‎ ‎ A．distribute food in case of emergency B．help hungry children and families ‎ C．give basic first-aid treatment D．train some senior volunteers ‎58．Which of the following is true of Mrs Cooper?‎ ‎ A．She died at an early age. B．She refused the national award.‎ ‎ C．She was kind and devoted. D．She was not easy to get along with.‎ ‎59．From what Monica Cooper said, we know that .‎ ‎ A．she is in financial trouble B．she was finally rewarded ‎ C．she once misunderstood her mother D．she thinks highly of her mother ‎60．Mrs Cooper’s story suggests that .‎ ‎ A．everyone needs a Grandma nearby B．children are what their parents are ‎ C．a sound mind is in a sound body D．a mother’s love never changes ‎【答案】ABCDB ‎18.【2011·山东济宁一中模拟】A A good friend of mine was complaining about her son the other day．“Did you notice,” she started, “how he didn’t wait for me to get my salad before he dove into his?”‎ ‎ True enough, the boy attacked his plate faster than a cat in the wild．Without manners, we’re no more than animals．Actually, that’s not true．I’ve been watching and feeding a group of wild cats, and they show unusual politeness toward each other．Even when food is scarce, they take turns, leaving at least a small part for the next in line．‎ ‎ My mother educated her three children to have good manners all the time．We were made to feel very uncomfortable as if we were sitting on pins and needles until we got used to saying please, thank you, pardon me, and I’m sorry．And I have to say, while it was a painful learning experience, it was one of the most valuable expericeces.‎ ‎ I can’t tell you how often I sat with my friends, eating at their dinner tables, and their parents thought highly of my good manners．While it was a little embarrassing, I knew even then that my mother’s teachings were paying off．‎ ‎ Many years later, when I was attending seminars across the country, my manners were quite useful．‎ ‎ While I regret that I haven’t been a perfect example, I’m still working on it．I suppose, in this regard, my mother lives on through me．I didn’t have her beautiful singing voice or her green eyes, but she did make sure I received one of her finest characteristics．‎ ‎56．What did the writer’s friend most probably complain about?‎ ‎ A．Her son’s eating too quickly． B．Her son’s not having a healthy diet．‎ ‎ C．Her son’s not having good table manners．D．Teenagers’ not having good manners．‎ ‎57．The underlined word “scarce” in Paragraph 2 probably means “________”．‎ ‎ A．too much B．not delicious ‎ ‎ C．not enough D．quite hot ‎58．We learn that the writer’s mother __________．‎ ‎ A．was strict about her children’s manners B．never punished her children ‎ C．had beautiful blue eyes D．was not good at singing ‎59．What does the writer think of her experience of learning good manners?‎ ‎ A．Easy and relaxing. B．Painful and valuable.‎ ‎ C．Easy but useless. D．Too horrible.‎ ‎60．We can infer from the passage that the writer _________．‎ ‎ A．is surely liked by everyone around her ‎ B．is not satisfied with most people’s manners around her ‎ C．thinks she has been a perfect example to the young ‎ D．thanks her mother for teaching her the good manners a lot ‎【答案】CCABD ‎19.【2011·河北省南宫中学月考】C ‎ As a boy，Tim was much influenced by books about the sea, but in fact by the age of fifteen he had decided to become a doctor rather than a sailor. His father was a dentist and as a result Tim had the opportunity of meeting many doctors either at home or elsewhere. When he was fourteen he was already hanging around the clinic of a local doctor where he was supposed to be helping to wrap up medicine bottles，but was actually trying to listen to the conversations taking place between the doctor and his patients in the next room.‎ ‎ During the war Tim served in the Navy as a surgeon（外科医生）.“That was the happiest time of my life. I was dealing with very real suffering and on the whole making a success of it .”In California he taught the country people simple facts about medicine. He saw himself as a life-saver. He had proved his skills to himself and his ability to take decisions. Thus，while he was able to tell them what to do, he could feel he was serving them. After the war, he got married and chose to be a doctor in the countryside，working under an old doctor who was popular in the area，but who hated the sight of blood and believed that the secret of medicine was faith. This gave the younger man many opportunities to go on working as a life –saver.‎ ‎50.Tim decided to become a doctor at fifteen mainly because ‎ A.his father wanted him to be so B．his father was a surgeon himself C.he had read many books about medicine ‎ D.he had chances to meet many doctors through his father ‎51．Which of the following is true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Tim got married to the old doctor’s daughter. ‎ B.Tim continued working as a surgeon after the war.‎ ‎ C．Before the war，Tim worked as a doctor at a local clinic．‎ ‎ D．While working in California，Tim taught life-saving to the patients.‎ ‎52．From the passage we can infer that Tim .‎ ‎ A．was sent to Europe during the war B．worked as a surgeon during the war ‎ ‎ C．was satisfied with his career as a surgeon. D．decided to give up medicine for faith ‎ ‎53.The passage is mainly about .‎ A．Tim’s life story B．Tim’s dream C．Tim’s marriage D．Tim’ s patients ‎【答案】DBCA ‎ ‎20.【2011·四川雅安市三诊】‎ A ‎ Some time ago I discovered that one of my chairs had a broken leg. I didn’t think there would be any difficulty in getting it mended ,as there are a whole lot of antique（古董）shops near my home. So I left home one morning carrying the chair with me. I went into the first shop expecting a friendly reception（接待）. I was quite wrong. The man wouldn't oven look at my chair.‎ ‎　　The second shop, though slightly more polite, was just the same, and the third and the fourth—so I decided that my approach must be wrong.‎ ‎　　I entered the fifth shop with a plan in my mind. I placed the chair on the floor and said to the shopkeeper,“ Would you like to buy a chair?” He looked it over carefully and said,“ Yes, not a bad chair. How much do you want for it, sir?” “Twenty pounds,”I said. “OK, ”he said, “I’ll give you twenty pounds. ”“It ‘s got a slightly broken leg,” I said. “Yes, I saw that, it's nothing.”‎ ‎　　Everything was going according to plan and I was getting excited. “What will you do with it?”I asked. “Oh, it will be easy to sell once the repair is done.” “I'll buy it,” I said. “What do you mean？ You’ve just sold it to me,” he said. “Yes, I know but I’ve changed my mind. I'm sorry, I'll give you twenty -seven pounds for it. ”“ Your must be crazy, ”he said. Then, suddenly the penny dropped. “I know what you want. You want me to repair your chair. ”“ You’re right, ”I said. “And ‎ what would you have done if I had walked in and said, ‘Would you mend this chair for me?’ “I wouldn't have agreed to do it,” he said. “We don’t do repairs, not enough money in it and too much trouble. But I’ll mend this for you, shall we say for a fiver?”He was a very nice man and was greatly amused（感到有趣）by the whole thing.‎ ‎41．According to the passage, in the first shop the writer .‎ ‎　　A．was rather impolite ‎　　B．was warmly received ‎　　C．asked the shopkeeper to buy his chair ‎　　D．asked the shopkeeper to repair his chair ‎42．The underlined words “The penny dropped” mean that the shopkeeper .‎ ‎ A．changed his mind　　　　　　　 B．accepted the offer ‎　　C．saw the writer’s purpose　　　 D．decided to help the writer ‎43．How much did the writer pay?‎ ‎　　A．￡ 5.　　　　 B．￡ 7.　　 C．￡ 20.　　 D．￡ 27.‎ ‎44．We learn from the passage that the writer was .‎ ‎ A．patient B．careful C．brave D．smart ‎【答案】DCAD ‎21.【2011·甘肃白银平川学校模拟】‎ A Recently my wife and I, along with a travel companion, were in the tiny town of Battambang in the central Cambodia. We hired a guide to take us up the river to our next destination at Siem Reap. This was to a six-hour trip followed by crossing Lake Sap, the largest lake in central Asia. Battambang is an extremely poor area, and our means of transportation was a very small, old boat not much larger than the three of us. With six bags tied to the front part of the boat, three travelers, and the boatman, I figured we were overloaded by at least a ton. We frequently had seen four or five people on a single motorbike, so no one but us was concerned about our weight. We had been on the water only a few minutes when our pilot made for shore and jumped from our boat to another. Our guide said not to worry; he would only be a minute. He added, “We need to pick up live chickens for their legs.” My wife and I exchanged glances. We are pretty open-minded, especially when traveling in a third-world country. It was obviously there was little room in our tiny vessel for chickens. If we had to take them along, we were willing to hold them on our legs—there was no place else to put them. The thought even occurred to me that perhaps the chickens were needed if the boat’s tiny engine stopped in the middle of nowhere. I had a vision of us holding them over the side of the boat while their tiny legs paddled away, guiding us to safety. After all, our guide had said we needed them for their legs. We continued to make many jokes about live chickens drawing us to shore if the boat turned over and we were about eating them if we were left on a wild island. Meanwhile our guide just gave us a puzzled look. Finally my wife turned to him and asked, “How many chickens are we taking?” At first he seemed totally surprised, and then a large smile spread over his face. He bent over and began to laugh uncontrollably. My wife turned to me and said, “I’m glad he finds the thought of us holding chickens on our legs for six hours so funny.” When he finished laughing, he looked at us and pronounced every word clearly and loudly, “No live chickens! I said, ‘We need life jackets for the lake!’” It took a moment for this to sink in, and then we all had a good laugh. ‎ Whenever we made eye contact, our guide would laugh, shake his head and say: “Americans,‎ ‎ so funny.” ‎ ‎41. The funny story happened ___________. ‎ A. in the tiny town of ‎Battambang B. on a motorbike C. on a small and old boat D. on a wild island ‎42. The pilot left their boat to ___________. ‎ A. pick live chickens B. pick up life jackets C. make room for live chickens D. make the boat weigh less ‎43. Which of the following events truly happened?‎ A. The couple held the chickens on their legs B. The chickens’ legs paddled the boat guiding them to safety C. They ate the chickens while they were left on the wild island D. They made many jokes about live chickens ‎44. The guide bent over and laughed uncontrollably because ___________. ‎ A. he suddenly knew what the misunderstanding was ‎ B. he found their thought of holding chickens on their legs funny C. he thought the American couple were funny D. they landed safely ‎ A篇：41—44： CBDA ‎22.【2011·河南省郑州市第二次质量预测】A ‎ Several times my daughter had telephoned to say, “Mum, you must come and see the daffodils （水仙花）before they are over.” I wanted to go, but it was a two-hour drive from Lake‎ ‎Arrowhead. “I will go next Tuesday,” I promised, a little unwillingly, on her third call.‎ ‎ The next Tuesday dawned cold and rainy. Still, I had promised, and so I drove there. When I finally walked into Carolyn’s house and hugged and greeted my grandchildren, I said, “Forget the daffodils, Carolyn! The road is invisible （看不见的）in the cloud and fog, and there is nothing in the world except you and these children that I want to see!”‎ ‎ My daughter smiled calmly and said, “We drive in this weather all the time, Mum. You will never forgive yourself if you miss this experience.”‎ ‎ After about twenty minutes, we turned onto a small road and I saw a small church. On the far side of the church, I saw a hand-lettered sign that read “Daffodil‎ ‎Garden”.‎ ‎ We got out of the car and each took a child’s hand, and I followed Carolyn down the path. Then, we turned a corner of the path, and I looked up and gasped. Before me lay the most beautiful sight! There were five acres of flowers! “But who has done this?” I asked Carolyn. “It’s just one woman,” Carolyn answered. “That’s her home,” Carolyn pointed to a well-kept A-frame house that looked small and modest in the midst of all that glory. We walked up to the house. On the patio （庭院）, we saw a poster. “Answers to the Questions I Know You Are Asking” was the headline.‎ ‎ The first answer was a simple one. “50,000 bulbs （鳞茎）,” it read. The second answer was, “One at a time, by one woman.” The third answer was, “Began in 1958.”‎ ‎ I thought of this woman whom I had never met, who, more than fifty years before, had begun ‎ -- one bulb at a time -- to bring the beauty and joy to the mountain top.‎ ‎56. The author didn’t go to see the daffodils at first because _________.‎ ‎ A. she was not interested in them ‎ B. they were growing on the mountain top ‎ C. the weather was not good enough ‎ D. it was not easy for her to drive there ‎57. What do we know about the woman living in the A-frame house?‎ ‎ A. She must be out of mind.‎ ‎ B. She acted as a gardener there.‎ ‎ C. It took her great determination to grow the daffodils.‎ ‎ D. She was poor and made her living by selling daffodils.‎ ‎58. What could the author probably learn from this experience?‎ ‎ A. Nothing is too difficult if you put your heart into it.‎ ‎ B. We must put the interests of others above our own.‎ ‎ C. We can change the world by growing flowers.‎ ‎ D. It’s never too late to learn.‎ ‎59. What would be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. An Unforgettable Experience. B. Beautiful Daffodils.‎ C. One Bulb at a Time. D. I Love Daffodils.‎ ‎56.D 57.C 58.A 59.C ‎2010年联考题 Passage 1‎ ‎(2010吉林市高三第二次市统考A篇)‎ I was walking along the main street of a small seaside town in the north of England looking for somewhere to make a phone call. My car had broken down outside the town and I wanted to contact the AA Company. Low grey clouds were gathering across the sky and there was a cold damp wind blowing off the sea which nearly threw me off my feet every time I crossed one of the side streets. It had rained in the night and water was dropping from the bare trees that lined the street. I was glad that I was wearing a thick coat.‎ ‎ There was no sign of a call box, nor was there anyone at that early hour whom I could ask. I had thought I might find a shop open selling the Sunday papers or a milkman doing his rounds, but the town was completely dead. The only living thing I saw was a thin frightened cat outside a small restaurant.‎ ‎ Then suddenly I found what I was looking for. There was a small post office, and almost hidden from sight in a dark narrow street. Next to it was the town’s only public call box, which badly needed a coat of paint. I hurried forward, but stopped in astonishment when I saw through the dirty glass that there was a man inside. He was fat, and was wearing a cheap blue plastic raincoat. I could not see his face and he didn’t raise his head at the sound of my footsteps.‎ ‎ Carefully, I remained standing a few feet away and lit a cigarette to wait for my turn. It was when I threw the dead match on the ground that I noticed something bright red trickling from under the box call door.‎ ‎36.At what time was the story set?‎ ‎ A. An early winter morning B. A cold winter afternoon ‎ C. An early summer morning D. A windy summer afternoon ‎37. Which of the following words best describe the writer’s impression of the town?‎ ‎ A. cold and frightening B. dirty and crowded ‎ C. empty and dead D. unusual and unpleasant ‎38. The underlined word “trickling” in the last paragraph means_______________‎ ‎ A. rushing out suddenly B. shining brightly ‎ C. flowing slowly in drops D. appearing slowly ‎39. Why didn’t the man raise his head when the writer came near?‎ ‎ A. He was annoyed at being seen by the writer.‎ ‎ B. He was angry at being disturbed by the writer.‎ ‎ C. He was probably fast asleep.‎ ‎ D. He was probably murdered.‎ 答案：‎ ‎36.A. 细节判断题。根据第一段第四句和第二段第一句可知。‎ ‎37.C. 细节判断题。根据第二段第二句和第三句可知。‎ ‎38.C. 词义猜测题。根据故事情节及上文的bright red可以推测出是红色的血液。‎ ‎39.D. 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知。‎ Passage 2‎ ‎（2010年广东省惠阳高级中学高三适应性考试B篇）‎ A British girl on holiday in Florida has been killed by a car on one of the most famous beaches in the world. Ellie Bland, aged four and from Nottingham, was walking down to the water’s edge in Daytona Beach, a Florida resort known for the Daytona 500 motor race. The town is one of the few in America that allows cars to drive on the beach. ‎ John, her great-uncle, said he had been holding Ellie’s hand as they waited to cross the car lane on the beach on Saturday but she took a step ahead of him. A passing Lincoln‎ ‎Town Car driven by Barbara Worley, 66, clipped the girl and knocked her over. As bystanders shouted, the driver apparently hit the accelerator(加速器) instead of the brake and ran the child over. ‎ ‎“The child was walking hand-in-hand in front of her uncle when the child stepped out in front of the car and was struck,” a Florida Highway Patrol spokeswoman said. “Bystanders yelled for the driver to stop as the child lay in front, but for an unknown reason the driver panicked(恐慌) and ran over the child.” ‎ After the accident, it was said that Ms Worley sat “dazed” in her car as police shrouded the child’s body with beach umbrellas. A reporter from WESH local television asked Ms Worley for comment. “I really don’t want to be interviewed,” she replied. Off camera, however, she said she was so sorry for what happened. ‎ Ellie was on her sixth trip to Florida, and was traveling with her five-year-old sister, her great-uncle and aunt and family friends. Her parents had stayed in Britain and were told of her death by telephone. It is understood that they were flying to Florida last night. Ellie’s great-aunt said the girl had suffered from various medical problems, including a heart murmur and a digestive tract disorder. “She was a quiet little girl,” she told the Daytona Beach News Journal. “She’d play in activities at nursery, but she’d rather go off and read a book. It’s unreal,” she added. “It just took her. I can’t believe it.” ‎ A two-year-old boy was killed on a nearby beach 22 years ago when he ran out from between parked cars and was hit by a van. The last car-related death on the area’s beaches happened in 1996 when a 57-year-old woman was hit by a drunk driver traveling at ‎40mph. ‎ ‎ 46．How many people killed on the area’s beaches were mentioned in this report?‎ ‎ A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.‎ ‎ 47. What was the right order when the accident happened to the little girl?‎ ‎ ① Some bystanders shouted to get the driver to stop.‎ ‎② The girl took a step ahead of her uncle.‎ ‎③ The girl was run over by the car ④ The girl was struck, lying on the ground.‎ ‎ A. ①②③④ B. ④③②① C. ②③④① D. ②④①③‎ ‎ 48. It refers that the reporter’s attitude towards driving on beaches is ____.‎ ‎ A. positive B. negative C. suspicious D. sympathetic ‎ 49. The underlined word “dazed” can be probably translated into Chinese as_____.‎ ‎ A. 痛哭流滴 B. 目瞪口呆 C. 后悔不已 D. 哑口无言 ‎50. Which of the following is not exactly known to us after reading the report?‎ ‎ A. The health condition of the girl. B. Whom she was traveling with.‎ ‎ C. When and how her parents got the news of her death.‎ ‎ D. Where Ms Worley was asked for comment by a reporter from local television.‎ 答案：46-50 CDBBD Passage 3‎ ‎（2010年海淀区一模B篇）‎ Joanne was stuck in a traffic jam in central Birmingham at 5：30．and at 6：30 she was expected to be chairing a meeting of the tennis club．At last，the traffic was moving．She swung quickly racing to her house As she opened the door，she nearly tripped over Sheba．‎ ‎ “Hey，Sheba，”she said，“I've got no time for you now，hut I'll take you out as soon as I get back from tennis club．”Then she noticed Sheba seemed to be coughing or choking Obviously，she could hardly breathe．Immediately．Joanne realized she would have to take her to the vet(兽医)‎ ‎ When she got there，the vet was just about to close for the day Seeing the state of Sheba，Dr．Sterne brought her quickly into his office．‎ ‎ “Listen，doctor，I'm really in a rush to get to a meeting can I leave her with you，and go and get changed? I'll be back in ten minutes to pick her up，and then I'll take her on to the meeting with me Is that OK?”‎ ‎ “Sure．”said the doctor ‎ Joanne made the quick trip back to her house in a couple of minutes'．As she was once more ‎ entering the hallway，the phone by the door began to ring．‎ ‎ “This is Dr．Sterne，”said an anxious voice．“I want you to get out of that house immediately，”said the doctor's voice．“I'm coming round fight away，and the police will be there any time now．Wait outside!”‎ ‎ At that moment，a police car screeched to a stop outside the house．Two policemen got out and ran into the house．Joanne was by now completely confused and very frightened．Then the doctor arrived．‎ ‎ “Where’s Sheba? Is she OK?”shouted Joanne．‎ ‎ “She’s fine，Joanne．I took out the thing which was choking her，and she’s OK now．”‎ ‎ Just then，the two policemen reappeared from the house，half-carrying a white—faced man，who could hardly walk．There was blood all over him．‎ ‎ “My God，”said Joanne，“how did he get in there? And how did you know he was there?”‎ ‎ “I think he must be a burglar．”said the doctor．“I knew he was there because when I finally removed what was stuck in Sheba’s throat：it turned out to be three human fingers”‎ ‎60．What was Joanne supposed to do at 6：30？‎ ‎ A．To walk her dog．‎ ‎ B．To see her doctor．‎ ‎ C．To attend a club meeting．‎ ‎ D．To play tennis with her friends．‎ ‎61．Joanne wanted to get back to her home again ．‎ ‎ A．to dress up for the meeting ‎ B．to phone the police station ‎ C．to catch the badly hurt burglar ‎ D．to wait for her dog to be cured ‎ ‎62． From the passage，we can infer that ．‎ ‎ A．Sheba fought against the burglar ‎ B．the police found the burglar had broken in ‎ C．Joanne had planned to take her dog to the meeting ‎ D．the doctor performed a difficult operation on the dog ‎63．In this passage，the writer intends to tell us that the dog is ．‎ ‎ A．clever B．friendly C．frightening D．devoted 答案：60. C 61. A 62. A 63. D Passage 4‎ ‎（2010年重庆市高考仿真试卷三E篇）‎ On Tuesday August 11th, 1911, in the room where the world’s most famous painting, the Mona Lisa by Leonardo da Vinci, was on display, there was an empty space where the painting should have been．The next day headlines all over the world announced the theft．‎ Actually the Leonardo had been long gone．The museum was always closed on Mondays for maintenance(维修)．Just before closing time on Sunday three men had entered the museum, and hid themselves in a storeroom．Early next morning, they took the painting and left．‎ Nothing was seen or heard of the painting for two years until Perrugia tried to sell it to a dealer for half a million lire．Perrugia was arrested and imprisoned for seven months．It seemed that the crime of the century had been solved．‎ But had it? Perrugia claimed all responsibility for the theft, and it was twenty years before the whole story came out．In fact Perrugia had been working for Valfierno and Chaudron, who went unpunished for their crime．They would offer to steal a famous painting from a gallery(美术馆) for a dishonest dealer or private collector．They would then make a copy of the picture and, with the help of bribed(受贿的) gallery workers, would then attach the copy to the back of the original painting．The dealer would then be taken to the gallery and make a secret mark on the back of the painting．Of course the dealer would actually be marking the copy．After having been given the marked painting, if the dealer were to see the painting still in the gallery, he would be persuaded that it was a copy, and that he possessed the genuine one．‎ This time, however, they stole the original．Before Perrugia was arrested, Valfierno and Chaudron had gone to New York．Valfierno told the story to a journalist in 1914, on condition that ‎ it would not be published until his death．‎ Does the story end there? Collectors have claimed that Perrugia returned a copy．It is also possible that Leonardo may have painted several versions of the Mona Lisa, or they might be copies made by Leonardo’s pupils．There has been a lot of argument about the 450-year-old painting, but after all, maybe that’s what she’s smiling about．‎ ‎72．The Mona Lisa was stolen on _________．‎ A．August 9th B．August 10th C．August 11th D．August 12th ‎73．Choose the right time order of the following events．‎ a．Valfierno told the story to a journalist． b．Perrugia was arrested．‎ c．The truth was published． d．The Mona Lisa was stolen．‎ e．Valfierno went to New York． f．The theft was announced．‎ A．d, f, b, e, a, c B．d, f, e, b, a, c C．d, f, b, e, c, a D．f, d, e, b, c, a ‎74．We can infer from the passage that _________．‎ A．In most cases, Valfierno did not sell the original paintings ‎ B．The Mona Lisa was painted 45 years ago ‎ C．Perrugia returned a copy ‎ D．Perrugia was not to blame for the theft ‎ ‎75．All of the following about Valfierno and Chaudron are true EXCEPT_________．‎ A．They stole paintings and then sold them to dishonest dealers．‎ B．They were not punished for stealing the Mona Lisa．‎ C．They kept the story to themselves until death．‎ D．They sometimes bribed gallery workers to help them．‎ 答案：72—75 BBAC Passage 5‎ ‎（安徽省蚌埠市2010届高三第三次质检A篇）‎ Last night was the last game for my eight-year-old son's soccer team. It was the final quarter. The score was two to one, my son's team in the lead. Parents surrounded the playground, offering encouragement.‎ With less than ten seconds remaining, the ball suddenly rolled in front of my son's teammate, Mickey O’ Donnel. With shouts of "Kick it!" echoing（回响）across the playground, Mickey turned around and gave it everything he had. All around me the crowd erupted（爆发）. O'Donnel had scored!‎ Then there was silence. Mickey had scored all right, but in the wrong goal, ending the game in a tie. For a moment there was a total hush. You see, Mickey has Down syndrome (唐氏综合症) and for him there is no such thing as a wrong goal. All goals were celebrated by a joyous hug from Mickey. He had even been known to hug the opposing players when they scored.‎ The silence was finally broken when Mickey, his face filled with joy, hugged my son tightly and shouted, "I scored! I scored. Everybody won! Everybody won!" For a moment I held my breath, not sure how my son would react. I need not have worried. I watched, through tears, as my son threw up his hand in the classic high-five（致礼）salute and started chanting, "Way to go Mickey! Way to go Mickey!" Within moments both teams surrounded Mickey, joining in the chant and congratulating him on his goal. Mike happily and everyone sent their wishes to him.‎ Later that night, when my daughter asked who had won, I smiled as I replied, "It was a tie.‎ ‎ Everybody won."‎ ‎56．Which is the most correct description of the author’s too? He was/had .‎ ‎ A．brave B．honest C．sympathy D．pride ‎57．The underlined word “hush” in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to “ .”‎ ‎ A．stare B．silence C．congratulation D．noise ‎58．After Mike scored, the author help his breath, because .‎ ‎ A．Mike cheated everyone B．everyone would accept the fact ‎ C．the score was out of his expectation D．his son might get angry with Mike ‎59．We can infer from the passage that Mike .‎ ‎ A．was cared about by his teammates ‎ B．was hared by his own team ‎ C．was corbarrassed when he realized the fast ‎ D．was warm-hearted and played soccer for both teams 答案：56—59 CBDA Passage 6‎ ‎（安徽省铜陵市第三中学2010届高三第二次月考D篇）‎ While watching the games the other night, I came across an unbelievable sight. It was not a gold medal, or a world record broken, but a show of courage.‎ ‎ The event was swimming and started with only three men on the blocks. For one reason or another, two of them false started, so they were disqualified. That left only one to complete. It would have been difficult enough, not having anyone to race against, even though the time on the clock is important.‎ ‎ I watched the man dive off the bock and knew right away that something was wrong. I’m not an expert swimmer, but I can tell a good dive from a poor one, and this was not exactly medal quality. When he resurfaced, it was evident that the man was not out for gold — his arms were waving in an attempt at freestyle. The crowd started to laugh. Clearly this man was not a medal competitor.‎ ‎ I listened to the crowd begin to laugh at this poor man who was clearly having a hard time. Finally he made his turn to start back. It was pitiful. He made a few desperate strokes and you could tell he was worn out.‎ ‎ But in those few awful strokes, the crowd had changed.‎ ‎ No longer were they laughing, but beginning to cheer. Some even began to stand and shout “Come on, you can do it!” and he did.‎ ‎ A clear minute past the average swimmer, this young man finally finished his race. The crowd went wild. You would have thought that he had won the gold, and should have. Even though he recorded one of the slowest times in Olympic history, this man gave more heart than any of the other competitors.‎ ‎ Just a short year ago, he had never even swum, let alone race. His country had been invited to Sydney.‎ ‎ In a competition where athletes remove their silver medals feeling they have somehow been cheated out of gold, or when they act so proudly in front of their competitors, it is nice to watch an underdog.‎ 21. From the passage we can learn that the young man _______.‎ A. made his turn to start back pitifully ‎ B. was skillful in freestyle in the game C. swam faster than the average swimmer ‎ D. was not capable enough to win the medal ‎69. The crowd changed their attitudes because _______.‎ ‎ A. they felt sorry for the young man ‎ B. they wanted to show their sympathy ‎ C. they were moved by the young man ‎ D. they meant to please the young man ‎70. According to the passage, “it is nice to watch an underdog” probably means _______.‎ ‎ A. it’s amusing to watch a man with awful swimming skills ‎ B. it’s amazing to watch an ordinary man challenging himself ‎ C. it’s cheerful for athletes to act proudly before their competitors ‎ D. it’s brave enough for some athletes to remove the silver medals ‎71. What’s the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Go for it! B. Try again！‎ C. Compete for Gold! D. Break a Record!‎ 答案：68-71 DCBA Passage 7‎ ‎（安徽省铜陵市第三中学2010届高三第二次月考E篇）‎ ‎　 A thief who dropped a winning lottery ticket(彩票)at the scene of his crime has been given a lesson in honesty. His victim, who picked up the ticket, then claimed the ￡25000 prize, managed to trace him, and handed over the cash. The robbery happened when maths professor Vinicio Sabbatucci, 58, was changing a tyre on an Italian motorway. Another motorist, who stopped to “help”, stole a suitcase from his car and drove off. The professor found the dropped ticket and put it in his pocket before driving home to Ascoli in eastern Italy.‎ ‎　　Next day, he saw the lottery results on TV and, taking out the ticket, realized it was a winner. He claimed the 60 million lire(里拉) prize. Then he began a battle with his conscience. Finally, he decided he could not keep the money despite having been robbed. He advertised in newspapers and on radio, saying: "I'm trying to find the man who robbed me. I have 60 million for him--- a lottery win. Please meet me. Anonymity(匿名) guaranteed."‎ ‎　　Professor Sabbatucci received hundreds of calls from people hoping to trick him into handing them the cash. But there was one voice he recognized--- and he arranged to meet the man in a park. The robber, a 35-year-old unemployed father of two, gave back the suitcase and burst into tears. He could not believe what was happening. "Why didn't you keep the money?" he asked. The professor replied:" I couldn't because it's not mine." Then he walked off, spurning the thief's offer of a reward.‎ ‎72. The sentence "Then he began a battle with his conscience." in paragraph 2 implies all of the following EXCEPT that_______.‎ A. he knew what he should do as soon as he saw the lottery results B. he hesitated about keeping the money for some time C. he thought for a moment of avenging himself on the robber D. he came to realize that honesty is more important than money　　 ‎ ‎73. Hundreds of people phoned professor Sabbatucci because they ______.‎ A. wanted to make fun of him B. hoped to get the money C. knew who the robber was D. lost the lottery ticket　　 ‎ ‎74. The word "spurning" in the last sentence can be replaced by ______.‎ ‎ A. accepting B. claiming C. refusing D. canceling ‎75. If the story appears in a newspaper, the best title might be_____.‎ ‎ A. A Thief's Lucky Day B. A Popular Maths Professor ‎ C. A Magic Lottery 　　 D. A Reward of Honesty 　‎ 答案：‎ ‎72.A 教授并不是看到彩票开奖立刻知道该怎么办，所以才会began a battle with his conscience。‎ ‎73.B 这些人的目的很简单，就是想得到钱，见第三段第一句话。‎ ‎74.C 通过上下文我们可以判断这里是“拒绝”。‎ ‎75.A 这篇短文的主题不是教授、不是彩票、所以只有A适合做文章的标题。‎ Passage 8‎ ‎（广东省潮州市实验中学2010届高三4月月考B篇）‎ SYDNEY‎: As they sat sharing sweets beside a swimming pool in 1999. Shane Gould and Jessicah Schipper were simply getting along well, chatting about sport, life and anything else that came up.‎ Yet in Sydney next month, they will meet again by the pool, and for a short time the friends will race against each other in the 50 – meter butterfly in the Australian championships at Homebu‎ ‎Bay.‎ Gould, now a 47 – year – old mother of four, has announced she will be making a return to elite competition (顶级赛事) to swim the one event, having set a qualifying (合格的)time of 30. 32 seconds in winning gold at last year’s United States Masters championships. Her comeback comes 32 years after she won three golds at the Munich Olympics.‎ Schipper, now a 17 – year – old girl from Brisbane with a bright future of going to Athens for her first Olympics, yesterday recalled (回忆) her time with Gould five years ago.‎ ‎“I was at a national youth camp on the Gold Coast and Shane had come along to talk to us and watch us train.” Schipper explained. “It seemed as if we had long been good friends. I don’t know why. We just started talking and it went from there.”‎ ‎“She had a lot to share with all of us at that camp. She old us stories about what it was like at big meets like Olympics and what it was like to be on an Australian team. It was really interesting.”‎ Next time, things will be more serious: “I will still be swimming in the ‎50 m butterfly at the nationals, so there is a chance that I could actually be competing against Shane Gould.” said Schipper, who burst onto the scene at last year’s national championships with second places in the ‎100 m and 200 butterfly.‎ ‎46．What is the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A．Stories happening in swimming competitions.‎ ‎ B．Two women swimmers winning Olympic golds.‎ ‎ C．Lessons learned from international swimming championships.‎ ‎ D．Friendship and competition between two swimmers.‎ ‎47．Gould and Schipper are going to____________.‎ ‎ A．talk about sport and life B．go back to elite competition ‎ C．set a qualifying time and win gold D．take part in the same sports event ‎48．Gould won her three Olympic golds when she was____________.‎ ‎ A．15 B．‎17 ‎C．22 D．30‎ ‎49．The underlined word “it” in the fifth paragraph probably refers to .‎ ‎ A．the Olympics B．the youth camp ‎ C．the friendship D．the Australian team ‎50．What Schipper said showed that she___________.‎ ‎ A．was no longer Gould’s friend B．had learned a lot from Gould ‎ C．was not interested in Gould’s stories D．would not like to compete against Gould 答案：46．D 47．D 48．A 49．C 50．D Passage 9‎ ‎（江西省九江一中2010届高三适应考试二A篇）‎ You're in a department store and you see a couple of attractive young women looking at a sweater. You listen to their conversation:‎ ‎ “I can't believe it--a Lorenzo Bertolla! They are almost impossible to find. Isn't it beautiful? And it's a lot cheaper than the one Sara bought in Rome. ”‎ They leave and you go over to see this incredible sweater. It's nice and the price is right. You've never heard of Lorenzo Bertolla, but those girls looked really stylish. They must know. So, you buy it. You never realize that those young women are employees of an advertising agency. They are actually paid to go from store to store, talking loudly about Lorenzo Bertolla clothes. ‎ Every day we notice what people are wearing, driving and eating. If the person looks cool, the product seems cool, too. This is the secret of undercover marketing. Companies from Ford to Nike are starting to use it. ‎ ‎   Undercover marketing is important because it reaches people that don't pay attention to traditional advertising. This is particularly true of the MTV generation----consumers between the age of 18 and 34. It is a golden group. They have a lot of money to spend, but they don't trust ads. ‎ ‎   So advertising agencies hire young actors to “perform” in bars and other places where young adults go. Some people might call this practice deceptive(骗人的), but marketing executive Jonathan Ressler calls it creative. “Look at traditional advertising. Its effectiveness is decreasing. ”‎ However, one might ask what exactly is “real” about of young women pretending to be enthusiastic about a sweater? Advertising executives would say it's no less real than an ad. The difference is that you know an ad is trying to persuade you to buy something. You don' t know when a conversation you overhear is just a performance. ‎ ‎56. The two attractive young women were talking so that they could ________. ‎ A. get the sweater at a lower price    B. be heard by people around C. be admired by other shoppers  D. decide on buying the sweater ‎57. Lorenzo Bertolla is __________. ‎ A. a very popular male singer        B. an advertising agency C. a clothing company in Rome     D. the brand name of a sweater ‎58. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?  ‎ A. The two girls are in fact employed by the Lorenzo Bertolla Company. ‎ B. The MTV generation tend to be more easily influenced by ads. ‎ C. Traditional advertising is becoming less effective because it's too direct. ‎ D. Undercover marketing will surely be banned soon by the government. ‎ ‎59. Which of the following would be the best title for the text?‎ ‎ A. Two Attractive Shoppers           B. Lorenzo Bertolla Sweaters ‎ C. Ways of Advertising                  D. Undercover Marketing 答案：56—59 B D C D Passage 10‎ ‎（江西省九江一中2010届高三适应考试二B篇）‎ ‎“I sat-in at a restaurant for six months, and when they finally agreed to serve me, they didn’t have what I wanted”---so went a famous line. In reality, the sit-in movement was not a joke. It began in Greensboro‎, ‎North Carolina, at 4:30 P. M. , on the afternoon of February 1, 1960. On that day, Ezell Blair Jr. , Joseph McNeil, David Richmond, and Franklin McClain entered an F. W. Woolworth store. They sat down at a segregated（隔离的）lunch counter, ordered coffee, and then refused to leave when told, ‘We don’t serve Negroes. ” ‎ The four young men had expected not to be served. What no one had expected, however, was that they would sit there and politely, but firmly, refuse to leave. This was 1960, and throughout the South black people were not allowed to sit at the same lunch counters with whites, swim at the same beaches, use the same water fountains, or worship at the same churches. Segregation was the law, and it meant separation of the races in every way. ‎ The next day, the four returned to Woolworth’s---this time accompanied by sixteen other students. Again they sat at the lunch counter and requested service. Again they were refused. And again, they declined to leave. On Wednesday, February 3, seventy students filled the Woolworth’s store. This time, the group included white students as well as black. Many brought school books and studied while they waited. By this time, their protest had become known nationwide as a “sit-in”. ‎ ‎ On Thursday, there was trouble. An angry group of white teenagers began shoving（推搡） and cursing them but were quickly removed by the police. By February 10, the sit-in movement had spread to five other states. ‎ ‎ By September 1961, more than 70,000 people, both black and white, had participated in sit-ins at segregated restaurants and lunch counters, kneel-ins at segregated churches, read-ins at segregated libraries, and swim-ins at segregated pools and beaches. Over 3,600 people had been arrested, and more than 100 students had been driven away. But they were getting results. On June 10, 1964, the U. S Senate passed a major civil rights bill outlawing（宣布为非法）racial discrimination in all public places. President Lyndon Johnson signed it on July 2, and it became law. But the highest credit still goes to the four brave students from North Carolina who first sat-in and waited it out. ‎ ‎60. In this passage, “sit-in” refers to _________. ‎ A. an activity where people sit together and drink coffee freely B. a bill which outlaws racial discrimination in all public places C. a form in which people peacefully sit and decline to leave ‎ D. a polite behavior that everyone enjoys ‎61. Which statement can be concluded from the fifth paragraph in the passage?‎ A. The sit-in movement was not successful. ‎ B. The sit-in movement had a positive result. ‎ C. Only black people participated in sit-ins. ‎ D. A lot of protesters were arrested, with some students driven away from school ‎62. What was the purpose of the civil rights bill passed in 1964?‎ A. The highest credit went to the four brave students. ‎ B. It declared that segregation was a law. ‎ C. The students were allowed to participate in sit-ins. ‎ D. It made racial segregation against the law in all public places. ‎ ‎63. What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. Segregation was the law in the South. ‎ B. The first sit-in was in 1960. ‎ C. The sit-ins helped to end segregation. ‎ D. The civil rights bill was passed in 1964 by the U. S. Senate. ‎ 答案：60—‎63 C B D C Passage 11‎ ‎（江西重点中学盟校2010届高三第二次联考A篇）‎ The wedding took place in a Birmingham hotel. The bride and her father arrived in a new black American sport car. Her father looked nervous and uncomfortable in front of the cameras. The bride wore a silk wedding dress. She smiled nervously at the waiting photographers and went to a room on the first floor where she met her future husband for the very first time.‎ Carla Germaine and Greg Cordell were the winners of a radio station’s competition. The aim of the competition was to find two strangers prepared to marry without having met each other. Miss Germaine, 23, is a model. Mr. Cordell, 27, is a TV salesman. They were among the two hundred people who entered a peculiar “experiment” organized by BMRB radio in Birmingham‎, ‎England, Greg, and Carla were among eight finalists who were interviewed live on a radio. They took a lie detector（测谎仪） test and the station also spoke to their friends and family about their personalities. The competition judges include an astrologer（占星家） who declared that they were suited.‎ The couple celebrated their wedding with a wedding breakfast and a party for 100 guests in the evening, but not everyone shared their joy. Miss Germaine’s mother looked anxious throughout the wedding and Mr. Cordell’s parents are reported to be less than delighted.‎ Organizations, including the marriage guidance Service Relate, have criticized the marriage. As one person put it, “We have enough problems getting young people to take marriage seriously without this. Marriage should always be about love.”‎ The couple are now on a Caribbean honeymoon followed by journalists. Their other prizes include a year’s free use of a wonderful apartment in the center of Birmingham, and a car. But will it last? ‎ ‎56. How did the couple’s parents react to the wedding?‎ ‎ A. The bride’s mother shared their joy. ‎ ‎ B. The bride’s father felt uncomfortable about the wedding.‎ ‎ C. The bridegroom’s parents were quite delighted.‎ ‎ D. The bridegroom’s parents were not that joyful.‎ ‎57. Some experts believe that _____.‎ ‎ A. marriage without the couple’s meeting each other first ends up in divorce ‎ ‎ B. young people nowadays are too careless about marriage ‎ ‎ C. taking a lie detector test can not solve all the marriage problems ‎ ‎ D. most young people take marriage seriously except this couple ‎58. One of the prize for the couple is _____.‎ ‎ A. to spend their honeymoon wherever they like ‎ ‎ B. to use an apartment free for some time ‎ ‎ C. to have a wedding dress free ‎ ‎ D. to own an American sports car ‎59. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?‎ ‎ A. Two strangers and a wedding B. A wedding based on love ‎ ‎ C. A short-lived marriage D. A well-matched couple 答案：56—59 DBBA Passage 12‎ ‎（江西重点中学盟校2010届高三第二次联考E篇）‎ There’s talk today about how as a society we’ve become separated by colors, income, city vs suburb, red state vs blue. But we also divide ourselves with unseen dotted lines. I’m talking about the property lines that isolate us from the people we are physically closest to: our neighbors.‎ It was a disaster on my street, in a middle-class suburb of Rochester‎ ‎Town, several years ago that got me thinking about this. One night, a neighbor shot and killed his wife and then himself; their two middle-school children ran screaming into the night. Though the couple had lived on our street for seven years, my wife and I hardly knew them. We’d see them jogging together. Sometimes our children would share cars to school with theirs.‎ Some of the neighbors attended the funeral（葬礼）and called on relatives. Someone laid a single bunch of yellow flowers at the family’s front door, but nothing else was done to mark the loss. Within weeks, the children had moved with their grandparents to another part of the town. The only indication that anything had changed was the “For Sale” sign in front of their house.‎ A family had disappeared, yet the impact on our neighborhood was slight. How could that be? Did I live in a community or just in a house on a street surrounded by people whose lives were entirely separate? Few of my neighbors, I later learned, knew others on the street more than casually; many didn’t know even the names of those a few doors down.‎ Why is it that in an age of low long-distance expenses, discount airlines and the Internet, when we can create community anywhere, we often don’t know the people who live next door? Maybe my neighbors didn’t mind living this way, but I did. I wanted to get to know the people whose houses I passed each day – not just what they do for a living and how many children they have, but the depth of their experience and what kind of people they are.‎ What would it take, I wondered, to break through the barriers between us? I thought about childhood sleepovers（在外过夜）, and the familiar feeling and deep understanding I used to get from waking up inside a friend’s home. Would my neighbors let me sleep over and write about their lives from inside their own houses?‎ ‎72. The underlined word “this” in the second paragraph probably refers to the talk about ____.‎ ‎ A. how a society is divided by dotted lines B. the property lines separating us from our neighbors ‎ C. the couple’s death D. understanding each other between neighbors ‎73. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the author’s description?‎ ‎ A. The husband killed himself.‎ ‎ B. The couple had the habit of jogging together.‎ ‎ C. Their children moved to live with grandparents after the couple’s death.‎ ‎ D. The author never knew the couple until they died seven years later.‎ ‎74. From the last paragraph, we can infer that the author _____ in his childhood.‎ ‎ A. had once slept in the open air outside ‎ B. had slept in his friend’s home more than once ‎ C. had slept at home but woke up to find himself inside his friend’s home ‎ D. used to live in his friend’s home ‎75. Following the last paragraph, the author will perhaps _____.‎ A. leave his home and began his writing career ‎ B. sleep in the open air and write about his experiences ‎ C. sleep in his neighbors’ homes and write about their family lives ‎ D. interview his neighbors and write about their houses 答案：72—75 BDBC Passage 13‎ ‎(山东省临沭县2010届普通高等学校招生考试打靶试题C篇)‎ Munish Bansal has amassed(积累)8,500 digital images of daughter Suman, 12, and her brother Jay, 10, since the day they were born. He has enough pictures to fill 600 albums and shows them on a website named “delightful kids”.‎ Mr. Bansal, 36, an accountant from Gillingham‎, ‎Kent: “It started when I took a picture of Suman on the day when she was born. I did the same the following day, and the day after, and the day after that. Before I knew it, she had turned one and I had 365 images. It seemed a shame to stop, so I kept going - and did the same when Jay came along.” Mr. Bansal, who lives with housewife Rita, 39, began the family album on the day Suman was born in 1996. With a digital camera, he takes the picture usually before school or during dinner. ‎ The photographs capture her life from a baby and toddler, through to early school days and into her teens. They include important landmarks like walking, the day she spoke, her first words and the beginning of school. He did the same with her younger brother Jay who was born two years later. ‎ Mr. Bansal admits both Suman and Jay are “quite embarrassed” about the website - and their father. Suman, who turns 13 tomorrow, said: “It's interesting because when I look at the baby photos I don't recognize myself - but I'm not planning on letting Dad do this for ever.” Mr. Bansal has said he will continue until they are old enough to leave home. “As they get older, Sunam and Jay have become quite embarrassed about what I'm doing,” he said. “But I hope that one day both of them will appreciate what I’ve done, and look back on their childhoods with happy memories.” ‎ ‎64. People can see their pictures by ______. ‎ ‎ A. looking at the 600 albums B. visiting a website named “delightful kids”‎ ‎ C. collecting all the 8,500 digital images D. using all their digital camera ‎65. When Mr. Bansal started to take the picture, he was ______.‎ ‎ A. 24 years old B. 26 years old. C. 28 years old D. 30 years old ‎66. How do Suman and Jay think of what their father has done?‎ ‎ A. They feel very pleased with what their father has done ‎ B. They think highly of what their father has done ‎ C. They feel uncomfortable with what their father has done ‎ D. They are surprised at what their father has done ‎67. From the passage we can infer that ______.‎ ‎ A. Mr. Bansal is sorry for taking so many pictures.‎ ‎ B. Mr. Bansal will stop taking photos next year ‎ C. Mr. Bansal wants his children to leave home now ‎ D. Mr. Bansal love his children very much 答案：64—67 BACD Passage 14‎ ‎（山东省淄博市2010届高三二模A篇）‎ Knowing how much her own children loved presents at Christmas, Ann Sutton always tried to seek help for one or two poor families. With a social worker mother, the Sutton children had inherited her commitment to service, and knew never to take their good fortune at Christmas for granted. This year, Kinzie, her seven-year-old daughter was thrilled that Santa Claus would make a special visit to a 22-year-old mother named Ashley who worked in a factory raising her 12-month-old son by herself. ‎ The phone rang on Sunday. A representative from a local organization was calling to say that the aid Ann had requested for Ashley had fallen through. No Santa Claus, no presents, nothing. ‎ Ann saw the cheer vanish from her children’s faces at the news. Without a word, Kinzie ran into her bedroom. She returned, her face set with determination. Opening up her piggy bank, she put all the coins onto the table: $3.30. Everything she had.‎ ‎“Mom,” she told Ann, “I know it’s not much. But maybe this will buy a present for the baby.”‎ At a breakfast meeting the next day, Ann told her coworkers about her daughter’s story. To her surprise, staff members began to open their purses and empty their pockets to help Kinzie. By day’s end, the story of Kinzie’s gift had spread beyond Ann’s office. She received a call from an unknown donor. If a seven-year-old could give everything she had, he said, he should at least match her gift 100 to 1. He contributed $300. ‎ On Christmas Eve, Ann drove through the pouring rain to the small trailer where the Ashleys lived. Then she began to unload the gifts from the car, handing them to Ashley one by one. ‎ Ashley was very moved. Reflecting on a little girl’s generosity, Ashley says she’ll one day be able to do something similar for someone else in need. “Kinzie could have used that money for herself, but she gave it away,” Ashley says. “She’s the type of kid I’d like my son to grow up to be.”‎ ‎56. According to the text, Ann Sutton ______________.‎ A. is making lots of money B. is ready to help others C. is only caring about herself D. is a hard-working mother ‎57. Which of the following is NOT true according to the text?‎ A. Ashley lived a hard life with her little son.‎ B. The Sutton children took Anne as an example to follow. ‎ C. The coworkers of Ann helped Kinzie to realize her wish.‎ D. Ann Sutton tried to ask for help for her own children.‎ ‎58. What can we learn about Kinzie?‎ A. She was afraid that Santa Claus would visit the Ashleys.‎ B. She should get some presents from her mother at Christmas. ‎ C. She devoted all her coins to buying a present for the baby.‎ D. She was cheerful when hearing the aid had fallen through.‎ ‎59. Which of the following can be inferred from the text?‎ A. It rained heavily on Christmas Eve.‎ B. Ann handed gifts to Ashley one by one.‎ C. Ashley hoped she would help someone else in need.‎ D. A good deed can influence many people’s behavior.‎ ‎60. What would be the best title for the text?‎ A. A Young Girl’s Gift B. A Mother’s Love C. A Story of Young Girl D. An Unknown Donor ‎ 答案：56-60 BDCDA Passage 15‎ ‎（陕西省2010年高三西安五校联考D篇）‎ Living an Adventurous Life Nearly ten years ago, I was told that I had a brain tumor （瘤）, and this experience changed my attitude about adventure forever．I thought that I was going to die and that all my adventures were over．I did not have a brain tumor, it turned out, but rather multiple sclerosis （多发性硬化症）, which meant that, although they were not over, the nature of my adventures could have to change．‎ Each morning that I wake up is a fresh event, something that I might not have had．Each gesture that I make carries the weight of uncertainty and demands significant attention: buttoning my shirt, changing a light bulb, walking down stairs．I might not be able to do it this time．If I could not delight in them, they would likely drown me in anger and in self-pity．‎ ‎ I admire the grand adventures of others．I read about them with interest．With Peter Matthiessen I have hiked across the Himalayas to the Crystal Mountain．I have walked with Annie Dillard up, down, into, and across Tinker Creek in all seasons．David Bain has gone with me along 110 miles of Philippine coast, and Ed Abbey has rowed me down the Colorado River．I enjoy the adventures of these courageous figures, who can strike out on difficult trips – 2 miles, 250 miles, 3000 miles – ready to bear cold and tiredness, indeed not just to bear but to celebrate．‎ But as for me, I can no longer walk very far from the armchair in which I read．Some days I don’t even make it to the backyard．And yet I’m unwilling to give up the adventurous life, the difficulty of it, even the pain, the anxiety and fear, and the sudden brief lift of spirit that makes a hard journey more attractive．‎ I refine adventure, make it smaller and smaller．And now, whether I am moving on my hands and knees across the dining room to help my cat, lying wide-eyed in the dark battling another ‎ period of sadness, gathering flowers from the garden, meeting a friend for lunch, I am always having the adventures that are mine to have．‎ ‎58．Which of the following is TRUE about the author’s reaction after the illness?‎ ‎ A．The author is drowned in anger and self-pity．‎ ‎ B．The author travels to places he/she has dreamed of．‎ ‎ C．The author can’t take care of himself/herself any longer． ‎ ‎ D．The author adapts to the condition successfully．‎ ‎59．Why does the author admire the people mentioned in Paragraph 3?‎ ‎ A．Because they write popular novels． B．Because they are great adventurers．‎ ‎ C．Because they are famous geographers． D．Because they fight with hardship in life．‎ ‎60．Which of the following shows the author’s strong love for adventures?‎ ‎ A．The author spends almost every day looking for adventures．‎ ‎ B．The author works hard to make more money for adventures．‎ ‎ C．The author imagines having adventures while reading．‎ ‎ D．The author expects to recover only to continue adventures．‎ 答案：58-60 DBC Passage 16‎ ‎（陕西省宝鸡中学2010届高三适应训练B篇）‎ South Korea has offered about 10,000 tons of corn to North Korea, in what would be the first official aid to its hungry neighbor for almost two years．The South also offered 20 tons of milk powder and medicine for children, pregnant women and other vulnerable people, its unification ministry said．The proposed shipmen would be through the Red Cross．It would be the first official one since a conservative government came to power in Seoul in February 2008．The South Korean administration of President Lee Myung-bak has linked major assistance to progress on denuclearisation．‎ ‎ However, after months of bitter hostility, the communist North began making peace overtures（提议，提案） to the South in recent months．Persistent media reports have also said the two sides have held preliminary talks about a possible summit．‎ ‎ The amount of food aid on offer is tiny relative to the needs in what the United Nations recently described as the famine-hit North．A third of North Korean women and young children are malnourished（营养不良的） and the country will run short of almost 1．8 million tons of food this year, the United Nations World Food Program said in a report last month．The unification ministry admitted it was far less than needed but said the North must mend relations before shipments could be increased．‎ ‎ "We cannot say 10,000 tons is sufficient in view of North Korea's food shortage and other conditions," said ministry spokeswoman Lee Jong-Joo．"We are providing purely humanitarian aid," she said．‎ ‎ "There is no change in our position that massive food aid depends on how relations between the two Koreas develop," she said．North Korea has yet to respond to the latest offer, made through the Red Cross．But Yonhap news agency said it was likely co-ordinated in advance before the announcement．‎ ‎ Last year the South offered 50,000 tons of corn, but the North rejected the shipment amid high tensions．‎ ‎ North Korea has relied on food aid from China, South Korea and aid agencies to feed millions of its people since a famine in the 1990s resulted in the deaths of hundreds of thousands．‎ ‎50．How would North Korea be offered about 10,000 tons of corn from South Korea?‎ ‎ A．North Korea would buy corn from South Korea．‎ ‎ B．North Korea would exchange with South Korea．‎ ‎ C．The offer would be through the Red Sea．．‎ ‎ D．The offer would be through an international organization ‎51．About whether South Korea would go on offering assistance, we can infer from the passage that________________．‎ ‎ A．they would go on without any condition ‎ B．they would go on if there was a famine in ‎North Korea ‎ C．it depended on how their relation would develop ‎ D．it depended on whether North Korea needed it ‎52．How did North Korea survive since a famine in the 1990s?‎ ‎ A．They depended on the international aid from all other countries ‎ B．They developed their agriculture to increase the production ‎ C．They expanded the agricultural land ‎ D．They relied on food aid from China, South Korea and aid agencies ‎53．What is the main idea of the passage?‎ ‎ A． It’s about the aid to South Korea from ‎North Korea ‎ B．It tells about the help between South Korea and ‎North Korea ‎ C．It’s about the help to the Poor ‎ D．It tells about an action of the Red Cross 答案：50—53 DCDD Passage 17‎ ‎（四川省绵阳中学2010届高三高考模拟训练D篇）‎ I told my friend Graham that I often cycle two miles from my house to the town centre but unfortunately there is a big hill on the route．He replied,“You mean fortunately．”He explained that I should be glad of the extra exercise that the hill provided．‎ ‎ My attitude to the hill has now changed．I used to grumble as I approached it but now I tell myself the following．This hill will exercise my heart and lungs．It will help me to lose weight and get fit．It will mean that I live longer．This hill is my friend．Finally I comfort myself with the thought of all those silly people who pay money to go to a gym and sit on stationery exercise bicycles when I call get the same value for free．I have a smile of satisfaction as I reach the top of the hill．‎ Problems are there to be faced and overcome．We cannot achieve anything with an easy life．Helen Keller was thefirst deaf and blind person to gain a university degree．Her activism and writing proved inspirational．She wrote，“Character cannot be developed in ease and quiet．Only through experiences of trial and suffering can the soul be strengthened，vision cleared，ambition ‎ inspired and success achieved.” ‎ ‎ One of the main determinants of success in life is our attitude towards adversity(逆境)．From time to time we all face hardships，problems．accidents、afflictions and difficulties．Some are of our making but many confront us through no fault of our own．While we cannot choose the adversity we can choose our attitude towards it．‎ Douglas Bader was 21 when in ‎193l he had both legs cut off following a flying accident．He was deter-mined to fly again and went on to become one of the leading flying aces in the Battle of Britain with 22 aerial victories over the Germans．He was an inspiration to others during the war．He said,“Don't listen to any-one who tells you that you can’t do this or that．That's nonsense．Make up your mind，you'll never use crutches(拐杖)or a stick，then have a go at everything．Go to school，join in all the games you can．Go anywhere you want to．But never，never let them persuade you that things are too difficult or impossible.” ‎ ‎ The biographies（传记）of great people are full of examples of how they took steps to overcome the difficulties they faced．The common thread is that they did not become depressed．They chose their attitude．They chose to be positive．They took on the challenge．They won．‎ Nevertheless．there is still the problem of how you change your attitude towards adversity．‎ ‎53. Which of the following is true according to the author of the passage?‎ A．Climbing hills on bicycles is the best way to take exercise．‎ B．People are silly to pay to go to the gym．‎ ‎ C．Those who want to achieve success can't expect to live all easy lire．‎ ‎ D．People's attitude towards adversity is the only factor that determines whether they will succeed．‎ ‎54．By quoting what Douglas Bader said，the author intends to tell us“ ．”‎ A．Failure is the mother of Success． ‎ B．A fall into the pit，a gain in your wit．‎ C．If you venture nothing，you will have nothing． ‎ D．Nothing is difficult to the man who will try．‎ ‎55．Following this passage，the author will further talk about ．‎ ‎ A．how his friend helped him to change his attitude towards the adversity he faced ‎ B．what steps to take to change your attitude towards the adversity you face ‎ C．what great people have in common D．why it is important to keep optimistic in face of adversity ‎56．Which of the following can best function as the title of the passage?‎ A．Face adversity with a smile B．Different attitudes towards adversity C．Nothing is impossible D．Life is full of adversity 答案：‎ ‎53.C 细节理解题。从文章第三段开头可知。 We cannot achieve anything with an easy life.‎ ‎54. D细节理解题。文章第五段可知。‎ ‎55. B推理判断题。本文阐述的是面对逆境心态很重要，当然下文很可能会讲如何去改变我们的心态。‎ ‎56. A 主旨大意题。笑对逆境是文章的中心。‎ Passage 18‎ ‎（四川省棠湖中学2010届高三考前适应训练A篇）‎ Mickey’s Goal Last night was the last game for my eight-year-old son’s soccer team. It was the final quarter. The score was two to one, my son’s team in the lead. Parents surrounded the playground, offering encouragement.‎ ‎ With less than ten seconds remaining, the ball suddenly rolled in front of my son’s teammate, Mickey O’ Donnel. With shouts of “Kick it!” echoing（回响）across the playground, Mickey turned around and gave it everything he had. All around me the crowd erupted （沸腾）. O’ Donnel had scored! ‎ ‎ Then there was silence. Mickey had scored all right, but in the wrong goal, ending the game in a tie. For a moment there was a total hush. You see, Mickey has Down syndrome（综合症）and for him there is no such thing as a wrong goal. All goals were celebrated by a joyous hug from Mickey. He had even been known to hug the opposing players when they scored.‎ ‎ The silence was finally broken when Mickey, his face filled with joy, hugged my son tightly and shouted, “I scored! I scored. Everybody won! Everybody won!” For a moment I held my breath, not sure how my son would react. I need not have worried. I watched, through tears, as my son threw up his hand in the classic high-five salute and started chanting, “Way to go Mickey! Way to go Mickey!” Within moments both teams surrounded Mickey, joining in the chant and congratulating him on his goal ‎ Later that night, when my daughter asked who had won, I smiled as I replied, “It was a tie. Everybody won.‎ ‎ 41．What was the score of the soccer match? ‎ A．Two to two, equal to both the teams. ‎ B．Three to one in Mickey’s team’s favor.‎ ‎ C．Two to one in the opposite team’s favor. ‎ D．Everybody won because of Mickey’s goal.‎ ‎42．What did the author worry about when Mickey scored and hugged his son?‎ ‎ A．The result of the match would fail his son. ‎ B．His son would shout at Mickey for his goal.‎ ‎ C．Mickey would again hug the opposing players.‎ ‎ D．His son would understand Mickey’s wrong goal.‎ ‎43．It can be inferred from the passage that________ ‎ A．both teams liked and respected Mickey. ‎ B．both teams were thankful to Mickey for his goal.‎ ‎ C．Mickey didn’t mind though his goal was wrong ‎ D．Mickey was a kind-hearted boy and hoped everybody won.‎ ‎44．The purpose of the author in writing the passage is _______.‎ ‎ A．to tell a joke to make readers laugh. ‎ B．to suggest we should not mind losing .‎ ‎ C．to show enjoying a game is more than winning a game ‎ D．to present his son’s fine qualities of understanding others 答案：41—44 ABAC Passage 19‎ ‎（四川省棠湖中学2010届高三考前适应训练E篇）‎ After too long on the Net，even a phone call can be a shock. My boyfriend‘s Liverpudlian accent suddenly becomes too difficult to understand after his clear words on screen; a secretary‘s tone seems more rejecting than I’d imagined it would be. Time itself becomes fluid- hours becomes minutes， and alternately seconds stretch into days. Weekends， once a highlight of my week，are now just two ordinary days.‎ For the last three years，since I stopped working as a producer for Charlie Rose，I have done much of my work as a telecommuter. I submit (提交) articles and edit them by E-mail and communicate with colleagues on Internet mailing lists. My boyfriend lives in England, so much of our relationship is computer-mediated.‎ If I desired，I could stay inside for weeks without wanting anything. I can order food，and manage my money，love and work. In fact，at times I have spent as long as three weeks alone at home，going out only to get mail and buy newspapers and groceries. I watched most of the blizzard of 96 on TV.‎ But after a while，life itself begins to feel unreal. I start to feel as though I’ve merged (融合) with my machines，taking data in spitting them back out， just another node （波节）on the Net. Others on line report the same symptoms. We start to strongly dislike the outside forms of socializing. It’s like attending an A. A. meeting in a bar with everyone holding a half-sipped drink. We have become the Net opponents’ worst nightmare.‎ What first seemed like a luxury，crawling from bed to computer，not worrying about hair，and clothes and face，has become an avoidance，a lack of discipline. And once you start replacing real human contact with cyber-interaction，coming back out of the cave can be quite difficult.‎ At times, I turn on the television and just leave it to chatter in the background, something that I'd never done previously. The voices of the programs soothe (安慰) me, but then I'm jarred (使感不快) by the commercials. I find myself sucked in by soap operas, or compulsively (强制性能地) needing to keep up with the latest news and the weather. "Dateline," "Frontline," "Nightline," CNN, every possible angle of every story over and over and over, even when they are of no possible use to me. Work moves from foreground to background.‎ ‎57．Compared to the clear words of her boyfriend on screen, his accent becomes____ A．unreal B．unbearable C．misleading D．not understandable ‎58．What does the last paragraph mean ‎ A．Having worked on the computer for too long, she became a bit strange.‎ ‎ B．She is so interested in TV programs that she often forgets her work.‎ ‎ C．She watches TV a lot in order to keep up with the latest news and the weather.‎ ‎ D．She turns on TV now and then in order to get some comfort from TV program.‎ ‎59．What is the author’s attitude to the computer?‎ ‎ A．She has become bored with it.‎ ‎ B．She dislikes it because TV is more attractive.‎ ‎ C．She dislikes it because it cuts off her relation with the outside world.‎ ‎ D．She likes it because it is very convenient.‎ ‎60．The underlined phrase “coming back out of the cave ”probably means_______. ‎ A．going back to the dreaming world B．coming back home from the outside world C．restoring direct human contact D．getting away from living a strange life ‎ 答案：57—60 DDAC Passage 20‎ ‎（天津市南开中学2010届高三下学期五月模拟考试B篇）‎ Life-changing disaster awaits the drunken driver. And he is proof.‎ ‎ At just 18 years of age, he could be a classmate or a friend, and that familiarity adds to the power of his words. He has spoken to more than 2,500 high school students so far, and he has noticed their unusual silence.‎ ‎ "A lot of teachers say, 'Don't drink,' but I'm not going to say that, because I know that students are going to do it," Nepola says. "I just say, 'Don't get in a car.' "‎ ‎ One year ago, Nepola, having been with friends drinking, lost control of his car and was thrown into trees 20 feet away. He was found covered in blood, with many bones broken.‎ ‎ At Hackensack‎ University Medical ‎Center, his skull was opened to relieve pressure on his brain. He was diagnosed with traumatic（创伤性）brain injury and remained in a coma（昏迷）and on life support for nearly three weeks.‎ ‎ At Children's Specialized Hospital in New Brunswick‎, ‎N.J.‎ physical therapist Erin Leahy initially found Nepola unable to move the right side of his body. But by the end of his six-week stay, he was able to walk out of the building. Leahy called that an inspiration and a miracle.‎ ‎ But Nepola's recovery is incomplete. Brain and muscular therapy has helped him regain movement in his right arm, but he still struggles with his right hand.‎ ‎ In the process of recovery, Nepola has thought deeply about what happened and why, and decided to share his story. Encouraged by his trauma doctor, Sanjeev Kaul, he teamed with Gonzalez and began attending assemblies in April.‎ ‎ He said he was nervous at first, but has grown used to the spotlight. And his rehabilitation（康复）and visible trauma help him draw serious attention from students.‎ ‎ Besides, "I'm not a wall," he said. "I feel like I know how to talk to people."‎ ‎ Driving drunk, he tells students, is like playing Russian roulette（俄罗斯轮盘赌博）: "You might do it a bunch of times, but something is going to happen."‎ ‎ Now, his days are all about the therapy, work and going to the gym. Mentally, he says, "I’m a lot happier in my life."‎ ‎41. The main purpose of the text is to ______.‎ ‎ A. tell readers about the dangers of driving a car ‎ B. warn students about the dangers of drinking ‎ C. tell readers about Michael Nepola’s recovery experience ‎ D. advise people not to drive a car after drinking ‎42. As a eighteen year old boy, Nepola story is powerful because ______.‎ ‎ A. his family supported him ‎ B. his classmate and friend never gave up him ‎ C. his classmate and friend are familiar with him ‎ D. he is just like one classmate or friend we know ‎43. What does the underlined sentence mean?‎ ‎ A. A drunk driver will eventually have a serious accident.‎ ‎ B. Drunk driving is as risky as it is excited.‎ ‎ C. Drunk driving can be fun if the driver is experienced.‎ ‎ D. An experienced driver can drive drunk successfully.‎ ‎44. After the accident, Michael Nepola came to ______.‎ ‎ A. make a full recovery ‎ B. recover at a magical speed ‎ C. be eager for more adventure ‎ D. enjoy life more despite his physical condition ‎45. What can we infer from the article?‎ ‎ A. Michael Nepola believes his accident was the result of bad luck.‎ ‎ B. Michael Nepola thinks that students shouldn’t get drunk.‎ ‎ C. Michael Nepola wants to warn young people about the dangers of drunk driving.‎ ‎ D. Michael Nepola still doesn’t care about his future or college. ‎ 答案：41-45 DDABC Passage 21‎ ‎（重庆市西南师大附中2010届高三第七次月考A篇）‎ ‎“Hey, Jenna, do you tin we’ll still be friends when we’re eighty – two?” I asked my friend. It was clear she was wondering where I had come up with such a question. Losing Jenna would be like losing a very close sister. We hung out together. We gave each other advice.‎ ‎“Of course, we’ll still be friends when we’re eighty – two.” Jenna announced loudly.‎ The next year, in fourth grade, we met Jamie. The three of us soon became close friends. We played together almost every day. I thought even time couldn’t pull us apart, but I was sadly mistaken.‎ The three of us started fighting a lot. Before Christmas, we had a really big fight, and Jamie and Jenna were against me, both saying I was bossy. I felt helpless and lonely. I thought Christmas would be horrible!‎ I was surprised when Jenna came to my house and gave me an awesome Christmas card she had made for me. I was so sure that she was still disappointed with me.‎ ‎“Wow, ” I said. breaking the silence as we stood on either side of my front door. “Thanks.”‎ ‎“Okay…well…I have to go,” she said softly.‎ ‎“Okay. See you late then…” and I closed the door.‎ ‎“Who was that at the door?” my mum asked.‎ The card stared off with “Merry Christmas”, but then it said, “I am so glad we’re friends. I am sorry about what I said when we were fighting. A fight won’t stop us from being friends. Besides, we said we were going to be friends even when we’re eight – two.”‎ I stopped reading and started laughing. I couldn’t believe I had forgotten what she said that day in her back yard. I couldn’t believe I had been so selfish in trying to get even and making my friends feel sorry for me that I had forgotten about real friendship.‎ 56． How would the author and Jenna get along with each other after Christmas?‎ A. They would be close friends again.‎ B. They would not speak to each other.‎ C. They would lose touch with each other.‎ D. They would go on fighting with each other.‎ 57． The underlined sentence “I was bossy” in the fourth last paragraph means “_________”.‎ A. I looked like a boss B. I acted as boss C. I was fond of giving orders D. I was fond of fighting 56． Which of the following is the right time order according to the passage?‎ a. Jamie became our friend.‎ b. I felt lonely and unhappy.‎ c. Jenna, Jamie and I fought a lot.‎ d. Jenna brought me a Christmas card.‎ e. I was sorry for what I did to her.‎ f. Jenna and I promised to be lifelong friends.‎ A. f – a – b – c – e – d B. a – c – f – b – d – e ‎ C. a – b – c – f – e – d D. f – a – c – b – d – e ‎ 57． The author was delighted when she read the card from Jenna because _________.‎ A. what Jenna wrote was funny ‎ B. Jenna would be her friend again C. she was happy about the coming Christmas D. she was happy to receive a Christmas cad 答案：56—59 ACDB Passage 22‎ ‎（重庆市西南师大附中2010届高三第七次月考E篇）‎ Businesses are expected to cut spending dramatically through much of 2009. A number of economists, including those National City and Wachovia, don’t expect business investment, which make up about one – tenth of US economic activity, to decline through 2009. According to a survey of 679 chief financial officers by Duke‎ ‎University and CFO Magazine this month, US businesses expect to cut capital spending by more than 10% in the next 12 months, a sharp decrease from September, when the CFOs expected business investment to increase slightly.‎ John Graham, finance professor at Duke and director of the survey, says businesses are finding ways to repair existing machinery and buildings rather than replace equipment or move. They likely won’t increase their spending until they see concrete evidence that the economy is improving.‎ Those planning meeting for late winter and early spring are either buying fewer or less – expensive items, or they’re not buying at all. One client who usually spends about $ 80,000 on a conference each year is spending half that. Robert Coen, director of forecasting at media – analysis firm Magna, predicts a 4.5% drop in ad spending to $ 259 billion in 2009 on the heels of a 3.2% drop in 2008. “A recovery in US ad budgets will probably not get underway until 2010,” he says. Another negative for 2009: There aren’t any big ad – spending events such as the Olympics or national elections.‎ Declining business spending will hurt a number of industries but will be especially tough for the manufacturing sector. Nearly two – thirds of manufacturers expect revenue(税收) to be unchanged or lower in 2009 than 2008, a survey from the Institute for Supply Management found.‎ ‎72.According to John Graham, how did businesses to deal with the economy crisis?‎ A. They are spending less.‎ B. By increasing their business spending sharply.‎ C. By replacing old equipment with the new equipment.‎ D. By moving into the cheaper offices.‎ ‎73.Why are the managers buying less – expensive items for their meetings?‎ A. To save money themselves.‎ B. To cut down on expenses and save for the companies.‎ C. To see the concrete evidence that the economy is on the mend.‎ D. To save money so they spend more on advertisements.‎ ‎74.It can be inferred that in a year Olympics are held, many companies _________.‎ A. contribute more money to the poor B. give the participants money C. spend more money on advertising D. cut down on advertising budgets ‎75.The best title for the passage is ____________.‎ A. Predictions about Buying New Equipment in 2009‎ B. Predictions about Conference Planning in 2009‎ C. Predictions about Advertising Spending in 2009‎ D. Predictions for Business Spending in 2009‎ 答案：72—75 ABCD ‎【09年10月更新】‎ Passage 23‎ ‎（河北省衡水中学2010届高三上学期第三次调研考试）‎ Many times my friend June would say, “If I ever get rich, I’m getting a completely new wardrobe and moving into a bigger apartment.” I thought of her words and her chances of being rich are about as good as mine. But, to everyone’s surprise, a few years ago June did come into a large inheritance(遗产).‎ ‎ At first June said very little about the money. As the initial(最初的)shock disappeared, she became excited. June is a great believer in making lists, so I wasn’t surprised to find her writing down all the ways she would spend her new wealth.‎ As time went on, what had been midway down the column was now at the top. At last, I said to her, “You know, it isn’t necessary to spend all your inheritance at once. Take some time; think about it.” “I know, I know,” she answered with a little bit anger.‎ Then one morning June called. “I’ve decided how I want to use my new inheritance. I want to see what you think,” she said. This wasn’t something I looked forward to, but we had been friends so long.‎ As we sat, June spread a sheet of paper on the table. To my great surprise, she had written only two words: Charities(慈善), and Grandchildren---in that order. Though I had vowed（发誓）to keep quiet, I couldn’t keep from asking how she came to this decision.‎ ‎“Well,” she said, “I took your advice and thought about it.” She added, “Helping others means a lot to me, so I’m hoping this gift will help people in need.”‎ I interrupted. “But what about this big apartment you most hope to have?”‎ ‎“At first it was hard, but it doesn’t seem as important any more,” she answered with a smile.‎ Then June moved her hand, and I could see a few words written in tiny letters at the bottom of the page. After having a look at the small print, I burst into laughter. June had written: AND one new wardrobe. ‎ 41. From the passage we can learn that the writer ____________.‎ A. was richer than her friend June B. was no richer than her friend June C. was poorer than her friend June D. was interested in money as June 41. After making a list of how to deal with her inheritance, June ___________.‎ A. didn’t change it at all B. had a quarrel with the writer C. asked the writer for advice D. often made some changes of it 42. When June called the writer to talk about her new decision, the writer ___________.‎ A. felt that June would do something meaningful B. refused at first, but changed her mind later C. was eager to learn more about the new list D. had decided not to make any comments on June’s list 43. We can learn from the text that ______________.‎ A. helping others is more important than buying a bigger apartment B. friendship doesn’t mean accepting the shortcomings of a friend C. giving away one’s wealth needs time and courage D. money can’t bring people real and lasting happiness 答案 BDDC Passage 24‎ ‎（湖南省浏阳一中2010届高三第一次月考）‎ Robby was 11 when his mother dropped him off for his first piano lesson. I prefer students to begin at an earlier age. Robby said that it had always been his mother’s dream to hear him play the piano, so I took him on as a student.‎ Robby tried and tried while I listened and encouraged him and gave him more instructions. But he just did not have any inborn ability.‎ I only saw his mother from a distance. She always waved and smiled but never came in. Then one day Robby stopped coming to our lessons. I thought about calling him but I guessed he had decided to try something else.‎ I was also glad that he stopped coming for the sake of my career. However, several weeks before the recital (演奏会) of my students, Robby came，telling me that he never stopped practicing and begged me to allow him to take part in it. I agreed, but I made him perform last in the program, so I could save his poor performance through my “curtain closer”.‎ I was surprised when he announced that he had chosen one piece of Mozart’s. Never had I heard a piece of Mozart’s played so well by someone at his age. When he finished, everyone was cheering.‎ I ran up and put my arms around Robby in joy. “I’ve never heard you play like that, Robby! How could you do it?”‎ ‎ “Well, Miss Hondorf. Do you remember I told you my mom was sick? Actually she died this morning. She was born deaf, so tonight was the first time she could hear me play. I wanted to make it special. I knew I could.”‎ That night, Robby was the teacher and I was the student. He taught me so many important things about life.‎ ‎56. Why might Robby have stopped coming to piano lessons suddenly?‎ A. He lost heart and believed that he would never make it.‎ B. His mother might have been seriously ill.‎ C. He thought that his teacher disliked him.‎ D. His mother died and he didn’t need to play any longer.‎ ‎57. We can know from the passage that ________.‎ A. the writer thought students shouldn’t begin playing the piano too early B. the writer thought that Robby had given up his piano lessons C. only by practicing at home did Robby learn to play well D. no one else could play the piece of Mozart’s as well as Robby ‎58. From the underlined sentence, we can infer that _____.‎ A. the writer looked down upon Robby and disliked him B. the writer thought Robby was a bad advertisement for her teaching C. with Robby in the recital, the other children couldn’t play well D. the writer couldn’t teach so many students at a time ‎59. The writer made Robby perform last because ______.‎ A. the one who performs last always performs very well B. Robby asked the writer to do so C. she wanted to do something to save a poor performance D. Robby thought his mother would come at last 答案 BBBC Passage 25‎ ‎（山西省金谷中学2010届高三第一次练兵考试）‎ Mom was a teacher most of her life. When she wasn’t in the classroom, she was educating her children or grandchildren: correcting our grammar; starting us on collections of butterflies, flowers or rocks; or inspiring a discussion on her most recent “Book of the Month Club” topic. Mom made learning fun. ‎ It was sad for my three brothers and me to see her suffering in later years. At eighty-five, she suffered a stroke and she went steadily downhill after that. ‎ Two days before she died, my brothers and I met at her nursing home and took her for a short ride in a wheelchair. While we waited for the staff to lift her back into bed, Mom fell asleep. Not wanting to wake her, we moved to the far end of the room and spoke softly. ‎ After several minutes our conversation was interrupted by a sound coming from across the room. We stopped talking and looked at Mom. Her eyes were closed, but she was clearly trying to communicate with us. We went to her side. ‎ ‎“Whirr,” she said weakly. ‎ ‎“Where?” I asked. “Mom, is there something you want?” “Whirr,” she repeated a bit stronger. My brothers and I looked at each other and shook our heads sadly. ‎ Mom opened her eyes, sighed, and with all the energy she could maser said, “Not was, say were!”‎ It suddenly occurred to us that Mom was correcting brother Jim’s last sentence. “If it was up to me…”‎ Jim leaned down and kissed her cheek. “Thanks, Mom,” he whispered. We smiled at each other ----remarkable teacher. ‎ ‎36. When Mom said, “Whirr”, what did she really want to do?‎ A. She wanted to tell her sons her will. ‎ B. She wanted to have something to eat before she died. ‎ C. She wanted to correct the mistakes Jim made while talking. ‎ D. She wanted to teach her sons more because she was dying. ‎ ‎37. Which of the following statements is NOT right? ‎ A. Mom was a good teacher and never wanted to stop her teaching. ‎ B. Mom was always making her teaching fun. ‎ C. Mom didn’t forget her teaching until she died. ‎ D. Mom was no longer a teacher when she was at home. ‎ ‎38. What does the writer think of his mother? ‎ A. He loved her but was tired of his mother’s teaching at home. ‎ B. His mother should forget her teaching and enjoyed the rest of her life. ‎ C. His mother was great because she devoted herself to teaching. ‎ D. His mother was an excellent teacher before she was retired. ‎ ‎39. Which of the following is the best title of this passage? ‎ A. Once a teacher, always… B. Mom’s will ‎ C. A teacher’s life D. A teacher’s devotion 答案 CDCA ‎【09年11月更新】‎ Passage 26‎ ‎（贵州省大山中学2010届高三10月月考）‎ ‎（A）‎ It was a dark and cold night. The car driver didn’t have even one passenger all day. When he went by the railway station, he saw a young man coming out with two bags in his hands. So he quickly opened the door of the car and asked, “Where do you want to go, sir?”‎ ‎“To the Star Hotel,” the young man answered. When the car driver heard that, he didn’t feel happy. The young man would give him only three dollars because the hotel was not far from the railway station. But suddenly, he had an idea. He took the passenger through many streets of the big city. ‎ After a long time, the car finally arrived at the hotel. “You should pay me fifteen dollars,” the car driver said to the young man. “What! Fifteen dollars? Do you think I’m a fool? Only last week I took a car from the railway station to this same hotel and I only gave the driver thirteen dollars. I know how much I have to pay for the trip. I won’t pay you one dollar more than I paid to the other car driver last week. ”‎ ‎56. Which of the following is true? ____________‎ The young man went past the railway station. ‎ The young man was working in the railway station The young man had just got off a train. ‎ The you man was waiting for his friend there. ‎ ‎57. What do you think of the car driver? __________‎ He was a nice and clever man. B. He liked to work very hard. ‎ C. He was good at driving D. He was not an honest person. ‎ ‎58. The driver felt very _____ when he saw the young man coming out of the railway station. ‎ A. sad B. sorry C. happy D. worried ‎59. From the passage we know that the young man__________. ‎ A. knew clearly how far it was from the station to the hotel. ‎ B. Had been to the hotel several times. ‎ C. Didn’t want to stay in this city. ‎ D. Must be a stranger and didn’t know the city very well. ‎ ‎60 The driver took the passenger through many streets so as to_________. ‎ A. make the young man happy B. let the young man think it was very far from the station to the hotel. ‎ C. Let the young man have a good look at the city. ‎ D. Get more than twenty dollars. ‎ 答案 56—60CDCDB Passage 27‎ ‎（贵州省大山中学2010届高三10月月考）‎ ‎（C）‎ Some people were eating and drinking in a coffee house. A young woman was sitting alone at a table. She was wearing a beautiful diamond necklace. There was an ugly man at a table not far from her. He was looking at her necklace all the time. ‎ Suddenly the lights went out. The coffee house was in darkness. The woman started to shout. She was very frightened. A few minutes later the lights came on again. The woman was crying. Her necklace was missing. ‎ The manager quickly closed all the doors. He telephoned the police. No one could get out of the coffee house. The policemen soon came. The police inspector told his men to search everyone. The necklace was not on anyone. They then searched the whole coffee house. The necklace couldn’t be found. ‎ The police inspector then looked at the faces of all the people in the coffee house. He saw the ugly man and looked at the man carefully. He went up to the man and picked up the bowl of soup that was on his table. He then poured the soup into a glass. The necklace fell out. The policemen caught hold of the man and took him away. The young woman was happy to get back her necklace. ‎ ‎65. A young woman lost her necklace in ______________. ‎ A. a hospital B. a shop C. a coffee house D. a restaurant ‎66. The manager closed all the doors and _______________. ‎ A. searched everyone in the coffee house B. searched the whole coffee house C. telephoned the police D. looked at all the people in the coffee house ‎67. The police inspector found the necklace in __________. ‎ A. a cup of coffee B. a bowl of rice C. a glass of milk D. a bowl of soup ‎68. The necklace was stolen by ___________. ‎ A. a beautiful girl B. an old woman C. a young student D. an ugly man 答案 CCDD Passage 28‎ ‎（贵州省丰都中学2010届高三10月月考）‎ A My son. The phrase felt difficult and strange the first time I said it, and I had to practice it a thousand times. I started saying the words to myself the day when the ultrasound told me we were having a baby. ‎ Finally, my son was born. ‎ The nurse came out of the delivery room, holding a tiny, howling human being wrapped in a white sheet, his small hands and delicate fingers shaking nervously. “Baby Sanchez?” she asked, looking at the room full of expectant fathers. ‎ I stood up, holding my breath. She showed me my baby. “My son,” I whispered. The little guy screamed, “waaaaaaaaaah. ”‎ But in my heart I heard him cry out, “Daaaaaaad!” I don’t care if everyone in the room will swear they didn’t hear my baby say that. I called him, “My son,” and he called me “Dad,” and that’s that. ‎ People ask me, “What did I feel at that moment?” I can’t even begin to answer. I’m a writer yet I try hard to find the right words. Joyful isn’t powerful enough. Bliss（狂喜）is not sweet enough. Peaceful isn’t calm enough. Happy isn’t tense enough. ‎ After my son was taken away to the nursery, I sat down and shut my eyes. But tears escaped them away. Then out of the blue, my 80-year-old father entered, and we embraced. ‎ ‎“Dad,” I whispered. ‎ ‎“My son,” my heart heard him saying. ‎ Suddenly the past 33 years folded into the present and I was now the baby bundled in white, with my father standing over me. ‎ ‎“My son,” I imagined him saying. ‎ ‎“Daaaaaaaaaad!” I cried my little lungs out. ‎ At that point, I knew I was going to be a great father. The old man in front of me seemed to agree. He smiled and we walked out of the room in search of the tiny human being that would change our lives for ever. ‎ ‎36. Which of the following statement is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. His son called him “Dad” when the writer called him “My son”. ‎ B. All the people didn’t hear the baby say except the writer. ‎ C. Sanchez is the writer’s family name. ‎ D. The baby was taken away because the nurse found there was a mistake. ‎ ‎37. The author couldn’t tell how he felt at the moment because ____. ‎ A. he was a writer B. he was too excited C. he was too nervous D. it’s a feeling too complex to express ‎38. We can learn the following from the passage EXCEPT that ____. ‎ A. the author got his first baby B. he probably had a lung disease C. the author didn’t really hear “Daaaaad” from his baby D. the baby would change the author’s life ‎39. Why was the writer sure he was going to be a great father?‎ A. Because his son is so gifted. ‎ B. Because he had much experience in bringing up children. ‎ C. Because his father promised to help him. ‎ D. Because his father had already set him a good example. ‎ 答案 36-39 CDBD Passage 29‎ ‎（贵州省高武中学2010届高三10月月考）‎ D ‎“Can I see my baby?” asked the happy new mother. The bundle（婴儿包）was placed in her arms and when she moved the fold of cloth to look upon his tiny face, she gasped—the baby had been born without ears. Time, however, proved that the baby’s hearing was perfect except his appearance.‎ One day when he rushed home from school and threw himself into his mother’s arms, he cried out bitterly, “A boy, a big boy … called me—a f-…freak.” She sighed, knowing that his life was to be endless of heartbreaks.‎ He grew up, handsome for his misfortune. A favorite with his fellow students, he might have been class president, but for that. He developed a gift for literature and music.‎ The boy’s father had a talk with the family doctor. Could nothing be done? “I believe we could graft（移植）on a pair of outer ears, if they could be donated（捐献）,” the doctor decided. So the search began for a person who would make such a sacrifice for a young man. Two years went by. Then, “You’re going to the hospital, son. Mother and I have someone who will donate the ears you need. But it’s a secret.” said the father.‎ The operation was a brilliant success. His talents blossomed into genius. School and college became a series of successes. Later he married and entered the diplomatic（外交）service. “But I must know!” he urged his father. “Who gave so much for me? I could never do enough for him.”‎ ‎“I do not believe you could,” said the father, “but the agreement was that you are not to know … not yet.” The years kept the secret, but the day did come … one of the darkest days that ever pass through a son. He stood with his father over his mother’s casket（棺材）. Slowly and tenderly, the father stretched forth a hand and raised the thick, reddish-brown hair to let out the secret.‎ ‎47. The story is mainly about _______.‎ A. how a boy had new ears through an operation B. what a devoted parent privately did for the child C. how a disabled boy turned into a useful person D. why a donator made a sacrifice to a bright boy ‎48. From the first paragraph we know that the mother _______.‎ A. was determined to donate her ears to perfect her son B. kept her husband unknown about the baby’s situation C. felt shocked and disappointed to see her new baby D. complained of her bad luck to have a disabled child ‎49. The underlined word “freak” in Paragraph 2 is the closest in meaning to “_______”.‎ A. slow-acting person B. ugly-looking child C. badly-behaved student D. strangely-shaped creature ‎50. What can be inferred from the passage?‎ A. The agreement was between the donator and the family.‎ B. The boy was so popular that he was made class president.‎ C. Finally the boy came to know who the donator was.‎ D. The mother donated her ears to her son after she died.‎ ‎51. What moral lesson can we draw from this reading?‎ A. Real love lies in what is done unknown rather than what is done known.‎ B. It is up to parents to help their children heart and soul.‎ C. True beauty lies only in the heart not in appearance.‎ D. It is a virtue（美德）for young generations to learn to be grateful.‎ 答案 47-51 BCDCA Passage 30‎ ‎（贵州省回龙中学2010届高三10月月考）‎ C That cold January night, I was growing sick of my life in San Francisco. There I was, walking home at one in the morning after a tiring practice at the theater. With opening night only a week away, I was still learning my lines. I was having trouble dealing with my part-time job at the bank and my acting at night at the same time. As I walked, I thought seriously about giving up both acting and San Francisco. City life had become too much for me.‎ As I walked down empty streets under tall buildings, I felt very small and cold. I began running, both to keep warm and to keep away any possible robbers（抢劫犯）. Very few people were still out except a few sad-looking homeless people under blankets.‎ About a block from my apartment, I heard a sound behind me. I turned quickly, half expecting to see someone with a knife or a gun. The street was empty. All I saw was a shining streetlight. Still, the noise had made me nervous, so I started to run faster. Not until I reached my apartment building and unlocked the door did I realize what the noise had been. It had been my wallet falling to the sidewalk.‎ Suddenly I wasn’t cold or tired anymore. I ran out of the door and back to where I’d heard the noise. Although I searched the sidewalk anxiously for fifteen minutes, my wallet was nowhere to be found.‎ Just as I was about to give up the search, I heard the garbage truck（垃圾车）pull up to the sidewalk next to me. When a voice called from the inside, “Alisa Camacho?” I thought I was dreaming. How could this man know my name? The door opened, and out jumped a small red-haired man with an amused look in his eyes. “Is this what you’re looking for?” he asked, holding up a small square shape.‎ It was nearly ‎3 a. m. by the time I got into bed. I wouldn’t get much sleep that night, but I had got my wallet back. I also had got back some enjoyment of city life. I realized that the city couldn’t be a bad place as long as people were willing to help each other.‎ ‎50. How did the writer feel when she was walking home after work?‎ A. Cold and sick B. Lucky and hopeful C. Satisfied and cheerful D. Disappointed and helpless ‎51. From the first paragraph, we learn that the writer was busy_____.‎ A. solving her problem at the bank B. taking part in various city activities C. learning acting in an evening school D. preparing for the first night show ‎52. On her way home the writer_____‎ A. lost her wallet unknowingly B. was stopped by a garbage truck driver C. was robbed of her wallet by a man with a knife D. found some homeless people following her ‎53. In the fifth paragraph, why did the writer say she was dreaming?‎ A. Someone offered to take her back home B. A. red-haired man came to see her. C. She heard someone call her name D. Her wallet was found in a garbage truck ‎54. From the text, we can infer that the writer_____‎ A. would stop working at night B. would stay on in San Francisco C. would make friends with cleaners. D. would give up her job at the bank 答案 DDACB Passage 31‎ ‎（河北省邯郸市磁县2010届高三质量检测）‎ C The dog, called Prince, was an intelligent animal and a slave to Williams. From morning till night, he had a number of clear duties, for which Williams had patiently trained him and, like a good pupil, Prince lived for the chance to prove his abilities. When Williams wanted to put on his boots, he would murmur. “Boots” and within seconds the dog would drop them at his feet. At nine every morning Prince ran off to the general store in the village, returning shortly not only with Williams’ daily paper but with a packet of Williams’ favorite tobacco. A trained gun-dog, Prince had a large soft mouth specially evolved（演变；进化）for the sake of carrying hunted creatures, so the paper and tobacco came to no harm, never even showing a tooth mark. ‎ Williams was an engine driver, and he had to work at irregular times — “days”, “late days”, or “nights”. Over the years Prince got to know these periods of work and rest, and knew when his master would leave the house and return and the dog did not waste this knowledge. If Williams overslept, Prince barked at the bedroom door until he woke. On his return, Williams’ slippers were brought to him, the paper and tobacco too. ‎ A curious thing happened to Williams during the snow and ice of last winter. One evening he slipped and fell on the icy pavement somewhere between the village and his home. He was so badly shaken that he stayed in bed for three days; and not until he got up and dressed again did he discover that he had lost his wallet containing over fifty pounds. The house was turned upside down in the search, but the wallet was not found. However, two days later, Prince dropped the wallet into Williams’ hand. Very muddy, and wet through, the wallet still contained fifty-three pounds. ‎ ‎49. It can be learned from the passage that gun-dogs are dogs that . ‎ A. can take care of their owners B. are the fastest runners of all dogs C. have their teeth removed when they are young D. can carry birds , foxes , etc . without hurting them ‎50. Williams did not realize his wallet was lost for several days because . ‎ A. he had no chance to feel in his pockets B. he had thought it was in his house C. he was sure his dog could find it D. he was ill all the time ‎51. The best title for this passage is . ‎ A. An intelligent dog B. Williams had a trained dog C. Williams’ family and a clever dog D. Prince , a clever , well-trained dog ‎52. The underlined part “the dog did not waste this knowledge” probably means . ‎ A. the dog did know Williams B. the dog didn’t know what to do C. the dog knew what to do all the time D. the dog did have a lot of knowledge 答案 49---52 DADC Passage 32‎ ‎（河北省正定中学2010届高三摸底考试）‎ B A man came home from work late, tired and irritated（生气的, 不耐烦的）, to find his 5-year-old son waiting for him at the door.‎ ‎“Daddy, may I ask you a question?”‎ ‎“Yeah sure, what is it？”replied the man.‎ ‎“Daddy, how much do you make an hour?”‎ ‎“That’s none of your business. Why do you ask such a thing?” the man said angrily.‎ ‎“I just want to know. Please tell me, how much do you make an hour?” pleaded the little boy.‎ ‎“If you must know, I make $ 20 an hour.”‎ ‎“Oh, ” the little boy replied, with his head down. Looking up, he said, “Daddy, may I please borrow $ 10?”‎ The father was furious（生气的）, “If the only reason you asked that is so you can borrow some money to buy a silly toy or some other nonsense, then you march yourself straight to your room and go to bed. Think about why you are being so selfish. I work hard every day for such childish behavior.” The little boy quietly went to his room and shut the door. The man sat down and, started to get even angrier about the little boy’s questions. How dare he ask such questions only to get some money? After about an hour or so, the man had calmed down, and started to think: Maybe there was something he really needed to buy with that $ 10 and he really didn’t ask for money very often. The man went to the door of the little boy’s room and opened the door. “Are you asleep, son?” He asked.‎ ‎“No, daddy, I’m awake,” replied the boy.‎ ‎“I’ve been thinking, maybe I was too hard on you earlier,” said the man. “It’s been a long day and I took out my aggravation（怒气）on you. Here’s the $10 you asked for.”‎ The little boy sat straight up, smiling. “Oh, thank you, daddy！”He yelled. Then, reaching under his pillow he pulled out some crumpled（皱皱巴巴的）up bills. The man, seeing that the boy already had money, started to get angry again. The little boy slowly counted out his money, then looked up at his father.‎ ‎“Why do you want more money if you already have some?” the father grumbled.‎ ‎“Because I didn’t have enough, but now I do,” the little boy replied.‎ ‎“Daddy, I have $ 20 now. Can I buy an hour of your time? Please come home early tomorrow.‎ I would like to have dinner with you.”‎ ‎45. When the man came home from work late, he______.‎ A. was tired but happy B. was tired and angry at his son’s question C. was tired but happy to find his son waiting for him at the door D. was tired and angry to find his son waiting for him at the door ‎46. The little boy asked the question ______.‎ A. because he wanted to have dinner with his father B. in order to borrow some money from his father to buy something C. because he wanted to buy a toy D. because he was just curious to know ‎47. After an hour or so, the man went to the little boy’s room and ______.‎ A. saw if the boy was asleep B. asked him what he needed to buy with that $ 10‎ C. said sorry to his son D. gave $10 to his son ‎48. From this passage, we can infer that ______.‎ A. the boy would like to have dinner with his father B. the boy often asked for money to buy some nonsense C. the boy loved his father very much D. the man would get even angrier at last 答案 45-48 BADC Passage 33‎ ‎（河北省正定中学2010届高三摸底考试）‎ D The newspaper seller was a clean, neat man, of about forty with a rather serious, unsmiling face. He didn’t speak much to the customers or to his helpers, but when he did he spoke slowly and quietly, as if to himself. He believed in efficiency, not conversation, and this was how the office workers, rushing to catch their trains, preferred it.‎ It had been a good day. Lunch-time had been warm and sunny, and many people had bought magazines to read outside with their sandwiches. Now it was cold rainy, and people wanted an evening paper for a cheerless joyless journey ahead and a dull evening indoors.‎ At 6:30, with the main rush over, he started to collect the money together and count it. Then he left the stand and went home. It was the assistant’s turn this evening to look after it till eight o’clock, when it would be packed away for the night. His large white Mercedes was in the private car park of a large government building. He’d parked there for six months, pretending to be part of a heating firm working in the building. They would find out about him soon, and he’d have to park in a garage again, which was annoying. Their charges were far too high. A couple of junior clerks, regular customers, happened to see him getting into his car. “Must be a lot of money in papers, eh?” one of them shouted. He just smiled coldly in reply, and got into the car, placing the bags of money on the floor.‎ He thought about the clerks on the way home. Like the majority of his customers, despite their white shirts and dark suits, they probably made in a week as much as he could make in a good day.‎ ‎53．It seems unlikely that the newspaper seller would be the sort of man who would ______.‎ A．be a cheerful companion B．try to cheat a customer C．earn a great deal of money D．trust his assistant much ‎54．The assistant’s job that evening was to ______.‎ A．sell papers until 8 o’clock B．start selling magazines at 8 o’clock C. count the money taken that day D．lock up the car park ‎55．If they realized that he was not a heating engineer he would have to _______.‎ A．park his car in a government car park B．look for another free parking place C．pay to park his car in a garage D．pretend he was a government employee ‎56．When the newspaper seller thought about the two clerks he decided they were _______‎ A．badly dressed B. very well off C．not as rich as himself D．not as hardworking as himself 答案 53-56 CACC Passage 34‎ ‎（江苏省南京市金陵中学2010届高三10月月考）‎ B As Mrs. Thompson stood in front of her ‎5a grade class on the very first day of school, she told the children a lie. Like most teachers, she looked at her students and said that she loved them all the same.‎ But that was impossible, because there in the front row, slumped in his seat, was a little boy named Teddy Stoddard. Mrs. Thompson noticed that he didn't play well with the other children, that his clothes were messy and that he constantly needed a bath. And Teddy could be unpleasant. It got to the point where Mrs. Thompson would actually take delight in marking his papers with a broad red pen, making bold X's and then putting a big "F" at the top of his papers.‎ However, when she reviewed his file, she got a surprise.‎ Teddy's first grade teacher wrote, "Teddy is a bright child with a ready laugh. He does his work neatly and has good manners, he is a joy to be around."‎ His second grade teacher wrote, "Teddy is an excellent student, well liked by his classmates, but he is troubled because his mother has a terminal illness and life at home must be a struggle."‎ His third grade teacher wrote, "His mother's death has been hard on him. He tries to do his best but his father doesn't show much interest and his home life will soon affect him if some steps aren't taken."‎ Teddy's fourth grade teacher wrote, "Teddy is withdrawn and doesn't show much interest in school. He doesn't have many friends and sometimes sleeps in class."‎ Now, Mrs. Thompson was ashamed of herself and felt worse when her students brought her beautifully wrapped Christmas presents. Teddy's present, however, was clumsily wrapped in rough brown grocery paper. Taking her time she opened it to reveal Teddy's gifts, a rhinestone bracelet with stones missing and a quarter full perfume bottle. How the children laughed! "What a pretty bracelet! Mm, lovely perfume! Perfect on my wrist." The children were silent.‎ Alone together, after school, Teddy told Mrs. Thompson, "Today you smelled just like my ‎ Mom used to..." His teacher cried all night and, from that day, she stopped teaching reading, writing, and arithmetic and began to teach children instead.‎ ‎60．What is the best title of this text?‎ ‎ A．A Student's Best Friend B．How To Be a Good Student ‎ C．The Story of a Good Teacher D． A Teacher's Lesson ‎61．How did Teddy's behavior change between Grades 1 and 4?‎ ‎ A．He became better at making friends. B．He became closer to his father.‎ ‎ C．He paid less attention to school. D． He stopped doing his homework.‎ ‎62．We can learn from the last paragraph that .‎ ‎ A．Mrs. Thompson was deeply hurt by Teddy's words ‎ B．Teddy missed his mother and desired love very much ‎ C．Mrs. Thompson realized it useless to teach knowledge ‎ D．Mrs. Thompson cried because she lied to Teddy about his presents 答案 60—62 DCB ‎ ‎【09年12月更新】‎ Passage 35‎ ‎（安徽省巢湖市示范高中2010届高三上学期四校联考期中考试）‎ A Lisa was running late. Lisa, 25, had a lot to do at work, plus visitors on the way, her parents were coming in for Thanksgiving from her hometown. But as she hurried down the subway stairs, she started to feel uncomfortably warm. By the time she got to the platform, Lisa felt weak and tired--maybe it hadn’t been a good idea to give blood the night before, she thought. She rested herself against a post close to the tracks. ‎ Several yards away, Frank, 43, and his girlfriend, Jennifer, found a spot close to where the front of the train would stop. They were deep in discussion about a house they were thinking of buying. ‎ But when he heard the scream, followed by someone yelling, “Oh, my God, she fell in!” Frank didn’t hesitate. He jumped down to the tracks and ran some 40 feet toward the body lying on the rails. “No! Not you! ” his girlfriend screamed after him. ‎ She was right to be alarmed. By the time Frank reached Lisa, he could feel the tracks shaking and see the light coming. The train was about 20 seconds from the station. ‎ It was hard to lift her. She was just out. But he managed to raise her the four feet to the platform so that bystanders could hold her by the grins and drag her away from the edge. That was where Lisa briefly regained consciousness, felt herself being pulled along the ground, and saw someone else holding her purse. ‎ Lisa thought she’d been robbed. A woman held her hand and a man gave his shirt to help stop the blood pouring from her head. And she tried to talk but she couldn’t, and that was when she realized how much pain she was in. ‎ Police and fire officials soon arrived, and Frank told the story to an officer. Jennifer said her boyfriend was calm on their 40-minute train ride downtown—just as he had been seconds after the rescue，which made her think about her reaction at the time. “I saw the train coming and 1 was ‎ thinking he was going to die，”she explained. ‎ ‎56. Why did Jennifer try to stop her boyfriend?‎ A. Because they would miss their train. ‎ B. Because he didn’t see the train coming. ‎ C. Because she was sure Lisa was hard to lift. ‎ D. Because she was afraid the train would kill him. ‎ ‎57. How did Frank save Lisa?‎ A. By lifting her to the platform. ‎ B. By helping her rise to her feet. ‎ C. By pulling her along the ground. ‎ D. By dragging her away from the edge. ‎ ‎58. When did Lisa become conscious again?‎ A. When the train was leaving. ‎ B. After she was back on the platform. ‎ C. After the police and fire officials came. ‎ D. When a man was cleaning the blood from her head. ‎ ‎59. The passage is intended to _____________‎ A. warn us of the danger in the subway B. show us how to save people in the subway C. tell us about a subway rescue D. report a traffic accident 答案 56-59 DABC Passage 36‎ ‎（湖北省部分重点中学2009届高三第二次联考）‎ D y brother-in-1aw opened the drawer of my sister’s cupboard and took out a package．He said。“This is a new silk slip（衬裙）．Jane bought it in New York nine years ago．She never wore it．She was saving it for a special occasion．I guess this is the occasion．” ‎ It was an exquisite（精美的）handmade silk slip．The price tag on it was still attached．‎ He took the slip from me and put it on the bed，with the other clothes we were taking to the mortician（殡仪员）．His hands fingered on the soft material for a moment, then he shut the drawer and turned to me．“Don’t ever save anything for a special occasion．Every day you’re alive is a special occasion．’’‎ His words have changed my mind．I’m spending more time with my family and less time on meetings．I’m trying to recognize these moments now and cherish them．I’m not saving anything．I wear my good skirt to the market if I feel like it．I can pay $28·49 for a small bag of groceries．I’m not saving my good perfume for special parties．If something is worth seeing or hearing or doing，I want to see and hear and do it now．“Someday” has disappeared in my vocabulary．‎ I’m not sure what Jane would have done if she had known she’d not be here for the tomorrow we all take for granted．I’m guessing Jane would have called family members and a few close friends．She might have apologized to her former friends for their past quarrels．She’d have gone out for a Chinese dinner, her favorite food．‎ I’m trying hard not to put off, hold back。or save anything that would add laughter to our fives．Every morning I open my eyes。I tell myself that every day, every minute，every breath is a gift．‎ ‎73．Why didn’t Jane wear the brand new silk slip?‎ A．She meant to wear it on her death． B．She wanted to save it for her sister．‎ ‎ C．She thought it was too dear． D．She saved it for a special occasion ‎74．After Jane’s death．the author begins to ．‎ A．treasure the simple pleasure of life B．spend more time having meetings C．save more money for necessities D．care about her special parties ‎75．What does the underlined sentence “Someday” has disappeared in my vocabulary．”（in Paragraph4）mean?‎ A．I prefer to leave out the word “someday” in my speech． ‎ B．“Someday” is found missing from my old dictionar．‎ C．I will not delay enjoying the pleasure of life D．I decide not to enjoy something good at the moment·‎ ‎76．It can be inferred from the passage that ．‎ A．it makes sense to follow our dream B．we tend to leave good things until the last minute C．we should take pleasure in our work D．it is meaningless to save something for the future 答案 DACB Passage 37‎ ‎（山东省师大附中2010届高三第一次模拟考试）‎ C When it comes to friends, I desire those who will share my happiness, who possess wings of their own and who will fly with me. I seek friends whose qualities illuminate（照亮）me and train me up for love. It is for these people that I reserve the glowing hours, too good not to share.‎ ‎ When I was in the eighth grade, I had a friend. We were shy and “too serious” about our studies when it was becoming fashionable with our classmates to learn acceptable social behaviors. We said little at school, but she would come to my house and we would sit down with pencils and paper, and one of us would say: “Let’s start with a train whistle today.” We would sit quietly together and write separate poems or stories that grew out of a train whistle. Then we would read them aloud. At the end of that school year, we, too, were changing into social creatures and the stories and poems stopped.‎ ‎ When I lived for a time in London, I had a friend, He was in despair(失望)and I was in despair. But our friendship was based on the idea in each of us that we would be sorry later if we did not explore this great city because we had felt bad at the time. We met every Sunday for five weeks and found many excellent things. We walked until our despairs disappeared and then we parted. We gave London to each other.‎ ‎ For almost four years I have had remarkable friend whose imagination illuminates mine. We write long letters in which we often discover our strangest selves. Each of us appears, sometimes in a funny way, in the other’s dreams. She and I agree that, at certain times, we seem to be parts of the same mind. In my most interesting moments, I often think: “Yes, I must tell….”We have never ‎ met.‎ ‎ It is such comforting companions I wish to keep. One bright hour with their kind is worth more to me than the lifetime services of a psychologist（心理学家），who will only fill up the healing（愈合的）silence necessary to those darkest moments in which I would rather be my own best friend.‎ ‎66. In the eighth grade, what the author did before developing proper social behavior was to ______.‎ A. become serious about her study B. go to her friend’s house regularly ‎ C. learn from her classmates at school D. share poems and stories with her friend ‎67. In Paragraph 3, “We gave London to each other” probably means ______.‎ A. our exploration of London was a memorable gift to both of us B. we were unwilling to tear ourselves away from London C. our unpleasant feeling about London disappeared D. we parted with each other in London ‎68. According to Paragraph 4, the author and her friend _______.‎ A. call each other regularly B. have similar personalities C. enjoy writing to each other D. dream of meeting each other ‎69. In the darkest moments, the author would prefer to ______. ‎ A. seek professional help B. be left alone C. stay with her best friend D. break the silence ‎70. What is the best title for the passage? ‎ A. Unforgettable Experiences B. Remarkable Imagination C. Lifelong Friendship D. Noble Companions 答案 DACBD Passage 38‎ ‎（云南省玉溪一中2010届高三上学期期中考试）‎ A I was watching Sportscenter last night when one of those “human interest” stories came on and really caught my attention. ‎ The story was about a 27-year-old professional Bass Fisherman named Clay Dyer. At first, they played it off as another guy trying to make the cut on the Bassmaster tour until they showed a picture of him. No legs, no arm, or rather, he has only 1/3 of his right arm. That’s all that he has. ‎ It was such an amazing story that I was wondering what this guy could do. Growing up, he learned to play baseball and basketball, but found that fishing was his true calling. And he does it all on his own. He holds the fishing pole under his chin and uses that and his stub (残端) arm to cast and reel in(收进) the fish. He uses his teeth to help him unhook fish. He ties his own hooks or lures on with his mouth, never really asking anyone else to help. Clay Dyer even knows how to swim. Since his body can’t produce enough sweat on its own, he has to take a dip in the lake every few hours to keep cool. He dives in just like anyone else, then somehow treads water(踩水) with his stub arm, then, with a little help, pulls himself back up into the boat and goes on fishing. ‎ Clay Dyer has never looked for others’ pity, nor has he allowed his physical disabilities to prevent him from becoming a professional fisherman. His motto for life is "If I can, you can." He refuses to use special equipment, saying, "I want to do it with one hand the way they do it with two." ‎ ‎56. Why did the author become interested in Clay Dyer? ‎ A. He assumed Dyer was living happily. ‎ B. He took great pity on this disabled man. ‎ C. He wanted to know what Dyer could do.‎ D. He thought that Dyer could do nothing. ‎ ‎57. While fishing, Dyer dives into the lake from time to time _________. ‎ A. to change the lures（鱼饵） B. to do some exercise ‎ C. to cast a fishing line D. to cool himself down ‎ ‎58. We learn from the last paragraph that _________.‎ A. Dyer aims to behave like a normal person B. physical disabilities fail to destroy his faith C. special equipment is allowed when fishing D. it seems easy for Clay Dyer to go fishing ‎ ‎59. Which word best describes Clay Dyer’s personality?‎ A. Diligent. B. Inspiring. C. Faithful. D. Stubborn. ‎ 答案 CDAB Passage 39‎ ‎(湖南省长郡中学2010届高三第三次月考)‎ A I used to watch her from my kitchen window. She seemed so small as she muscled her way through the crowd of boys on the playground. The school was across the street from our home and I would often watch the kids as they played during break. I remember the first day I saw her playing basketball. I watched in wonder as she ran circles around the other kids. She managed to shoot jump shots just over their heads and into the net. The boys always tried to stop her but no one could. I began to notice her at other times, basketball in hand, playing alone.‎ One day I asked her why she practiced so much. Without a moment of hesitation she said, “I want to go to college. The only way I can go is to get a scholarship. I am going to play college basketball. I want to be the best. My Daddy told me if the dream is big enough, the facts don’t count.” Well, I had to give it to her—she was determined. I watched her through those junior high years and into high school. Every week, she led her school team to victory.‎ One day in her senior year, I saw her sitting in the grass, head in her arms. I walked across the street and sat down in the cool grass beside her. Quietly I asked what was wrong. “Oh, nothing,” came a soft reply, “I am just too short.” The coach told her that at ‎5’5”‎ she would probably never get to play for a top ranked team—much less offered a scholarship—so she should stop dreaming about college. She was heartbroken and I felt my own throat tighten as I sensed her disappointment. I asked her if she had talked to her dad about it yet. She told me that her father said those coaches were wrong. They just did not understand the power of a dream. He told her that if she truly wanted a scholarship and that nothing could stop her except one thing — her own attitude.‎ The next year, as she and her team went to the Northern California Championship game, she was offered a scholarship and on the college team. She was going to get the college education that she had dreamed of.‎ ‎56．The author was probably the girl’s .‎ A．neighbor B．friend C．teacher D．mother ‎ ‎57．Why was the girl heart broken?‎ A．She was considered too short to be a top player.‎ B．Her coach stopped her training because of her height.‎ C．She couldn’t be on a college basketball team.‎ D．She wouldn’t be admitted by an ideal college.‎ ‎58．We can learn from the passage that .‎ A．her family wouldn’t like to pay her college fee B．her father forced her to play basketball in collage C．being a top basketball player can win you a scholarship for college D．she wouldn’t like to turn to his father for help when in difficulty ‎59．Which word can best describe her father?‎ A．Encouraging. B．Optimistic. C．Stubborn. D．Cruel.‎ ‎60．Which proverb best matches the story?‎ A．Practice makes perfect.‎ B．Rome was not built in a day.‎ C．Where there is a will, there is a way.‎ D．Pride comes before a fall.‎ 答案 DACAC Passage 40‎ ‎(江西省新余一中、宜春中学2010届高三11月联考)‎ A One winter evening, a storekeeper was going to close up his shop. Suddenly he saw Seth, a lazy, good-for-nothing fellow grab a pound of fresh butter and concealed it in his hat. No sooner had the storekeeper seen the act than he hit upon exactly the right revenge. He would punish the thief, and satisfy his own appetite for fun.‎ Seth had his hat on his head, and the butter in his hat. He was anxious to leave. However, the rightful owner of the butter offered him a cup of hot drink, took him by the shoulders and planted him in a seat close to the stove. The grocer stuffed in the stove as many sticks of wood as he could possibly fit inside.‎ Seth already could feel the butter settling down closer to his hair, so he jumped up, declaring that he must go. “Sit down; don’t be in such a hurry,” replied the grocer, pushing him back into the chair again.‎ Streak after streak of the butter came pouring from under the poor man’s hat. The fun-loving grocer kept on stuffing wood into the stove. Then, as if surprised, he remarked, “You seem to be perspiring (排汗) as if you were warm! Let me put your hat away for you.”‎ ‎“No!” exclaimed poor Seth at last, unable to stand it a moment longer. “No, I must go; let me out.”‎ A greasy (油腻的) waterfall of butter was now pouring down the poor man’s face and neck, soaking (浸泡) into his clothes, and trickling down his body into his boots. He was bathed in oil from head to toe.‎ Just as his victim darted out the door, the grocer said, “I reckon (估计) the fun I’ve had out of you is worth the money, so I shan’t charge you for that pound of butter in your hat.”‎ ‎56．Why did Seth put the butter in his hat?‎ A. Because he just wanted to play a trick on the grocer.‎ B. Because he had nowhere to put the butter but in the hat.‎ C. Because he wanted to revenge himself on the grocer.‎ D. Because he didn’t want to pay for it.‎ ‎57．What is not the action that the grocer took as a revenge?‎ A. The grocer offered Seth a cup of hot drink.‎ B. The grocer forced Seth to take a seat near the stove.‎ C. The grocer overcharged Seth for the butter.‎ D. The grocer offered to take off Seth’s hat.‎ ‎58．What was the purpose of the grocer’s hospitality?‎ A. He wanted to make friends with Seth.‎ B. He wanted to be kind to him.‎ C. He wanted to take his revenge on Seth by making the butter in his hat melt.‎ D. He wanted to sell more of his goods.‎ ‎59．What is the best title of the passage?‎ A. Great fun B. The right revenge C. A fun-loving grocer D. A foolish customer 答案 DCCB Passage 41‎ ‎(山东省青岛市2010届高三上学期期中考试)‎ A Recently I paid a visit to Harvard University, where there are top class scientists and professors and the best academic system in the world.‎ I was pretty shocked when I first stepped onto the campus. Well, it's not even really a campus. It's more like a district in a small town.‎ Harvard's main buildings are from the 18th century. They look very old and simple. You might even say they're a little shabby. They don't fit the modern idea of university at all. The buildings are surrounded by grass and trees, so I felt as if I had walked into a medieval castle. But when I looked across the street, busy shops and in-fashion students made me feel like I was in the 21st century again. It creates a strong contrast and brings a special atmosphere to the school.‎ Our tour guide Gary took us around and told us: "You see this grass field in the center of the school? Here is where they host their graduation ceremony. They just set up tents and benches and have a very simple ceremony. Unbelievable! Who would think the most talented students just graduate on the lawn?‎ I saw some students put a blanket on the grass and lie down to read a book. When I listened to the soft sound of pages turning, along with chirping of the birds, I felt very calm. There was no competitive feeling at all.‎ Harvard has the world's first computer in its science center and there are hundreds of high-end computers too. Its religion and the literature departments are also among the best. It is the perfect mix of tradition and new technology. It makes Harvard a very attractive place to study in.‎ I hope one day I'll attend my dream school—Harvard.‎ ‎56. The article is mainly about . ‎ A. the author's campus life in Harvard B. the author's impression of Harvard C. Harvard's old buildings D. the academic system at Harvard ‎57. The author was most impressed by , according to the article. ‎ A. Harvard's mix of tradition and new technology B. the classes held on beautiful lawns at Harvard C. Harvard students not taking their graduation ceremony seriously D. the feeling of not living in modern society on the campus ‎58. What can we conclude from the article? ‎ A. Harvard campus is actually a district of a big city.‎ B. There are no competitions at Harvard University.‎ C. Graduation ceremonies are not complex at Harvard.‎ D. All Harvard buildings date back to the 18th century.‎ ‎59. According to the article, in which fields is Harvard top in the world? ‎ A. Literature, arts, and law. ‎ B. Religion, law and arts.‎ C. Literature, arts and computer science.‎ D. Religion, computer science and literature. ‎ ‎60. Which word can be used to describe the Harvard campus? ‎ A. modern B. competitive C. peaceful D. splendid 答案 BACDC Passage 42‎ ‎（甘肃省天水一中2010届高三第一学期第二次段考）‎ C ‎ My senior year, I can't believe it's almost over. Now when I look back, it was stressful, but exciting, the ball, graduation, and then of course, college.‎ ‎ I started my college application process months before Christmas. My parents told me it would be smart if I set up interviews and tours. But 1 didn't have clear aim. I wanted to go to college, but I didn't want to deal with the stress.‎ ‎ As the days flew by, my applications lay on my desk just as I had left them three months before. "You are wasting valuable time, "my parents complained. Sweeping away the gathered dust on the applications, I worked on them every Sunday until I finished. Next came writing the essays.‎ I had many ideas, but every school had different requirements. I changed them until I was pleased. Finally, everything was underway.‎ ‎ Now I just had to wait. In March, I started receiving letters of rejection. I began to think that I had set myself up for disappointment. I had a letter from Salem State College stating that they wanted to see my third quarter grades before they made their decision. Yes! At least someone wanted to consider me. At the beginning of April, I received a letter from Keens‎ ‎State. I had been rejected. Those opening words" We regret to inform you..." made me sit down and cry. I had lost all hope. Then I heard from Plymouth‎ ‎State. Not my first choice, but...I had been accepted. Maybe if I get my grades up, l can transfer to another school...‎ ‎ The college application process hurt me deeply. All my friends had dozens of schools to choose from. I guess my parents were right. High school grades are undoubtedly important to your future plans. If I could do it all over again, I would take it more seriously.‎ ‎49．How did the writer feel in the way of going to college?‎ ‎ A．Happy． B．Sad． C．Mixed． D．Changeable.‎ ‎50．Which of the following is NOT true?‎ ‎ A．The writer thought senior year was stressful.‎ ‎ B．The writer didn't set up interviews and tours.‎ ‎ C．The writer had a strong desire to get to college.‎ ‎ D．The writer was afraid of the pressure of college.‎ ‎51．What does the underlined sentence mean?‎ ‎ A．The writer was fired by the college.‎ ‎ B．The writer was rejected by the college.‎ ‎ C．The writer couldn't go to any college.‎ ‎ D．The writer couldn't go to college forever.‎ ‎52．The writer felt at the end of the passage.‎ ‎ A．honorable B．relieved C．regretful D．hopeless ‎ 答案 CCBC Passage 43‎ ‎（贵州省贵阳二中2010届高三第一学期11月月考）‎ D When I was 16 years old, I made my first visit to the United States. It wasn’t the first time I had been abroad. Like most of English children I learned French at school. And I had often been to France, so I was used to speaking a foreign language to people who didn’t understand French. But when I went to America I was really looking forward to having a nice easy holiday without any language problems.How wrong I was. The misunderstanding began at the airport. I was looking for a public telephone to give my friend Danny a call and tell her that I had arrived. A friendly old man saw me looking lost and asked if he could help me.‎ ‎“Yes”, I said. “I want to give my friend a ring.”‎ ‎“Well, that’s nice,” he said. “Are you getting married? But aren’t you a bit young?”‎ ‎“Who is talking about marriage?” I replied. “I only want to give my friend a ring to tell her I’ve ‎ arrived. Can you tell me where there’s a phone box?”‎ ‎“Oh!” he said, “there’s a phone downstairs.”‎ When at last we met, Danny explained the misunderstandings to me.‎ ‎“Don’t worry,” she said to me, “I had so many difficulties at first. There are lots of words ‎ which the Americans use differently in meaning from British. You will soon get used to all ‎ the funny things they say. Most of the time British and American people understand each other!”‎ ‎53. Where was the writer from?‎ A. America. B. France. C. England. D. ‎China ‎54. The writer wanted ______.‎ A. to buy a ring for his friend B. to make a call to his friend C. to go to the telephone company D. his friend to see him off ‎54. From the passage we can see that “give somebody a ring” ______.‎ A. has the same meaning in America as in England ‎ B. means “call somebody” for the old man C. has two different meanings D. means “be going to get married” in ‎England ‎56. In the last paragraph, the underlined word “they” refers to ______.‎ A. the old man and the boy B. the Americans C. the British D. the French 答案 CBCB Passage 44‎ ‎（福建省三校2010届高三上学期期中联考）‎ A My friend took his colleague to see an art exhibition in north London.‎ The show was basically piles of breeze blocks (煤渣砖) forming armchair and sofa shapes, painted in primary colors.‎ Seeing these, the colleague said, “You brought me all the way out here to see this pile of junk when we could have been having a nice lunch?” He continued his rant about the work all the way back to the office.‎ When they got there my friend said, “You said you don’t like the work, but you haven’t stopped talking about it since you first saw it.”‎ Whether he liked it or not, he could not forget it.‎ If the artwork is fresh and new, you can’t expect to like it straightaway, because you have nothing to compare it with.‎ The effort of coming to terms with things you do not understand makes them all the more valuable to you when you do grasp them.‎ Good art speaks for itself. That doesn’t mean you have to like it.‎ So the next time you go to an art show, or look at anything for that matter, observe what effect it has on you and try to form your own opinion.‎ That way, you become the critic and not a mouthpiece for someone else’s opinions.‎ ‎56. What does the colleague think about the art exhibition?‎ ‎ A. He feels it a waste of time going to the exhibition.‎ ‎ B. He is very interested in the work shown on the exhibition.‎ ‎ C. He is disappointed that art is abused on the exhibition.‎ ‎ D. He thinks his understanding about art is far better than the author of the work on the show.‎ ‎57. The underlined word ‘rant’ means ________.‎ ‎ A. praise B. hatred C. complaint D. misunderstanding ‎58. Which of the following does NOT represent the author’s opinion about art?‎ ‎ A. Good art speaks for itself. ‎ B. Good art doesn’t mean you have to like it.‎ ‎ C. It matters more what impression a piece of art work leaves on you.‎ ‎ D. Learn to be a mouthpiece for someone’s opinion matters more.‎ ‎59. What suggestion does the author give for going to an art show?‎ ‎ A. Like it whether it is good or not. B. Don’t compare it with anything.‎ ‎ C. Observe its effect and form your own opinion. D. Be a good mouthpiece.‎ 答案 ACDC ‎【2010年1月更新】‎ Passage 45‎ ‎（山东省淄博市2010届高三上学期期末考试）‎ A After 21 years of marriage, my wife wanted me to take another woman out to dinner and a movie. The other woman my wife wanted me to visit was my mother, who has been a widow for 19 years, but the demands of my work and my three children had made it possible to visit her only occasionally.‎ That Friday after work, when I arrived at her house, my mother waited in the door with her coat on. She had curled her hair and was wearing the dress that she had worn to celebrate her last wedding anniversary. ‎ We went to a restaurant that, although not elegant, was very nice and cozy. My mother took my arm as if she were the First Lady.‎ During the dinner, we had an agreeable conversation nothing extraordinary but catching up on recent events of each other’s life. We talked so much that we missed the movie.‎ As we arrived at her house later, she said, “I’ll go out with you again, but only if you let me invite you.” I agreed.‎ A few days later, my mother died of a massive heart attack. It happened so suddenly that I didn’t have a chance to do anything for her.‎ Some time later, I received an envelope with a copy of a restaurant receipt from the same place Mother and I had dined. An attached note said: “I paid this bill in advance. I wasn’t sure that I could be there; but, nevertheless, I paid for two plates—one for you and the other for your wife. You will never know what that night meant for me. I love you, son.”‎ At that moment, I understood the importance of saying in time: ‘I love YOU’ and to give our loved ones the time that they deserve.‎ Nothing in life is more important than your family. Give them the time they deserve, because these things cannot be put off till some “other” time. ‎ ‎56. From the passage we can see _________.‎ A. the mother was happy to have dinner with her son B. the author doesn’t like his work and his three children C. the author and his mother went to a high-class restaurant D. the author saw a movie with his mother after dinner ‎57. What can we know about the author’s mother according to the passage?‎ A. She wanted to celebrate her last wedding anniversary. ‎ B. She wanted to invite her son to have dinner again.‎ C. She died of a massive heart attack very suddenly.‎ D. She wrote a letter to tell her son about her illness.‎ ‎58. During the dinner, what did they talk about?‎ A. Extraordinary things.‎ B. Some national events.‎ C. Each other’s daily life.‎ D. Movies and dishes.‎ ‎59. It can be inferred from the passage that_________.‎ A. the author regretted for not showing much love to his mother B. the author was satisfied to do something for his mother C. the mother felt happy to pay for the bill in advance D. the mother was sorry for inviting her son to have dinner ‎60. The author of the passage tends to agree that _________.‎ A. family should be as important as work B. work is more important than family C. we can show our love till some other time D. we should spend more time with our family 答案 56-60 ACCAD Passage 46‎ ‎（安徽省利辛二中2010届高三上学期第四次月考）‎ B ‎ When I was a little kid, a father was like the night in the refrigerator. Every house had one, but no one really knew what either of them did once the door was shut.‎ ‎ My dad left the house every morning and always seemed glad to see every one again at night . He opened the jar of pickets when no one else at home could. He was the only one in the house who wasn’t afraid to go into the basement by himself.‎ Whenever it rained, he got the car and brought it around to the door. When anyone was sick, he went out to get the prescription filled. He set mousetraps. He cut back the roses so the thorns (刺)wouldn’t snag you when you came to the front door. He oiled my roller skates, and they went faster . When I got my bike ,he ran alongside me for at least a thousand miles until I got the hang of it. He signed all my report and my cards. He took a lot of pictures, but was never in them. He tightened up Mother’s sagging（松垂的）clothesline every week or so.‎ I was afraid of everyone else’s father, but not my own.‎ Whenever I played house, the mother doll had a lot to do. I never knew what to do with the daddy doll, so I had him say, “I’m going off to work mow,” and threw him under the bed.‎ When I was nine years old, my father didn’t get up one morning and go to work, he went to the hospital and died the next day.‎ There were a lot of people in the house who brought all kinds of good food and cakes. We had never had so much company before.‎ He never did anything, I didn’t know his leaving would hurt so much.‎ ‎60 The phrase “got the hang of it.” In Paragraph 3 means being able to ‎ A held the bike B repaired the bike C controlled the bike D ran as fast as bike ‎ ‎61 Father did a lot of things including besides going off to work ‎ A making roller skates B helping mom wash clothes ‎ C looking after the sick D seeing to the flowers in the garden ‎62 From the passage we can infer that the author seemed NOT to when she was a child A enjoy playing house with other children at all B be aware of his father’s role in the house at first C be afraid of going into the basement alone D miss his father much after he passed always ‎63 From the passage, we can see that father ‎ A loves his family very much B loves only about his work ‎ C is very careless D always acts strangely ‎ 答案 CDBA Passage 47‎ ‎（福建省三明一中2010届高三上学期第二次月考）‎ C ‎ When a dirty and untidy orange cat showed up in the prison yard, I was one of the first to go out there and pet it. I hadn’t touched a cat or a dog in over 20 years. I spent at least 20 minutes,‎ ‎ knelt down behind the kitchen as the cat rolled around, relaxed. What he was expressing outwardly, I was feeling inwardly. It was an amazing bit of grace to feel him under my hand and note that I was reaching a life or another creature with something as simple as my care.‎ ‎ Over the next few days, there were other prisoners responding to the cat. Every yard period, a group of prisoners gathered there. They stood around talking and taking turns petting the cat. These were guys you wouldn’t usually find talking to each other. Several times I saw an officer in the group, not chasing people away, but just watching and seeming to enjoy along with the prisoners. Bowls of milk and water appeared along with bread, wisely placed under the edge of the dustbin to keep the birds from getting it.‎ ‎ The cat was obviously homeless and in pretty bad shape. People said that the cat came to the right place. He’s getting treated like a king. This was true, but as I watched I was also thinking about what the cat was doing for us. There was a lot of talk about what’s wrong with prisons in America. We need more programs. We need more psychologists or treatment of various kinds. Some may even talk about making prisons more kind. But I think what we really need is a chance to practise our own kindness. Not receive it, but give it. After more than two decades here, I know kindness is not a value that’s encouraged. It’s often seen as a weakness. Instead, the culture encourages keeping your head down, minding your own business, and never letting yourself be weak.‎ ‎ The cat did my heart good to see the effect he had on me and the men here. By simply saying,“I need some help here”, he did something important for us. He needed us. And we needed to be needed. I believe we all do.‎ ‎79 From the passage, we can learn that the author was __________.‎ A. an animal protector ‎ B. the owner of the cat C. a prison officer ‎ D. a prisoner ‎80. We can infer from the third paragraph that __________.‎ A. showing love to others can make prisoners strong B. the American prison culture will be improved C. the author is not content with the prison culture D. caring for others is encouraged in American prisons ‎81. What is the best title for the passage?‎ A. Caring Makes us Human ‎ B. Prison Culture is Important C. Animals Need Care ‎ D. Everyone Needs to be Cared for 答案 DCA Passage 48‎ ‎（福建省三明一中2010届高三上学期第二次月考）‎ D In the United Sates, a person has to be sixteen to drive, seventeen to see certain movies, and eighteen to vote. People can get terrific discounts on all sorts of stuff- provided they’re over sixty-five. Everywhere we look there are age limits that define what people can and can’t do. But ‎ creativity has no boundaries, no limitations. Anyone can invent. And they do. Inventors are popping up at the youngest of ages. Sitting in the car waiting for her mom to return from shopping, Becky decided she might as well try to finish her math homework. But it was growing dark and getting hard to see the paper. ‎“I didn’t have a flashlight, and I didn’t want to open the car door because then the whole car would light up.” Recalled Becky. “so I thought it would be neat to have my paper light up somehow, and that’s when the idea came to me.” It isn’t every day that a ten-year-old intents a product eagerly sought by several businesses, but that’s exactly what Becky Schroeder did when she created a tool that enabled people to write in the dark. Her invention? The Glo-sheet. That night Becky went home trying to imagine different ways of making her paper glow in the dark. She remembered all sorts of glow-in-the-dark toys-like balls and Frisbees-and wondered how they were made. She was determined to find a solution. So the very next day. Beck’s dad took her on an outing to the hardware store. They returned with a pail of phosphorescent paint. She took the paint and stacks of paper into the darkest room in the house-the bathroom. There, she experimented.  ‎“I’d turn on the light, turn it off, turn it on,” said Becky. “My parents remember me running out the room saying “It works, it works! I’m writhing in the dark!” She used an acrylic board and coated it with a specific amount of phosphorescent paint. She took a complicated idea and made it work rather simply. When the coated clipboard is exposed to light, it glows. The glowing board then illuminates or lights up the paper that has been placed on top. Two years after her initial inspiration, in 1974, Becky became the youngest female ever to receive a U.S. patent. She didn’t actively market her Glo-sheet. She didn’t need to. The New York Times wrote an article about and incredible invention- patented by a twelve-year-old, and the inquiries and orders streamed in. ‎82.What caused Becky to invent Glo-sheet? A. She was having trouble with math problems.‎ B. She was trying to do homework when it got dark. C. She was trying to earn money.‎ D. She was working on a school project. ‎83. Why was Paragraphs 3, 6 written in italics? A. so the reader will know there is new vocabulary. B. So the reader will read with more expression C. To show that Becky is speaking D. To set off difficult paragraphs ‎84. In paragraph 5, Becky and her dad returned from the hardware store with a bucket of phosphorescent paint. What is “phosphorescent paint”?‎ A. paint that glows in the dark B. paint that acts as glue C. paint that covers marks D. paint that becomes hard ‎85. In paragraph 8, what does it mean that Beck “didn’t actively market her Glo-sheet”?‎ A. She kept the original one for her own use.‎ B. Other people came to her to get the Glo-sheet. C. Becky’s father tried to sell the Glo-sheet.‎ D. She gave away samples to her friends.‎ ‎86. With which statement would Becky most likely agree? A. Experience is needed to be a good inventor. B. Only invent things you know other people want. C. You never know what you can do unless you try. D. Always try to sell patent rights to large companies.‎ 答案 BCABC Passage 49‎ ‎（甘肃省天水一中2010届高三上学期第三阶段考试）‎ B Dear Jane, Barbara and Roger,‎ As you know, we’ve been looking for a new house for some time. Now that all our children have left home, we find that the house is too big for us. Also, since your father retired, there has been no reason for us to stay in this district. Although we like our neighbors, we’ve decided to move south for two reasons. First, the weather will suit us better, and second, we’ll be a little nearer to you, Uncle George and Auntie Hilda. It will make visiting each other much simpler. ‎ We stayed with your uncle and aunt last weekend and saw several houses. One of them sounded as if it were just what we wanted. The right number of rooms, a small garden, etc. When we saw it, we nearly died! It was in a terrible condition and would have cost a fortune to make it habitable (宜居的). The roof and all the walls needed repairing and the whole inside redecorating. After that, we were very cautious about believing details from the estate (房地产) agent. The next two we saw were not much better, but the fourth house was exactly what we wanted. It was empty, so we’re going to move in immediately. We’ll put all your things in boxes and take them with us. You’ll have to sort them out, throwing away what you don’t want. ‎ Can you all come next weekend? You can have a nice rest in the country. Telephone on Wednesday at the new number to let us know.‎ Lots of Love,‎ Mum and Dad ‎45. The parents decided to move south because ______.‎ A. they didn’t like traveling B. they wanted to go back to their hometown C. they both retired and they wanted to live with their children D. they wanted to be nearer to their relatives and they liked the weather in the south ‎46. What is the meaning of the underlined sentence in Para 2 “When we saw it, we nearly died!”?‎ A. We were at a loss for words when we saw the house.‎ B. We were so tired since we had been to several houses.‎ C. We were so excited because the house was exactly what we wanted.‎ D. We were greatly disappointed because the house was in a poor condition.‎ ‎47. From the passage, we can understand that the estate agent ______.‎ A. overstated the exact condition of the house B. did not have enough houses for people to choose from C. tried to persuade people to buy houses in a poor condition D. usually could not understand the need of their customers ‎48. The purpose of the parents writing this letter is to ______.‎ A. ask their children to help them move house B. express their regret for not being with their children C. inform the children that they will move to a new house D. ask their children for suggestions about moving to a new house 答案 DDAC Passage 50‎ ‎（贵州省乌沙中学09-10学年高三上学期期中考试）‎ D Mr．Peter Johnson, aged twenty-three, battled for half an hour to escape from his trapped car yesterday when it landed upside down in three feet of water．Mr．Johnson took the only escape route—through the boot(行李箱)．‎ Mr．Johnson’s car had finished up in a ditch(沟渠) at Romney Marsin, Kent after skidding on ice and hitting a bank．“Fortunately, the water began to come in only slowly,” Mr．Johnson said．“I couldn’t force the doors because they were jammed against the walls of the ditch and dared not open the windows because I knew water would come flooding in．” ‎ Mr．Johnson, a sweet salesman of Sitting Home, Kent, first tried to attract the attention of other motorists by sounding the horn and hammering on the roof and boot．Then he began his struggle to escape．‎ Later he said, “It was really a half penny that saved my life．It was the only coin I had in my pocket and I used it to loosen the back seat to get into the boot．I hammered desperately with a hammer trying to make someone hear, but no help came．” ‎ It took ten minutes to loosen the seat, and a further five minutes to clear the sweet samples from the boot．Then Mr．Johnson found a wrench and began to work on the boot lock．Fifteen minutes passed by．“It was the only chance I had．Finally it gave, but as soon as I moved the boot lid, the water and mud poured in．I forced the lid down into the mud and scrambled clear as the car filled up．” ‎ His hands and arms cut and bruised(擦伤), Mr．Johnson got to Beckett Farm nearby, where he was looked after by the farmer’s wife, Mrs．Lucy Bates．Huddled in a blanket, he said, “That thirty minutes seemed like hours．” Only the tips of the car wheels were visible, police said last night．The vehicle had sunk into two feet of mud at the bottom of the ditch．‎ ‎73．_______________ is the most important to Mr．Johnson during his escape?‎ A．The hammer B．The coin C．The screw D．The horn ‎ ‎74．Mr．Johnson’s car accident happened _________________．‎ A．with his car standing on its boot B．while on his way home ‎ C．partly due to the slippery road． D．because of the high speed ‎ ‎75．“Finally it gave” (Paragraph 5) means that _______． ‎ A．luckily the door was opened in the end ‎ B．at last I found the boot lock ‎ C．he forced the boot lid open with all his efforts ‎ D．The chance to escape lost ‎ ‎76．It may be inferred from the passage that _______． ‎ A．the ditch was along a quiet country road ‎ B．the accident happened on a snowy day ‎ C．the bank lent Mr．Johnson a hand about his damage ‎ D．Mr．Johnson was well treated for his injury 答案 BCCA Passage 51‎ ‎（贵州省兴义九中09-10学年高三上学期期中考试）‎ B It was the afternoon of December 24, the day before Christmas; and as the newest doctor in our office, I had to work. The only thing that brightened my day was the beautifully decorated Christmas tree in our waiting room and a gift sent to me by a fellow I was dating- a dozen long-stemmed red roses.‎ As I was cleaning my office, our receptionist came and said there was a lady in the front office that urgently needed to speak with me. As I stepped out, I noticed a young, tired-looking woman with a baby in her arms. Nervously, she explained that her husband-a prisoner in a nearby prison-was my next patient. The guards were scheduled to bring him to the office that afternoon. She told me she wasn’t allowed to visit her husband in prison and that he had never seen his son. Her request was for me to let the boy’s father sit in the waiting room with her as long as possible before I called him for his appointment. Since my schedule wasn’t full, I agreed. After all, it was Christmas Eve.‎ A short time later, her husband arrived-with chains on his feet and hands, and two armed guards as bodyguards. The woman’s tired face lit up like our little Christmas tree when her husband took a seat beside her. I kept glancing out to watch them laugh, cry and share their child. After almost an hour, I called the prisoner back to my office. While I worked, the guards stood just outside my door. The patient seemed like a gentle and modest man. I wondered what he possibly could have done to be held under such conditions. I tried to make him as comfortable as possible.‎ At the end of the appointment, I wished him a Merry Christmas-a difficult thing to say to a man headed back to prison. He smiled and thanked me. He also said he felt saddened by the fact he hadn’t been able to get his wife anything for Christmas. On hearing this, I was inspired with a wonderful idea.‎ I’ll never forget the look on both their faces as the prisoner gave his wife the beautiful, long-stemmed roses. I’m not sure who experienced the most joy-the husband in giving, the wife in receiving, or myself in having the opportunity to share in this special moment.‎ ‎60．What can be inferred from the first paragraph?‎ ‎ A．The writer was a newcomer to her office.‎ ‎ B．A fellow sent her a dozen red roses as Christmas present.‎ ‎ C．She was in low spirits because she had to work before Christmas.‎ ‎ D．She was at work with a light heart.‎ ‎61．The young woman came to the writer’s office for the purpose of .‎ ‎ A．having her baby examined ‎ B．giving her husband a chance to make his escape ‎ C．having her husband examined ‎ D．getting a chance for her family to get together ‎62．The underlined part in paragraph 3 most probably means “ ”.‎ ‎ A．to be sent to hospital B．to be separated from his family ‎ C．to be comfortable D．to become a prisoner ‎63．What does the writer learn from the story?‎ ‎ A．The wife experienced the most joy in receiving.‎ ‎ B．An act of kindness can mean a lot.‎ ‎ C．The prisoner was treated with mercy. ‎ D．Whoever breaks the law should be punished.‎ 答案 CDDB Passage 52‎ ‎（贵州省兴义市第九中学2010届高三第一次月考）‎ A It doesn’t matter when or how much a person sleeps, but everyone needs some rest to stay alive. That’s what all doctors thought, until they heard about Al Herpin. Al Herpin, it was said, never slept. Could this be true? The doctors decided to see this strange man themselves.‎ Al Herpin was 90 years old when the doctors came to his home in New Jersey. They thought for sure that he got some sleep of some kind. So they stayed with him and watched every movement he made. But they were surprised. Though they watched him hour after hour and day after day, they never saw Herpin sleeping. In fact, he did not even own a bed. He never needed one.‎ ‎ The only rest that Herpin sometimes got was sitting in a comfortable chair and reading newspapers. The doctors were puzzled by his strange continuous sleeplessness. They asked him a lot of questions, hoping to find an answer. They found only one answer that might explain this question. Herpin remembered some talk about his mother having been injured several days before he was born. But that was all. Was this the real reason? No one could be sure.‎ ‎ Herpin died at the age of 94.‎ ‎ 56. The doctors came to Herpin’s home in order to __________.‎ ‎ A. treat him for his illness ‎ B. find the reason why some old people didn’t need any sleep.‎ ‎ C. get some proof（证据）to show his sleeplessness was not really true.‎ ‎ D. help him to have a rest in some day.‎ ‎ 57. After watching him closely, the doctors came to believe that Al Herpin ________.‎ ‎ A. needed some kind of sleep.‎ ‎ B. needed no sleep at all.‎ ‎ C. was too old to need any sleep.‎ ‎ D. often slept in a chair.‎ ‎ 58 Al Herpin’s condition could be regarded as ___________.‎ ‎ A. an unusual one B. a common one ‎ C. very healthy D. very funny ‎ 59. The word “puzzle” in this passage probably refers to “_____”‎ ‎ A. make you think a lot because you don’t understand it ‎ B. make you worry a lot because you can’t sleep well ‎ C. make you sad because something unusual has happened ‎ D. make you fear because something terrible has happened ‎ 60. The main idea of this passage is that ____________.‎ ‎ A. large numbers of people do not need sleep ‎ B. everyone needs some sleep to stay alive ‎ C. people can live longer by trying not to sleep at all D. a person was found who actually didn’t need any sleep 答案 C B A A D Passage 53‎ ‎（贵州省兴义市第九中学2010届高三第一次月考）‎ B I always have difficulty in buying birthday presents．My idea never seems to go farther than ties，pens or cards．But，strangely enough，it did not take me long to decide on Tom’s birthday present．For the first time in life，I had a good idea. I would buy him a bottle of champagne（香槟酒）．Before the party began，Tom suggested that I should open the bottle．I put it between my knees and began to pull，but it remained unmoved．Soon a lot of people gathered round to watch the fight between me and the bottle．I could hear all kinds of “helpful” suggestions from them like “Break the top off”，“Use your teeth”，etc．But I was losing the fight．We were fighting on the floor together，when all of a sudden there was a loud：“pop” and the cork（塞子）shot up into the air，while the angry bottle showered（淋）every-body with champagne．‎ ‎ 61．When buying birthday presents，I usually find my idea is____．‎ ‎ A．poor B．colourful C．rich D．good ‎ 62．I was____ my present for Tom’s birthday．‎ ‎ A．very sorry for B．very proud of C．afraid of D．tired of ‎ 63．Tom suggested I should open the bottle ____．‎ ‎ A．towards the end of the party B．after the party started ‎ C．at the end of the party D．before the party started ‎ 64．Which of the following is true？‎ ‎ A．Though the people around gave all kinds of suggestions，I was not able to open the bottle at first．‎ ‎ B．I tried all the ways that the people suggested．‎ ‎ C．All the suggestions were helpful．‎ D．Some of the suggestions were very bad．‎ 答案 A B DA Passage 54‎ ‎（江西省九江一中2010届高三上学期第三次月考）‎ A This week, 46-year-old Randy Pausch said goodbye to his students at Carnegie Mellon University with the last lecture called "How to Live Your Childhood Dreams," on his life's journey and the lessons he's learned.In the lecture,he showed the audience how serious his illness was and admitted it was “an elephant in the room”, but he was not that discouraged and he made ‎ jokes in his lecture. Randy is not just another story on Good Morning America or even on the local news here in Pittsburgh. He is a man I worked for, a Professor of Liam's and a friend of the family. Randy is dying of Pancreatic cancer and in his words only has "3 to 6 months of quality life". ‎ We met Randy about 5 years ago when Liam and I went to a Building Virtual Worlds show. Liam was hooked and applied to get his master under Randy at the Entertainment and Technology‎ ‎Center or ETC. Randy even came to our home for Liam's graduation party and earlier that year we saw the Flying Karamazov Brothers with him and his wife Jaye. Liam got to know Randy as a professional over the course of two years as a graduate student and then as faculty member. Randy has three small children all under the age of 6. Dillon, his oldest,Ross is younger and the youngest is only 9 months old,Lily. I believe Randy is a good man for a few simple reasons. He gave my husband a future doing something he loves, and he was a kind boss, but the thing I admire most about Randy is that you always know where you stand with him. He may be blunt and harsh at times but you know he is honest. He will be greatly missed at Carnegie Mellon. I wish Jaye and the children the best that life has to offer. Please click on the above underlined link and watch his inspiring lecture. It will be worth your time!‎ ‎56.Liam is Randy’s______.‎ A. classmate B. student C. relative D. one of his family ‎57. We can infer Randy gave his last lecture because______.‎ A. He would retire B. He would move to ‎Pittsburgh C. He was seriously ill D. He was tired of his present job ‎58. The uderlined phrase “ an elephant in the room” means ________.‎ A.an elephant which is so big that we should make more room for it B. a fat man in the room C.too serious a problem to be ignored D.a piece of cake ‎59. Which of the following is NOT right ?‎ A. Randy’s children are still young.‎ B. Randy is a visiting professor in Carnegie Mellon.‎ C. Randy is probably known in Pittsburgh.‎ D. Randy is optimistic though he is in a poor state of health ‎ 答案 BCCB Passage 55‎ ‎（宁夏银川一中2010届高三上学期第五次月考）‎ A ‎  It was a winter morning, just a couple of weeks before Christmas 2005. While most people were warming up their cars, Trevor, my husband, had to get up early to ride his bike four kilometers away from home to work. On arrival, he parked his bike outside the back door as he usually does. After putting in 10 hours of labor, he returned to find his bike gone. ‎ The bike, a black Kona 18 speed, was our only transport. Trevor used it to get to work, putting in 60-hour weeks to support his young family. And the bike was also used to get groceries（食品杂货），saving us from having to walk long distances from where we live. ‎ I was so sad that someone would steal our bike that I wrote to the newspaper and told them our story. Shortly after that, several people in our area offered to help. One wonderful stranger even bought a bike, then called my husband to pick it up. Once again my husband had a way to get to and from his job. It really is an honor that a complete stranger would go out of their way for ‎ someone they have never met before. ‎ People say that a smile can be passed from one person to another, but acts of kindness from strangers are even more so. This experience has had a spreading effect in our lives because it strengthened our faith in humanity（人性）as a whole. And it has influenced（影响）us to be more mindful of ways we, too, can share with others. No matter how big or how small, an act of kindness shows that someone cares. And the results can be everlasting. ‎ ‎56. Why was the bike so important to the couple?‎ A. The man’s job was bike racing.       B. It was their only possession.‎ C. It was a nice Kona 18 speed.           D. They used it for work and daily life.‎ ‎57. We can infer from the text that ____________.‎ A. the couple worked 60 hours a week. B. people were busy before Christmas C. the stranger brought over the bike     D. life was hard for the young family.‎ ‎58. How did people get to know the couple’s problem?‎ A. From radio broadcasts.                 B. From a newspaper. ‎ C. From TV news.                       D. From a stranger.‎ ‎59. What do the couple learn from their experience?‎ A. Strangers are usually of little help.   B. One should take care of their bike.‎ C. News reports make people famous.   D. An act of kindness can mean a lot. ‎ 答案 DDBD Passage 56‎ ‎（河南省郑州外国语学校2010届高三上学期第三次月考）‎ ‎（A）‎ A wallet misplaced during a romantic embrace has been returned to its forgetful owner after 55 years.‎ Two classic car collectors from the US state of Idaho found the wallet after it fell out of the back of a vintage (旧式的) car they were planning to restore. After an Internet search they found and contacted the owner, Glenn Goodlove. Mr. Goodlove said he probably lost the wallet in the back seat of his 1946 Hudson car while kissing a girl when he was home on leave from the US Navy.‎ Jon Beck, 61, and Chuck Merrill, 72, bought the now-vintage vehicle in Idaho after placing an ad in a local newspaper to buy a classic car in need of restoration. Driving the car home after buying it, the collectors stopped at a restaurant and saw something from below the back seat.‎ ‎“Like a couple of kids, we thought we had a goldmine,” Mr. Beck said. Instead, they found some small change — the leather wallet held a $10 bill, Mr. Goodlove’s military ID, his social security card, his driver’s licence and several jewellery receipts from 1952.But they were all in the name of Glenn Putnam.‎ After searching online, Mr. Beck discovered that Mr. Putnam had since changed his name to Glenn Goodlove and moved to San Diego, California. He called Mr. Goodlove, asking to speak to a man who used to drive a ’46 Hudson.‎ ‎“There was a silence for about 15 seconds,” Mr. Beck told the Twin Falls Times-News. “Then he said, ‘Who is that?’” Mr. Goodlove, now 75, says he did not even remember losing the wallet, but the find has brought memories of his youth in Everett, Washington, flooding back. “I could see the house and the car and the town and all the good stuff from living there,” he said. “They’ve been flowing ever since he talked to me.”‎ ‎56. The lost wallet contained all the following EXCEPT ______.‎ ‎ A. some money B. some jewellery ‎ C. some receipts D. some cards ‎57. Which of the following happened last? ‎ ‎ A. The vintage car was purchased. B. An advertisement was placed.‎ ‎ C. Mr. Goodlove’s name was changed. D. Some personal belongings were found.‎ ‎58. What difference did the wallet make to Glenn? ‎ ‎ A. He gained unexpected wealth.‎ ‎ B. He got back his lost car as well.‎ ‎ C. He improved his poor memory a lot.‎ ‎ D. He recalled what had long been forgotten.‎ ‎59.The most proper title for the passage is ______.‎ ‎ A.A Forgetful Wallet Owner B. Two Car Collectors and a Good Deed ‎ ‎ C. Price Paid for Romance D. Lost Wallet Found after 55 Years 答案 BDDD Passage 57‎ ‎（江西省白鹭洲中学2010届高三第三次月考）‎ A ‎ Daniel Brown was just five years old when he climbed into the family car and let it roll away down the road. He was only three when he flooded the kitchen.‎ ‎ His mother, Angela Brown, is in despair. She is very busy looking after her new baby, a little girl called Laura, as well as Daniel. She told us,“Daniel is so full of curiosity.”At that moment, we hear a huge crash and then silence. We go upstairs and find Daniel crawling out of a wardrobe(衣橱)he has pulled over onto the floors, with a book in his hand.“It’s for you, Mum,”he says and looks up at his mum and smiles. Seven-year-old Daniel has a lovely face. He has golden hair, big brown eyes, and a friendly smile. I have to admit that Daniel doesn’t look like a naughty boy. ‎ Angela told me all about it,“Once I found him as he was about to put Jasper in the washing machine.”Jasper, she explained, is the Browns’dog.“When I asked him why, he said that he thought Jasper was dirty! It’s amazing how one little boy can cause so much trouble. Another time he cut off all the hair of the little girl next door. She was going to attend her sister’s wedding and the neighbors haven’t spoken to us since.‎ ‎ Angela told me about Daniel’s most expensive crime “I was about to do the washing up when the baby started crying. Daniel decided to help and filled the kitchen sink with water. When I came in the water was already flooding the kitchen and was about to flood the hall. The carpet was ruined and had to be replaced. I hope things will get better as he gets older.”‎ ‎ Amazingly, Daniel is quite well behaved in school. This may be because he is rarely bored. Meanwhile he continues to be the naughtiest little boy in England. Will his baby sister Laura grow up to be the naughtiest little girl?‎ ‎ 56. What did Daniel do while his mother was talking to the author?‎ ‎ A. He drove away the family car. B. He cut off the hair of the girl next door.‎ ‎ C. He flooded the kitchen. D. He fell to the floor with the wardrobe.‎ ‎57. Why was Daniel going to put the dog in the washing machine?‎ ‎ A. He meant to clean the dog. B. He wanted to punished the dog ‎ C. He intended to make trouble. D. He wished to draw his mother‘s attention.‎ ‎58. It can be inferred from the passage that ___.‎ ‎ A. the mother spoiled the boy. B. the boy found school life interesting ‎ C. the mother lost hope in the boy. D. the boy had no freedom at home.‎ 答案 DAB Passage 58‎ ‎（江西省白鹭洲中学2010届高三第三次月考）‎ B ‎ I had an experiece some years ago, which taught me something about the ways in which ‎ people make a bad situation worse by blaming themselves. One January, I had to hold two funerals on successive days for two elderly women in my community. Both had died“full of years”, as the Bible would say. Their homes happened to be near each other, so I paid condolence(吊唁) calls on the two families on the same afternoon.‎ ‎ At the first home, the son of the deceased woman said to me,“If only I sent my mother to Florida and gotten her out of this cold and snow, she would be alive today It’s my fault that she died.”At the second home, the son of the other deceased woman said,“If only I hadn’t insisted on my mother’s going to Florida, she would be alive today. That long airplane ride, the sudden change of climate, was more than she could take. It’s my fault that she’s dead.”‎ ‎ You see that any time there is a death, the survivors will feel guilty. Because the course of action they took turned out bad, they believe that the opposite course ___keeping Mother at home, putting off the operation____ would have turned out better. After all, how could it have turned out any worse?‎ ‎ There seem to be two elements involved in our willingness to feel guilty. The first is our pressing need to believe that the world makes sense, that there is a cause for every effect and a reason for everything that happens. That leads us to find patterns and connections both where they really exist and where they exist only in our minds.‎ ‎ The second element is the view that we are the cause of what happens, especially the bad things that happen. It seems to be a short step from believing that every event has a cause to believing that every disaster is our fault. The roots of this feeling may lie in our childhood.‎ ‎ A baby comes to think that the world exists to meet his needs, and that he makes everything happen in it. He wakes up in the morning and summons the rest of the world to his tasks. He cries, and someone comes to attend to him. When he is hungry, people feed him, and when he is wet, people change him. Very often, we do not completely outgrow that childish view that our wishes cause things to happen.‎ ‎59. What is said about the two deceased elderly women?‎ ‎ A. They lived out a natural life.‎ ‎ B. They died of exhaustion after the long plane ride.‎ ‎ C. They weren’t used to the change in weather.‎ ‎ D. They died due to lack of care by family members.‎ ‎60. The author had to conduct the two women’s funerals probably because____.‎ ‎ A. he wanted to comfort the two families ‎ B. he was an official from the community ‎ C. he had great pity for the deceased D. he was minister of the local church ‎61. People feel guilty for the death of their loved ones because ____.‎ ‎ A. they couldn’t a better way to express their sorrow.‎ ‎ B. they believed that they were responsible ‎ C. they had neglected the natural course of events ‎ D. they didn’t know things often turn in the opposite direction ‎ ‎62. According to the passage, the underlined part in paragraph 4 probably means that _____‎ A. everything in the world is predetermined B. the world can be interpreted in different ways C. there’s an explanation for everything in the world D. we have to be sensible in order to understand the world ‎63. What’s the idea of the message?‎ A. Life and death is an unsolved mystery B. Every story should have a happy ending C. Never feel guilty all the time because not every disaster is our fault D. In general, the survivors will feel guilty about the people who passed ‎ away 答案 ADBCC ‎ ‎ ‎2009年联考题 Passage 1‎ ‎(湖北省新洲区实验高中2009届高三5月检测C篇)‎ COVER STORY—Pax's New Life By Michelle Tauber and Mary Green The actress and 3-year-old Pax Thien Jolie, whom she adopted last week from an orphanage in Ho Chi Minh City, left Hanoi's Noi Bai Airport in a private jet on Wednesday, bound for home—and, for Pax, a new life – in the U.S. Jolie, 31, understands the challenges her new son will face as the latest addition to the world's most famous multicultural family. "You can imagine what courage it takes to be in all new surroundings, with new people and a new language," she tells PEOPLE in its new issue. "He is very strong." But she is committed to making his transition as smooth as possible. "It will take him a while to realize he has a family," she says, "and that his new life is permanent and that it won't keep changing." The boy with the sweetly shy smile and the big brown eyes joins big brother Maddox, 5 （adopted from Cambodia）, sister Zahara, 2 （adopted from Ethiopia） and 10-month-old Shiloh, the daughter born to Jolie and Brad Pitt, 43, in May. As for Dad, because Vietnamese regulations don't allow unmarried couples to co-adopt, Jolie adopted Pax as a single parent while Pitt remained in Los Angeles, where he is filming The Curious Case of Benjamin Button. "He has specific days on the movie that couldn't be changed or production would run over," says his rep. But Jolie still made sure to bring a welcoming committee: Joined by Maddox and Zahara – Shiloh has been on the Button set every day with her father—the new mom used her first few days with Pax to begin gently bonding with him and to ask her other kids to do the same. "We are slowly beginning to build his trust and bond," Jolie says, "but it will feel complete only when we are all together." For exclusive photos – plus details on Angelina and Pax's first moments together, what Pax's life was like at the orphanage and more – pick up this week's PEOPLE, on newsstands Friday.‎ ‎69. According to the passage, how many children does Jolie have in all?‎ A. 1 B. ‎3 ‎C. 4 D. 5‎ ‎70. Which of the following statements is TURE?‎ A. Pax is the last children that Jolie has.‎ B. Vietnamese laws allow everyone to adapt orphan.‎ C. Pax meet the whole family with the help of Jolie.‎ D. Pitt takes care of Shiloh when he acts in a movie.‎ ‎71. Why does Jolie want to start a gentle relationship with her son Pax?‎ A. Because Jolie thinks Pax doesn't know he has a family.‎ B. Because Jolie wants to set an example to her other children.‎ C. Because Pax is a strong boy in Jolie’s mind.‎ D. Because Pax can't meet his father when he is in America.‎ ‎72. What is the purpose of this passage?‎ A. To attract readers’ attention on the new issue of the magazine.‎ B. To introduce Jolie’s all family members to readers C. To praise Jolie’s generous deeds of adopting children.‎ D. To instruct readers how to adopt a child from Vietnam.‎ 答案 69.C 70.D 71.B 72.A Passage 2‎ ‎(湖北省新洲区实验高中2009届高三5月检测D篇)‎ I WAS BORN and raised in the shadow of the Capitol, in Washington, D.C., as were my parents and my mother’s parents.‎ Our row house was on a tree-lined street just blocks from the building that was the heart of the federal legislative branch. When I was a child, in the 1940s, friends and I would pack a lunch or ride a streetcar to the Capitol. If we roller-skated, we hid the skates in the bushes in the park across the street before entering the building.‎ I knew every corner of the Capitol. We’d play hide-and-seek and pretend we saw ghosts in the halls and stairways. I don’t know how we got away with it.I remember the beautiful ladies’ rooms, with their marble floors and sinks. I pretended that I was a fine lady in them.‎ In those days, you could walk around the Capitol dome（圆顶屋）, which was a little scary for me. I loved the wonderful paintings and statues and the subway rides to the Senate‎ Office ‎Building. It was like an amusement ride. I even used to sit in the gallery of the U.S. House of Representatives—until I became bored with all the talk and went on another adventure.‎ Whenever I ran up the steps to the huge bronze doors of the Rotunda, I would look back to the world below like a hero. As soon as the doors were opened, the sense of history surrounded me, and I knew it was someplace special.‎ Those were lucky days, when an American citizen could wander in the Capitol and be a part of history.‎ Once war was declared, some things changed in the nation’s capital.‎ Because of concerns that Washington might be attacked, as London had been, everyone prepared. Kids at my elementary school wore dog tags, and each of us was fingerprinted.‎ My father, a pipe worker, became a civil defense warden（民防队员）. During an air raid, his job was to turn off any leaking gas. Since he always had a cigarette in his mouth, maybe that was not a good choice, but he had a gas mask and flashlight hanging in the rafters of our basement…the mask looked like a monster in the ceiling. My 15-year-old brother was a junior civil defense warden. During air- raid drills, he knocked on doors and asked people to put out their lights. I remember huge searchlights that crisscrossed the skies during the drills, looking for enemy planes.‎ ‎73. From the passage, we can understand that ________.‎ A. The writer attended the meeting in House of Representative B. The writer’s family lived in Washington‎ ‎D.C.‎ for generations C. American citizen, except children, could never enter the Capitol D. The writer’s father had a gas mask to prevent him from smoking ‎74. When the writer said “I was born and raised in the shadow of the Capitol” （1st paragraph）, she most probably meant that ________.‎ A. she spent her childhood in an area near the Capitol B. she grew up under the pressure of the Capitol C. the Capitol had some bad influence on my childhood D. she was born and brought up secretly in the Capitol ‎75. By telling the childhood experience, the passage suggests that ________.‎ A. the writer is a daughter of a member of Representatives.‎ B. the Capitol used to be open to the public in history.‎ C. London was attacked during the war, as well as Washington.‎ D. the writer’s father and brother joined the army during the war.‎ ‎76. What is the writer’s attitude towards the things that changed in the nation’s capital?‎ A. neutral B. positive C. negative D. ironic 答案 73.B 74.A 75.B 76.C Passage 3‎ ‎(湖北省钟祥六中2009年高三高考冲刺最后一卷A篇)‎ A gentle breeze blew through Jennifer’s hair. The golden red sun was setting. She was on the beach, looking up at the fiery (火红的) ball. She was amazed by its color, deep red in the middle, softly fading into yellow. She could hear nothing but the waves and the seagulls flying up above in the sky.‎ The atmosphere relaxed her. After all she had been through, this was what she needed. “It’s getting late,” she thought, “I must go home. My parents will be wondering where I am.”‎ She wondered how her parents would react, when she got home after the three days she was missing. She kept on walking, directing herself where she spent every summer holiday. The road was deserted. She walked slowly and silently. Just in a few hundred meters she would have been safe in her house.‎ It was really getting dark now. The sun had set a few minutes before and it was getting cold too. She wished she had her favorite sweater on: it kept her really warm. She imagined having it with her. This thought disappeared when she finally saw her front door. It seemed different. Nobody had taken care of the outside garden for a few days. She was shocked: her father was usually so strict about keeping everything clean and tidy, and now... It all seemed deserted. She couldn’t understand what was going on. She entered the house. First, she went into the kitchen where she saw a note written by her father. It said: “Dear Ellen, there is some coffee ready. I went looking.” Ellen was her mother but — where was she? On the right side of the hallway was her parents’ room. She went in. Then she saw her. Her mother, lying on the bed, was sleeping. Her face looked so tired, as if she hadn’t slept for days. She was really pale. Jennifer would have wanted to wake her up but she looked too tired. So Jennifer just fell asleep beside her. When Jennifer woke up, something was different... she wasn’t in her mother’s room and she wasn’t wearing the old clothes she ran away in. She was in her cozy bed in her pajamas (睡衣).‎ It felt so good being back home. Suddenly she heard a voice, “Are you feeling better now, dear? You know you got us very, very scared.”‎ ‎51. Three days later Jennifer came back home ______. ‎ ‎ A. at sunrise B. at sunset C. at night D. at midday ‎ ‎52. What does the underlined phrase “This thought” most probably mean?‎ ‎ A. The idea of going back home. ‎ B. Her anxiety about her parents. ‎ C. The feeling of being warm in her favorite sweater. ‎ D. The feeling of getting back home safely.‎ ‎53. Her father didn’t take care of the garden because ______.‎ ‎ A. he was busy looking for her ‎ B. he had to look after his wife C. he was not strict with his job D. he no longer enjoyed working in the garden ‎54. What can we infer from this passage?‎ A. In fact Jennifer’s mother had been sick for days.‎ B. As Jennifer walked towards home, she became increasingly scared. ‎ C. When she found the garden deserted, she realized she was wrong.‎ D. Having experienced a lot outside, Jennifer felt home was safest for her.‎ 答案 51.B 52.C 53.A 54.D Passage 4‎ ‎(安徽省马鞍山二中2009届高三第四次模拟考试B篇)‎ The teacher was leaving the village, and everybody seemed sorry. The miller at Cresscombe lent him the small cart（运货车）and horse to carry his goods to Christminster, the city of his destination, such a vehicle proving of quite enough size for the teacher's belongings. For his only article, in addition to the packing-case of books, was a piano that he had bought when he thought of learning instrumental music. But the eagerness having faded, he had never acquired any skill in playing, and the purchased article had been a permanent trouble to him. ‎ ‎ The headmaster had gone away for the day, being a man who disliked the sight of changes. He did not mean to return till the evening, when the new teacher would have arrived, and everything would be smooth again. ‎ The blacksmith, the farm bailiff and the teacher were standing in confused attitudes in the sitting room before the instrument. The teacher had remarked that even if he got it into the cart he should not know what to do with it on his arrival at Christminster, since he was only going into a temporary(临时的) place just at first. ‎ A little boy of eleven, who had been assisting in the packing, joined the group of men, and said, ‘Aunt has got a fuel-house, and it could be put there, perhaps, till you’ve found a place to settle in, sir.’‎ ‎‘Good idea,’ said the blacksmith.‎ The smith and the bailiff started to see about the possibility of the suggested shelter, and the boy and the teacher were left standing alone.‎ ‎ ‘Sorry I am going, Jude?’ asked the latter kindly.‎ ‎ Tears rose into the boy’s eyes. He admitted that he was sorry.‎ ‎ ‘So am I,’ said Mr. Phillotson.‎ ‎‘Why do you go, sir?’ asked the boy.‎ ‎‘Well—don't speak of this everywhere. You know what a university is, and a university degree? It is the necessary hallmark (标志) of a man who wants to do anything in teaching. My scheme, or dream, is to be a university graduate. By going to live at Christminster, I shall be at headquarters, so to speak, and if my scheme is practicable at all, I consider that being on the spot will afford me a better chance.’‎ The smith and his companion returned. Old Miss Fawley's fuel-house was practicable; and ‎ she seemed willing to give the instrument standing-room there. So it was left in the school till the evening, when more hands would be available for removing it; and the teacher gave a final glance round.‎ At nine o'clock Mr. Phillotson mounted beside his box of books, and waved his friends good-bye.‎ ‎60. It seemed that the teacher _____. ‎ ‎ A. was not getting on well with the headmaster ‎ B. had lived a rather simple life in the village ‎ C. was likely to continue to practice playing the piano ‎ D. would get help in the city on arriving there ‎61. The motivation of the teacher’s moving lay in his _____. ‎ ‎ A. ambition B. devotion C. admiration D. inspiration ‎62. The boy named Jude may be described as _____. ‎ ‎ A. polite, generous and cheerful B. active, modest and friendly ‎ C. kind, bright and helpful D. calm, confident and humorous ‎63. In the passage the writer describes both the teacher’s _____. ‎ ‎ A. love for music and his dislike for musical instruments ‎ ‎ B. hard work in the village and his strong interest in city life ‎ C. friendship with some villagers and also conflicts with others ‎ D. eagerness to go to the city and his love for the village ‎64. Which person does the underlined “his companion” refer to?‎ ‎ A. Mr. Phillotson B. Miss Fawley C. The bailiff D.The headmaster 答案 60.B 61.A 62.C 63.D 64.C Passage 5‎ ‎(福建省厦门双十中学09届高三热身考试A篇)‎ For millions of people, the American dream of owning a home seems to be slipping out of reach. ‎ ‎ “Maybe young couples can no longer afford to buy a ready-made house as their parents did,’’ says 40-year-old building instructor Pat Hennin. “But they can still have a home. Like their pioneer ancestors, they can build it themselves, and at less than half the cost of a ready-made house.”‎ ‎ The owner-builders came from every occupational group, although surprisingly few are professional building workers. Many take the plunge with little or no experience. “I learned how to build my house from reading books,” says John Brown, who built a six-room home for $25, ‎000 in High Falls‎, ‎New Jersey. “If you have patience and the carpentry（木匠）skill to make a bookcase, you can build a house.” An astonishing 50 percent of these owner builders hammer every nail, 1ay every pipe, and wire every switch with their own hands. The rest contract（承包）for some parts of the task. But even those who just act as contractors and finish the insides of their homes can save from 30 percent to 45 percent of what a ready-made home would cost. ‎ ‎ One survey revealed that 60 percent of owner-builders also design their homes. Many others buy commercial house plans for less than $100 or use plans available from the U. S. Department of Agriculture. ‎ ‎56．What does the passage mainly tell us?‎ ‎ A．The cost of having a house built.‎ ‎ B．The American dream of owning a house.‎ ‎ C．The life of owner-builders in America.‎ ‎ D．A comparison between young couples and their parents.‎ ‎57．It can be inferred from the passage that many Americans find it difficult to .‎ ‎ A．build a house B．find a ready-made house ‎ C．have a good job D．buy a house ‎58．The underlined phrase “take the plunge” in paragraph 3 most probably means “ .”‎ ‎ A．decide to build a house B．decide to pull down a house ‎ C．decide to buy a house D．decide to rent a house ‎59．From the passage we learn that .‎ ‎ A．Many house plans are offered free of charge.‎ ‎ B．Most of the house plans arc offered by building instructors.‎ ‎ C．Most of the owner-builders design their homes.‎ D．Fifty percent of the American young couples build houses.‎ 答案 56.B 57.D 58.A 59.C Passage 6‎ ‎(天水市一中2006级2008-2009学年第二学期第四次考试题A篇)‎ When Ben delivered milk to my home one morning before Christmas，he wasn’t his usual sunny self．He told me a customer had left without paying the bill，$79，nor leaving her new address．So it meant that he had to cover the loss．‎ ‎ “She was a pretty woman，”he said， “with six children and another on the way．She was always saying．‘I’m going to pay you soon when my husband gets a second job．’I believed her，but she left．Isn’t it annoying?”‎ ‎ “Give her the milk．Make it a Christmas present to the kids who need it．”I said．‎ The holidays came and went．On a sunny January morning two weeks later，Ben was rushing to deliver milk when he saw a woman running down the street，waving money．He recognized her immediately--the woman who didn’t pay her bill．‎ ‎ “I’m so sorry．”she said．“I really have been meaning to pay you．”‎ She explained that her husband had come home one night and announced he' d found cheaper apartment. He' d also got a new job. With all that happened, she' d forgotten to leave the new address. “But I've been saving,” she said. “Here's $20 toward the bill. “‎ ‎ “That' s all right,” Ben replied. “It's been paid.”‎ ‎ “Paid!” she exclaimed （惊叫）. “What do you mean? Who paid it?”‎ ‎ “I did,” Ben said, “It went to the children as a Christmas present!”‎ ‎ 41．Ben was upset one morning because _______.‎ ‎ A．a customer left without paying the bill ‎ B．he lost $ 79 on the way of the delivery ‎ C．he had to buy a present for the children ‎ D．he was going to lose his job ‎42．The author helped Ben by offering him _______.‎ ‎ A．a Christmas present B．the debtor' s new address ‎ C．some money to cover the loss D．a suggestion to cheer him up ‎43．We can probably infer from the passage that the woman _______.‎ ‎ A．cheated to raise her children ‎ B．moved to escape paying back the debts ‎ C．was a person with honesty ‎ D．wanted to give her children a Christmas gift ‎44．What is the best title of the passage?‎ ‎ A．An Unhappy Christmas B．An Unusual Present ‎ C．A Poor Couple's Life D．A Helpful Customer 答案 41.A 42.D 43.C 44.B Passage 7‎ ‎(广东省湛师附中2009届高三最后一模A篇)‎ I was born an albino．No one in my family had ever known what an albino was，what it meant to be an albino，and what had to be done differently because I was an albino．‎ My parents treated me just like they treated everybody else．That was just about the best thing they could have done．It helped me trust myself，so when the annoyances came along，I could deal with them．‎ True，my photo always looked like a snowball with two pieces of coal for eyes．Kids would tease me，asking if I was joining the circus and calling me “Whitey”．Like most albinos，I had terrible eyesight，and my grades suffered until eventually I overcame my feeling ashamed of myself and realized it was okay to ask to sit in the front of the classroom so I could see the blackboard better．People stared at me when I held reading material right at the tip of my nose so I could see it well enough to read．Even when I was eight or nine．movie-theater clerks started asking me to pay adult prices because I “looked older”．‎ The worst part for me was that because my eyesight was so bad，I couldn’t play sports very well．I didn’t give up trying，though．And I studied harder．‎ Eventually，I got better at school and loved it．By the time I got to college 1 was double majoring，going to summer school and devoting myself to every kind of extracurricular activity I could find．I had learned to be proud of being an albino．I did my best to make “albino” a positive word．And I decided to make my living with my eyes．‎ I couldn’t see well enough to play spots，but with a solid education and the drive to do it．I could make a living involved in the field I loved．I’ve done it now for more than thirty years in print and in video，and now in cyberspace．People make jokes about how I’m the only “blind editor” they know，but most of the time the jokes are signs of respect．And I make jokes about being an albino．‎ I was just a proud albino kid from the coal country of Pennsylvania．I now realize that being born an albino helped me to overcome difficulties，gain confidence，and be proud of my personal achievement and humble about my professional accomplishments．‎ ‎41．What is an albino according to the passage?‎ A．Someone with bad eyesight． B．Someone with some kind of disease．‎ C．Someone who looks older than his age． D．Someone who joins the circus．‎ ‎42．What does the underlined word “It’’ in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A．The fact that the author was born an albino． ‎ B．What had to be done differently to the author．‎ C．The way that the author’s parents treated him．‎ D．The fact that the author had no idea what an albino was．‎ ‎43．Which of the following statements is TRUE?‎ A．The author’s study was affected by his eyesight at first．‎ B．The author had to pay adult prices for movies when he was still young C．Despite his bad eyesight，the author played sport well．‎ D．”Albino” has already become a positive word now．‎ ‎44．Why are people’s jokes about the author mostly signs of respect?‎ A．Because he is an albino． ‎ B．Because he has a solid education．‎ C．Because they think he is a great “blind editor”．‎ D．Because they think he is proud of his achievement．‎ ‎45．Through the passage，the author tells us __________________．‎ A．that albino helped him achieve success B．how an albino studied well C．what it is like to be an albino D．how people should treat an albino答案 41.B 42.C 43.A 44.C 45.A Passage 8‎ ‎(哈师大附中2009年高三第四次模拟考试A篇)‎ Once upon a time in a land far away, there was a wonderful old man who loved everything：animals, spiders, insects... ‎ One day while walking through the woods the nice old man found a cocoon（茧）of a butterfly. He took it home. A few days later, a small opening appeared; he sat and watched the butterfly for several hours as it struggled to force its body through that little hole. Then it seemed to stop making any progress. It appeared as if it had gotten as far as it could and it could go no farther. Then the man decided to help the butterfly, so he took a pair of scissors and snipped off the remaining bit of the cocoon. ‎ The butterfly then emerged（露出） easily. ‎ But it had a swollen body and small, shriveled wings. The man continued to watch the butterfly because he expected that, at any moment, the wings would enlarge and expand to be able to support the body, which would contract（收缩） in time. Neither happened! In fact, the butterfly spent the rest of its life crawling around with a swollen body and shriveled wings. ‎ It never was able to fly. ‎ What the man in his kindness and haste did not understand was that the restricting cocoon and the struggle required for the butterfly to get through the tiny opening were Nature's way of forcing fluid from the body of the butterfly into its wings so that it would be ready for flight once it achieved its freedom from the cocoon. ‎ ‎ Sometimes struggles are exactly what we need in our life. If we were allowed to go through our life without any obstacles, it would cripple us. We would not be as strong as what we could have been. ‎ And we could never fly. ‎ ‎56. What did the old man find when walking through the woods?‎ ‎ A. A cocoon of a butterfly. B. A butterfly.‎ ‎ C. A spider. D. A pair of scissors.‎ ‎57. What would have happened to the butterfly without the old man’s help?‎ ‎ A. It would have died in the cocoon. ‎ ‎ B. It would have become a true butterfly.‎ ‎ C. It would have been strong enough to go farther.‎ ‎ D. It would have stopped struggling through the cocoon.‎ ‎58. The underlined word “cripple” in Paragraph 7 probably means ______.‎ ‎ A. disable B. climb C. enable D. beat ‎59. What can we learn from this story?‎ ‎ A. Man can never go against nature.‎ ‎ B. It’s necessary to live with some difficulties.‎ ‎ C. One cannot help others without thinking twice.‎ ‎ D. Mankind should take good care of insects.‎ 答案 56.A 57.B 58.A 59.B Passage 9‎ ‎(湖北省黄冈中学2009届高三五月适应性考试（B卷）D篇)‎ Question: What is more astonishing than a 60-ton whale on a flatbed truck being driven down the street?‎ Answer: A 60-ton whale on a flatbed truck exploding and raining blubber ( fat of whales) all over the sidewalk.‎ That’s what happened in Taiwan recently, when a dead sperm whale being shipped to the Halobios Research Center for an autopsy(尸体解剖) developed an extremely bad case of gas and blew up before it reached its destination.‎ The whale was found alive on a Taiwan beach last weekend, and died shortly after it was discovered. Since the 56-foot whale was the largest whale ever beached on Taiwan’s shores, scientists wanted to study it and perform an autopsy for educational purpose.‎ Obviously, too much time passed between when the animal died and the time it was set to be moved to the autopsy location, because it had already started to go bad. When things rot, they give off gases as a by-product. In the whale’s case, the gases were trapped in its belly. The pressure inside the rotting creature grew so much that it popped like an over-filled balloon. Unfortunately, it was on a truck in the middle of the city of Taiwan at the time--- cars and shops lining the street were covered with whale bits and juices, much to their owners’ discouragement.‎ According to the news reports, traffic was tied up for hours while officials tried to clean up the streets.‎ Newspaper editors worldwide were probably smiling to themselves, since they had a ready-made headline--- several reports about the incident were titled “ There She Blows!” after the famous line from the book Moby Dick.‎ ‎63. The purpose of the question at the beginning of this news report is to_____.‎ ‎ A. explain the reason B. sell newspapers ‎ C. attract readers D. give an immediate answer ‎64. The whale’s explosion is the result of_____.‎ ‎ A. pressure from gases building up in the creature as it began to rot ‎ B. the long transport of the creature from the beach to the center ‎ C. the extremely busy traffic in the streets it passed by ‎ D. the quick process of rotting of the animal ‎65. What is the correct order of the incidents?‎ ‎ a. The whale was set to a flatbed truck.‎ ‎ b. The whale was discovered.‎ ‎ c. The whale exploded.‎ ‎ d. The whale died.‎ ‎ A. b; c; a; d B. d; c; b; a C. b; d; a; c D. d; b; a ; c ‎66. What do we know from the last paragraph?‎ ‎ A. Some newspaper editors were laughed at.‎ ‎ B. Moby Dick is the name of a woman writer.‎ ‎ C. All the newspapers reported the story under the same title.‎ ‎ D. The rifle “ There She Blows! “ is taken from the book Moby Dick.‎ 答案 63.C 64.A 65.C 66.D Passage 10‎ ‎(江苏省淮安市2009届高三第四次调研考试A篇)‎ ‎"As sure as you're alive now, Peter Rabbit, some day I will catch you," shouted Reddy Fox, as he put his black nose in the hole between the roots of the Big Hickory-tree which grows close to the Smiling Pool. "It is lucky for you that you were not one jump farther away from this hole."‎ Peter, safe inside that hole, didn't have a word to say, or, if he did, he didn't have breath enough to say it. It was quite true that if he had been one jump farther from that hole, Reddy Fox would have caught him. As it was, the hairs on Peter's funny white tail actually had tickled Reddy's back as Peter ran wildly through the root-bound entrance to that hole. It had been the narrowest escape Peter had had for a long, long time. You see, Reddy Fox had surprised Peter eating sweet clover (苜蓿) on the bank of the Smiling Pond, and it had been a lucky thing for Peter that that hole, dug long ago by Johnny Chuck's grandfather, had been right where it was. Also, it was a lucky thing that old Mr. Chuck had been wise enough to make the entrance between the roots of that tree in such a way that it could not be dug any larger.‎ Reddy Fox was too shrewd (机灵的) to waste any time trying to dig it larger. He knew there wasn't room enough for him to get between those roots. So, after trying to make Peter as uncomfortable as possible by telling him what he, Reddy, would do to him when he did catch him, Reddy walked across the Green Meadows. Peter remained where he was for a long time. When he was quite sure that it was safe to do so, he crawled out and hurried to the Old Orchard. He felt that that would be the safest place for him, because there were ever so many hiding places in the old stone wall along the edge of it.‎ ‎56. Where is Peter Rabbit hiding?‎ A. On the bank of a pond B. In a hole C. In a tall tree D. Behind a room ‎57. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the story?‎ A. Reddy Fox might find rabbit hairs on him.‎ B. Old Mr. Chuck took advantage of the roots to dig the hole.‎ C. The hole could be made larger.‎ D. Reddy almost caught Peter this time.‎ ‎58. Why did Peter Rabbit wait so long before leaving?‎ A. Because Reddy was trying to get him.‎ B. Because it was cold outside.‎ C. Because his grandfather would help him dig a large hole.‎ D. Because the Old Orchard was not so safe as this hole.‎ 答案 56.B 57.C 58.A ‎ Passage 11‎ ‎(江苏省金坛一中2009届高三5月模拟A篇)‎ I love it at night. It’s peaceful. And when it cools down I sometimes do some ironing. I don’t really care for it. I work full-time and too busy for most housework. I remember the old woman who taught me to iron. I was about 15 and somehow got a live-in job taking care of a woman who had been an able-bodied, healthy woman until the accident that caused her to be paralyzed（瘫痪）.‎ The woman had an electric wheelchair. She could move her head and arms but not her hands or fingers. She had this clamp（夹子）attached to her arm and I’d have to open it and put a cup or a pencil in it and then she could move it. She would tell me how to do things. She would instruct me in great detail on the correct way to do things. Her home was perfect and beautiful. She would follow me around in her electric wheelchair to make sure I did everything exactly right. I’m sure she had been a perfect homemaker. She would have me fold everything, including socks and pillow cases. I would complain silently and wish terrible things on her. She taught me the right way to make the bed and tuck （塞）the corners. I know sometimes she’d get frustrated and impatient with me. I knew she wanted to grab it and do it herself. But she never yelled（大叫）or scolded. Only insisted I do it right. I didn’t like it much, but I did it.‎ Today I can iron pretty well. I know where to start on a shirt, the right way to do the collar and sleeves. Now that I think about it, I don’t think she is an old lady. I think she might have been about my age now. Anyway, when I iron, I think of her and silently thank her for all the things I learned.‎ ‎51. From the passage we can infer that the writer of the passage now is ________.‎ A. a housewife B. a full-time worker C. a clothes maker D. a college student ‎52. The writer used to take care of the lady because ______.‎ A. she wanted to learn how to do housework B. she was a relative of the disabled woman C. she wanted to earn some money while sleeping and eating there D. she had to do something in return to the lady for her kindness ‎53. When the lady taught the writer how to do housework, the little girl was ______.‎ A. eager to learn B. unwilling to learn C. forced to learn D. careful to learn ‎54. What’s the writer’s attitude towards the lady now?‎ A. Sympathetic B. Fearful C. Hateful D. Grateful 答案 51.B 52.C 53.B 54.D Passage 12‎ ‎(江苏省启东中学2009届高三最后一卷D篇)‎ One day Marilla said, “Anne, your new teacher, Miss Stacy, spoke to me yesterday. She says you must study for the examinations for Queen’s College in two years’ time. Then if you do well, you can study at Queen’s in Charlottetown for a year, and after that you’ll be a teacher!”‎ ‎“That doesn’t matter, Anne. When Matthew and I adopted you three years ago, we decided to look after you as well as we could. Of course we’ll pay for you to study.”‎ So in the afternoons Anne and some of her friends stayed late at school, and Miss Stacy ‎ helped them with the special examination work. Diana didn’t want to go to Queen’s, so she went home early, but Gilbert stayed. He and Anne still never spoke and everybody knew that they were enemies, because they both wanted to be first in the examination. Secretly, Anne was sorry that she and Gilbert weren’t friends, but it was too late now.‎ For two years, Anne studied hard at school. She enjoyed learning, and Miss Stacy was pleased with her. But she didn’t study all the time. In the evenings and at weekends she visited her friends, or walked through the fields with Diana, or sat talking to Matthew.‎ ‎“Your Anne is a big girl now. She’s taller than you,” Rachel Lynde told Marilla one day.‎ ‎“You’re right, Rachel!” said Marilla in surprise.‎ ‎“And she’s a very good girl now, isn’t she? She doesn’t get into trouble these days. I’m sure she helps you a lot with the housework, Marilla.”‎ ‎“Yes, I don’t know what I’d do without her,” said Marilla, smiling.‎ ‎“And look at her! Those beautiful grey eyes, and that red-brown hair! You know, Marilla, I thought you and Matthew made a mistake when you adopted her. But now I see I was wrong. You’ve looked after her very well.”‎ ‎“Well, thank you, Rachel,” replied Marilla, pleased.‎ That evening, when Matthew came into the kitchen, he saw that his sister was crying.‎ ‎“What’s the matter?” he asked, surprised. “You haven’t cried since… well, I can’t remember when.”‎ ‎“It’s just… well, I was thinking about Anne,” said Marilla. “I’ll…I’ll miss her when she goes away.”‎ ‎“When she goes to Queen’s, you mean? Yes, but she can come home at weekends, on the train.”‎ ‎“I’ll still miss her,” said Marilla sadly.”‎ In June the Avonlea boys and girls had to go to Charlottetown to take their examinations.‎ ‎“Oh, I do hope that I’ve done well,” Anne told Diana when she arrived back at Green Gables. “The examinations were very difficult. And I’ve got to wait for three weeks before I know! Three weeks! I’ll die!”‎ Anne wanted to do better than Gilbert. But she also wanted to do well for Matthew and Marilla. That was very important to her.‎ Diana was the first to hear the news, she ran into the kitchen at Green Gables and shouted, “Look, Anne! It’s in Father’s newspaper! You’re first… with Gilbert… out of all the students on the island! Oh, how wonderful!” Anne took the paper with shaking hands, and saw her name, at the top of the list of two hundred. She could not speak.‎ ‎“Well, now, I knew it,” said Matthew with a warm smile.‎ ‎“You’ve done well, I must say, Anne,” said Marilla, who was secretly very pleased.‎ For the next three weeks Anne and Marilla were very busy. Anne needs new dresses to take to Charlottetown.‎ ‎66. Which of the following statements is true?‎ A. To be a teacher was one of Annes’ dreams.‎ B. Both Anne and Diana studied hard for the special examination.‎ C. Matthew and Marilla were Anne’s parents.‎ D. Anne was adopted by Matthew and Marilla.‎ ‎67. Why are Anne and Gilbert enemies? Because _____________.‎ A. they were competitors in school B. they didn’t like each other C. it wasn’t mentioned in the passage D. their parents were enemies ‎68. The paragraph “Oh Marilla! I’d love to be a teacher! But won’t it be very expensive?” should be put between ___________.‎ A. paragraph ③ and ④ B. paragraph ⑦ and ⑧‎ C. paragraph ① and ② D. paragraph ⑨ and ⑩‎ ‎69. What will be written in the following paragraph?‎ A. Anne’s summer holiday.‎ B. What will Anne talk about her college life with Diana C. How will Miss Stacy help Anne study.‎ D. What will Anne do before attending college.‎ ‎70. From the passage, we can learn that _____________.‎ A. Miss Stay liked Anne very much B. when Anne became a teacher, she would have lived in the family for six years C. Marilla cried because Anne would leave for ever D. Rachel was a teacher of Anne’s 答案 66.D 67.A 68.C 69.D 70.B Passage 13‎ ‎(江西省抚州一中2009届高三第四次模拟考试D篇)‎ Justin's bedroom was so full of flat bicycle tires, bent tennis rackets, deflated basketballs, and games with missing pieces that you could barely get in the door. His parents pleaded with him to clean out his room.‎ ‎ "What use is a fish tank with a hole in the bottom?" his father asked. But Justin simply smiled and repeated his motto, "Never throw anything out, you never know when it might come in handy."‎ ‎ When Justin was away from home, he always carried his blue backpack--a smaller version of his bedroom--a place to store the many objects that he collected. It was so worn and stretched that it hardly resembled a backpack anymore.‎ ‎ Justin had earned a reputation for figuring things out and getting people out of otherwise hopeless situations. Many of his classmates and neighbors sought him out when they needed help with a problem. On the first day of school, his friend Kenny, came looking for Justin.‎ ‎ "Do you think you have something in your bag that could help me remember my locker combination?" he asked. "I lost the piece of paper it was written on. I have a science class in two minutes and if I'm late on the first day it'll make me look bad for the rest of the year." Kenny looked really worried.‎ ‎ "Relax," Justin said, taking his backpack off and unzipping the top. "Remember how you borrowed my notebook in homeroom to write the combination down? Well, I know how we can recover what you wrote."‎ ‎ He took the notebook and a soft lead pencil out of his bag. The page that Kenny had written on had left faint marks on another page in the notebook. Justin held the pencil on its side and rubbed it lightly over the marks. Slowly but surely the numbers of the locker combination appeared in white, set off by the gray pencil rubbings.‎ ‎ "That's amazing!' Kenny said. "I owe you one." And he dashed off to open his locker.‎ ‎ It was just another day in the life of the boy whose motto was "Never throw anything out, you never know when it might come in handy."‎ ‎68. Why is Justin's room such a mess?‎ ‎ A. He always forgets to clean it. B. He never throws anything away.‎ ‎ C. He has no time to clean it. D. He shares the room with his brother.‎ ‎69. In what way is Justin's backpack a smaller version of his bedroom?‎ ‎ A. He uses it as a place to store objects.‎ ‎ B. He uses it to carry his books and sports equipment.‎ ‎ C. His parents tell him to clean it all the time.‎ ‎ D. He's had it for as long as he can remember.‎ ‎70. The underlined phrase "pleaded with" means ‎ A. ignored B. asked C. pushed D. Ordered ‎71. How does Kenny feel toward Justin?‎ A. Annoyed. B. Disinterested. C. Grateful. D. Angry. ‎ 答案 68.B 69.A 70.B 71.C Passage 14‎ ‎(山西省康杰中学2009届高三6月模拟E篇)‎ For three days Mr Bunter did not say a word. He looked at people sensibly enough but seemed unable to hear any questions put to him. An officer remarked to the captain, “Those brass (黄铜) plates on the steps of the bridge-ladder are very dangerous things. ”‎ ‎“Are they?” replied Captain Johns, “It takes more than a brass plate to make an able-bodied man fall down in that way. And the weather fine, everything dry, and the ship going on a smooth sea!”‎ On the fourth day, the chief officer looked better. He could hear and understand and could even speak in a weak voice. ‎ ‎“Well, Mr Bunter,” said Captain Johns, “Can you tell us what caused the accident!”‎ Bunter moved his head slightly and fixed his cold blue stare on the Captain’s eyes and said in a whisper, “You—were—right!”‎ ‎“Bless my soul!” cried out Captain Johns, “Do you mean you had a supernatural experience that night? You saw a ghost on my ship?”‎ Unwillingness, shame, disgust (反感) would have been seen on poor Bunter’s face if a good part of it had not been wrapped in bandage (绷带) . He tried hard and answered, “Yes, I have seen.”‎ ‎“And did it —did it knock you down from the ladder?”‎ ‎“Come! Am I the sort of man to be knocked down by a ghost?”‎ Captain Johns pointed a finger at Bunter. “You’ve been terrified, ” he said , “That’s what’s the matter, even the man at the wheel was frightened, though he couldn't see anything. He felt the supernatural. You’ve been punished because you wouldn't believe, Mr Bunter. ”‎ ‎“Suppose I have, ” said Bunter, “You don't know what I saw. And I can’t tell you what it was like. Every man has his own ghosts. I stepped back. I don't remember anything else. ”‎ ‎“The man at the wheel said you went backwards as if something had hit you.”‎ ‎“It was a sort of inward blow, ” Bunter explained, “Aren’t you satisfied now that I believe?”‎ ‎72. We can know from the story that _______.‎ ‎ A. Mr Bunter had been punished because of his disbelief in ghost ‎ ‎ B. the ghost had hit Mr Bunter and he had fallen backwards C. Mr Bunter had somehow fallen down the bridge backwards ‎ D. Mr Bunter had hit himself against the brass plates on the steps of the bridge ladder ‎ ‎73. Bunter forced himself to agree that he had been punished because _______.‎ ‎ A. it could be clearly seen from his injuries ‎ ‎ B. he really had been punished ‎ C. he knew the man at the wheel also saw what had happened ‎ D. he wouldn't like to argue with the captain and that explanation would satisfy him ‎74. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Bunter could have seen a ghost. ‎ ‎ B. The captain tended to believe that Bunter had fallen as a supernatural punishment for his disbelief. ‎ C. Bunter was ashamed of admitting he had seen a ghost. ‎ D. Bunter and the captain could have been good friends. ‎ ‎75. Why did Bunter have the feelings of unwillingness, shame and disgust?‎ ‎ A. He had to lie about what he had seen. ‎ B. He couldn't prove he was right ‎ C. He suffered a lot from his injuries. ‎ D. It was because of his dislike of the captain. ‎ 答案 72.C 73.D 74.B 75.A Passage 15‎ ‎(陕西省师大附中2009届高三第四次模拟考试B篇)‎ The young boy saw me, or rather, he saw the car and quickly ran up to me, eager to sell his hunches (串) of bananas and bags of peanuts．Though he appeared to be about twelve, he seemed to have already known the bitterness of life．“Banana 300 naira．Peanuts 200 naira.” He said in a low voice．I bargained him down to 200 total for the fruit and nuts．When he agreed, I handed him a 500 naira bill．He didn’t have change, so I told him not to worry．He said thanks and smiled a row of perfect teeth.‎ When, two weeks later, I saw the boy again, I was more aware of my position in a society where it’s not that uncommon to see a little boy who should be in school standing on the corner selling fruit in the burning sun．My parents had raised me to be aware of the advantage we had been afforded and the responsibility it brought to us. I pulled over and rolled down my window．He had a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts ready．I waved them away．“What’s up?” I asked him．“I … I don’t have money to buy books for school.” I reached into my pocket and handed him two fresh 500 naira bills．“Will this help?” I asked．He looked around nervously before taking the money．One thousand naira was a lot of money to someone whose family probably made about 5,000 naira or less each year．“Thank you, sir,” he said．“Thank you very much!”‎ When driving home, I wondered if my little friend actually used the money for schoolbooks．What if he’s a swindler (骗子)? And then I wondered why I did it．Did I do it to make myself feel better? Was I using him? Later, I realized that I didn’t know his name or the least bit about him, nor did I think to ask.‎ Over the next six months, I was busy working in a news agency in northern ‎ Nigeria．Sometime after I returned, I went out for a drive．When I was about to pull over, the boy suddenly appeared by my window with a big smile ready on his face.‎ ‎“Oh, gosh! Long time.”‎ ‎“Are you in school now?” I asked. He nodded. “That’s good,” I said．A silence fell as we looked at each other, and then I realized what he wanted．“Here,” I held out a 500 naira bill．“Take this.” He shook his head and stepped back as if hurt．“What’s wrong?” I asked．“It’s a gift.” He shook his head again and brought his hand from behind his back．His face shone with sweat (汗水)．He dropped a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts in the front seat before he said, “I’ve been waiting to give these to you.”‎ ‎46．What was the author’s first impression of the boy?‎ ‎ A．He seemed to be poor and greedy． B．He seemed to have suffered a lot.‎ ‎ C．He seemed younger than his age D．He seemed good at bargaining.‎ ‎47．The second time the author met the boy, the boy _____.‎ ‎ A．told him his purpose of selling fruit and nuts ‎ ‎ B．wanted to express his thanks ‎ C．asked him for money for his schoolbooks ‎ ‎ D．tried to take advantage of him ‎48．Why did the author give his money to the boy?‎ ‎ A．Because he had enough money to do that.‎ ‎ B．Because he had learnt to help others since childhood.‎ ‎ C．Because he held a higher position in the society.‎ ‎ D．Because he had been asked by the news agency to do so.‎ ‎49．Which of the following best describes the boy?‎ ‎ A．Brave and polite． B．Kind and smart.‎ ‎ C．Honest and thankful． D．Shy and nervous.‎ 答案 46.B 47.A 48.B 49.C Passage 16‎ ‎(浙江省宁海县知恩中学2009届高三最后适应性考试D篇)‎ We spent a day in the country, picking wild flowers. With the car full of flowers we were going home. On our way back my wife noticed a cupboard（柜厨）outside a furniture shop. It was tall and narrow. “Buy it,” my wife said at once. “We’ll carry it home on the roof rack. I’ve always wanted one like that.”‎ What could I do? Ten minutes later I was ￡20 poorer; and the cupboard was tied on the roof rack. It was six feet long and eighteen inches square, quite heavy too.‎ In the gathering darkness I drove slowly. Other drivers seemed unusually polite that evening. The police even stopped traffic to let us through. Carrying furniture was a good idea.‎ After a time my wife said, “There’s a long line of cars behind. Why don’t they overtake, I wonder?” In fact a police car did overtake. The two officers inside looked at us seriously as they passed. But then, with great kindness, they led us through the rush-hour traffic. The police car stopped at our village church. One of the officers came to me.‎ ‎“Right, sir,” he said. “Do you need any more help?”‎ I was a bit puzzled. “Thanks, officer,” I said. “You have been very kind. I live just on the ‎ road.”‎ He was staring at our car, first at the flowers, then at the cupboard. “Well, well,” he said, laughing. “It’s a cupboard you’ve got there! We thought it was something else.”‎ My wife began to laugh. The truth hit me like a stone between the eyes. I smiled at the officer. “Yes, it’s a cupboard, but thanks again.” I drove home as fast as I could.‎ ‎53. In fact the husband _______ the cupboard.‎ A. would like very much to buy B. badly wanted C. was glad to have bought D. would rather not buy ‎54. Other drivers didn’t overtake the couple’s car because _______.‎ A. the rush-hour traffic was too busy B. they wanted to show their respect C. their cars couldn’t run fast D. the couple were very important people ‎55. The police thought they were _______.‎ A. carrying a cupboard to the church B. sending flowers to the church C. carrying nothing but a piece of furniture D. going to attend a funeral at the church ‎56. What did the husband think of this matter?‎ A. It was very strange. B. He felt ashamed of it.‎ C. He took great pride in it. D. He was puzzled at it.‎ 答案 53.D 54.B 55.D 56.B Passage 17‎ ‎(福建省厦门双十中学2008年6月迎考热身试卷A篇)‎ While watching the Olympics the other night, I came across an unbelievable sight. It was not a gold medal, or a world record broken, but a show of courage.‎ ‎ The event was swimming and started with only three men on the blocks. For one reason or another, two of them false started, so they were disqualified. That left only one to complete. It would have been difficult enough, not having anyone to race against, even though the time on the clock is important.‎ ‎ I watched the man dive off the bock and knew right away that something was wrong. I’m not an expert swimmer, but I can tell a good dive from a poor one, and this was not exactly medal quality. When he resurfaced, it was evident that the man was not out for gold — his arms were waving in an attempt at freestyle. The crowd started to laugh. Clearly this man was not a medal competitor.‎ ‎ I listened to the crowd begin to laugh at this poor man who was clearly having a hard time. Finally he made his turn to start back. It was pitiful. He made a few desperate strokes and you could tell he was worn out.‎ ‎ But in those few awful strokes, the crowd had changed.‎ ‎ No longer were they laughing, but beginning to cheer. Some even began to stand and shout “Come on, you can do it!” and he did.‎ ‎ A clear minute past the average swimmer, this young man finally finished his race. The crowd went wild. You would have thought that he had won the gold, and should have. Even though he recorded one of the slowest times in Olympic history, this man gave more heart than any of the other competitors.‎ ‎ Just a short year ago, he had never even swum, let alone race. His country had been invited to Sydney.‎ ‎ In a competition where athletes remove their silver medals feeling they have somehow been cheated out of gold, or when they act so proudly in front of their competitors, it is nice to watch an underdog.‎ 56. From the passage we can learn that the young man _______.‎ A. made his turn to start back pitifully ‎ B. was skillful in freestyle in the game C. swam faster than the average swimmer ‎ D. was not capable enough to win the medal ‎57. The crowd changed their attitudes because _______.‎ ‎ A. they felt sorry for the young man ‎ B. they wanted to show their sympathy ‎ C. they were moved by the young man ‎ D. they meant to please the young man ‎58. According to the passage, “it is nice to watch an underdog” probably means _______.‎ ‎ A. it’s amusing to watch a man with awful swimming skills ‎ B. it’s amazing to watch an ordinary man challenging himself ‎ C. it’s cheerful for athletes to act proudly before their competitors ‎ D. it’s brave enough for some athletes to remove the silver medals ‎59. What’s the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Go for it! B. Try again！ C. Compete for Gold! D. Break a Record!‎ 答案 56. D 57.C 58.B 59.A Passage 18‎ ‎(河南省开封市2008届第四次模拟考试B篇)‎ Mark felt that it was time for him, to take part in his community, so he went to the neighborhood meeting after work. The area' s city councilwoman(女议员) was leading a discussion about how the quality of life was decreasing. The neighborhood faced many problems.‎ ‎ Mark looked at the charts taped to the walls. There are charts for parking problems, crime, and for problems in vacant buildings. People were supposed to suggest solutions to the councilwoman.‎ It was too much for Mark. "The problems are too big," he thought. He turned to the man next to him and said, "I think this is a waste of my time. Nothing I could do would make a difference here."‎ ‎ Mark thought some more on his way to the bus stop. "People should just take care of themselves, "he decided. "That' s enough to do. I can' t take on all the problems of the world."‎ ‎ As he neared the bus stop, Mark saw a woman carrying a grocery bag and a baby. She was trying to unlock her car, but she didn't have a free hand. As Mark got closer, her other child, a little boy, suddenly darted into the street. The woman tried to reach for him, but as she moved, her bag shifted and the groceries started to fall out. Mark ran to take the boy's arm and led him back to his mother. Then he picked up the groceries while the woman smiled in relief. "Thanks! "she said. "You've got great timing!"‎ ‎ "Just being neighborly," Mark said. As he rode home, he glanced at the walls of the bus. On one of them was "Small acts of kindness add up. "Mark smiled and thought, "Maybe that's a ‎ good place to start."‎ ‎60. In Mark's opinion, _________.‎ A. nobody was so able as to solve the problems ‎ B. he was not in the position to solve such problems ‎ C. many people were too selfish to think about others ‎ D. he already had more than enough work to do ‎61. The underlined word "darted" in paragraph 5 can be best replaced by ________ .‎ ‎ A. walked B. marched C. wandered D. rushed ‎62. What is the implication of the Words on the bus wall?‎ ‎ A. You should be kind to your neighbors and they will treat you the same way.‎ ‎ B. Everyone can play his own part to make things better.‎ ‎ C. All small acts will add up to kindness.‎ ‎ D. It's a small act to help a person in need.‎ ‎63. The passage is mainly about ________.‎ ‎ A. how individuals can help make a difference ‎ B. running a neighborhood meeting to solve its problems ‎ C. citizens' reactions to the problems they face ‎ D. solving problems through group action 答案 60.B 61.D 62.B 63.A Passage 19‎ ‎(西安交大附中2007—2008学年度下学期高三第四次模拟考试A篇)‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ ‎ With so many students going or having gone to study abroad in our school, Weiwei Tang is among the few for whom writing a letter of recommendation is really a pleasure.‎ ‎ I first saw her when I worked as a tutor teacher（班主任）of a class in the third year of its senior high school. That day ,I was on the playground supervising the morning exercises of my class .Next to mine were the classes of the freshmen .Among them was a girl ,to whom the morning excises of our school seemed totally alien（陌生的）. She didn’t seem to be worried or embarrassed ,but she exercised to the music ,copying the moves of her classmates. Her confidence impressed me.‎ ‎ Later ,when I was watching an English talent show in our school, I saw the girl again. She was hosting the program .That time, her beautiful spoken English struck me .Later on , I learnt from other teachers of English that she often did such jobs on similar occasions.‎ ‎ In 2006 ,when they became grade three students, I was in charge of English teaching of two classes ,one of which was Class 11 ,and the girl became one of my students. Facing the College Entrance Exam, they were going to pass one of the hardest years of their life. Though Weiwei Tang didn’t top the class in academic performance ,two of her individualities contributed to my pleasure of writing this very letter .For one thing ,she was definitely among the students who were often around the teachers ,communicating ideas and asking questions; for another ,her confidence wasn’t lessened by the pressure from going to an idea college.‎ ‎ Her active participation in various campus activities may have contributed a lot to her being so friendly to others and so communicative.‎ ‎ When she told me of her plan to study abroad and her TOFEL grade ,I didn’t feel it ‎ unexpected ,because I believe that is what she should do—facing more challenges and creating more chances .Her confident smiles deserve more.‎ ‎ Sincerely yours,‎ ‎ Kane Shaw ‎ English teacher of her senior year of high school ‎45．Which of the following is most probably an example from paragraph 5?‎ ‎ A．As a member of the English Club of our school ,she often hosted kinds of ceremonies.‎ ‎ B．Several times ,she was among the top ten students in the grade in the final examinations.‎ ‎ C．She once found a purse with several thousand yuan in it and helped find the owner.‎ ‎ D．She was always on time for school and was never absent from school for any reason.‎ ‎46．According to the writer ,the writer first saw Weiwei Tang in .‎ ‎ A．2002 B．‎2004 ‎C．2005 D．2006‎ ‎47．Which of the following words can’t be used to describe Weiwei Tang?‎ ‎ A．Confident. B．Active. C．Silent. D．Communicative.‎ ‎48．What does the writer want to express in the second paragraph?‎ ‎ A．The girl is confident.‎ ‎ B．When he first saw the girl.‎ ‎ C．How he got to know the girl.‎ ‎ D．The girl wasn’t in the school for her junior high school years.‎ 答案 45.A 46.B 47.C 48.A Passage 20‎ ‎(2007年北京海淀区高三年级第一学期期末A篇)‎ My grandfather grew up in war-torn Europe. When German soldiers occupied his hometown ,the thriving city of Tarow, Poland, he refused to obey them and eventually joined the Soviet army to fight for his country’s freedom . “Stand straight, stand tall,” he told himself.‎ ‎ After the war, in 1947, he boarded a boat for Manhattan. He was hungry and suffering from seasickness. All alone in a new country, he was frightened about his future .Still, he marched head-on into the hustle and bustle of the streets of New York . Soon he met other European immigrants, each of them trying to find his or her own way .If they could do it, why couldn’t he? “Stand straight, stand tall,” he would remind himself.‎ ‎ Thanks to the help of a loyal and trusting friend, my grandfather gained a jewelry booth on Canal Street‎, ‎New York City .He once told me how nervous he was on that first day of work. He was not only trying to learn this tough new business, but also a new language.‎ ‎ To his surprise, the men in neighboring booths—who could have taken advantage of him—offered their help and advice. Within months, my grandfather was commanding his spot behind the counter, selling diamonds and cultured pearls as if he’d been doing it his whole life.‎ ‎ Stand straight and stand tall.‎ ‎ In later years, my grandfather would take both my mother and her sister down the aisle at their weddings. As he stood with each of them, he thought about their new beginnings, and of the adventures and journeys they would experience together .He also thought about the children who would one day carry on his family name.‎ ‎ I am so proud to be one of those children. Listening to my grandfather’s remarkable ‎ experiences has changed the way I view my own life.‎ ‎56．Which is the correct order of the things that happened in the passage?‎ ‎ a. My grandfather took both my mother and her sister down the aisle at their weddings.‎ ‎ b. World War II broke out in Europe.‎ ‎ c. My grandfather went to America.‎ ‎ d. My grandfather began to run his diamond business.‎ ‎ e. The men in neighboring booths helped him.‎ ‎ A．b, c, a ,d, e B．b, c,d ,e ,a C．b, c ,e , a ,d D．c, b ,e ,d ,a ‎57．Which is NOT true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A．My grandfather was a soldier during World War II.‎ ‎ B．My grandfather went to America by sea.‎ ‎ C．My grandfather had been doing a jewelry business his whole life.‎ ‎ D．My grandfather ran his business successfully.‎ ‎58．Grandpa probably inspired his grandchildren in time of trouble by saying “ ”.‎ ‎ A．A friend in need is a friend indeed ‎ B．God help those who help themselves ‎ C．Stand straight ,stand tall ‎ D．Practice makes perfect ‎59．It can be concluded that .‎ ‎ A．Grandpa never lost heart in time of hardships ‎ B．Grandpa never threw doubt upon his fate ‎ C．Grandpa was born to be a businessman ‎ D．Grandpa didn’t live up to his friend’s expectations 答案 56.B 57.C 58.C 59.A Passage 21‎ ‎(北京东城区2006—2007学年度第一学期期末教学目标检测B篇)‎ But I wonder about my Momma sometimes, and all the other Negro(blacks )mothers who got up at ‎6 a.m. to go to the white man’s house with sacks over their shoes because it was so wet and cold. I wonder how they made it .They worked very hard for the man, they made his breakfast and they scrubbed his floors and they took care of his babies. They didn’t have too much time for us.‎ ‎ I wonder about my Momma ,who walked out of a white woman’s clean house at midnight and came back to her own where the lights had been out for three months ,and the pipes were frozen and the wind came in through the holes in the wall. She’d have to make deals with the rats: leave some food out for them so the wouldn’t bite the doors or the babies. The roaches（蟑螂）？Oh ,they were just like part of the family!‎ ‎ I wonder how she felt telling those white kids she took care of to brush their teeth after they ate, to wash their hands after they finish bathroom. She could never tell her own kids because there wasn’t soap or water back home.‎ ‎ I wonder how my Momma felt when we came home from school with a list of vitamins and pills the school nurse said we had to have .Momma would cry all night , and then go out and spend most of the rent money for pills. A week later ,the white man would come for his eighteen dollars’ rent and Momma would beg him to wait until tomorrow . She had to lie to him that she had lost her wallet or the relief check was coming soon or the white people had some money for her.‎ ‎ Tomorrow I’d be hiding in the closet because there was only supposed to be two kids in the flat ,and I could hear the rent man shout at my Momma and call her a cheat. And when he finally went away, Momma put the sacks on her shoes and went off to the rich white man’s house to dress the rich white kids so their mother could take them to a special baby doctor.‎ ‎60．Mother got up at ‎6 a.m. every day ,because .‎ ‎ A．she had to cook breakfast for her children ‎ B．she had to catch the first bus to the factory ‎ C．she had to work in the white man’s house ‎ D．she had to go to see a special baby doctor ‎61．Mother never told us to brush our teeth or to wash our hands because .‎ ‎ A．she though we didn’t need to B．we didn’t like washing hands ‎ C．we had done everything very well D．there was no soap or water in our home ‎62．Why did the writer hide in a closet when the landowner came for rent?‎ ‎ A．The closet could only hold two kids.‎ ‎ B．Only two kids were allowed to live in the house.‎ ‎ C．They should pay more rent for two kids.‎ ‎ D．There was only one bedroom for the two kids.‎ ‎63．What does the writer mainly tell us?‎ ‎ A．Black people lead a miserable life. ‎ ‎ B．Black people don’t have enough rent money.‎ ‎ C．White people lead an expensive life. ‎ ‎ D．White people have special baby doctors.‎ 答案 60.C 61.D 62.A 63.A Passage 22‎ ‎(山东省滨州市2007届高三第四次模拟考试A篇)‎ My grandfather grew up in war－torn Europe. When German soldiers occupied his home-town, the thriving city of Tarow, Poland, he refused to obey them and eventually joined the Soviet army to fight for his country’s freedom. “Stand straight, stand tall,” he told himself.‎ After the war, in 1947, he boarded a boat for Manhatan. He was hungry and suffering from seasickness. All alone in a new country, he was frightened about his future. Still, he marched head-on into the hustle of the streets of New York. Soon he met other European immigrants, each of them trying to find his or her own way. If they could do it, why couldn’t he? “Stand straight, stand tall,” he would remind himself.‎ Thanks to the help of a loyal and trusting friend, my grandfather gained a jewelry booth on Canal Street, New York City. He once told me how nervous he was on that first day of work. He was not only trying to learn this tough new business, but also a new language.‎ To his surprise, the men in neighboring booths－who could have taken advantage of him－offered their help and advice. Within months, my grandfather was commanding his spot behind the counter, selling diamonds and cultured pearls as if he’d been doing it his whole life.‎ Stand straight and stand tall.‎ In later years, my grandfather would take both my mother and her sister down the aisle at their weddings. As he stood with each of them, he thought about their new beginnings, and of the adventures and journeys they would experience together. He also thought about the children who ‎ would one day carry on his family name.‎ I am so proud to be one of those children. Listening to my grandfather’s remarkable experiences has changed the way I view my own life.‎ ‎56．Which is the correct order of the things that happened in the passage?‎ ‎ a. My grandfather took both my mother and her sister down the aisle at their weddings.‎ ‎ b. World War Ⅱ broke out in Europe.‎ ‎ c. My grandfather went to America.‎ ‎ d. My grandfather began to run his diamond business.‎ ‎ e. The men in neighboring booths helped him.‎ ‎ A．b, c, a, d, e B．b, c, d, e, a C．b, c, e, a, d D．c, b, e, d, a ‎57．Which is NOT true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A．My grandfather was a soldier during World war Ⅱ.‎ ‎ B．My grandfather went to America by sea.‎ ‎ C．My grandfather had been doing a jewelry business his whole life.‎ ‎ D．My grandfather ran his business successfully.‎ ‎58．What does the underlined word “aisle” in the last but one paragraph mean?‎ ‎ A．passage B．path C．balcony D．pavement ‎59．Grandpa probably inspired his grandchildren in time of trouble by saying “ ”.‎ ‎ A．A friend in need is a friend indeed ‎ B．God help those who help themselves ‎ C．Stand straight, stand tall ‎ D．Practice makes perfect ‎60．It can be concluded that __________.‎ ‎ A．Grandpa never lost heart in time of hardships ‎ B．Grandpa never threw doubt upon his fate ‎ C．Grandpa was born to be a businessman ‎ D．Grandpa didn’t live up to his friend’s expectations 答案 56.B 57.C 58.A 59.C 60.A